arts / crafts - Rainbow Resource

Comments

Transcription

arts / crafts - Rainbow Resource
ARTS / CRAFTS
CURRICULUM
Complete Programs
in the manual beforehand, as there will be some
art supply set-up and occasional additional
visuals or resources to gather in advance. A
substantial chunk of the manual that is common
to all 8 levels. This provides you additional
resources relevant to the program as a whole
including an overview, background information, art concepts introduced in the program, a
list of the artists studied, tips on visiting an art
museum, how to hold an art show, evaluation
guidelines, objectives for all levels, a master list
of materials, a glossary and a bibliography.
The lesson content and progression are wellrounded and seem well thought out. Lesson
progression was designed to first lay a foundation in the core art concepts and media, then
to provide more open-ended lessons that allow
students to use what they’ve learned to develop
their own style. Core art concepts (line, color,
shape, pattern, texture, space and composition)
are emphasized or reinforced in every lesson,
along with experience in using different media
and techniques. When you also consider the
tie-ins to children’s literature, cross-curricular
connections and art appreciation, it’s impressive
how everything has been carefully “packaged”
into very manageable lessons! The years of
classroom testing in developing the program
seem well-used as far as keeping “the best of
the best.” Each lesson stands on its own and
taken as a whole, is a refreshing mix that probably wouldn’t get old even if you repeated a
level’s lessons a second year. The lessons also
strike a great balance between being structured
and open-ended. For instance, the first lesson
in Level 1 explores lines. Students then create
a large caterpillar made up of round segments
and fill in those segments with all kinds of lines.
Although everyone is drawing a caterpillar, no
two will look alike!
One other appealing aspect of the program
is its flexibility in terms of use with students of
different ages. Although there are eight levels,
these are targeted to students in overlapping age
ranges. If you have multiple children similar
in age, you can pick a level that fits their age
range best and everyone can do art together.
In fact, because it was designed originally as
a classroom program, some lessons will work
better or will be more engaging as a family or
small group. Suggested ages are listed with
each level, and you can also visit the publisher’s
website at www.homeschoolart.com for a chart
which shows the progression much better.
Although art appreciation is tied into several
lessons per level, you can flesh out this component further with the addition of the optional
“Great Art Appreciation Program.” There are
three levels of this program, one designed for
Levels 1-3, one for Levels 4-5 and one for
Levels 6-8. Each program consists of a pack
of 8” x 10” art reproductions and loose-leaf
cardstock informational pages (designed to be
added to the Parent/Teacher manual). The first
several sheets outline objectives, provide background on the program, describe art criticism,
offer teaching suggestions and include LOTS
of general questions for discussing, analyzing,
interpreting and judging an artwork. The rest of
the packet provides background information on
each masterpiece and artist featured in the pack,
Atelier Homeschool Art (PK-12)
Looking back on my homeschooled years
while Rainbow was still a primarily family-run
endeavor, I am impressed and thankful that
Mom made an effort to include art as a constant
part of our curriculum. Not that it didn’t occasionally take a backseat some weeks (or months,
when we were traveling to conventions or
working on the catalog!) but she never left it off
the list as something we just “didn’t have time
for.” As an adult, I can see that the constant
exposure to the creative process and the ready
availability of art supplies influenced the way I
learn and work. When I was in biochemistry
and had to memorize all of the amino acids, I
didn’t think twice about sitting down and creating my own set of illustrated flashcards. In one
anatomy class we had to learn not only all of
the muscles, but also the origins and insertions
on the bones so I created my own color-coded
poster. So when I started examining the Atelier
(ah-teal’-yea’ – yes, I had no idea how to pronounce it either!) program, I could appreciate
the publisher’s commitment to teaching art and
their belief that a foundation in art enhances just
about every other area in life, from academic
performance to self-confidence. And because
they are so dedicated to art education, they
have designed this program to remove just about
every art instruction “roadblock” imaginable.
The first thing you’ll notice about Atelier is
that it is video-based, which is about the next
best thing to having an art teacher come into
your home! This sets Atelier apart from other
art programs which attempt to remedy the “I
can’t teach art” mindset by either being more
student-directed or providing video instruction
as an optional resource. Each level contains 18
lessons on three DVDs (Modules) and a Parent/
Teacher Manual in a binder. I appreciate the
completeness of the video lessons. Each one
begins with a look at the actual materials used
in the lesson, so you don’t have to guess at what
size paper to use, or how which colors of paint
you'll need. The art concepts and related project
are introduced by the art teacher, often followed
by a short “warm-up” which gives the student
some experience in using the chosen medium or
lets them focus on a simpler exercise before they
start their main project. The lesson’s art project is then introduced, discussed, and viewers
actually get to see it to completion between the
art teacher demonstrating parts of it, and then
seeing children in a classroom setting working
on the project. Each lesson features examples
of completed works from other students at that
age level, which is encouraging and inspiring
as far as making you want to pick up your own
paintbrush and get started right away!
While the DVDs do most of the actual teaching, the Parent/Teacher Manual arms the parent
with complementary instruction including lesson objectives, a list of materials, an outlined
procedure and assessment information. This
enables you to be the on-site supervisor and
facilitator, even if you can’t even draw a stick
figure. You will want to read through the lesson
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
as well as discussion questions and activities/
extension opportunities for each one.
Now that we’ve covered the basics of the
program, let’s talk materials. If you’re guessing
you’d have to amass a mountain of art supplies
each year to use the program, you’ll be pleasantly surprised that the core materials used in
all levels are pretty basic! In fact, there is ONE
art supply kit designed to be used with all levels
of the program. While this kit doesn’t include
everything needed at each level, it includes the
main art supplies that are used at all levels. You
will need to provide a few additional materials
and household items for some lessons, especially for Level 8 projects and extension activities.
The program's pacing is up to you. Ultimately,
the 18 lessons are designed for a year’s worth
of art. The Parent/Teacher Manual suggests
spending one hour per lesson at Levels 1-4, and
1¼ hours at Levels 5-8. While some lessons are
naturally divided into parts, other projects may
just take longer to complete, demanding more
lesson time. If you incorporate the art appreciation program, you may also end up spending
some days focusing more on art appreciation or
pursuing extension activities. All in all, you’re
looking at spending about one hour per week
on art, with some flexibility on how much you
cover at a time.
While there are a lot of potential roadblocks
for including art as a part of your curriculum, I
feel this program successfully eliminates quite
a few of them. Parents or co-op teachers don’t
need any art experience to use the program, the
lessons are effective but don’t require a huge
time commitment, you can use it with children
of multiple ages and you don’t need to acquire
a mountain of art supplies. The program is also
non-consumable, so you can reuse it again and
again. And to cap it all off, the lessons are
engaging, fun, and children will be exposed
to many different artists and techniques even
if you don’t pursue the art appreciation option.
You can easily use this program at home or in
a small co-op and I can almost guarantee that
students will enjoy the projects and be proud of
their work. Now I understand why we’ve had
customers ask us repeatedly for Atelier! – Jess
EACH PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . 155.00 131.75
053979 Level 1 (PK-1)
053980 Level 2 (K-3)
053981 Level 3 (1-5)
053982 Level 4 (2-6)
053983 Level 5 (3-8)
053984 Level 6 (4-10)
053985 Level 7 (5-11)
053986 Level 8 (7-12)
EACH ART PRINT KIT . . . . . 30.00 28.95
053988 Levels 1-3
053987 Levels 4-5
053989 Levels 6-8
Art
1105
ARTISTIC PURSUITS (PK-12)
ARTistic Pursuits (3rd Ed.)
Once in a great while you will come across an
art program that is so easy-to-use, open-ended,
and brimming with all sorts of exciting possibilities that you just want to use it yourself. This
was certainly the case with ARTistic Pursuits
when I first reviewed it. The basic philosophy of
ARTistic Pursuits is to combine what it defines
as the four essential areas, or categories, of art
into a short, easily manageable and flexible
lesson. The first category is Elements of Art,
or “what art is made of” which include what
we would think of as the basics of the actual
drawing (line, shape, color, etc.). The next is
Composition, or “how art is arranged” (balance,
proportion, space), third is Media (variation),
and finally, History (becoming familiar with different artists, styles, and periods). This seems
like a lot to cover in one program, but ARTistic
Pursuits does it surprisingly well and very naturally. The early elementary (K-3) level covers
these same four areas in each lesson, but in a
less in-depth and more informal manner. The
whole series has been revised for 2013, and
each volume now features 36 lessons (previously 32). You'll notice a slight shift in grade
levels (books previously titled 4-6 are now 4-5
and 6th grade has been rolled into the Middle
School titles), and the publisher also expects to
add two books on sculpture by the end of this
year. All books are comb-bound to lay flat.
Upper elementary, middle school and high
school levels of ARTistic Pursuits are currently
divided into two books each. The first book
focuses on drawing including line, texture,
form, shape, value, etc., while the second book
focuses on color (tinting, shading, mixing, etc.).
As an example, let's look at the high school program. In the drawing portion of the program,
the book begins with a lesson on observation
and imagination, challenging art students to
“see creatively”. This starts them off on the right
foot for drawing scenes and objects which they
will be doing extensively. From there it moves
into line, texture, shape, form, value, and contrast, covering each of the basic “Elements of
Art.” The other half is devoted to the elements
of composition, including balance, rhythm,
depth, and proportion (learning much of this
in the context of the human face, figure, and
clothing). The materials needed for the drawing portion are relatively few; pencils, charcoal,
erasers, and drawing paper. Book 2 dips into
color, tinting, shading, complementing, and
mixing and also implements composition, in
the context of emphasizing size, value, color,
etc., and adds watercolors to the list of supplies.
The K-3 level is made up of three books,
1106
Art
which together provide students a chronological
overview of art history along with art lessons.
Book One teaches young students what artists
do, what they see, and how to interpret these
in light of ancient to medieval art, including
cave paintings, palaces, pyramids and cathedrals. Book Two guides young artists through
the Gothic, Renaissance and Romantic Periods.
Book Three continues the journey, covering
Impressionism and Modernism (both European
and American) through painting and sculpture.
As the following volumes are a continuation of
the first volume, I would recommend that users
begin with the first volume, particularly as it
explains a lot of basic art concepts that are not
revisited in much detail once you hit the appreciation lessons.
The lessons are structured similarly throughout the program, although progression through
concepts is slower and more bite-sized at lower
levels. The first portion introduces the concept,
gives a short discussion on its importance, and
offers an introductory activity for the student to
start thinking about it. The next section is based
on a reproduction of a masterpiece that demonstrates the concept being learned. This gives
students the chance to simultaneously learn the
concept and see how the great artists used the
same elements in their work. The other half of
the unit is where the “how-to” is brought in.
For example, in the high school unit on form,
the how-to part of the lesson concentrates on
using a light source to produce the desired effect
in a three-dimensional drawing, using a simple
snowman to illustrate the effects under various
light sources. The student is challenged to find
a simple object to study (and draw) under different lighting situations. Finally, we reach the
last part of the unit, culminating in a project.
Brief but clear instructions are given, along with
a list of needed materials, and a few hints; and
then you’re on your own. Pick up that pencil
and cut loose! This open-ended approach offers
nearly unlimited room for creativity on the part
of the student, as far as what to draw and how.
He or she is reminded not only to concentrate
on the concept learned, but also to continue to
use all the concepts previously learned (this is
exemplified by the many examples of student
work displayed in these lessons). Projects at
the lower levels are more likely to include
simpler activities like drawing a picture from a
photograph, and also use less complicated (and
messy, incidentally) supplies, such as watercolor pencils rather than the pan watercolors
used in the Senior High level.
From a teaching standpoint, the lessons are
very easy to use. You can read the lessons
together, or teach from the textual lesson given.
The discussion questions are all included in the
book, but you are by no means limited to those
if you both really get into an artwork or style.
Because the art reproductions are included
right in the books, you don't have to search the
library or internet for examples to use. The projects are well-thought out with a lot of potential
for creativity, and require mostly common arts
and crafts supplies. However, because the lessons in each book expose students to a variety
of different mediums, you will need to have a
variety of art materials on hand, and specifically
recommended ones are listed after each level.
While the format is similar throughout the
program, the emphasis on specific artists and
periods varies. In the high school level, the
emphasis is on European artists, including:
Da Vinci, Raphael, Toulouse-Latrec, Monet,
Renior, Picasso, Vermeer, Van Gogh, Cezanne,
and Constable. The middle school level focuses
on World Art, while the Grades 4-5 level examines American Art. Grades K-3 cover art history
from ancient to modern. I would suggest using
the levels in the titles below as a general guideline. Young students (upper elementary) who
are very artistic and already fairly skilled will
likely get more out of the middle school level
than the Grades 4-5 Level. Regardless of the
level you choose, you will want to start with
the first book to lay the foundation of art basics
before you jump into more advanced concepts.
All in all, this is a flexible, user-friendly program which seamlessly blends art history, art
technique and exposure to different media. At
the same time, it keeps the subject understandable for beginning artists and more experienced
ones alike. Though the format is fairly simple,
it will spark excitement and creativity through
each lesson, especially as the student progresses
and surprises even herself with her new skills.
I'm confident that any student interested in art
at all will enjoy the variety, the use of different
mediums, and the practical art appreciation,
and the open-ended projects.
The Way They See It is Artistic Pursuits for
3-5 year-olds (and their parents). It's formatted a bit differently from the rest of the series
in that it is written to the parent to help them
understand children’s artistic development, as
well as develop a child's creativity and fine
motor skills. The book is composed of two
main parts: “The Nature of Children’s Artistic
Development” and “First Skills.” Each lesson
contains a portion written for the parent followed by a project for the child. The parent's
portion will help them appreciate and foster the
child's creative process while offering practical advice for tackling the project. 36 projects
include finger-painting, looking at the colors of
the sky and coloring a picture of the sky with
crayons, rolling or pressing textured objects into
dough, drawing a picture from life, creating a
paper bag puppet, drawing a plant, drawing a
life-size outline of the child and coloring it in
and much more. Many projects also include
art reproductions and accompanying questions
about the art for discussion. The last section of
the book provides guidance for parents to teach
their children how to use art supplies properly,
such as scissors, pencils, crayons, markers,
glue, tape, brushes and paint. For each tool,
practical skill-building exercises are suggested.
If you want to provide gentle but purposeful art
instruction to your youngest students, this is an
excellent resource to guide you.
Materials used in each level are listed below
each title. With the arrival of the 3rd edition
books, we have tracked down all of the recommended art supplies and have made complete
packages for each book. Where specific brands
are recommended by the author, we have
included those exact items. In other cases, we
have tried to match the art supplies as closely as
possible to what Artistic Pursuits offers in their
own art supply kits. For more details on a supply item, see individual item descriptions in our
Art Supplies section. - Jess
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
008554 Staedtler Sketch Set . . 13.25 10.25
002680 White Vinyl Eraser . . . 0.81 0.75
016448 Pencil Sharpener . . . . 1.78 1.65
003110 Sand Paper Pad . . . . . 1.47 1.25
Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
007843 Reeves Drawing Pad . . . 7.29 6.25 Gr. K-3 Book 3: Modern Painting & Sculpture 007850 Drawing Pad 9"x12" . . 8.99 7.25
013318Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85 007849 Drawing Pad 8.5"x10" 7.39 5.95
023709 Assorted Construction Paper 9" x 12 (50 sheets) . . . . 2.802.50 APK3AB Art Supply Bundle . 90.93 68.95 007845 Bristol Pad (15 sheet) . 7.95 6.50
014688 #8 Round Brush . . . . . 4.05 2.95
001684 Fiskars for Kids (blunt) . 3.50 2.50
004835 Pen Nib, #101 Imperial 1.60 1.50
007582 Elmer's Glue 1 1/2 oz. . 1.96 1.50 Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
Two nibs are needed for the course.
060794 Washable Finger Paints 10.64 9.25 007553 Pelikan Watercolors . . 17.80 14.75
0.90 004747 Pen Holder . . . . . . . . 1.60 1.50
007581 Paint Brush Set of 5 . . . . 3.25 008543 Ebony Pencil . . . . . . . . . 007834 Crayola Watercolors
. 014593 Golden Taklon Flat 1/2" 5.10 3.50 041669 Black Magic Ink . . . . . 5.25 4.25
(4 Pans and Brush) . . . . 5.244.25 014682 Golden Taklon Flat 1/4" 3.20 2.50
007802 Giant Fingerpaint Pad . 4.00 3.75 014688 Golden Taklon Round
#8 Brush . . . . . . . . . . . 4.052.95 Middle School Book 2: Color & Composition
007844 Reeves Watercolor Pad . 7.09 6.25 007844 Mr. Sketch Markers (8) . . 7.09 6.25 001685 Fiskars for Kids (Pointed) 3.50 2.50 010189 Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85
007801 Crayola Crayons (96) . . 9.64 6.95 043520 Watercolor Pad 9"x12" . APM2ABArt Supply Bundle . 77.46 50.00
30 sheets . . . . . . . . . 10.809.50
043528 Cray Pas Oil Pastels (25)4.59 4.25 Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
023725 Tru-Ray Construction Paper
008111 Nupastel Hard Pastels Asst 9" x 12" -50 shts . . 3.602.95 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . 21.5614.50
Grades K-3 Book 1: Intro to Visual Arts
010814Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85 016998 Tissue Paper 24 sheets . 3.49 3.25 007750 Earth Tone Compressed Pastel Crayons . . . . . . 4.323.95
APK1AB Art Supply Bundle . 89.00 65.95 007582 Elmer's Glue-All 1.5oz. . 1.96 1.50 038708 Chenille Stems, 100
. 043645 Cray Pas Oil Pastels
assorted colors . . . . . . . 3.592.75 Set of 50 . . . . . . . . 11.999.25
Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
008543 Ebony Pencil . . . . . . . . . 0.90 019936 Modeling Clay, 1 lb. . . . 3.22 2.95 007850 Drawing Pad 9"x12" . . 8.99 7.25
Two packages are needed for course.
043644 Pastel Paper Pad, Assorted
Two pencils are needed at this level.
Colors 9"x12" . . . . . . 12.359.50
002680 White Vinyl Eraser . . . . 0.81 0.75 029458 Plaster Cloth, 4" x 180" 6.20 5.55 043527 Soft Pastels set of 12 . . 5.79 4.75 043526 Plaster of Paris 4.4 lb. . 5.85 5.50 032344 Pastel Pad 9"x12" . . . . 7.79 6.50
043528 Cray Pas Oil Pastels (25)4.59 4.25 008414 Gesso, white 4 oz . . . . 9.89 7.75 013705 Blending Stomp #8 . . . 2.07 1.50
002680 White Vinyl Eraser . . . 0.81 0.75
043638 Sketchpad 9"x12" 125sh 10.20 7.25
008537 Med. Kneaded Eraser . . 1.05
007554 Neocolor II Water-Soluble
Wax Pastels (set/10) . . 23.85 19.50 Gr. 4-5 Book 1: Elements of Art & Composition 007753 Artist Chamois 5x7 . . . 4.75 4.25
014688 Golden Taklon Brush . 004841Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85 016448 Pencil Sharpener . . . . 1.78 1.65
Round #8 . . . . . . . . . . 4.052.95 AP41AB Art Supply Bundle . 45.00 25.95
043520 Watercolor Pad 9"x12" . 10.80 9.50
Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
High Schl Bk 1: Elements of Art & Composition
023725 Tru-Ray Construction Paper
0.90 004844Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85
Asst 9" x 12" -50 shts . . 3.602.95 008543 Ebony Pencil . . . . . . . . . Four pencils are needed for the course.
APH1ABArt Supply Bundle . 65.00 41.00
016998 Tissue Paper 24 sheets . 3.49 3.25
002680 White Vinyl Eraser . . . . 0.81 0.75
001685 Fiskars for Kids (Pointed Tip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.50 2.50 016448 Pencil Sharpener . . . . . 1.78 1.65 Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
004744 Sketch Pad, 9"x12" . . . 14.00 9.50 008554 Staedtler Sketch Set . . . 13.25 10.25
043444 Marblex Self-Hardening Clay, 5 lbs. Grey . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 023710 Construction Paper Black 002680 White Vinyl Eraser . . . 0.81 0.75
9" x 12" (50 sheets) . . . 2.402.20 016448 Pencil Sharpener . . . . 1.78 1.65
027694 Scratch Art Solid Colors
007850 Drawing Pad 9" x 12" 8.99 7.25
(2 ea. of 6 colors) . . . . 6.30 4.95 007849 Drawing Pd 8.5"x10" . 7.39 5.95
Gr. K-3 Book 2: Stories of Artists & Their Art 043646 Pigma Graphic Pen, 1mm 043639 Charcoal Paper Pad . . 8.19 6.50
Black Pointed Tip . . . . . 2.892.75 004495 Willow Charcoal, asst 8.10 5.50
025852Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85 007755 Jumbo Charcoal stick 1" 3.60 2.50
APK2AB Art Supply Bundle . 97.70 69.95 043647 Pigma Graphic Pen, 2 mm
Black Flat Tip . . . . . . . . 2.892.75 043640 Compressed Charcoal Sticks
043649 White Prismacolor Pencil . 2.10 1.95 (4 assorted) . . . . . . . . 3.993.75
Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
0.95 013705 Blending Stomp #8 . . . 2.07 1.50
002227 Prang 8-Pan Waterclrs . 6.58 4.60 015352 Basic 12" Clear Ruler . . . 007753 Artist Chamois 5x7 . . . 4.75 4.25
014688 Golden Taklon Round
008537 Med. Kneaded Eraser . . 1.05
#8 Brush . . . . . . . . . . . 4.052.95
008441 1/2" White Bristle Brush . 0.65 Grades 4-5 Book 2: Color & Composition
004842Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85
043520 Watercolor Pad, 9"x12" 30 sheets . . . . . . . . . 10.809.50 AP42AB Art Supply Bundle . 66.00 34.50 High School Book 2: Color & Composition
004845Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85
043638 Sketch Pad 9" x 12" (125) 10.20 7.25
APH2ABArt Supply Bundle . 96.00 67.95
007800 Fiberboard panel 9x12 . 3.29 2.95 Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
009434 Prismacolor Watercolor . Four panels are needed for the course.
Pencils, set of 12 . . . . 25.2716.75 Required Art Supplies (listed individually):
027540 Spackling paste 8 oz. . . . 5.25 027542 Plastic putty knife 2" . . . . 1.30 014688 Golden Taklon #8 Round . 4.05 2.95 043530 Pocket Watercolor Set 23.50 19.75
008543 Ebony Pencil . . . . . . . . . 0.90 043520 Watercolor Pad 9"x12" . 014568 Watercolor Brush #10 5.50 3.75
043528 Cray Pas Oil Pastels (25) . 4.59 4.25 30 sheets . . . . . . . . . 10.809.50 014593 Golden Taklon Flat 1/2" 5.10 3.50
001558 Rubber Brayer 4" . . . . 16.95 8.95 007849 Drawing Pad, 30 shts . . 7.39 5.95 017508 Oval/Mop Brush 1/2” . 3.65 2.75
011160 Printing Ink - Black . . . . 4.55 3.95 002680 White Vinyl Eraser . . . 0.81 0.75 016601 White Artist Tape . . . . 7.50 5.95
011161 Printing Ink - Blue . . . . 4.55 3.95 016448 Pencil Sharpener . . . . . 1.78 1.65 043529 Tracing Paper Pad . . . 4.89 3.50
043520 XL Watercolor Pad 30sh . 10.80 9.50
007948 Foam Printing Plates
. 007851 Watercolor Pad 15 sh . 11.99 9.25
9"x12" (pkg of 12) . . . . 6.005.25
023709 Construction Paper (50 sh) . 2.80 2.50 Middle Schl Bk 1: Elements of Art & Composition 032270 Canson Watercolor Pad 10.70 7.50
016998 Tissue Paper 24 sheets . 3.49 3.25 004843Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 42.85 007838 Drawing Gum . . . . . . 7.95 6.75
001685 Fiskars Kids (Pointed) . . 3.50 2.50 APM1ABArt Supply Bundle . 54.37 36.00 008431 Brush holder . . . . . . . 3.95 3.50
Way They See It (PK)
031495 Book . . . . . . . . . . . 47.95
APPKAB Art Supply Bundle . 69.00
42.95
45.00
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1107
HOW GREAT THOU ART (PK-AD)
How Great Thou Art Text Courses
Little Annie’s Art Book of Etiquette and Good
Manners (PK-2)
Follow your gracious host Little Annie as
you travel through the book, learning proper
etiquette and good manners. Using simple
materials: colored pencils, scissors, and glue,
young children learn not only drawing, but the
importance and benefits of manners. A wide
range of manners and etiquette are clearly
explained with scripture, quotes, and of course,
Little Annie. They’ll learn table manners, obeying parents cheerfully, being a good friend, and
being a hospitable host. Activities are educational including drawing, color theory, perspective, and cut & paste. Learning good manners
has never been this appealing!
020922 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 10.95
002202 Book w/ Paint Cards 29.95 28.50
002203 Paint Cards only . . . . 12.95 11.95
007786 4-DVD Set . . . . . . . 34.95 33.50
If you’re really unsure about teaching art, or
you need additional teaching support, you
may want to consider these helpful DVDs.
Barry Stebbing provides a nice introduction
to the program and supplies, and then walks
viewers through each lesson while he models the exercises and provides helpful tips
and guidance to students. While you may
want to note the filming is not of the highest
quality, you’ll find many hours of instruction
in this complete teaching companion!
ICDWAC Book w/ Art Supplies 70.55 58.00
Includes book with paint cards, acrylic paint
set with brushes, pen, washable markers,
kneaded eraser, 12 Prismacolor Scholar
colored pencils, pencil sharpener, #7 brush.
053505 DVD & Book Bundle . 79.95 78.95
Includes book with paint cards, 4-DVD set
and required art supplies, including acrylic
paint set w/ brushes, pen, washable markers, kneaded eraser, set of 12 colored pencils, pencil sharpener and #6 brush. Please
note that art supply brands may vary.
The Lamb’s Book of Art (1-8)
The Lamb’s Book of Art is an excellent starting
point for any beginning artist. The lessons and
instructions are easy to follow and could be used
for self-study for an older child. A variety of
concepts are taught like drawing, color theory,
portraits, anatomy, nature studies, cartooning,
perspective, shading, lettering, and more. The
lessons are fun, and you won’t find yourself getting bored with monotonous activities. Plus, the
book comes from a Christian publisher and Bible
verses accompany most lessons. Art doesn’t
have to be hopeless! Lessons are reproducible
for in home use and there are plenty of blank
pages in the book to create art on.
This book was revised in 2006 and is higher
quality than the original. The basic lessons and
format are the same, but there are now 168
pages instead of 128, with easier to read text
and a fun set of five “marker cards” for additional assignments. Instead of the spiral binding
of the original book, this edition sports a perfect
binding. With this upgraded edition, they’ve
taken a good thing and made it even better.
020860Book . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.50
LBOA1S Bk w/ Art Supplies . 46.50 30.50
LBOA1DBk w/Supplies/DVD 86.45 71.00
Baby Lambs (PK-K)
Baby Lambs is a fun introduction to art and
drawing for young children. Combining other
learning with art, they’ll find beginning addition
and subtraction, beginning writing, lettering,
and simple drawing and the color theory, of ☼I Can Do All Things 2nd Ed. (K-3)
course! Biblically based and with lots of fun
The new 2nd edition does not include art hislessons, they’ll look forward to art time!
tory in the lessons, but has the same art instruc- Feed My Sheep (3-9)
Both art text and workbook, this large volume
020924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
9.25 tion with the delightful Barry Stebbing.
contains 260 daily lessons and can be used over
022233 2nd Ed. Book w Paint/ I Can Do All Things... (K-3)
Marker Cards . . . . . 29.9526.95 a span of years. While over 100 lessons deal
An encouraging, step-by-step art program com- 022283 2nd Ed. Set w/DVDs 59.95 52.95 with drawing, Barry has branched out into other
bining lessons in drawing, colored penciling, 029445 2nd Ed. 4-DVD Set 34.95 31.50 areas as well, including color, penmanship,
art appreciation, measurement, and painting.
drawing with markers, painting, and open-ended art appreciation. Very appealing coloring- Art materials needed for use with I Can Do All Most of the student’s work is done in the book,
but the painting lessons use sturdy posterboard
book-type artwork and motivating instructions Things are listed below for your convenience:
make this an extremely friendly course for the 002682 Fine-Tipped Black Pen . 1.60 1.40 cards (referred to as “paint packs”) which come
beginning artist. Each of the four basic sec- 002684 Washable Markers . . . . 5.76 4.50 with the book. Materials needed include a 2B
or 4B drawing pencil, kneaded eraser, ruler,
tions begins with tips and rules for using the 008320 Beginning Acrylic Paint Set
medium involved, then progresses from easy to w/ Accent Blending . . . . 11.95 black extra-fine point marker pen, colored penmore difficult assignments. 142 lessons in all, 008537 Med. Kneaded Eraser . . . 1.05 cils (12),ketch book, poster board, paint brushes
(3 or 4), and acrylic paints (2-oz. of red, blue,
beginning with 36 on drawing. These start with 001923 Set of 8 Washable Markers simple line and shape drawings before advanc- (Bold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.333.95 yellow and white). A well-rounded course with
lots of variety. 310 pgs.
ing to more complex drawings and techniques 002206 Set of 8 Washable Markers (I found the presentation on body proportions (Classic Colors) . . . . . . 5.334.50 007069 Book w/ paint packs 42.95 33.95
particularly well done for this age). The next 016448 Metal Pencil Sharpener . 1.78 1.65 FMSDEL Book w/ Art Pkg . . . 76.85 59.00
Includes book w/ paint cards, acrylic paint
29 lessons use colored pencils in a celebration 022841 #7 Synthetic WC Brush .3.80 2.75
set w/ brushes, pen, kneaded eraser, 12
of drawing with color. Colored marker lessons
Prismacolor Scholar colored pencils, pencil
follow with 35 varied lessons specially suited to Colored Pencils (choose one set):
sharpener and drawing pencil set.
markers. The final 42 lessons are on beginning Berol Prismacolor:
painting starting with simple mixing and blend- 007076 12-color set . . . . . . 25.14 17.25 000893 Extra set of Paint &
Marker Cards . . . . . . . 5.95
ing assignments. This is my favorite section 007089 24-color set . . . . . . 50.23 33.95 007777 7-DVD Set . . . . . . . 59.95 59.75
of the book, with helpful guidance to children
While they may seem pricey at first, this is
about appropriate colors and color schemes. Prang:
the next best thing to having Barry Stebbing
The special Paint Cards in this section and 002223 Thick-Core 12-color 4.08
3.50
teach art in your home. The DVDs cover
Marker Cards in the previous one should inspire 002224 Thick-Core 24-color 7.58
5.95
every lesson in the text, so you can watch
careful artwork. Marker cards are included with
and follow along as Barry completes the
the book. These are printed on heavy cardexercises and provides helpful tips and guidstock to use with markers and paints. A final
ance for young artists. An introduction and
section stresses the importance of art appreciaan explanation of the art supplies needed
tion, with recommendations on which artists to
are provided on the first DVD. Although the
begin with, and how to proceed. Forms to use
presentation is not professional-quality in
for recording information about the artist and
terms of sound and lighting, they are useful
artwork, including a student sketch of the artist
if you do not feel you can teach or facilitate
and selected work, are provided. A brief final
the lessons in the book.
“exam” is also furnished that tests retention of
053504 DVD Bundle . . . . . 100.95 89.95
some basics that should have been absorbed
Includes book with paint cards, 7-DVD set
during the course. An excellent choice for a
and art supplies: acrylic paint set w/ brushbeginning art program; well laid out, reasonably
es, pen, kneaded eraser, 12 colored pencils
priced for the number of lessons, and covering
w/ sharpener, and 4 drawing pencils.
the basics with a variety of media.
1108
Art
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
God and the History of Art (3-AD)
An ambitious undertaking by Barry Stebbing of
How Great Thou Art that focuses on Christian
artists and the periods of art (Early Christian,
Byzantine, Romanesque, Gothic, and Early
Renaissance) that strived to glorify God. This
book incorporates art history and art instruction
into one 4-year curriculum. Art lessons teach
basic fundamentals in drawing, painting, and
color theory. With over 250 lessons and 450+
pages, a set of 36 master postcards, 25 “Paint
Cards”, 10 “Marker Cards”, and exams covering each period of art, this program sounds like
a great value.
003391 4-year Curriculum . 52.95 41.95
055401Teacher/Student . . . 14.95 12.25
004607 Extra set of Paint & Marker
Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
7.75
008320 Beginning Acrylic Paint Set 11.95
GAHOAB Bundle Package . . 96.41 74.00
Includes text, acrylic paints, washable markers, kneaded eraser, 12 Prismacolor colored
pencils, black marker pen, #7 brush, drawing pencil set and pencil sharpener.
055400 Bundle Package . . . 95.00 68.95
Includes text, acrylic paints, washable
markers, kneaded eraser, 12 Lyra pencils w/
sharpener, black pen and #6 brush.
God and the History of Art DVD Set (7-AD)
If you’re looking for a fairly conservative,
Christian overview of art history without additional art instruction, you’ll want to take a look at
this DVD set. In 12 lessons, author and Christian
artist Barry Stebbing examines art masterpieces
and great artists from a biblical perspective.
Lessons include: “What is Art?,” “The Second
Commandment,” “Early Christian Art,” “Godly
Periods of Art / Byzantine,” “Christian Artists,”
“The Dark Ages / Monasteries,” “The Gothic
Period,” “The Renaissance,” “The Reformation,”
“French Neo-Classical Art,” “American Artists,”
and “Other Artists and Styles.” Each lesson runs
approximately 15 minutes and is like sitting in
an informative art lecture, with lots of examples
of great masterpieces shown on-screen as they
are discussed. Mr. Stebbing raises excellent
questions and topics for the Christian and art
lover to consider, and does a really nice job
highlighting some Christian artists that you may
not stumble across in a secular art appreciation
book. If you are looking for additional activities
to supplement the video lessons, you can find
them online at the How Great Thou Art website,
and there is a reminder to this effect at the end
of each lesson. There are printable PDF files of
selected How Great Thou Art lessons that the
student can download and complete following
each video lesson. Although recommended for
ages 12 and up, (probably because the content
is not likely to spark a young child’s interest),
the artwork depicted tends to be biblical in content and shows little nudity. In an area like art
appreciation where many families feel like they
must tread very carefully, it’s refreshing to find
a resource that emphasizes the Christian aspects
of art. – Jess
033893 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 23.50
The Book of Many Colors (7-AD)
Tired of black and white? Here is a course
designed to familiarize the beginning artist with
the fundamentals of color. The student uses
a variety of creative media: colored pencils,
markers, pastels, watercolors, acrylics, and oils,
as well as different painting surfaces. The book
includes 30 “paint packs” - sturdy white posterboard sheets containing painting exercises. This
book starts out black and white, but it will soon
be transformed into a rainbow of color. 250 pgs.
007072 Book w/ Paint Packs 35.95 35.75
BMCDELBook w/ Art Pkg . . . 169.07 135.00
Includes book, acrylic paint sets, oil
paint set, 4 artist brushes, canvas pad, 12
Prismacolor Scholar colored pencils, set of
8 watercolor markers, pencil sharpener, #7
brush, deluxe sable brush set, set of 12 pastel pencils, pastel pad, watercolor pad, and
10-tube watercolor set.
000913 Extra set of Paint & Marker
Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
7.75
How Great Thou ART I & II DVD (9-AD)
Barry Stebbing demonstrates each lesson in
How Great Thou Art I and How Great Thou
ART II in this 3-DVD set. It contains 117 lessons, drawn from both books. Lessons in I and
II are covered at the same time, since they both
cover the same concepts but use different drawing subject matter. Lessons are short, with Barry
(off-screen) explaining each lesson’s exercise
and showing an example, drawing right in the
books. A terrific accompaniment to the books
if you could use a visual component! Includes
over 4 ½ hrs of instruction.
046131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.95 39.75
How Great Thou Art Complete Set with DVDs
(9-AD)
Set includes How Great Thou Art Book 1,
How Great Thou Art Book 2, DVD (#046131),
How Great Thou Art Book I (9-AD)
3 sketching pencils (HB, 2B,4B), calligraphy
This self-instructional drawing book can teach marker, kneaded art eraser, ruler, pencil sharpanyone to draw! Going step-by-step and cover- ener, and black ultrafine pen.
ing all the basics of drawing such as perspective, HGTACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.71 72.00
proportion, line, ellipses, and more, this is a
complete and encouraging program. The lessons are easy-to-read, have a conversational tone How Great Thou Art DVD Courses
and there is room directly on the lesson page to
experiment with the directions given. Since the
book is consumable, you can draw your assign- Fundamentals of Beginning Drawing 3-DVD
ment right in the space provided or photocopy Set (1-AD)
the pages so the book will last longer. You’ll
This instructional drawing course is great for
draw portraits, still life, and nature, improving all kids or families looking for a gentle introduction
the time. Children in the middle grades could to how to draw. Artist Barry Stebbing, author
also use How Great Thou Art if they feel ready of the How Great Thou Art programs, guides
for a more serious drawing book. Revised, the viewers through 6 lessons, drawing right along
book includes over 85 lessons on 118 pages with the viewer. The lessons vary between 45
and an additional 25 blank pages for sketch- minutes to over an hour in length. Lessons are:
ing. Bible verses and inspirational quotes are Fundamentals I, Fundamentals II, Perspective,
included throughout the book. Five pen and ink Portraits & Anatomy, Animals, and Treasures
cards are included with the book. Recommended Around the Home. The first lesson starts out
supplies include 3 drawing pencils (HB,2B,4B), with the very basics; viewers will draw basic
a pencil sharpener, an extra fine black marker shapes, learn simple shading techniques and
pen, kneaded eraser, a calligraphy marker pen draw objects such as a fruit bowl. The first four
(medium sized), and a 12" ruler.
lessons are perfect for younger children or very
020861Book . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.50 beginning artists, as the drawing projects all
HGTAWSBook w/Art Supplies 26.81 20.00 consist of simple objects, scenes and cartoons
(like Wally the Worm). Interspersed into each
How Great Thou Art II (9-AD)
lesson and example are basic drawing concepts,
Like the Lamb’s Book II is similar to Lamb’s including shading, portraying three-dimensional
Book I, this is also a complement to the first objects, perspective, layering colors and more.
How Great Thou Art book (see description). The last two lessons get into more lifelike and
Lessons are similar to the first book, covering still-life drawing, including realistic “portraits”
the same concepts, just giving different things of farm animals and a grouped still life with an
to draw. The book can be used before, after, apple, decanter, vase and flower.
or independently from How Great Thou Art I.
These lessons have also been aired on the
Revised, the book includes over 85 lessons on Homeschool Channel, and How Great Thou
112 pages and 25 blank pages for additional Art offers homework PDF files available for free
sketching. Five different pen and ink cards are download on their site. Homework pages are
included with the book. Recommended materi- grouped by age; 6-9, 10-13 and 14 to adult.
als include a drawing pencil set, an ultra fine Unlike How Great Thou Art’s other DVDs, this
black marker, calligraphy pen, pencil sharp- one is a stand-alone drawing course. It would
ener, and a kneaded eraser.
make a great drawing course for the whole fam020862 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.50 ily especially if you have not completed one of
their other drawing courses. I think the content
Teacher’s Manual for How Great Thou Art
of much of the course is more appropriate for
I & II (9-AD)
young artists just starting out, and while more
This manual gives deeper understanding of the drawing practice won’t hurt anyone, the examconcepts presented in the assignments in the ples in the first few lessons are quite simple, and
books. If your background in art is somewhere Mr. Stebbing appears to be addressing younger
between fair and none, you may want to invest children at times. Materials needed for the
in this manual so you can provide better assis- course include a sketch pad and a 120-color
tance to your student using those books.
colored pencil set. Approx. 223 min. - Jess
008319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
9.25 033845 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 23.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1109
Intermediate Drawing DVD Set (3-AD)
This follow-up to Beginning
Drawing is great for students
who have had an introductory drawing course and who
want to further build their
skills. The set contains six
lessons on 6 DVDs with a
total running time of 470
minutes (almost 8 hours!).
After reviewing the basics with Mr. Stebbing,
students will be drawing still life, animals,
portraits, anatomy, and nature studies, as well
as using perspective in their drawings. Like
Beginning Drawing, the lessons are lengthy,
and students can draw right along with Mr.
Stebbing.
053506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 23.50
Beginning Painting DVD (7-AD)
This is an entire art course
in one set of DVDs! Barry
Stebbing has been an artist
and educator for a long time.
His style is relaxed, neat,
structured, yet open to the
happy accidents that often
occur in art. His voice is easy
to listen to and he narrates
as he is painting and demonstrating. I watched
the entire first oil painting lesson and feel I can
go get some canvas paper, paints, turpentine,
some brushes and start practicing the techniques
he demonstrated. Mr. Stebbing begins with the
basics and recommends that students be about
12 years old for oil painting. There are 2 DVDs
each on oils, acrylics and watercolors for almost
11.5 hours of instruction total. This would be
fun to use with multiple kids or even for parents
to do along with students. Materials needed are
basic, but should be of good quality for beginners to get the best results. Each video tells you
what you will need to practice the techniques
kids will learn. You can gather your own supplies based on Barry's reccomendations or purchase the boxed set which includes supplies and
the DVD set. In general, he suggests that you
practice with less costly materials to develop
your skills before beginning a real painting.
The whole approach is practical and homefriendly. Even if you are an artsy Mom or
co-op teacher, the techniques in his videos are
beyond what most of us artsy folks are familiar
with. Small kids will need close supervision, but
middle grades and up could probably do this
program pretty independently. This is a good
choice for a family looking for an elective and
not wanting to use a structured art curriculum.
~ Sara
055399 DVD Set . . . . . . . . 39.95 37.95
002168 Boxed St w/ Supplies 61.95 61.75
This boxed set includes: set of 8 semi-moist
Yarka watercolors in full pans, 4 two-ounce
bottles of acrylic paints (red, yellow, blue,
white), set of 8 Prang washable markers,
brush set for acrylics (#1, #3, #5, #9), a ½”
watercolor brush, 8 paint activity cards on
heavy paper, 10 sheets of 9”x 12” watercolor paper, DVD set, and an art postcard of
Claude Monet’s Waterlilies. There are no oil
paints or related chemicals in this set; however, you have the supplies to do the entire
watercolor and acrylic painting lessons.
1110
Art
VISUAL MANNA ART PROGRAMS (PK-12)
Preschool and Elementary Art Basics (PK-3)
Start the little ones on an incredible journey
in art education with art appreciation! Young
children can easily learn art concepts and
techniques by studying from great masters and
then applying them to fun, simply projects
of their own, helping reinforce what they’ve
learned about the master works of art. The
key here is keeping things simple and fun,
while also encouraging creativity. This art curriculum contains 10 art lessons for kids covering Center of Interest, Positive/Negative Space,
Lines, Expressions, Shapes, Six Colors of the
Color Wheel, Patterns, Eight Ways to Draw a
Bird, Nine Ways to show Scale, and Ten Ways
to Draw Structures. Each art lesson and project
includes simple art vocabulary that is set in bold
throughout the book. Most art supplies needed
for the art projects are simple, everyday staples
such as pencils, crayons, markers, scissors,
glue, scrap paper and fun sparkles or embellishments. Develop fine motor skills and learn
appreciation too! Offered in book form (72 pgs,
pb.) or in PDF format on CD-ROM.
046600Book . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.95
055709CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
Visual Manna’s Complete Art Curriculum
(1-12)
What if you had a good friend, who happened
to be a wonderful art teacher, come into your
home and help you teach art? That’s the flavor
of Visual Manna. It incorporates art concepts,
techniques, and appreciation all in one curriculum, uses a wide variety of media, and lets you
teach all your children at the same time. The
Jeffus’ obviously not only understand art and
how to teach it - they understand children as
well. There’s nothing dry or boring here. Even
when presenting new concepts or instruction,
the narration is captivating - filled with interesting tidbits drawn from science, history, or about
people or events. Throughout the lessons, it’s
as though the author is conversing informally
with you. There’s an awful lot of “good stuff”
packed into these 45 lessons - and so many
extra ideas that you can use this curriculum and
reuse it! Because of the breadth of concepts,
materials and types of art here, there isn’t a lot
of depth - rather, it’s more of a wonderful introduction to the many facets of art. Each of the 45
lessons begins with a materials list and a stated
objective. There is heavy emphasis on use of
recycled materials, and the authors devote a
full page in the beginning to ideas for obtaining
inexpensive or free supplies from local sources.
The lesson narrative explains the new concepts
being presented. Then, an art project is suggested for children in grades 1-6 and another
for older children, grades 7-12 (usually several
ideas for each range). These have the students
putting into immediate practice the concepts
they’ve just learned. (The lessons devoted to
drawing people and faces in proportion are
done particularly well, in a format for even
younger children to use.) After every 5 lessons
is a “test” to review what’s been covered in that
section. 31 different colored art prints of works
by major artists are also included, mounted on
pages with very short biographical sketches and
a discussion of the art style on the reverse side.
Most of these are correlated to topics in adjoining lessons. They are not part of the lessons,
but more like “asides” scattered throughout the
curriculum. A unit study is also included in
this curriculum. Finally, a list of 55 additional
ideas for art projects are included at the end. It
sure looks to me like the Jeffus’ could have written several volumes of curriculum with all this
material! This year, authors plan to include a
“complete art history time line” in this curriculum. In a nutshell, this curriculum is complete,
“user-friendly,” and has lots of variety. While
you can use it for all ages, the presentation is
decidedly geared toward the younger half of that
range, since it’s more of an introduction to art
concepts and formats. This curriculum comes
"no frills" - we suggest having a binder ready.
020187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.95 59.95
Art Teacher in a Package (PK-12)
If you like Visual Manna art courses, you
may want to check out this bundle package
which features four different Visual Manna
art programs on CD-ROM (PDF format). The
package includes: Visual Manna’s Complete
Art Curriculum, Art Basics for Children, Visual
Manna’s Master Drawing and Preschool and
Early Elementary Art Basics. For more detail
on each course see the descriptions in this section. The only one of those courses that we do
not offer separately at this time is Preschool and
Early Elementary Art. This course teaches young
artists the basic concepts of art in 10 lessons:
center of interest, positive vs. negative space,
lines, expressions, shapes, the color wheel, patterns, drawing birds, showing scale and drawing
structures. In each lesson, children learn the
main ideas by looking at great art masterpieces,
then completing art activities, based on the
piece and concept studied. Please note that for
the CD version, you will need Adobe Reader to
open and print files.
047942 CD Format . . . . . . . 79.95 60.00
Art Through the Core Package (K-12)
If you are familiar with Visual Manna’s excellent “Teaching… Through Art” books, this
package bundles some of the best ones together
for a one-stop shop. The package is available
on CD (PDF format) or in a looseleaf printed bundle. The package includes: Teaching
Science Through Art, Teaching American
History Through Art, Teaching Social Studies
Through Art, Teaching Math Through Art,
Teaching English Through Art, Teaching History
Through Art, and their newest release, Teaching
Astronomy Through Art. Please see each of
these descriptions in their appropriate catalog
section for more details on each book. Please
note that you will need Adobe Reader to use the
CDs; it is available to download free at www.
adobe.com.
047945 CD Format . . . . . . . 69.95 42.95
ATTCPK Printed copy . . . . . 135.60 99.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art Basics for Children (1-12)
Rich and Sharon Jeffus are like the “Backyard
Scientist(s)” of art! Their books remind me so
much of Jane Hoffman - it’s like they can’t wait
to share everything with you about art! It’s
delightful to peruse a book in which the authors’
enthusiasm is so obvious! Before the actual
lessons in this book, you get a wonderful section on using art supplies (finally, someone has
taken the time to explain those pencil grades!).
Here are lots of “how to’s” and incredible tips
for drawing with pencil and charcoal, using
oil pastels, tempera paints, water colors, and
chalk pastels. Following is a page of “recipes”
for different modeling compounds, including
an edible clay! Before encountering the “real”
lessons are 7 full pages of exercises in drawing
from basic shapes. This is similar to the technique endorsed by Mona Brooks in Drawing
with Children. The heart of the drawing book
is the 26 lessons, corresponding to the 26 letters of the alphabet, entitled, The ABC’s of Art.
Here, in their typical breezy, chatty style the
authors have given us much to consider and
do on every page. Each lesson contains one or
more art principles or definitions, one or more
art activities, and information or practice on
color and techniques. Plan on spending more
than one art period for some of the lessons. As
usual, sample artwork and illustrations provide
excellent models. It is difficult to decide an
“appropriate” age level for this course. While
it looks as though Mark, at 7 would be able to
do and enjoy the exercises, an adult would be
equally instructed! This is an art course you
can definitely use with all of your children at
once! We only wish it didn’t have to end at “Z”
(actually, it doesn’t really end at “Z”, because
they’ve packed an additional goody at the end
- a brief overview of the major art styles, along
with illustrative examples). We hope Visual
Manna will produce additional “beginner-type”
books in the future!
004166Book . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.95
055712CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
Visual Manna’s Master Drawing (6-AD)
If you liked the original Visual Manna Drawing
Book, you’ll love the new, improved, and
larger version they’ve just released. Like the
previous edition, the only tools you need are a
drawing pencil (they recommend a 5H or 6H
to start off with) and paper. Like the previous
book, this one covers all the bases of a serious
drawing program including shading, texture,
proportion, perspective, drawing people, buildings and more. But that’s as far as the similarity
runs. Visual Manna’s Master Drawing covers
each of these drawing topics in more detail
than the Visual Manna Drawing Book, and also
includes lessons on using grids, rhythm and
value, drawing motion, and also gets into more
specifics such as still life, animals, landscapes,
cartoons and caricature. As a special treat, a
section which features many field sketches of
birds by renowned bird artist David Plank are
also included in the animals section. Other
very helpful lessons include using creativity
and how to concentrate on what you are seeing as you draw - both important for the serious
sketcher. Lessons are open-ended, and easy to
understand, while covering all the basics such
as the face being five eyes wide, and finding a
vanishing point to draw accurate perspective
drawings. This could be implemented with a
group of budding artists, or for the older or more
driven art student. All the way through, students are reminded to practice, practice, practice... or, should I say, sketch, sketch sketch
to improve their mastery of the skills taught.
Characteristically Visual Manna, this is a good,
solid, Christian-based drawing program that will
give aspiring artists a solid start to becoming the
next Rembrandt.
007110Book . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.95
010180 Master Drawing Bk on CD
6.95
Art Adventures in Narnia (2-9)
C.S. Lewis’ Chronicles of Narnia books are so
rich in visual imagery and fascinating characters, it seems completely natural to incorporate
art and crafts to bring the subjects to life. Thanks
to Sharon Jeffus, you can easily do this, whether
you’re studying the books in school or just reading them for pleasure. In Book 1, Sharon offers
a variety of ways students can apply their own
creativity to the subjects of Narnia, whether it
be through pencil and paper, paint, clay, cardboard, or a craft project. Subjects examined
are lions, heraldry, knights, armor, weapons,
crowns, thrones, portraits, printing, rabbits,
beavers, gargoyles, fauns, stags, trees, castles,
birds, ancient writing, dragons, unicorns, and
maps. Along the way, Sharon mixes in art
concepts, including perspective, shading, using
a grid, scale, and positive and negative space.
Because the topics are chosen from the Narnia
books, this is not a cohesive art program; rather,
it’s set up as a book you can wander through as
you read through the Narnia books, choosing
topics that suit your fancy. Topical lessons vary
quite a bit in content, and may include a craft
project, a drawing challenge, thought-provoking
questions, creative challenges, a website to look
up works of art, examining a given picture,
learning an art principle, etc. The suggested
activities are very open-ended, and would
be easy to tailor to children of different ages.
Occasionally, several different activity options
are offered for a topic; some will appeal more to
older children, and some to younger children.
The instructions for an activity are very simple
and freeform (more like suggestions), allowing
as much adaptation as you want. As with their
other very practical art books, you won’t need
any special art equipment for the lessons, just
pencils, drawing paper, construction paper,
glue, yarn, markers, crayons, and anything else
you’d like to use. Book 1 is also available in
CD-Format (PDF Files)
Book 2 introduces some new topics like sea
themes (ships and sea monsters), night scenes,
and royal accessories (clothing and furniture),
but also expands on some favorites from the first
lesson such as armor and animals.
The “Art Adventures in Narnia CD” includes
the entire text of Books 1 and 2 in electronic
form. If you’re anxious to explore Narnia with
all of your senses and sharpen your artistic skills
at the same time, you’ll enjoy using this book as
an art companion.
011870 Book 1 . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.95
047941 Books 1 & 2 on CD 19.95 15.95
040295 Book 2 . . . . . . . . . 17.95 15.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Meet the Masters Art Program - Homeschool
Edition (K-AD)
If you can squeeze in one afternoon a month
for art, you can successfully use this program.
No art background (or talent!) is necessary.
What's more, little preparation time is required,
other than to gather the art supplies needed.
If you purchase the pre-assembled Art Supply
Bundles, even that dwindles to almost nothing.
So - not having time or talent is no longer an
excuse for not incorporating art into your curriculum! And this one is very simple to use well-organized, well-formatted, and well-done!
It approaches art as a three-step process: first.
students learn about the masters (art appreciation), then they become acquainted with their
techniques (art technique) and finally, they
apply the techniques they have learned to an
art project reminiscent of the featured master's
work (art application). The three steps are found
in three lesson segments: a slideshow presentation that introduces the artists (narrated by you
with the help of the printable PDF lesson), student packets to help students understand techniques used by the masters (also printable PDFs
to download) and art activities (projects based
on those techniques)
There are six tracks to the program, each of
which contains 6 units. Each unit focuses on
one artist (with the exception of Track A which
has 1 preview lesson and 5 artist lessons).
Tracks are available at three different age levels.
Multi-track or age bundles of 3 tracks are also
available, at a discount. These offer the best
deal if you like the program and are wanting to
use it with all of your children, or to study all
featured artists at one age level. The program
is entirely online and is accessed through the
publisher's website, www.meetthemasters.com.
Upon purchase from us you will receive a
packet of information that includes program and
log-in information. Single tracks have a 3-year
expiration date from the time of purchase and
bundles have a 4-year expiration. You can go
back and revisit the artists several years in a row
if you wish. The only other equipment you'll
need for the program are the art supplies and a
computer with internet access.
Artists studied by track are:
A: Van Gogh, Cassatt, Mondrian, Picasso, Monet.
B: Homer, Remington, O'Keeffe, Hokusai, Matisse.
C: Degas, Kahlo, Miro, Rembrandt,
Bonheur.
D: Lawrence, Calder, Gauguin, Lautrec,
Escher.
E: Wood, Chagall, Klee, Seurat, Ringgold.
F: Cezanne, Da Vinci, Renoir, Rockwell,
Warhol.
G: Rousseau, Hopper, Martinez, Klimt,
Michelangelo.
Each lesson begins with an introduction to the
master being studied. This is essentially a slide
show (under your control), but does contain
several audio clips and even some audio/visual
presentations. You are the narrator through
much of this, and a script is provided for you
along with very clear instructions about what
and when to click. This presentation will take
from 20-40 minutes, depending on age level.
The next step is "Learning From" which concontinued...
Art
1111
sists of several worksheets on which the student becomes acquainted with and practices a
technique or characteristic of the artist's work.
This takes about 20 minutes and is kind of a
warm-up for the longer art project to follow.
Plan on spending at least 1-2 hours on the art
project itself. In this last portion of the lesson,
your student will actually create a work of art
similar to all or part of the master's, using the
techniques he's practiced. Your participation
is essential as you will be demonstrating some
of this. Fortunately, step-by-step instructions
take you by the hand here, along with helpful
illustrations - making your job all very clear and
easy to follow. Art exercises and projects for
each unit vary by grade level both by concept
and level of ability required.
To give you a better idea of the types of activities included, I'll refer to a sample of Track A,
age 8-9 curriculum. The preview unit uses the
online presentation to introduce and overview
the artists and their works to be studied in the
unit - with some brief information about each.
The Learning Activity is on optical illusions
(learning to look carefully) and the art project
is creating a portfolio to keep the rest of the
course's artwork in. Unit 2 focuses on Van
Gogh. The presentation incudes biographical
information, specific artworks, actual audio
presentations quoting from some of his correspondence, and good accompanying analysis in
the narrative portion. A very nice audio/visual
presentation showing selected Van Gogh pieces
set to Don McLean's "Vincent" is played at the
end of the session. The learning exercises are
about texture and have the student practice
showing textures via drawing, drawing concentric broken-line circles, building texture around
shapes, and creating a drawn textural composition. This is all done on PDF worksheets. The
art activity focuses on "The Starry Night" which
your student will try to recreate using black construction paper and oil pastels. A print of that
work is included for inspiration (and reference).
Other units are similarly constructed. The same
presentation is used regardless of age level. You
can print as many exercise worksheets as you
need, making the curriculum non-consumable.
Art supply bundles are sold separately and
include most of the art supplies you will need
for the projects (you will still need to gather
some household items, like cotton swabs or a
permanent marker). We carry many of these
items individually also; check our "art supplies"
category if you just need a few items.
Tracks and bundles are for single family homeschool use. Public, private, charter schools and
groups should contact: [email protected] for pricing and licensing information.
EACH INDIVIDUAL TRACK . 34.95 27.95
EACH 3-TRACK BUNDLE . . . 89.12 69.95
016017 Track A Ages 5-7
016015 Track A Ages 8-9
016016 Track A Ages 10-Adult
045794 Track A Bundle
033706 Track B 5-7
033707 Track B 8-9
033708 Track B 10-AD
045795 Track B Bundle
036252 Track C ages 5-7
036253 Track C ages 8-9
036251 Track C ages 10-AD
045796 Track C Bundle
1112
Art
050272
050273
050271
050274
050276
050277
050275
050278
050280
050281
050279
050282
050284
050285
050283
050286
045792
045793
045180
050287
Track D ages 5-7
Track D ages 8-9
Track D ages 10-AD
Track D Bundle
Track E ages 5-7
Track E ages 8-9
Track E ages 10-AD
Track E Bundle
Track F ages 5-7
Track F ages 8-9
Track F ages 10-AD
Track F Bundle
Track G ages 5-7
Track G ages 8-9
Track G ages 10-AD
Track G Bundle
A-G Bundle (5-7) . . 195.72 152.95
A-G Bundle (8-9) . . 195.72 152.95
A-G Bundle (10-AD) 195.72 152.95
A-G Complete . . . . 550.00 377.37
Meet the Masters Art Supply Bundles
These kits include the required art supplies
for each track as listed in the Meet the
Masters Programs. Please see our website
for specific contents.
MTMABA Track A . . . . . . . . 46.42 37.00
MTMABB Track B . . . . . . . . 56.24 43.00
MTMABC Track C . . . . . . . . 42.95 34.00
MTMABD Track D . . . . . . . . 45.77 37.00
MTMABE Track E . . . . . . . . 50.89 40.00
MTMABF Track F . . . . . . . . 59.74 47.00
MTMABG Track G . . . . . . . . 76.31 60.00
MTMALLComplete A-G . . . . 191.61 135.00
☼Home Art Studio DVDs (K-5)
Are you struggling with adding art into your homeschool
when you are busy with math
and reading? What if an art
teacher came into your home
and taught lessons to your
children, with really cool projects that required minimal art
supplies and didn’t take all
day to complete? Art teacher Lindsey Volin has
put together a set of instructional art videos that
do all of this! In her program for kinders to 5th
graders, she brings you lessons that build your
children’s art repertoire. They will learn about
various art materials, techniques and processes.
As the parent/teacher, your job is to look over
the lesson plan before you watch the videos
together and have all of the materials laid out for
the day. You will want to cover your work table
with newspaper or a drop cloth.
She recommends starting with one project per
week. Grades K-2 each have 18 lessons; grade
3 has 16 lessons; grade 4 has 14; and grade 5
has 15: all on 1 or 2 discs. When it’s time for
a lesson, watch it all the way through the first
time. Then as you work, you can play and pause
the video as needed. Each lesson plan includes
national art standards for content and achievement, a project materials list, tips for parents
(like how to integrate a little science or some
additional skill practice suggestions), vocabulary
words, and step-by-step instruction. As students
get older, the projects get more detailed, but
still apply principles learned from the beginning
about color, shading, and perspective. Get a
gallery wall ready because you will be making
some masterpieces!
We have assembled art supply packages by
grade level for your convenience, based on the
materials lists provided in the lesson PDFs. As
specific brands are not typically listed, we’ve
included some of our favorite paint and art supply brands, and good quality paper (Strathmore
and Canson). The art and craft supplies are all
included in the packages, but you will need to
supply some household basics like a ruler, scissors, aluminum foil, salt and some special items
like fake flowers, found objects, and dental
floss. Get creative and have fun! You may have
a little Picasso on your hands who needs some
guidance. Being a creative parent or teacher
yourself is not a requirement of this program.
Lindsey Volin is doing that part for you. Don’t
stress about art; enjoy it! ~ Sara
EACH DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 24.99
011845 Grade K (218 mins)
011828 1st Grade (171 mins)
011880 2nd Grade (171 mins)
014013 3rd Grade (125 Mins)
011833 4th Grade (91 mins)
011766 5th Grade (96 mins)
HSASPS Set of all six DVDs . 179.94 144.00
HASKPK K Art Supply Pkg . . 101.90 70.00
HAS1PK Gr. 1 Supply Pkg . . 119.21 89.00
HAS2PK Gr. 2 Supply Pkg . . 131.20 93.00
HAS3PK Gr. 3 Supply Pkg . . 170.07 120.00
HAS4PK Gr. 4 Supply Pkg . . 161.59 103.00
HAS5PK Gr. 5 Supply Package148.42104.00
See the Light Art Class DVDs (1-8)
Joining the ranks of DVD or online-based art
programs is See The Light, which will appeal
especially to Christian families looking for a
“pop-in-and-go,” easy-to-use art program. The
emphasis is on building art skills, particularly
drawing skills, and the video lessons are presented in bite-size chunks – most are under 20
minutes. The instruction is all on video, presented by Master Artist Pat Knepley, an enthusiastic and energetic personality who seems quite
natural in front of the camera.
Each DVD holds four related lessons focusing
on one broad element of art. In each video,
Pat speaks straight to the viewer, as if the
children were gathered around right in front
of her, and works primarily from a large easel
in front of a black background. Pat introduces
each concept by discussing it and drawing
examples, often finishing with a project that
students will be completing on their own. She
ties scripture and Bible stories into each lesson,
often opening her Bible to share an applicable
verse. While some older students may find this
distracting, or even maybe a bit predictable, I
think younger children or those looking for a
strongly Christian art program will appreciate
this aspect. Some examples of art masterpieces
are included, but overall, there is limited art
appreciation (however, the “sister” series, Art
Projects, does incorporate this). The emphasis
is primarily on drawing, although several different mediums are explored, including colored
pencils and chalk pastels. The first DVD starts
off simply, looking at basic drawing supplies,
types of lines, composing a picture, and doing
a contour drawing of a shoe. The lessons are
clear and well-presented, and the video production is professional. I think that parents will
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
also appreciate that supplies are minimal and
student-quality. In the first lesson, Pat begins
by using a standard #2 pencil and has Crayola
colored pencils and crayons lying nearby. There
isn’t a master supply list provided, so you would
need to peek ahead at the next few lessons to
make sure that you had everything. However,
if you have drawing paper (9” x 12” and 12” x
18), regular or drawing pencils (HB or similar),
a set of colored pencils, a set of crayons (16 or
more), a white eraser, a kneaded eraser, a black
permanent marker or felt-tip pen, and a set of
chalk pastels available, you should be set to
tackle most of the lessons. The first three DVDs
also feature a bonus lesson featuring a different
artist and medium and a specific project to be
completed.
If your children are interested in learning to
draw and you want them to have some exposure
to the basic elements of art but aren’t looking for
a major investment, an art appreciation course
or exposure to a variety of art forms and mediums, I think you’ll be happy with See The Light.
You can easily use it with children of different
ages and abilities, and students will benefit from
repeating the lessons in subsequent years. You
could also easily tweak the suggested projects
to feature different subject matter just to switch
things up. You won’t need to make much of
an investment in art supplies, and you can
definitely get by with inexpensive or beginner
brands. Because the content isn’t deep, if you
have students that have a real talent or interest
in art, you may want to continue with a meatier
program, or one with more breadth like Artistic
Pursuits, Atelier, Feed My Sheep or Book of
Many Colors (HGTA). An additional option is
adding one or more of Pat’s Art Projects DVDs.
Each of these focuses on one project based on
the work of a famous master. This would add a
dash of art appreciation as well as exposure to
other mediums. – Jess
EACH INDIVIDUAL DVD . . . . . 14.99
038566 Vol. 1: The Basics
Tools, Lines, Contours & Composition,
Draw What You See.
038568 Vol. 2: Shape & Space
Shape (Part 1 & 2), Space, Putting It All
Together.
038569 Vol. 3: Value & Color
Value; Tone, Shade & Shadow; Color,
Complements & Intermediates.
038578 Vol. 4: Color Blending Techniques
Color Blending Techniques: Blending With
Colored Pencils, Flower Study with Colored
Pencil, Blending with Chalk Pastels, Chalk
Pastel Practice.
038706 Vol. 5: Proportions for Composition
Background, Middle Ground, Foreground;
Proportion; Scale; Point of View.
038711 Vol. 6: Texture & Form
Texture, The Right Tool for Texture, 3-D
Form, The Sphere Three Ways.
038725 Vol. 7: Perspective for the Landscape
One-Point
Perspective,
Two-Point
Perspective, Landscapes (Parts 1 & 2).
038744 Vol. 8: Balance & Foreshortening
Balance & Symmetry, Circles & Ellipses,
Foreshortening, Drawing Bugs.
038745 Vol. 9: The Portrait
Drawing People, A Different View, Figure
Drawing, Proportions of Figure Drawing.
038565 Boxed Set (Vol. 1-9) . . 99.99
ART WITH A PURPOSE (1-8)
Artpacs: appealing, easy to
use, and inexpensive. We
have used several levels in
our school and they do an
excellent job teaching coloring, shading techniques,
elementary drawing, painting
(mixing and technique, basic
composition principles, and
lettering (calligraphy). Using common supplies
like crayons, glue, paints, and scissors and with
detailed and clear directions, preparation time
is about nil. Our children have really enjoyed
these projects. In their new format, teacher
instructions are included right in each pac. You
may reproduce art sheets, but several are printed
on colored heavy card stock and might be difficult to copy in like quality.
EACH ARTPAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25
015892 Artpac 1
Simple coloring skills, color-by-number, cut
and paste, simple drawing.
012276 Artpac 2
Coloring, mixing colors, silhouettes, cut and
paste, elementary perspective drawing.
009529 Artpac 3
Advanced coloring techniques including
shading, perspective, more advanced drawing techniques, painting, paper dolls, fiber
pictures.
009531 Artpac 4
Illustrate a story book, more advanced coloring and drawing, making drawings appear
3-dimensional.
009532 Artpac 5
Advanced shading techniques, watercolors,
free-hand drawing, reducing and enlarging
pictures, lettering.
009534 Artpac 6
Colored pencils, advanced shading,
advanced lettering, mix, paint, blend with
watercolors, perspective drawing, drawing
faces.
009548 Artpac 7
Advanced shading, now with soft-lead colored pencils, calligraphy, full-color painting, shaded drawings of birds.
009555 Artpac 8
Devoted to pen & ink drawing techniques.
Alpha Omega Art (7-12)
Newly revised, this basic art curriculum has a
practical, hands-on format. A broad scope of
topics are studied from principles of color, styles
of art and perspective to portraiture, carving
and cartooning. The complete set includes 10
colorful LIFEPACs and a Teacher’s Guide. A set
of LIFEPACs only (no Teacher's Guide) is also
available for additional students.
004768 Complete Set . . . . . 69.95 62.96
004769 LIFEPACs Only . . . . 59.95 53.96
Exploring Art Media (9-12)
If you haven't done much art instruction in the
early years, it's not too late for your highschoolers to become familiar with a wide variety of art
media and skills. This book offers high school
students a complete one-year art course. It was
written directly for students, so teacher involvement is generally nonexistent or limited - your
students should be able to pick this one up and
go. Nevertheless, the lessons are extremely
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
well done, appropriate for students with little
or much art experience who are self-motivated
to explore different media. The lessons are
grouped into chapters, each focusing on a different medium. These chapters cover color and
design, drawing, commercial art, cartooning,
painting, and three dimensional arts and crafts.
Each chapter includes close to or over twenty
lessons. The first five or six lessons in each
chapter are essential, and the students should
complete these before moving on. Then the student can choose the number and order of other
lessons in the chapter they want to complete.
Besides representing a wide range of media,
the lessons also offer a nice variety of projects,
concepts, and difficulty. For an example of the
scope of each chapter, here is an outline of the
drawing unit. The essential lessons cover value,
basic shapes, texture, still life drawing, perspective drawing, and cylinders - perspective and
foreshortening. After completing these, the student may choose to complete any number of the
following lessons: one point perspective, toned
paper drawing, two + point perspective, fill in
drawing, combination photo and drawing, pen
and ink, scratchboard, contour line drawing,
figure drawing, portraiture, and more. Each lesson introduces the student to the concepts and
skills being taught and then outlines a simple,
attractive project for them to complete. Many
of the lessons can last as long as students want
them to - just enough time to complete, or several hours to perfect. I predict this course will
be enjoyed by most students, and devoured by
students who have any interest in art, as the lessons can be repeated and varied to help sharpen
students' skills. If you have multiple high school
students, it would further enrich the course if
they used it together (constructively) to compare
and critique each other's work. The pages are
glossy and in full color, with plenty of helpful
pictures. Spiral hc, 373 pgs. - Melissa
034738 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.95 35.50
Starline Art Set (9-12)
A one semester art course that can be done
independently by students will please many
parents, especially if they are not too artsy themselves. Five units in five books cover the basic
elements of art and some art history. Students
will prepare a portfolio of both two and three
dimensional work. Parents grade the work using
rubrics provided and students will also do selfevaluations.
Students need a computer and internet access,
as well as traditional art supplies. Here is a
materials list: 2 graphite pencils, 2 charcoal
pencils, 1 gum eraser, 1 pack plain printer
paper, several sheets of photographic printer
paper (optional) several manila folders, glue or
tape, poster boards, 1 sketch pad 11” x 14” or
larger, set of 6 tube watercolors, set of 6 acrylic
tube paints (no oil paints), box of 8 pastels, 3
sheets of 11” x 14” watercolor paper, 2 canvas
boards or stretched canvas 11” x 14” or larger,
a palette, and a variety of brushes.
Subjects and projects include: design principles, choice of artist to research, material and media, graphic art design, origami,
paper stained glass, illustrate a children’s book,
graphs, art of many different cultures, careers in
art, advertising. 42-58 pages, pb. ~ Sara
055688 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.75 96.95
Art
1113
Teaching Resources / Instructional Units
Resources in this section offer lessons using
a variety of art skills and media (and possibly art appreciation), but are less comprehensive than a full art program.
Art Lab for Little Kids (K-1)
52 fun and colorful art activities just for your
3-6 year olds! Whether you use it as an art
curriculum or a rainy-day idea book, you will
appreciate the array of projects inspired by different artists, along with a sample of their work
and short bio. Clear directions and photographs
guide even “non-artsy” parents and teachers.
Kids will have a blast doing things like dipping
colored chalk in buttermilk to draw with, painting with marbles, and printing with balloons. A
master materials list is in the front for your planning convenience. Some projects are messy, ok,
a lot of them are messy, but it’s art with littles!
It will clean up and you will have a memory to
show for it. pb, 141 pp. ~ Sara
056189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 16.95
☼Big Book of Art: Draw! Paint! Create! (K-2)
Emily, from our marketing department, recently recommended in a Q and A about art and
young children that it was helpful to allow
children to experience a variety of artistic mediums. This book definitely fits the bill! Learn to
make awesome art using all kinds of fun tools
like crayons, colored pencils, markers, chalk,
watercolors and acrylic paint. Some projects
even combine these for a mixed-media creation! Introduce kids to the color wheel, mixing
colors, making patterns to fill in space, making
a rubbing, printing, followed by lots of watercolor techniques - and then you get to play with
acrylics! Four perforated pages in the back are
used for coloring practice & for a couple of the
activities. Your child can practice many of their
skills right in the book! There are several common arts & crafts supplies needed, including a
palette, watercolor paper, a variety of brushes,
scissors, glue, a stamp pad, construction paper,
& found objects. The book is full of color photos
walking you through the steps of each project.
Walter Foster Jr., pb, 124pp, 8.5x11.5”
050093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.75
Complete Book of Arts & Crafts (K-4)
Your kids are asking to do an art project and
you are out of ideas. Oh no! Here is a “go
to” book to have on hand for these moments.
Over 100 kid-friendly projects include holiday
and seasonal ideas as well as those anytime art
projects. Instructions are clear and easy to follow. Each project has a list of materials needed
and many are household items. Some categories
include: music makers, fun with drama, and
homemade toys. 256 pgs, pb.~ Sara
034816 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95
1114
Art
The Most Complete Beginner’s Art Book (K-5)
While the title is pretty ambitious, you’ll probably agree that it’s one of the largest art-kits-ina-book that you’ve seen! This 11” x 14” “book”
is actually a package of art supplies inside one
cover, with a large, spiral-bound book of art
projects and paper attached to the inside of the
opposite cover. A nice variety of art supplies is
included, such as markers (set of 10), watercolor
paint cakes (10), oil pastels, 6 colors of modeling clay, a paintbrush, glue, a 6” ruler, and a
pair of tiny scissors (cute, but they might not
be able to compete with your child’s regular
pair of scissors). The book features 42 pages of
projects divided by type of art supply used. The
introduction gives children a list of other basic
items to have on hand and acquaints them with
the color wheel. The bulk of the book offers
young artists a wealth of ideas and techniques
to use with the art supplies provided to make
their own art. For instance, in the clay section,
children are shown how to create basic clay
shapes (squares, ropes, balls, and flat shapes),
how to mix colors to get different tints, how
to make effects like stripes and swirls, how to
create some objects from simple shapes, how
to make expressive clay characters, and how
to create clay vehicles. From the selection of
art supplies included to the variety of ideas and
techniques featured, this is a nice introduction
to art for young people. ~ Jess
038140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 26.99
☼ARTIntegration (K-8)
If you follow a unit study approach, or simply
don’t have time to incorporate a stand-alone art
program in your curriculum, this is an incredible resource to “plug in” art to your current
curriculum. Subtitled “Multidisciplinary Lessons
That Teach Across the Curriculum Through
Art,” this full-color resource holds 30 art lessons
that tie in with math, science, language arts or
history topics and include a variety of instructional material for the teacher. Written by a
classroom teacher for classroom teachers, each
lesson includes a list of the featured elements
of art, materials used, suggested art works for
reference, art vocabulary, discussion questions,
national standards, learning objectives, background information, instructional steps for the
project, alternate projects (for some lessons),
and grading criteria; but this is all presented
in brief, almost bullet-point format making it
easy to read, peruse, and pick-and-choose what
you want to use. Lessons include designing
Gothic-style stained glass window with scratch
art paper, drawing overlapping shapes using
compass and protractors then coloring in with
watercolor pencils, creating a cave-like painting of animals using sticks and neutral paints,
color mixing by spraying simple marker designs
with water, making a multi-media collage out
of black paper, pastels, candy and candy wrappers to illustrate the poem, “The Sugar-Plum
Tree” by Eugene Field, illustrating the human
anatomy with major organs and more. The art
materials used range by lesson, and there are at
least a handful that use scratch art paper. You
will probably need to purchase some materials
unless you have a well-stocked art area. In other
cases, specific materials are suggested, such as
Lick-A-Stick shapes, but you could cut shapes
from construction paper and adhere with a glue
stick instead. The projects are well-thought out
and complement studies of other cultures, time
periods, science topics and other academic subjects, but there is room to tweak and modify as
desired based on the supplies and tools you have
available, to modify for students of different ages
or skill levels, or to adapt more specifically to a
lesson. This would also be a great resource for
an art co-op. 72 pages, spiral-bound.
061297 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.95 25.50
Art Lab for Kids (K-8)
Author Susan Schwake has laid out 52 art lessons for parents and teachers to use with one
or more students. Photos make her directions
easy to follow and she uses materials that are
readily available, like white glue, road maps,
plastic wrap and foam trays. With each project,
a contemporary artist is profiled as inspiration.
The projects are quite original and go beyond
arts and crafts to teach kids some real art skills,
like drawing negative space and creating a
torn paper landscape. There is a master list of
materials which includes newspapers, plastic
containers, waxed paper, watercolors, charcoal
pencils and aluminum foil. Kids of various ages
could easily do these projects together at their
own ability levels and have a good time! 144
pgs, pb. ~ Sara
052349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 13.45
3-D Art Lab for Kids (1-AD)
Adventures in sculpture and multi-media
creation! 32 ideas, each detailed with clear
instruction and photos to guide you on your
creative adventure. Paper, clay, textiles, sculpture and jewelry projects are each inspired by a
well-known artist. Create a plaster relief, branch
wrapping, rattles & shakers, paper beaded jewelry, clay stamps and lots more using a variety of
different mediums. This book will require some
special tools and materials; a list is in the front
for you. Pb, 141pp. ~ Sara
058440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 16.95
Busy Teacher’s Guide: Art Lessons (1-5)
That describes all of us - busy teachers. These
lessons try to give you a helping hand, combining art appreciation, instruction in basic elements of art, easy-to-follow directions for art
projects, several assignment alternatives and
patterns for or illustrations of finished projects.
Two books cover primary and intermediate
level. Each book contains 36 lessons. If you
have art twice a week it would be ideal. One
day, do the main art project together. The
other, let your child(ren) select from the assignment choices to do a variation on the method
or theme which they should be able to complete
(mostly) on their own. Each lesson begins with
a statement of purpose so you can see what
concept is highlighted. The Art History section
discusses a famous artist and his or her artwork.
It would be good to locate reproductions of this
art for a more complete, visual appreciation
of the work. Materials lists are included both
for the main project and variations. The main
lesson procedure is very clearly written. These
are simple projects which explore the elements
of art using basic art materials but a variety
of media (paint, chalk, crayon, marker, clay,
fabric, collage materials, etc.). Assignment
choices (for additional, related art projects) are
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
listed next, again with clear and simple instructions. At least two (and usually more) choices
are given, so you can extend the usefulness of
this book farther if you want to spend more
time on each concept. A final “Connection”
paragraph ties the art project and highlighted
art work together. The facing page for each
lesson contains either patterns to be used for
the art project, or it shows a picture of what the
finished project(s) should look like.
009842 Primary (1-3) . . . . . 10.99
8.75
009841 Intermediate (3-5) . 10.99
8.75
How to Teach Art to Children (1-6)
So, you feel you should provide some basic
instruction on the elements of art, but what
are they? Four basic elements (color, pattern/
design, line/shape, and texture) are included in
this volume with lessons highlighting specific
concepts within each area. The color section,
for example, contains multiple lessons for each
of the following concepts: primary colors, secondary colors, color values, black and white,
contrast, warm vs. cool colors, complementary
colors, tertiary colors, and the color spectrum.
A variety of activities is provided for each. As
children explore the concept of secondary colors, they complete a color wheel, play a color
memory game, experiment with mixing colored
water and mix graduations of color using tempera paints. When they explore repetition in
texture, they use repeated line and shape to
create texture, make crayon rubbings, create a
textured abstract still life with colored pencils,
and construct a textured landscape mural with
crayons and textured surfaces. Each section
also references selected children’s literature
and fine art examples that you can use to illustrate the concept. No exotic art supplies are
required; as most of the art projects are done
on or with paper using paints, crayons, colored
pencils and various around-the-house collagetype materials.
007019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.99 16.95
References
that it’s done. What an awesome way for the
whole family to create art, or to play as an art
☼Elements of Art & Principles of Design Desk lesson! – Jess
029222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 37.95
Reference (K-8)
Handy, quick reference of the elements of art
on one side and the principles of design on the
other. Printed in full color on heavy paper and
laminated for protection, there are no worries
having this reference sheet with valuable concepts of art laying out on the table while your
students are creating their own masterpieces.
Measures: 11”x 8.5”. ~ Emily
061300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40
2.95
☼Elements & Principles of Design (3-AD)
Looking for a brief, straightforward explanation and reference to the elements of art (line,
shape, form, color, value, texture, space) and
the principles of design (balance, movement,
rhythm, contrast, emphasis, pattern, unity) all
in one book? Each 2-page spread covers a new
concept, with a brief overview and explanation on the left page and activities to practice
and reinforce the concepts on the right page.
Colorful graphics are used throughout along
with examples of artwork by master artists and
how they used the elements and principles. This
is a great reference for all students studying art
or design and can be used through elementary,
middle and high school years. 31 pgs, 8.5” x
11” pb. ~ Emily
061299 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 15.95
☼Seven Elements of Art Teaching Poster Set (4-9)
Brightly colored cardstock posters teach art
vocabulary and concepts. Put them around your
creative space for students to ask about or use
them to teach children art terms. One poster
shows/explains line and texture. One shows
geometric and organic shapes. One discusses
form and space. And the last is about color and
value. The images demonstrating the concepts
are colorful and clear. With your posters come
4 reproducible worksheets with vocabulary &
comprehension exercises and a teacher guide
Creating Art: Lessons & Projects for the with answer key. 17” x 22” each. ~ Sara
Grammar Stage (3-7)
062115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
063848 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 17.45
Games & Supplementals
Usborne Complete Book of Art Ideas (3-9)
If you've purchased and enjoyed the Usborne ☼TAG the Art Game (2-AD)
Book of Art Ideas, the Usborne Book of Art
Many art games are designed around famous
Skills, and the Usborne Book of Art Projects, masterpieces, but in this game YOU are creatthen this volume is too late for you, but if you ing the masterpiece! One or more players can
are thinking about buying one or more of those play, with everyone collaborating to create one
books, or if you've already bought one and want abstract work of art. Everyone starts with one
the other two, WAIT! This book houses all communal sheet of watercolor paper, and you
three of the books in one complete volume, for spin the color wheel to reveal four analogous
about the same cost as two of the single books. colors, one complimentary color, and a metalYou know what that means - over 400 wonder- lic color, numbered 1-6. You use this set of
ful activities are described on colorful, glossy colors the whole game. On each player’s turn
pages. The activities are still listed by book, not they flip a Location card to find the area on the
intermingled, so there are actually three distinct paper that they will be working, then an Action
"books" in this one. Hardcover.
card which determines if the player will collage,
032349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 17.99 paint, or draw. Then they flip a corresponding
Collage, Paint, or Draw card to find what they
are creating (circles, cross-hatch, stars, etc.) and
roll the dice to find the color they will work in.
Now it’s time to create, using the included art
supplies (oil pastels, watercolors, tissue paper,
glitter, and metallic paper). Players take turns
adding to the piece in this fashion until a player
draws a “Finished?” card and everyone agrees
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
ART HISTORY / APPRECIATION
Courses / Unit Studies
How to Use Child-Sized Masterpieces (PK-8)
A wonderful, early introduction to art appreciation and artist recognition from Renaissance to
modern art. (This 2nd edition updates the cover
only.) Based on Montessori principles, even the
smallest child can perform the simplest activity:
matching paintings. As they become more familiar with each artist’s style, they learn to classify
several different paintings by artist. Later, students learn to classify artists’ works according to
the various “schools” of art. Manual describes
eight progressively more difficult steps or levels
of activities as follows:
Step 1 - Matching identical paintings
Step 2 - Pairing two similar paintings by the
same artist
Step 3 - Grouping four paintings by each of
three artists
Step 4 - Learning the names of famous
artists
Step 5 - Learning the names of famous
paintings
Step 6 - Learning about the schools of art
Step 7 - Sorting schools of art
Step 8 - Placing paintings on a time line
003342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 10.75
Child-Size Masterpieces
Art postcard books for above. Cards are excellent reproductions of paintings.
EACH LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.00 14.50
004760 Level 1 (Easy)
003979 Level 2 (Intermediate)
003980 Level 3 (Advanced)
009753 Level 4 (Artists)
062145 ☼Black Images (for Levels 1-4)
These cards highlight the beauty and dignity
of black heritage as portrayed in paintings
over a 500 year period. Artists include Henry
Tanner, Wm H. Johnson, Aaron Douglas,
Clementine Hunter, Horace Pippin, Jacob
Lawrence and more.
012223 Level 5 (Paintings)
036447 Levels 6 & 7 (Modern Schools of Art)
009839 Level 8 (Timeline) Transportation
Art
1115
☼Veritas Press History of Art (2-7)
Why study art, or art history, for that matter?
Well, as Michelangelo said, “Every good painting
is noble and devotional in itself and therefore is
able to honor God, whether or not the artist is
a believer.” This art history curriculum utilizes
that concept through studies of great works of art
from Creation to Contemporary (as the subtitle
indicates) from a decidedly Christian perspective. While significant works of western art are
included, the course also highlights distinctively
Christian art. Within these constraints, folk art,
Eastern art, etc., are, therefore, not included.
First off, this is perhaps the most luxurious
“workbook” I’ve ever seen. The illustrations are
absolutely outstanding! I felt as though I was
reading an actual art history text. Most of the
images included are full-color representations of
originals. I can see children pouring over these
pages again and again (I did!). The text gives a
sound overview: you’ll learn major art movement terms, vocabulary, art in chronological
sequence, recognition of art and also art movements (art periods), key historical events during
that art movement, and more. The main goals
are to learn these key movements of Western
art history, viewing them through the lens of
Christianity, while connecting them chronologically in history.
The course is designed to cover 32 art movements (one per week, 5 days per week) if using
the one-year plan. After introducing the art
movement with the workbook’s reading material
and that week’s flashcard, students repeat and
review this material in different ways throughout
the week (discussion, drill, playing included
games, vocabulary review, etc.). Then, one day
is designed for an art-related project or activity
and the final day culminates in a quiz (provided).
A hefty volume, the Workbook serves simultaneously as the text and as a consumable
workbook: each student will complete readings
and comprehension questions right in the book.
Younger children could work orally alongside older students. The workbook components
include an introduction, a student worksheet
in which questions progress in difficulty, an art
study, vocabulary review, quizzes and periodic
cumulative reviews. In the back you’ll find a
full-color timeline and an art memory game,
as well as the written music and lyrics for The
Great Art History Song (set to the tune of Jesu,
Joy of Man’s Desiring). Activities are varied to
encompass a wide age range: those for younger
ages are more hands-on and those for older ages
are more text-based. Supplies needed are listed
with the activities and are easily obtainable.
One unique, inspiring feature is periodic “interviews” of historical and modern-day professional artists who are Christians. I also appreciated
the discussions regarding some of those controversial art topics such as nudity. For example, a
reading assignment for older students is entitled,
Naked vs Nudity and hints at a distinction the
author makes. However, pictured images are
appropriate for all ages.
The 32 Flashcards contain a full-color example
of each period’s art on one side and an in-depth
discussion (and sometimes an additional example) on the other. Answers to all worksheets
will be found on the flashcards. Therefore, if
you are using the workbook, you must have the
flashcards. However, as a supplement to your
1116
Art
art curriculum, you could use the flashcards
without the workbook. Flashcards are 5” x 8”,
laminated, with rounded edges.
This course can be fully integrated with the
Veritas History program, utilizing it periodically
from second through sixth grade. To correctly
sequence the art curriculum, each of the Art
Flashcards contains a colored bar across the
top that matches Veritas’ history cards and the
timelines on the Art workbook overview pages
use the history card number system. I can see
this course also dovetailing with other historyfocused curriculum, though not quite as seamlessly. However, this course can also be used in
one year as an Art History course on its own. In
this case, the publisher recommends using it in
the middle school years. Whether you follow a
history-focused curriculum or not, History of Art
is a solid addition to your curriculum. This will
very well be a student book you’ll keep around
as a reference. Highly recommend! Workbook
is 8.5” x 11”, 328 pp, sc. ~ Ruth
015683Flashcards . . . . . . . . . 21.95
015703Workbook . . . . . . . . . 26.95
☼Child’s History of Art (4-8)
I have to start by saying that I actually read
all three of these texts! Now, I really like all of
the topics, and they are written to about a 5th
grader or so, and they are really good! Each
Calvert School course has three components:
a textbook, a spiral-bound lesson manual and
a spiral-bound art card portfolio. These are all
small-format books, about 5.5 x 8.” Textbooks
are divided into chapters that are engaging and
interesting to read. You can read these aloud
with a group or one-on-one. I think an older
student could easily do this program independently. Black & white pictures and illustrations
are scattered throughout, with color photos
found in the art card portfolio. Authors Hillyer
and Huey start out the chapters with a cute
anecdote from their childhood regarding art. I
quite enjoyed the tone that these set. It is not
like reading a children’s storybook, but the
language is not intimidating either. This helps
a student who may not be keen on learning
art history! The lesson manual corresponds to
the textbook and includes an art activity using
common household materials and basic art/craft
supplies. Some lessons will only have an activity, but some have comprehension questions as
well. These could provide an opportunity for
group discussion or for an independent student
to answer in writing as an assessment of their
learning. Lessons also include a link for further
exploration online. An answer key in the back
has answers to the comprehension questions
and notes on what to prep for the next lesson
(like collecting 3 cardboard paper rolls). The
art card portfolio includes color post cards
of paintings, photos, sketches, illustrations, &
maps. They are all identified clearly with notes
on where they can be found now.
Architecture: Text has 274pp and 29 chapters. Topics include: pyramids, temples, ancient
cultures, arches, columns, domes, decoration,
cathedrals, mosques, homes, chateaus, tombs,
symmetry, eras, bridges, & skyscrapers. The
lesson manual has 54 projects such as creating
a trilithon (a la Stonehenge) or designing a rose
window (a la Notre Dame in Paris.) Art card
folio has 44 images including a mud hut in
Kenya, St. Basil’s in Moscow, Reims cathedral
in France and the U.S. Capitol.
Painting: Text has 242pp & 33 chapters. Topics
include: caves, Egypt, palaces, vessels, Christian
art, Renaissance, Rome, Flemish artists, portraits,
the poor, impressionists, post-impressionism,
Early Americans, & modern painters. There is
some nudity, but the images seem to be intentionally blurred. Lesson manual has 60 lessons
including projects such as drawing people in
profile as seen in Egyptian painting and on Greek
vases, or practice drawing people in motion
using tornado-like strokes. Art card folio has 40
images including an Assyrian tile, the Birth of
Venus (blurred for modesty), several Cathedral
paintings of the Madonna and Child, Charles I
at the Hunt by Van Dyck, the Death of General
Wolfe by West, & The Parley by Remington.
Sculpture: Text 187pp &29 chapters. Topics
include: Egyptian sphinxes, Assyrian cherubs,
athletic looking Greeks (blurred for modesty,)
natural human poses, miniatures, medals, busts,
carved columns, reliefs, gargoyles, doors/gates,
churches, animals, tombs, myths, Gods, heroes,
symbolism, American Presidents, memorials
& modern sculptures. Lesson manual has 54
activities such as creating a composite animal
from salt dough, and cutting out silhouettes of
family members. Art card folio has 25 images
including the Colossi of Memnon, a bust of
Emperor Hadrian, an ivory tablet from Syria,
the Pieta by Michelangelo, Statue of Liberty and
Winged Victory. ~ Sara
EACH COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.00
059438Architecture
059439Painting
059440Sculpture
065458 ☼Complete Course . . . 105.00
Short Lessons in Art History: 35 Artists and
Their Work (6-12)
These lessons could very easily be used with
younger children if you read the interesting,
informal biographies aloud. Starting in the
14th century with the Italian Renaissance,
this book proceeds chronologically along geographic lines, tracing the major art movements of their times. Just a sampling of artists
included: Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo,
Raphael, Dürer, Rubens, Rembrandt, Goya,
Manet, Monet, Renoir, Matisse, Wyeth. Each
chapter begins with general background information, followed by 2-4 pages of biography
on each artist. Typeset is fairly small, so these
are substantial overviews of their lives and
works. Several black and white reproductions
of their artwork are contained within. At the
end of each biography are a few questions for
discussion and a glossary to help with pronunciation or understanding. Color plates with
22 reproductions of paintings from the various
artists are bound into the center of the book. If
desired, pair this with the correlated Exercises
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
and Activities book to extend your study into
art! This reproducible book contains exercises
and activities paralleling the study of each artist
in Short Lessons. Each contains simple comprehension questions in the form of word puzzles,
crosswords, matching, or fill in the blanks.
Other questions require more careful thought
on the part of the student, as they are asked to
define terms, contrast artists’ styles, etc. Longer
“Writing Questions” call for independent writing or research. The student might be asked to
construct a time line of the artists’ major works,
or describe how certain events influenced an
artists’ work. Answers to these questions and
exercises are included. Finally, each section
has a student project correlated to the artist
under study. From sketching a scene Giotto
might have drawn as a boy to constructing a
Calder-inspired mobile, students create various
art forms in the style of the artists under study,
adding their own special touches as well. The
components together would constitute a very
complete art course. I would not hesitate to
use this with even younger children - perhaps
covering a chapter per week, and ending with
the art project.
020183 Short Lessons... . . . . 26.00 18.95
020184 Exercises/Activities 26.00 18.95
Suggested Resource:
048695 Art (DK) . . . . . . . . 50.00
34.75
Teaching Resources with Activities
Discovering Great Artists: 150 Art Ideas for
Learning (K-8)
Here are 150 activities that teach the styles,
works, and techniques of the great masters - Van
Gogh, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, and more.
To imitate Michelangelo’s Sistene Chapel, the
young artist paints while reclined on his back
with paper taped to the bottom of a table. To
experience Van Gogh’s style, children mix
paints into a thick substance called “impasto”
and then paint with heavy, swirling brush
strokes. Each activity contains a brief history
of the artist, a project, and an example of that
artist’s work.
006181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 13.75
Great American Artists for Kids (PK-7)
By the same authors of Discovering Great
Artists, above, this project book features 75
art activities, all based on the work of famous
American artists. The very helpful table of
contents groups the artists into four categories,
based on periods and style and also provides
at-a-glance guidance on the art activity used,
the style, the technique used for the project, the
recommended age level, and the level of adult
help. Each artist and corresponding project is
featured on one or two glossy, full-color pages
which offer background on the artist, a portrait
of the artist as interpreted by a child, a description of the activity, a list of materials, and a stepby-step procedure. You’ll enjoy activities such
as designing a magazine cover like Norman
Rockwell, drawing a busy scene in the style of
Grandma Moses, creating a stained glass window with colored “bubbles” like Frank Lloyd
Wright, creating your own “Seussel” character
in the style of Theodor Seuss Geisel, and much,
much more. You can also visit the author's
website (www.brightring.com/americanartists.
html) for links to examples of each artist's work.
If your art appreciation course includes a study
of American artists, you won’t want to bypass
this one! 142 pgs, pb. – Jess
017489 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 13.75
Usborne Art Treasury (K-8)
This book could make a wonderful art program
for younger students, incorporating both art
appreciation and projects in a beautiful, easy
to use format. The book features 22 impressive works of art from around the world and
from a variety of periods. Each work is shown
on a spread of pages along with a few short,
interesting paragraphs of information about the
work itself, the techniques used, and the artist
who created it. Then you flip the page to see
how you can imitate that work and style using
simple materials and methods. For example,
the first work highlighted is Van Gogh’s “The
Starry Night.” After looking at the painting and
reading about it, you turn to the next page,
which has step-by-step directions to help you
make your own swirly landscape using thick
paints and a plastic fork. In six steps you go
from drawing a simple landscape sketch, adding color, and using the fork to manipulate the
paint into swirly patterns like those found in
Van Gogh’s painting. The end products are
very attractive, and completing the projects will
help students remember the distinctive styles of
the artists they’ve studied. The projects pages
are very colorful and offer beautiful illustrations
of the finished projects to give students a visual
aid. Throughout the 22 works/projects, students
will be introduced to 3-D art, paintings, abstract
art, prints, collages, Chinese brush painting, and
other styles/types of art for a well-rounded but
fun early art education. Hc, 96 pgs. – Melissa
042293 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 17.99
Modern Art Adventures (1-AD)
064329 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
14.75
Hands-On Art Projects (3-7)
065569 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
10.75
Michelangelo for Kids: His Life and Ideas with
21 Activities (4-AD)
028610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 13.95
☼Eye for Art: Focus Great Artists & Their
Work (4-12)
More than just artist biographies, this book goes behind
the scenes of many great works
of art from a variety of periods and styles. Everyone from
the Dutch masters to modern American artists are here.
Gorgeous color photos accompany interesting text. There are 40 projects for
students to try themselves, ranging from writing a
poem to making a collage to creating an action
figure or puppet and writing a story about it. Over
50 artists including Rembrandt, Matisse, Degas,
O’Keefe, and Calder. It’s a different approach to
an art book and I quite liked it. In fact, I read the
whole book! It could be a good starting point for
a unit study or just add it to any art program at
home or at school. 175pp, sc. ~ Sara
061887 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 14.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
See the Light Art Projects DVDs (5-12)
Whether or not you’re familiar with Pat
Knepley’s Art Class DVDs, anyone with a
creative spirit or an interest in art is sure to
enjoy Art Projects! Each DVD highlights one
detailed art project which incorporates the style
of a great master. Along the way, viewers are
also exposed to art concepts like the “Rule of
Thirds,” color theory, line and shape, and much
more. Each DVD is between 1-2 hours in length
but is broken into several segments. However,
the project itself will take about 3-4 hours for
students (or anyone else following along) to
complete. The projects are typically introduced
with a good amount of biographical information
on the featured artist, and at least one segment
during the project is devoted to discussing
art concepts. There are different art materials
needed for each project, and these are detailed
on the back of the DVDs (which you can find on
our website) or at SeeTheLightShine.com. These
are excellent, well-produced DVDs with excellent and interesting projects, and Pat is a terrific
teacher. I would use these along with any art
curriculum as a special emphasis or project,
with an art appreciation program, or individually just for fun. These would also be great for
a group or co-op setting! There is no particular
order to completing the DVDs, but you can
purchase a set (includes all of the titles except
for Cartooning) at a discount. – Jess
EACH INDIVIDUAL DVD . . . . . 14.99
038759Cartooning
Drawing a variety of types of characters,
designing comics
038765 Dreams of Joseph (Marc Chagall)
Painting in the style of Marc Chagall.
038780 Horsing Around (Degas)
Drawing horses in pastel.
038789 Paper Jungle (Henri Rousseau)
Paper collage
038793 Peaceful Seas (Winslow Homer)
Watercolor seascape
038808 Pointillism Fruit (Georges Seurat)
Acrylic painting
038810 Poppy Collage (Georgeia O'Keefe)
Paper collage
038814 Repeated Sweets (Wayne Thiebaud)
Watercolor painting
038818 Sunflowers (Van Gogh)
Oil pastel drawing
038822 Tiffany Window (Louis Tiffany)
Drawing a Tiffany window design
038746 Boxed set of 9 . . . . . . 99.99
Art
1117
☼Daily Warm Ups: Art History (5-8)
Turn extra classroom minutes into valuable
learning time or use this as a way to easily
work some art history into your homeschooling
day without taking the time for a full program.
180 quick activities cover key artists (Giotto,
El Greco, Dali, etc.), artistic styles (Rococo,
surrealism, contemporary, etc.), and time periods (pre-historic, Roman, contemporary, etc.).
Because the book is small (7.75” x 5.5”), you
have to find another resource for viewing the
paintings, but in the back, a list of websites is
included to view the paintings/sculptures that
go with the activities. Make that search part of
the student’s assignments! You will touch on
everything from cave paintings to street graffiti
as your students are asked compare the Roman
Colosseum with modern sports arenas; describe/
draw patterns & shapes found in an animal head
carving in Norway; create an advertisement
after looking at Toulouse Lautrec’s use of text
in his posters; and describe some of the themes
in more modern photographs. Though recommended for middle grades, this can cross over
into all ages with some creative discussions.
Reproducible (though not perforated) or you
can print copies off of the companion CD-ROM
(included). Answer key in the back, 223 pp,
sc. ~ Sara
060631 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 15.50
References
swing was just a painting… Kids are natural artists and they love to talk about their work. These
books are teaching tools to give kids the right
words to use to describe their art. You see several color photos of masterful works of art, but you
also get some ideas of what to ask kids about the
pictures. Activity ideas are included with every
technique explained. For example, in Seeing the
Light in Art, readers examine Renoir’s painting
The Swing, with people in a park under dappled
shade. You get a simple narrative of how the
Impressionists painted quickly to properly capture the light in their paintings. Then there is a
caption with an activity for kids to try. This one
talks about how dappled sunlight is excellent
camouflage for forest creatures and asks kids to
make a picture where animals with spots, stripes
and patches merge with their background. Body
Language in Art focuses on determining what
an artist is trying to tell us about the figures in
their paintings. Kids become art detectives following a trail of clues. Facial expressions and
body posture reflects the mood, inner feelings,
and attitude of the subject and perhaps the artist
as they painted the picture. Questions like how
the subject’s lives may have been encourage
kids to really think about the art, not just look
at it and decide if it is pretty or not. In Really
Smart Art, 17 works of art are examined in light
of dimension, movement, perspective, portraits,
realism, imagination, technique, cultures, collage, angles, meaning and more. Questions
ask the reader, “Do you notice anything odd?”
and, “When you go to sleep, do you sometimes
dream?” Works include Escher, Durer, and Dali.
Critical thinking begins by looking further into
a topic than what meets the eye. These books
are a tool to encourage young thinkers and
young artists. 45 pgs, pb. ~ Sara
EACH BOOK (except noted) . 10.95
8.05
053291 Body Language in Art
053292 Seeing the Light in Art
037995 Really Smart Art . . . . 9.99
7.50
Fandex - Painters (2-AD)
Another great addition to the Fandex family.
This guide holds 50 die-cut cards, fastened
together so you can flip through without losing any of the cards. Each card contains short
biographies and little known facts of some of
the greatest painters. The cards are topped with
a picture of the artist, and at least one of their
paintings appears somewhere on their card.
Beginning with Giotto (born around 1266,
according to my Fandex guide), you’ll learn
about well-known and little known artists, even Come Look with Me (PK-5)
This exceptional series
more recent artists. A compact Who’s Who of
of interactive art apprepainters. ~ Melissa
016196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
9.95 ciation books will develop an early awareness of
and interest in fine art.
Art Movements: Stories on Canvas Posters
Each full-color thematic
(8 Pieces) (3-12)
064444 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
9.25 book introduces children
to twelve works of art,
eliciting their observaInformational / Textual
tions about and attention to the painting. Openended questions about each work and a brief
I Am an Artist (PK-3)
Everyone is an artist, as art is more than a biography of the artist provide gentle lessons in
finished work - it's a process found in everyday perspective, color, line, and composition. A
life. Children are especially adept at these pro- quality reproduction of each work appears on the
cesses - noticing the delicate shape of a feather, left, with observations and questions on the right
feeling the rough texture of bark, and mimicking of each two-page spread. No advance preparapatterns they see in the sand. This book helps tion or knowledge of art is required - just open
readers see art in a different way through light, and enjoy with your child. Each volume reprepoetic text and captivating illustrations. 30 pgs, sents a wide variety of styles, artists, techniques
and time periods. While the books can be used
paperback. - Melissa
001273 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
7.50 in any order, Enjoying Art with Children would
probably be the place to start. The paintings
in this volume have children as their subjects,
Look! At Art (PK-3)
Dappled. Misty. Reflected. Electric. Creepy. which helps children to become immediately
Dull. Pearly. Mysterious. Heavenly. Dramatic. involved in the artwork. Subsequent titles explore
Artists communicate through the choices they landscape, animals, recreation, photography,
make in their paintings. These words describe Native American art, works from famous artists,
light. And you thought a painting of a lady on a art from other cultures and more. Hardcover.
1118
Art
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . 16.95 12.50
001234 Enjoying Art With Children
002487 American Indian Art
001232 Animals in Art
002489 Art in Early America
002492 Artist at Work
023309 Discover African-American Art
001236 Exploring Landscape Art
002490 Exploring Modern Art
001237 World of Play
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . 15.95 11.50
013684 Asian Art
015360 Discovering Women Artists
Art Books for Children (K-5)
Artists have many different ideas and styles, and
each one offers a new expression of imagination
and creativity. Each book explores the works
of 30 different artists, challenging children to
think “outside the box” about art and notice the
unique elements of each work. Here you learn
quirky things about the artists and their work
like how Raphael included his own face in all
of his paintings, or how Kandinsky tried to paint
things we can’t see or touch, like music. Fullcolor reproductions are accompanied by short
blurbs of interesting text, filled with questions
directed at students to help them “discover” the
work of art and appreciate its nuances (“what do
you think about the person in the painting?” “Do
you doodle when you get bored?”). In the back
are resources to find out more on the artists.
Perfect for a laid back art appreciation resource
for a wide age range of children, as younger and
older children alike can make insightful observations about the works. This high-quality book
features thick, glossy pages. Both are 80 pgs, hc
and 10x11.5” – Melissa/Sara
045018 White Book (Vol. 1) 19.95 15.50
Features Pieter Bruegel, Botticelli, Degas,
Picasso, Miro, van Eyck and more
059232 Yellow Book (Vol. 2) 19.95 15.50
Features Batone, Durer, Homer, Magritte,
Morisot, Thiebaud and more
☼Usborne Lift-the-Flap Art (1-5)
Usborne lift-the-flap books are treasures of
information, color and activity; this one is no
exception. A gem of information, this book will
help your child get “behind the scenes” with
art . Multiple flaps on each page show famous
paintings and sculptures. Art pieces (mostly
Western) from the 1600’s to modern age are
labeled by name, artist and date. Readers will
investigate how art is made and how artists use
color, line, movement and symbols to create
their desired effects. The thick, sturdy design
allows those flaps to be lifted many, many times
without tearing. Includes a one-page glossary
and internet links. 9” x 11”, 12 pp, hc. ~ Ruth
060901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 13.49
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Famous Paintings Usborne Art Activity Cards
(1-AD)
Hold 30 great works of art in the palm of your
hand! Using the format of a deck of flashcards,
these art cards are a fun and informative student
learning activity. Color images of the art are on
one side, while the other side tells kids stuff like
the name of the artist, date and place it was
painted, what materials were used, where is it
now, what the artist was thinking as they were
painting, and things for kids to look for that may
not be initially obvious. Take A Sunday on la
Grande Jatte by Parisian artist Georges Seurat
for example. Did you know it is made of about
3.5 million colored dots and dashes? Or that
if you look hard you will find a pet monkey,
three dogs, and a tiny butterfly? How about that
it took him two years to complete? Its home is
at the Art Institute of Chicago, so those in the
Midwest can incorporate a field trip to the city
to see the real painting too! ~ Sara
052097 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.99
☼Discover Great Art & Create Your Own (2-9)
Subtitled, Get Into Art, this series by author
Susie Brooks propels you into art! I reviewed the
Places book, but they all follow the same format. Students see a famous painting by a famous
artist on a 2-page spread. On the right page is a
4.5” flap with the title of the painting, the artist
and year it was painted, interesting facts about
the painting and some details to notice. A short
biographical blurb tells you about the artist. The
best part is revealed when you open the flap!
This is where the student is guided step-by-step
with instructions & illustrations to create their
own masterpiece in the style of the famous
painting. These are very workable projects and
give you the essence of the artist translated
for a young student in 4 easy steps. Books are
hardcover and lay open nicely. This is a great
way to introduce art and artists to your children
at home, in a classroom or in a co-op setting.
Supplies needed are common (paints, brushes,
construction paper, chalks, markers, glue, ruler,
etc.) but you will want some heavy art paper for
the best results. Twelve lessons, 31pp. ~ Sara
062049Animals . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
062050People . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
062051Places . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 10.75
062052 Telling Stories . . . . 14.99 10.75
Art (DK) (2-AD)
When you take in the 600+ page count, the
large trim size, and the glossy, full-color pages
packed with gorgeous art reproductions, I feel
that the price on this “coffee-table-quality” art
book is extremely reasonable. This has been
a popular book around our office; its visual
appeal is undeniable! After an opening chapter
on looking at art and understanding basic art
concepts (subject and composition, light and
shade, etc.), the rest of the chapters progress
chronologically from prehistory to the present
day. Within each chapter specific geographical
areas, cultures or artistic movements are covered. Most chapters focus on a group of artists
that represent that time period or style, each
with a short biography or biographical information and examples of their artwork. Often there
are “closer looks” where the reader is invited to
zoom in on a particular segment of a painting
to appreciate a technique or a special feature.
Occasionally, a themed page with a black
background features a collection of works by
different artists based around a similar subject,
such as children or work. Like other DK books,
the pages are packed with captioned full-color
art reproductions. It’s easy to believe that over
2,500 works are featured in this hefty volume!
The art reproductions vary widely in size; some
of them are page-size, while others take up
only a few inches of space. Whether you use
this as an art reference or a coffee table book,
it’s almost irresistible to browse. One important
note: although the book is an excellent reference, it is not geared specifically for children.
There are plenty of nudes and partial nudes
throughout the book. You will want to “edit”
with sticky notes or selectively preview which
pages you use with your children depending
on their ages and your own family preferences.
612 pages, hc. - Jess
048695 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 34.75
Usborne Book of Famous Paintings (3-7)
This hardcover book is filled with 35 famous
paintings arranged chronologically, covering
many of the most famous artists in history. Each
two page layout contains a piece of art, information about the techniques used by the artist, and
interesting information about the time period,
subjects used, historical facts, and other details.
There are also two fold out pages for Monet’s
Water Lilies and Picasso’s Guernica. Though
geared towards adolescents, the information is
interesting to all ages and would make a great
addition to an art appreciation class or as a coffee table book. 80 pgs. ~ Alissa
026229 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 15.29
the artist’s thoughts and feelings. This book also
analyzes the original intended audience, how
the painters bucked established artistic trends,
and how audiences have responded through the
years. This is a beautiful book with 134 illustrations (126 in color), including a full reproduction of each highlighted masterpiece. With each
painting, the “Why Don’t You?” inset suggests
an activity, such as journaling, a visit to an art
museum, or drawing horizon and perspective.
Note: a handful of paintings and sculptures with
nude subjects are selected. For each artist, you
will also find a portrait and web links to view
additional artwork; a chronology is in the back.
Includes a glossary and a list of art museums to
visit. 10” x 11 ¾”, 96 pp, hc. ~ Ruth
060629 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 14.95
☼Child’s Introduction to Art: World’s Greatest
Paintings and Sculptures (4-7)
Some art books are too young, some are too
much, well this one is juuuust right for your
middle schoolers. Young readers can have a
look at famous artists like Van Eyck & Vermeer,
Manet & Monet, Klimt & Munch as they also
learn art vocabulary. Explore 32 different artists! Lots of color photos and illustrations bring
the text to life. Everything from cave paintings
to portraiture to learning about museums! You
could read it front to back or use it as a reference when looking at a certain time period or
location. It is a lovely hardcover book that is
certainly gift-worthy. Inside the front cover is
an 8.5 x 8.5" envelope with five coloring pages
outlining works from Dali, Cassatt, Seurat,
Monet, and DaVinci. Add some Prismacolor
pencils and you will have one happy young artist! Hc, 96pp, 10" x10". ~ Sara
057663 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 13.95
Children’s Book of Art (Internet-Linked) (5-9)
This book introduces young children to art in
a more or less chronological fashion, portraying some of the most famous paintings and
giving background information on the artists
that painted them. The book starts out with a
short discussion about art in general and different kinds of paints (with pros and cons). Thirty
famous artists, including Leonardo da Vinci,
Claude Monet, Vincent Van Gogh, and Georgia
O’Keefe are discussed, detailing their lives,
styles, inspirations, and works. Internet links
are provided for additional online information.
Before They Were Famous (3-8)
064403 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.95 Please note that there are 3 illustrations containing nudity. 64 pgs, pb. ~ Megan
☼Story of the World’s Greatest Paintings (3-AD) 025301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 13.49
Highlighting the masterpieces of 20 great
painters from the 15th to 20th century, you will Name That Style (5-AD)
dig deeper into the works of both household- The 14 different styles of painting are described
name artists as well as more unfamiliar artists in this succinct book. A reproduction of a
– the mix includes van Eyck, Botticelli, Millais, famous painting depicting the style is shown on
Morisot, Chardin, Uccello, and Gaugin, among the left side of the layout with detailed descripothers. Study a masterpiece from each artist, tions of the style on the right side. Information
examining how its unique elements were cre- on the style includes a definition, when and
ated. Hone in on certain aspects and compare where it was popular, famous artists, important
this work to others by the same artist. The text characteristics, and why the reproduction is a
takes a unique approach in describing the art: good example. This book is a great introducit is written as though we are standing there as tion to style and can be used as a reference in
the artist works. The author’s style is explained identifying pieces of art. ~ Alissa
7.95
in a conversational, story-like form. While I 022505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
found this style appealing and easily digestible,
be aware that the author does take a certain Cool Art (5-12)
level of liberty, such as fictionalizing some of 064331 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1119
Usborne Introduction to Art - Internet Linked (6+)
This attractive, hardcover book provides a
thorough introduction to art and its history.
The book is arranged chronologically, divided
into five different time periods covering ancient
and medieval art, the renaissance, baroque
and rococo periods, the revolution, and modern world art. Each page in these chapters is
covered with interesting text, lots of pictures of
paintings, and brief captions. While I enjoy art
books anyway, this one is especially attention
holding and very reader friendly. Techniques
and other signs of the times are pointed out in
the paintings so readers can see how the painting process changed and developed over time,
including the way people were painted as well
as the fashions and other preferences of each
period. Aside from these main sections, there
are two other section, one at the beginning and
on at the end, which provide an introduction
and a look behind the scenes, giving students
even more information about the subject. Also,
internet links where readers can find more information about paintings or artists are scattered
throughout the pages. Please note that some of
the paintings portray nudity. hc. - Melissa
026275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 16.19
Annotated Mona Lisa: Crash Course in Art
History from Prehistoric to Postmodern (7-AD)
A whirlwind tour of art through the ages!
Beginning with prehistoric art and concluding
with post-modern art, this book covers over 100
artists from around the world and their unique
styles of art. It is by no means your typical art
textbook, as it is more of a “crash course” in art
history. The book incorporates more than 300
illustrations (one-third in full-color) and provides
succinct biographical essays regarding the different artists and the styles they represent. There
are also informative sidebars and timelines to
give you an even greater insight into each period of art history covered. Art forms discussed
include cave paintings, architecture, sculptures,
paintings in many different mediums, pottery,
photography, and much, much more. Nudity
is present in a small percentage of the pictures.
A very visual, comprehensive overview for an
older student to help them fully appreciate art
in all forms. 208 pgs, pb. – elise
007278 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 14.25
Art: A World History (7-AD)
064284 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95
19.75
Architecture: A World History (7-AD)
064283 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 19.75
Artist Biographies
Getting to Know the World’s Greatest Artists
(PK-4)
Art appreciation for the young. These are excellent introductions to famous artists and their
works. Accompanied by full-color reproductions of actual paintings are interesting story
lines following the artist’s life and discussing
their style and how it progressed over time. 32
pgs. The newer revised editions include a short
quiz, answer key and some vocabulary terms
defined in the back. The newer revised editions
include a short quiz, answer key and some
vocabulary terms defined in the back.
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 6.95
5.25
020160Botticelli
013334 Marc Chagall
016398 Edgar Degas
027473 Eugene Delacroix
020166 Paul Gaugin
033924 Winslow Homer
020168 Edward Hopper
007545 Frida Kahlo
020169 Paul Klee
013332 Dorothea Lange
007615 Jacob Lawrence
031483 Roy Lichtenstein
018611 Rene Magritte
027507 Grandma Moses
029839 Horace Pippin
027454 Camille Pissarro
020174 Jackson Pollock
018603 Frederic Remington
000837Renoir
029792 Faith Ringgold
013335 Norman Rockwell
018605 Georges Seurat
027596Titian
018609 Johannes Vermeer
007063 Grant Wood
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 7.95
5.95
020162 Mary Cassatt
003289 Paul Cezanne
020163 Salvador Dali
020164 Leonardo da Vinci
020167 Francisco Goya
000768 El Greco
020170Michelangelo
020171Monet
020172 Georgia O’Keefe
020173Picasso
020175Rembrandt
020165 Diego Rivera
020176 Van Gogh
GRTART Set of all books . . 277.10 170.00
Contents subject to change based on availability of individual titles.
Edward Hopper Paints His World (K-4)
064407 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 12.50
☼Great Artists (3-8)
More than an artist biography series, in addition to learning about each artist and their work,
these add in a bit of history, more about the art
styles of the period, some art appreciation, peer
artists, and even some techniques a student can
try to paint like the artist themselves! The books
are very visually interesting with lots of color
photos, illustrations, and colorful text boxes.
There are loads of great art vocabulary words
too (in a glossary for you) like aquatint, palette,
1120
Art
etching, and drypoint engraving in the Mary
Cassatt book. A timeline in the back is super
helpful and you could use this as a tie in to your
history lessons. Each book also holds lists of
books for further exploration, museum information of where you can actually see some of the
artist’s work and websites to check out on your
own. These books would be a great for a home
library, art classroom, added to a unit study or
just to pick up and read for fun. 32pp, 8.5x11”,
pb. ~ Sara
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
7.25
063820 Edouard Manet
063821 Georges Seurat
063822 Leonardo DaVinci
063823 Mary Cassatt
063824 Paul Cezanne
063825 Vincent VanGogh
GRARTP Set of All 6 Books . 53.70 38.95
Usborne Book of Famous Artists (4-AD)
Most art books talk more about the painting
itself than the artist. Here you learn about the
person first. Kids learn things they won’t get in
just any old art book. Learn about the artist as a
kid themselves, what they liked to do, and who
inspired them. Most of the 35 artists are featured over two-page spreads, with more prolific
artists getting four pages. There is a narrative,
examples of their work, some representation
of the person and where they come from, with
snippets of information around the pages with
funny little illustrations so it’s not all so serious
looking. Your students will like the easy-to-read
format. This is not a text book, though there
is a lot of information in this book. Use it as
a starting point for a unit study on art and let
kids choose a person to focus on. I think kids
who are interested in art or museums will really
enjoy this one. ~ Sara
051083 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 15.29
100 Artists Who Shaped World History (5-AD)
This book is ideal for supplementing any art
curriculum. It offers brief biographies of 100
great artists. One page is devoted to each
biography, along with a drawing or picture of
that artist. It covers Monet, Picasso, Grandma
Moses, Audubon, Cassatt, Van Gogh, Matisse,
Kandinksy, and tons of others, including many
you may not recognize. The interesting, informative biographies recount the artists' lives from
their births, through their major life events and
works of art, to their deaths. While not packed
with details, the biographies offer enough information for students to learn the basics about
each artist's life. This book should be sufficient for those wanting to complete an overall
study of the artists but not an in-depth study.
The biographies are arranged in chronological
order, so students can read straight through the
book or you can use it as a reference for artists
mentioned in your art curriculum. Several trivia
questions and an index are included. 112 pgs.
034889 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
6.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Historical Fiction
Katie Art History Books (PK-2)
Katie is a young girl who goes to the art
museum with her grandmother. While there,
Katie discovers she can jump into the paintings
and become part of the scenes depicted! As she
moves between paintings, she interacts with the
people inside, giving readers an introduction to
some of the world’s greatest works of art. The
works featured are full color reproductions, and
the back of the book devotes a page to biographical information and specifics about each
work of art found in the story. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Lisa
046598 & the British Artists . 9.99
7.75
046601 & the Spanish Princess 10.99
8.50
032321 & the Starry Night . . . . 9.99
7.75
051210 & the Waterlily Pond 10.99
8.50
051211 in London . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.75
046603 Picture Show . . . . . . 9.99
7.75
037775 Meets the Impressionists
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.995.75
Benjamin West and His Cat Grimalkin (1-6)
Some of the best stories are the ones that come
from real people in history. One such story
starts with a boy who was raised a Quaker in the
Pennsylvania region before the founding of the
United States. Benjamin West enjoyed painting
so much he did what most would never think
of doing: He made paint from clay, plants, and
dirt, and fashioned paintbrushes from the tail of
his cat, Grimalkin! Follow the great American
writer Marguerite Henry as she traces the early
years of this young man and his cat in this exciting tale. 147 pgs, pb. – John
049578 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
5.95
The Second Mrs. Giaconda (3-9)
Leonardo da Vinci was the greatest artist of
his time. Gian Giacomo de' Caprotti, called
Salai, was an apprentice with a larcenous heart
and an aversion to truth. The third character
is a young duchess whose plain face belies her
beautiful soul. Could the complex ways these
three lives intertwine hold the key to a historical
riddle as enigmatic as the Mona Lisa's smile why Leonardo da Vinci devoted three years to
a painting of the second wife of an unimportant merchant when all the nobles of Europe
were begging for a portrait by his hand? Only
a master storyteller like E.L. Konigsburg could
create such an intriguing answer to the puzzle
behind the most famous painting of all time.
"Thoroughly entertaining and believable… A
unique bit of creative historical interpretations
and a slice of Renaissance life." - School Library
Journal, starred review.
000653 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
5.95
Anholt’s Artists Series (PK-3)
These slim historical fiction books offer a
glimpse into the lives of famous artists and real
children who knew them. The story is told
from the perspective of the child. In Degas and
the Little Dancer, Marie is a ballet student from
a very poor family. She dreams of being the
most famous dancer in the world, but her father
becomes ill and they no longer have enough
money to pay for Marie’s lessons. Degas, an
ill-tempered artist who comes to the studio to
draw the dancers, just might be able to help
Marie. The books are fully illustrated, featuring
beautiful illustrations to accompany the stories.
Each one also includes a few reproductions of
Supplemental Activity Books / Kits
the artist’s work as well as an informational page
about the artist at the end of the book. Slightly Art Smart: Spot the Details and Find Out the
oversized, approx. 32 pgs, pb. – Melissa
Facts! (PK-8)
EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 8.99
7.75 043383 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25
046050 Cezanne and Apple Boy
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.98 13.50 Usborne Art Coloring Book (1-7)
042023 Degas and Little Dancer
Add this book and some felt-tip pens to your
042025 Leonardo & Flying Boy
art room and let kids create a masterpiece! As
042026 Magical Garden of Claude Monet
they do, they will read snippets about Vincent
007334 Matisse the King of Color
VanGogh, Paul Klee, Henri Rousseau. Edgar
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.75 Degas, Paulo Uccello, Roy Lichtenstein and
001284 Papa Chagall, Tell Us more from a variety of styles and periods. Most
a Story . . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.75 pages have the paintings partially finished and
042028 Picasso and Girl w/ a Ponytail
your student finishes them. There is a centerfold
042029 Van Gogh and Sunflowers
with 10 colorful stickers just for fun. ~ Sara
052096 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
8.09
Anholt’s Artists Activity Book (PK-3)
Imagine some of the great artists giving you
an art lesson themselves! Paint a portrait with
VanGogh. Make a sculpture with Picasso and
a machine with DaVinci. Try watercolor with
Monet and charcoal with Cezanne. Talk color
with Matisse and movement with Degas. Clever
illustrations by Laurence Anholt demonstrate how
to do all of these things as if the artists themselves
were sharing tips with your student. It reads like
a comic book and has names of other artists your
student can research further. This large, colorful
book would be a fabulous gift for a young artist!
9”x11.5”, 46pp, pb. ~ Sara
028179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
9.95
Linnea in Monet’s Garden (PK-4)
049933 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99
12.25
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Dover Masterworks: Color Your Own
Masterpieces (PK-AD)
Each of these books contains 30 blackline
reproductions of great works for young artists
to color. Use them as a supplement to art
appreciation courses, or just color them in for
fun. Full color pictures of the actual paintings
are printed on the insides of the front and back
covers, so kids have the option of coloring the
pictures “true.” Please note that these books do
feature great works of famous artists, and may
contain a little bit of nudity. (The only book
that we’ve noted to include nudity is Gaugin.)
Titles that are at the higher price point below
are ones that have transitioned to the newer
"Dover Masterworks" series where the perforated pages are printed on only one side, so you
can more easily remove and display finished
"masterpieces."
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 4.99
4.25
024601 Great Flower Paintings
011963 Great Horse Paintings
000442Matisse
EACH BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95
016759 American Folk Art Paintings
017590Degas
021155 Famous American Paintings
028400 Impressionist Paintings
043725 Italian Renaissance
005915 Mary Cassatt
060852 Modern Art Paintings
032292 Monet Paintings
013034Renoir
060853 Spanish Masters Paintings
021158 Still Life Paintings
002714 Van Gogh
Pomegranate Coloring Books (PK-AD)
Realistic coloring books for
the serious crayon enthusiast! Even your older kids
will enjoy this series. Line
drawings of works by these
famous artists are to be colored with pencil or crayon by
your own young artists. Let
them experiment with different media and techniques, or try to recreate the
original then frame it in your learning space.
Inside the front and back covers are color prints
of the 22 paintings. Use these to recreate the
masterpieces, or use your own colors and see
how they compare to the original. In comparison to the Color Your Own Masterpieces collection, this set has a more simplistic outline of the
original art. Color Your Own… is more detailed
overall, but the series contains more books with
compilations of multiple artists while this series
offers more artist-specific books. I would say
to choose by the artists or periods you want to
study. Both brands are quite good. ~ Sara
EACH COLORING BOOK . . . . 7.95
6.95
057188 Alice in Wonderland
057189 American Indian Paintings
003561 Arabian Nights
057197 Impressionists on the Water
050398 Impressionists, Orsay Museum
050399 Norman Rockwell, Sat Eve Post
030046 Railroad Posters of Ireland
050400Renoir
Art On-the-Go Carry Case w/Drawers (PK-AD)
065744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 22.49
Art
1121
Artist Coloring Cards (PK-AD)
Send a hand-colored piece of art to someone
you love! These little tins each contain ten
notecards featuring blank works of art for you
to color. Sets include five different designs (two
of each design), six crayons, envelopes, and
pictures of the original full-color artwork for
inspiration. - Laura
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 10.50
057194 Gabriella Denton Folk Art Critters
006553 Henri Matisse
057196 Hiroshige’s Flowers
006555 Molly Hashimoto: Birds
042019 Lisa Houck: From the Garden
Charley Harper’s Sticky Birds (PK-AD)
Fun for home or on the go, this clever set
includes over 180 reusable vinyl stickers as
well as a slick play board, all contained in a
storage box. Simply follow the directions to
create modern illustrations of common birds, or
combine your favorite pieces to create your own
species. – Laura
003570 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 15.95
Art Activity Packs (K-7)
These book-and-material kits are wonderful for
focusing on a particular impressionist artist and
his style. Each pack includes a paperback book
showcasing some of the artist’s famous works,
and providing instructions for completing an art
activity imitating some facet of his work. Some
of the books include posters to color, while others contain special stencils, papers, etc. to use
in the art activity (see notations below).
EACH ART ACTIVITY PACK . . 9.99
8.25
000327Matisse
Full-color book, stencils, and colored paper
000328Monet
Full-color art book, activity book, and large
format poster
000329Picasso
Full-color art book, instructional leaflet, and
6 decorated art sheets
000330Renoir (notebook, poster)
000332 Van Gogh (notebook, poster)
Master Kitz (1-8)
Each of these sturdy art tool boxes includes
all of the materials you need to recreate famous
artist's masterpieces with your own touch.
Materials generally include paints, uniquely
patterned rollers, pastels, and pastels, but differ somewhat depending on the kit. Each kit
includes two pieces of 16"x20" deluxe art paper
for your creation, but there is enough paint
that along with the reusable supplies you could
make a couple more if you purchase additional
paper, or unlimited if you buy more paint! If
you plan to hang the masterpiece, you may
even consider using a canvas instead for an
even nicer finished product. The instructions
and illustrations are very easy to follow and they
also contain interesting information about the
original artist and his style, along with tips to
emulate it. Grandma gave my 7 yr-old daughter
the Starry Night kit for her birthday, and with
just a little help taping stencils, she turned
out a magnificent recreation! These are simply
fantastic kits to complement your art appreciation studies and connect styles and well-known
paintings to the artists. ~ Steph
1122
Art
EACH MASTER KITZ . . . . . . . 29.99 27.99
056264 Starry Night (Vincent van Gogh)
056265 Sunflowers (Vincent van Gogh)
056267 Water Lilies (Claude Monet)
056268 Black Lines (Wassily Kandinsky)
056269 Flower Myth (Paul Klee)
056270 Great Wave (Kanagwa Hokusai)
Spot the Differences Masterpiece Mysteries (2-AD)
Can you spot the differences between the
works of art? Each book features full color reproductions of 25 works of art, with the original on
the left hand side and an altered version on the
right. Six to fourteen subtle differences appear in
the changed paintings, providing hours of challenging observational fun. Interesting facts about
the artists and their works appear in the margins
of the pages. Some of the artists featured include
Leonard da Vinci, Degas, Renoir, van Gogh,
and many more. Solutions included. 64 pgs, pb.
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25
049141 Book 1
051072 Book 3
049142 Book 2
051073 Book 4
☼Paint by Number Museum Series (3-AD)
Create your own mini work of art! These 6”
x 8” canvases are pre-printed with lines and
come with a numbered color map, brush, popup easel, hang tab, and six colors of acrylic
paint as well as an online tutorial to teach you
the techniques of the masters. Paint colors are
pretty vibrant, so if you’re going for complete
accuracy, you may want to supplement your
own. However, the bright tones give it a really
fun feel and help to create something truly
unique. A great gift for the art enthusiast, or a
supplemental activity for art or history.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . 7.00
5.75
063598 Eiffel Tower (Seurat)
063599 Japanese Footbridge (Monet)
063600 Mona Lisa (DaVinci)
063601 Starry Night (VanGogh)
Art Masterpieces to Color (4-AD)
In the same vein as Color Your Own
Masterpieces, these sturdy, advanced coloring
books contain 60 black-line reproductions of
masterpieces by different artists that are printed
only on one side of each page. A small, fullcolor representation of each work appears on
the inside of the front or back cover. You can
consult the original painting to reproduce the
artist’s hues or choose your own colors. You
can use a variety of media, including watercolors, to complete these masterpieces. For a little
art history lesson, there are notes in the back of
the book that provide a short biography on each
of the different artists. Some nudity.
023515 Art Masterpieces . . . 8.95
7.50
029425 Impressionist . . . . . . 9.95
8.25
Start Exploring Masterpieces (5-AD)
Here is your chance to become a famous artist
like Leonardo Da Vinci. Color the Mona Lisa
and other famous works from the last five centuries as you learn about 46 artists and various
art movements and styles. 60 black and white
drawings of famous paintings are provided for
the young artist to paint, with biographical information given on the opposing page. No color
copy of the original is included in the book, so
you can make up your own color schemes or
find a source for the original paintings and try to
duplicate them. Hopefully it will take less time
for your young artist to paint the Mona Lisa than
the four years Da Vinci spent!
020198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95
8.95
Color Yourself Smart: Masterpieces of Art (7-AD)
Is this a coloring book? An art history book? A
collection of artist biographies? An art kit? The
answer is YES to all! This long, landscape format
book includes a set of 8 full-size, Faber-Castell
colored pencils with rich deep colors, a sharpener, and an eraser. The pages conveniently
lay flat. On your left page is interesting information about the painting and artist, the time
period and location, and a quick-view list of “10
Things to Remember.”. “Did You Know” facts
are at the bottom in a blue text box. The right
hand page of the spread is a blackline outline
of the painting for you to color in. Small, fullcolor copies of each are in the back of the book.
Students can imitate the originals or decide not
to look at the original until they have colored
their own, and then compare. This would make
a great writing assignment! The colored images
in the back are not of the exact paintings; rather
they are done as if the artist had colored in the
provided black outline of the real painting, like
a coloring book page of the real picture. An art
history quiz is also included. Please note there
is some nudity. 127 pgs, hc. ~ Sara
014876 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 14.50
Ready to Paint the Masters (7-AD)
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
064569Monet
064570 Van Gogh
14.50
Postcards / Stickers / Art Reproductions
Memoria Press Art Cards and Posters (K-2)
Enhance your child’s study of art with these
beautiful 5”x 7” art print cards or 11" x 17"
posters. Each set includes 33 works of art from
several different artists and art movements and is
coordinated with the Classical Core Curriculum
for grades K through 2 by Memoria Press.
EACH CARD SET . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
8.69
007854Kindergarten007875Second Grade
007846 First Grade
EACH POSTER SET . . . . . . . . 35.00 30.75
063854Kindergarten063863Second Grade
063851 First Grade
Art Postcard Sets from Dover
24 superb, full-color reproductions of masterpieces from various art collections. Each postcard measures about 4" x 6".
EACH LARGE BOOK (except) . 6.95
5.75
001069Dali
002709 Winslow Homer
033452 Leonardo Paintings & Drawings
020890 Berthe Morisot Paintings
003052 Vermeer Paintings
033436 Dulac’s Illus. Hans Christian Andersen’s Fairy Tales 5.954.95
EACH POSTCARD PAD . . . . . 6.95
5.75
Small postcard pads contain 12 different
full-color postcards.
043386 Beatrix Potter
043632Impressionists
043729Tiffany
043751 Van Gogh
043758 WPA (Works Progress Admin Posters)
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
to the empty frames. Each spread of pages is a
different “room” of the gallery. Several works
of art are shown along with captions, but about
half of the paintings are missing. Using the clues
provided in the empty frames as well as the
information in the accompanying captions, kids
can turn to the sticker pages and find the correct one to fill in each empty frame. The slim,
oversized book offers approximately 5 two-page
American Impressionism Book of Postcards (PK-AD) spreads which make up the gallery as well as
006466 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
9.25 around 20-25 stickers. ~ Melissa
028243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.75
Art Sticker Books from Dover
Whether it's to enhance your study of art or just My First Art Sticker Book (1-4)
Introduce kids to famous works of art with the
for decoration, you'll definitely enjoy these art
stickers. Most are collections of famous works by help of stickers! Each two-page spread explains
artist, but some are topical, such as Angels in Art, a simple art appreciation topic such as shapes,
Flower Paintings, or World War I Posters. Each faces, places, or patterns. Several small reprosmall-format sticker book contains 16 full-color ductions of famous artwork appear on each page
stickers that also note the artist, title, and whether accompanied by captions. The art reproductions
it is a detail (versus the entire work of art). ~ Anh are printed faintly, because they’re waiting for
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 1.50
1.35 the vibrant, matching stickers to make them pop!
Kids will enjoy watching the paintings come to
023820Botticelli
life as they select and apply the corresponding
024597Chagall
stickers. There’s more to this book than match024640 Leonardo da Vinci
ing paintings: geometric stickers in a variety of
001693Gainsborough
shapes, colors and patterns give budding artists
001844Gaugin
opportunities to respond to creative prompts
001857 Japanese Prints
within the book. Kids create their own still life
024632Kandinsky
with flower stickers, form Picasso-style faces,
024656Picasso
and shape a seaside collage with photo stickers
024667Renoir
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 1.99
1.75 of seashells. 24 pgs, pb. ~ Lisa
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
024594Cassatt
020882 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
8.09
024596Cezanne
024604Dali
Famous Artists Sticker Book (3-8)
024605Degas
Usborne guides us through a celebration of 29
024606 Egyptian Art
different artists from Raphael to Rothko! Each artist
033451 Japanese Flowers & Birds
gets their own page (some get 2!) Learn about the
024633Klimt
person, where they painted, and how they painted
024631Kahlo
as you see lots of photos and illustrations. This
024647Monet
alone would be a fun book to look at, but then
024671Seurat
you add stickers – over 130 of them – and now
024678 Tiffany Stained Glass Windows
you have an interactive art experience for your
001865Toulouse-Lautrec
student! Stickers vary in size from about 1x2” to
024680 Van Gogh
064076 ☼Art Masters . . . . . 14.95 11.50 about 3x3” and are full-color, photographic quality. As you read, there are pale images where the
This compilation features over 250 art
stickers will go, so at the end you have a full color
masterpiece stickers from 16 of the world's
book about famous artists! Other artists include:
greatest artists. 32 pages, 8 1/4" x 11.
Van Eyck, da Vinci, Goya, Manet, Matisse,
Picasso, Dali, Pollock and more. Sc, 32pp with
☼Make a Masterpiece Activity Books (PK-5)
Little Dover sticker books (about 4” x 6”) are 10pp of stickers in the back. 9" x 12” ~ Sara
8.99
so clever! Inside are 4 pages of stickers (24 002534 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
stickers total) that are the components of the
masterpieces. Remove these pages and you
have the background of a famous painting on
the inside front & back covers. The stickers are
repositionable as you recreate the masterpiece
or an original work of sticker art! The exact
painting is on the back cover. I liked how kids
can change the composition to see what works
and what looks wonky. Art is in the eye of the
beholder after all. ~ Sara
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99
1.75
060870Monet’s Terrace at Ste-Adresse
060880Picasso’s Three Musicians
060883Seurat’s A Sunday…La Grande Jatte
060887VanGogh’s Starry Night
EACH SMALL BOOK . . . . . . . 1.99
1.75
Smaller format postcard books each contain
six postcards displaying full-color reproductions Each postcard is approx. 3" x 5".
001071 Degas Ballet Dancers
021629 Frida Kahlo
001138Kandinsky
001089 Van Gogh
My Sticker Art Gallery: Monet (2-12)
This clever book showcases masterpieces
while offering a simple challenge to “complete”
the galleries by matching the correct stickers
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Games & Puzzles
☼My Big Art Show (PK-AD)
My Big Art Show is a card game (art rummy)
which can be played by 2 or more players.
Shuffle the cards and deal out 7 to each player.
The remaining cards go face down in a pile in
the middle, with the top card turned up on a
second pile. Look at your cards & decide which
paintings to collect. Each card shows a color
image of a painting, its title & date, the artist’s
name, the movement & theme, a number of
stars for fame & value (up to 5 stars each) and a
Find Out! question which can earn you an extra
star. Each card is about 4” x 6” w/rounded corners. You need to collect one set with the same
theme, one set with the same movement, and
you have to have a set of 3 & a set of 4. The 6
themes include: animals, still life, stories, people, places and religion. The 12 art movements
include: Renaissance, Baroque, Neoclassicism,
Romanticism, Realism, Impressionism, Postimpressionism,
Expressionism,
Cubism,
Futurism, Surrealism and Pop Art. When it’s
your turn, take a card from either pile and discard 1 card to the face-up pile. The winner is
the first player to get a set of 3 and a set of 4
in theme & movement. At the end of a round,
the winner counts the stars as points. The player
with the most stars wins. Five bonus cards
can either add or take away stars from your
score. You can keep it simple or get trickier by
answering the Find Out! question every time
you pick up a face-up card to earn another star.
Instructions for 4 more games are also here,
but there is much more to be found in this little
book! There are summaries and examples of all
12 movements and the 6 themes shown on the
cards. Then, you have information about the
47 artists on the cards! Artists include Blake,
Cezanne, Dali, Goya, Klee, Lichtenstein, Miro,
Raphael, Tanner, Velasquez and Warhol. This
part of the book is color-coded by movement
and can be used as a reference when playing
the various card games. The last page is a glossary of 18 art terms such as fresco, impasto,
etc. The cards are durable and the set comes in
a box that will keep it all together nicely. Use
to introduce art or reinforce your art appreciation study. The rummy game is easy to catch
onto and a variety of ages can play together.
Though I think the text in the book would be
directed to upper elementary and middle grade
students, older students can appreciate learning
about the paintings and artists as they play the
various games. Some paintings will be familiar,
but not all! Perfect for an art unit study, too! Set
includes 54 playing cards & 60 pp book. Box is
8.5” x 6” x 1.75” ~ Sara
004392 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 18.75
Professor Noggin’s History of Art Game (1-AD)
Professor Noggin’s Card Games are known for
their interesting facts in a variety of subjects.
Now kids and adults alike can test their knowledge in a wide array of art history topics including artists, art movements (ie: Impressionists,
the Renaissance, Baroque, etc.), techniques &
materials, and more. Please note that some
illustrations, such as Michelangelo’s sculpture
"David" and fresco "Creation of Adam," may
contain nudity. – Enh
045087 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
Art
1123
Go Fish for Art Games (2-AD)
Each game contains a deck of cards featuring
art reproductions from a specific period. Large
and glossy, the cards are easy for young children to handle, and as they play games like "Go
Fish" and "Concentration", they are recognizing
and becoming familiar with great works of art
and the corresponding artists. Impressionist and
Renaissance games now also include a full-color
booklet with additional information on the art
reproductions featured.- Jess
EACH GAME . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95 10.25
027273Impressionist
Features the work of Manet, Pissaro, Degas,
Morisot, Monet, Renoir, Cassatt, and
Caillebotte. Some nudity, particularly in
"Woman Bathing in a Shallow Tub."
012754Modern
Features the work of Calder, Chagall,
Hopper, Klee, Lichtenstein, Marc, Thiebaud
and Warhol. Some female frontal nudity in
"The Dream" by Marc.
027274Renaissance
Features the work of Fra Angelico, Botticelli,
da Vinci, Michelangelo and Raphael.
Some nudity ("Birth of Venus," "The Last
Judgment," "Albe Madonna," and "The
Triumph of Galatea").
027275 Van Gogh and Friends
Features the work of Cezanne, Seurat,
Gaugin, van Gogh, Rousseau and ToulouseLautrec. Some nudity in "Arearea" and "The
Snake Charmer."
Art Playing Cards (7-AD)
These versatile, inexpensive decks of playing cards will delight art lovers—and come
in handy for art appreciation class, too. Each
deck contains a full set of playing cards, with
the traditional images replaced by 54 full color
reproductions of famous paintings. You will recognize many of these classics from the Western
world - Mona Lisa, Ophelia, Henry VIII - and
works by Rembrandt, Rubens, Van Gogh and
many other great artists. Each card lists the
name of the painting, artist, and year below the
artwork image. The Art Pack contains reproductions of entire paintings while the Art Detail Pack
zooms in on portions of larger paintings. There
is a small amount of overlap between paintings
covered in the two decks. Please note that there
is some nudity. The Art Pack set contains five
cards with (classically tasteful) nudity, such as
Botticelli’s Birth of Venus and Michelangelo’s
Creation of Adam. The Art Detail set contains
less nudity, but one of the Joker cards is an
image of a woman’s bare backside (Boucher’s
Reclining Girl). ~ Lisa
EACH DECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50
7.50
047060 Art Detail
058757 Art of Egypt
047061 Art Pack
Art Appreciation 500-Piece Puzzles (3-AD)
EACH PUZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 10.50
014036 Starry Night
014082 Two Young Girls at the Piano
☼Masterpieces Mini Puzzles (3-AD)
Assemble a classic work of art! These 100piece puzzles have average sized pieces (about
1.5” square), while the finished puzzle is
approximately 7” x 9”. The high quality printing allows for vibrant colors that are true to the
art work, with details so fine that you can see
the brush strokes. The box would fit perfectly
into most stockings and would be great for a
young puzzle lover or older art enthusiast! The
puzzle pieces are made from recycled board
and printed with vegetable based ink. Made in
the USA.– Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH PUZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.25
029697 Monet’s Garden
029716 Van Gogh: Café
029736 Van Gogh: Irises
029749 Van Gogh: Starry Night
Great Painters: Vincent van Gogh Puzzle (3-AD)
Recreate some of the world’s masterpieces
One puzzle piece at a time! This 1000-piece
puzzle is made in the USA with thick, high
quality cardboard. They pull a bunch of famous
works into a single collage of over 20 paintings
like Starry Night, Sunflowers, Caf Terrace, and
more. Measures 24”x 30” when complete.
042358 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 12.95
Great Masterpiece Puzzles (4-AD)
You may not be able to re-create these masterpieces using a paintbrush, but you can by simply putting them together piece-by-piece! These
1,000 piece puzzles are absolutely stunning
as they depict famous works of arts by world
renowned artists. Each painting’s spectacular
colors and brush strokes come through in amazing clarity, which not only makes the puzzles
beautiful, but challenging, as well! Each completed puzzle is 26 ½” x 17 ½”, and there are
several works of art to choose from. – elise
EACH PUZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . 17.50 14.75
020623 Degas Dance
034571 Starry Night (Van Gogh)
036528 Sunday Afternoon (Seurat)
ArtPiece Puzzles (4-AD)
These beautiful jigsaw puzzles portray paintings from some of the world’s greatest artists.
Not only is this a realxing activity, you’ll enjoy
seeing these famous artworks take shape as you
put them together, piece by piece. Each 1000
puzzle measures 25" x 25" when assembled, the
300 piece 18" x 24".
EACH 1000 PIECE PUZZLE . . 18.95 15.25
003563 Bill Martin: Garden of Life
006471 Bill Martin: Rock
EACH 300 PIECE PUZZLE . . . 14.95 11.95
042014 Robert Bissel: The Kiss
☼Deluxe 725-Piece Fine Art Puzzle (7-AD)
Fine art puzzles come in three assorted
designs: Red Room by Matisse, Ball at Moulin
by Renoir and Irises by Van Gogh (sorry, we
cannot guarantee availability of particular style)
Finished puzzles are 16.5” x 23.”
033510 Assorted style . . . . . 12.00
9.95
1124
Art
ART SKILLS
Instructional Lessons - Series
These resources provide instruction in one
particular art medium, i.e. drawing.
Starting Art – 1 2 3 I Can... (PK-2)
Sweet and simple, bright and encouraging
are all words to describe this series by Irene
Luxbacher. Even the littlest artists can learn
some new vocabulary terms and try some new
hands-on creative techniques with these colorful books. I went through the a couple of the
books and took away three common principles:
use materials you have on hand, focus on the
process not the product, and mistakes often
become an unexpected and delightful part of
the design. Each book shows students how to
complete several projects (from a clay city to a
painted ocean) while inspiring even more original creations after that. You may have to lock
your bathroom and kitchen cabinets from your
artsy little monsters after using this charming
series! 9.5 x 9.5” and 24 pgs, pb ~ Sara
EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 5.95
4.95
000981Draw!
000985 Make Prints!
001019Paint!
001048Sculpt!
000949Collage! . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
5.95
Art Lessons for Children DVDs (3-AD)
If you’d like your children to be able to take
art lessons but don’t have an art co-op or an
artsy friend, and if you don’t have the time to sit
down and lead an art lesson yourself, you might
check these out. Each of these DVDs features
3-4 complete art lessons taught by art teacher
Donna Hugh. Volumes 1 and 3 of the DVDs
focus exclusively on watercolor, while Easy
Art Projects introduces oil pastels, foil art, and
printmaking. It would be most helpful to watch
a lesson (or lesson portion) and then let students
do their own, or have them do their own while
watching the lesson again. Donna is a very
warm and encouraging art teacher, and she is
always reminding viewers that their art does not
have to look like her example and that there is
no one way to do the project. She often shows
examples of students’ work along with her own
examples. In my sample of Easy Watercolor
Techniques, I was impressed at how all of the
projects are designed to let children explore
the joy of using watercolors and are simple to
complete. They seem to always turn out well,
regardless of “talent” or age. In the first project,
you begin by making freeform blotches of bright
watercolor paints all over your paper, filling in
with darker greens and blues. When the paint
has dried, you can go over the blotches with
a felt-tip pen and turn them into a bouquet of
flowers! What starts out looking like random
painting turns into something very special. The
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
lesson order does not rely upon skill progression, so you can feel free to visit them in any
order. The lessons are also fairly freeform, so
they would work well even for a group of students at different ages, and I could see returning
to them maybe once a year, so students could
try them again when slightly older. Another
bonus is that the materials for each project are
relatively few, so you won’t need to spend a lot
of time gathering supplies. Required materials
are listed below each DVD. – Jess
EACH DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 23.95
041435 Vol. 1: Easy Watercolor Techniques
Materials needed include a pan of watercolors, a brush (#6 recommended), white
construction paper, a black crayon, and a
black felt-tipped pen. 50 minutes.
041434 Vol. 2: Easy Art Projects
Materials needed include oil pastels; construction paper; a black pen; crayons; tagboard, chipboard or cardboard; white glue;
aluminum foil; black shoe polish in squeeze
bottle; steel wool; trays or cookie sheets;
water-based paint (printmaking ink); and a
brayer (small hand roller). 50 minutes.
041436 Vol. 3: More Fun w/ Watercolors
Materials needed include a pan of watercolors, a brush, white construction paper,
a pencil, a black crayon, a black felt-tipped
pen, and a sponge. 53 minutes.
DoArt Kits (2-9)
It can be hard to find art kits that introduce
younger students to art supplies with basic
instructions and technique helps that won’t
overwhelm them. These kits fill that void and
include quality, Faber-Castell materials as well
as a full-color beginner’s guide. The glossy
guides introduce young artists to the materials
included, then provide short, to-the-point suggestions for techniques to try or simple exercises
to build their skills. While not extensive, the
booklets provide a good introduction and would
prepare a student to continue their exploration
with more advanced beginner art instruction
books. The only thing we’re not thrilled with?
The rather small, 6” x 8” pads of paper. You
may want to quickly supplement with a much
larger sketchbook or watercolor pad.
EACH KIT (except noted) . . . 15.00 11.95
003678 Block Printing Kit . . 20.00 15.75
Starter block printing set introduces youngsters to the technique known as relief, which
originated in China over 1700 years ago. In
this kit the “block” is a thin section of foam
into which a drawing is etched. Etching
can be done using the stencil or 4 drawing
sheets included or can be done freehand
with the drawing tool. Cut out the section of
foam with the drawing, then roll blue, red,
yellow or green paint over it. Then place
it in the work tray, put a sheet of bordered
printing paper upside down in the tray, and
roll over it to transfer the work of art. Kit
contains everything you need, including 8
sheets of foam, 2 rollers, 20 sheets of printing paper, and tracing and transfer paper for
use with freehand drawing.
055352 Collage
Includes: 40 sheets of full-color printed
papers (6” x 6”), 20 sheets of bright colored
papers (6” x 6”), 10 cardboard backing
boards (8” x 10”), an assortment of special
papers (foils, velvet & corrugated), assorted
fabrics (felt, lace, burlap and mesh), craft
glue, glue stick, scissors, selector frames,
and a 20-page illustrated instruction book.
053118 Color Pencil Art
Includes 10 colored pencils, sketchbook,
colored paper, tracing paper, pencil sharpener, eraser and booklet.
053119 Drawing & Sketching
Includes 4 drawing pencils, medium and
fine tip black markers, black brush tip
marker, sketchbook, drawing paper, vellum
paper, grid, eraser, sharpener and booklet.
053120 Watercolor Pencil Art
Includes 10 watercolor pencils, 20-page
watercolor pad, watercolor brush, pencil
sharpener and booklet.
064064 ☼Word Art (Lettering)
Includes 10 design sheets, sticker sheet, 10
paper sheets, 5 erasable crayons, 8 pens,
eraser, 3 foam sheets and hang tabs.
☼Petit Picasso Kits (3-AD)
Looking for an all-encompassing, quality
starter art kit complete with art supplies and
thorough instructions all packaged into a beautiful presentation? Look no further! The Petit
Picasso art series by SpiceBox is a wonderful
way to introduce young artists to a particular
art medium. Each kit features a very detailed,
easy-to-follow 40-page instructional book that
covers the art materials used in that medium,
basic techniques and step-by-step lessons to
help you learn the medium through hands-on
experience. All the art supplies are included to
get started, including specialty paper specifically geared toward that medium. The lessons’
subject matters have a young, fresh feel that will
keep kids focused and ones they’ll enjoy as they
are recreating. These kits encourage beginning
artists to grow and explore. As they do, don’t
be surprised when they ask to expand on their
initial art supplies! ~ Emily
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 21.50
064642 Chinese Brush Painting
062601 Colored Pencils
064643 Crayon Art
062607Pastels
060434Watercolor
☼Art Studio & Art School Kits (8-AD)
Let’s get our art on! These complete kits from
Spicebox are just as lovely as the younger-aged
Petit Picasso kits, but are geared for a more
mature audience. Looking to unleash your inner
artists? It’s so simple with these quality kits.
Everything is included to get started in that art
medium: clearly presented 64-page instructional
book with techniques and lessons that help
you cultivate your skills, subject-specific art
supplies and specialty papers. The Art Studio
series include great introductory-leveled kits
with simpler, step-by-step instruction and fewer
art supplies. A great way to begin dabbling in a
variety of fine art media. The Art School series
are higher-leveled kits with more challenging,
detailed instructions and a wider selection of
professional art supplies included. These kits
are for your serious art enthusiasts. Not only will
you discover the joy of art with these elegant
kits, you’ll be creating masterpieces in no time!
~ Emily
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
EACH ART STUDIO KIT . . . . 17.99 14.50
062599Calligraphy
062600 Chinese Brush Painting
062603 Drawing with Charcoal & Conte
062606Pastels
062608Watercolor
062887Sketching
EACH ART SCHOOL KIT . . . 29.99 24.95
062597 Abstract Art
024013 Acrylic Painting
062598Calligraphy
062888 Chinese Brush Painting
062602Drawing
062604 Oil Painting
062605Pastels
024030 Watercolor Painting
☼Trace & Color (7-AD)
Are you better at painting than drawing? Do
you need some guidance in laying out your
work? These books from Walter Foster are an
interesting blend of art instruction with various
media and patterns for you to trace and color in
as you wish. Each book begins with 14 pages
showing you color wheels & combinations, followed by tips & techniques for colored pencils,
oil & acrylic paints, watercolors, oil pastels,
markers & pens. Then, you see the recommended color palettes with a finished product as an
example. Each book includes 6 black-line patterns and 4 sheets of graphite paper. You place
the graphite paper under the pattern to trace
it onto whatever paper (or canvas or board)
you choose to use. Each pattern is 8.5” x 12”.
While they have some detail, there is still plenty
of room for your own style to come through. If
you have a middle or high school art student,
one of these books is a good way for them to
try the various media and see if they like one
in particular. They are really good for teaching
color theory & simple techniques for creating
a realistic finished product. Because you are
tracing the patterns, you can use them again
and again, maybe one in cool colors and one in
warm tones. Or, play with the light & shadows,
painting the same image several times like the
Impressionists! 32pp, pb. ~ Sara
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
007897 Coastal Landscapes
007905Fairies
007949Flowers
007955Horses
007982Landscapes
007984Pets
008017 Still Lifes
008031 Wild Animals
Art
1125
Mark Kistler’s Imagination Station DVDs (2-AD)
EACH DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 24.95
061298 Cool Cartooning
061301 Hovering Hippo
Drawing With Children (PK-8)
Uses methods detailed in Drawing on the Right 061302 Secret Blue Lagoon
Side of the Brain by Mona Brooks. Here, she
begins by advising us on providing an atmo- Phonics of Drawing CD-ROM (1-AD)
sphere for creativity, choosing supplies and Everyone in your family will be able to benefit
using a variety of media. The lessons and meth- from these drawing lessons which approach the
od are based on training children to perceive skill of drawing in bite-size, incremental steps.
their environments in terms of five elements of The CD-ROM contains 30 lessons, each resultshape. By visualizing or “overlaying” objects ing in the same basic project, but with slightly
with combinations of these basic shapes, chil- different directions for students in grades in
dren can quickly begin to draw impressively (or the grammar stage (grades 1-4), the logic stage
accurately?) and then go beyond this step to cre- (grades 5-8), and the rhetoric stage (grades
ating their own compositions. Lessons progress 9-12). In the grammar stage, the author expects
from learning and constructing the five elements that students will learn basic color theory, basic
to drawing “flat” pictures, then 3-D still lives. shapes and lines, basic shading and shadowing
The course even teaches children to draw accu- techniques, and the ability to imitate styles of
rate representations of people. The book can classic artists. Objectives for the logic stage are
be used by anyone able to read and understand similar as for the grammar stage, but with the
it. However, younger children will probably expectation that the older student will develop
need some guidance in putting the techniques more sophisticated skills and understanding
and methods into practice, since there are few in color theory, shading and shadowing. By
actual assigned exercises in the book. Because the rhetoric stage, students should be learning
of the young age of the artists, the “before” composition, advanced color theory, advanced
and “after” pictures in the text are particularly shading and shadowing techniques as well as
striking. Newly revised and expanded, includ- developing their own individual style in their
ing two additional chapters explaining how to art. Although the lessons can be used for class,
teach children with learning problems or special co-op, or home use, no artistic experience
needs and how to implement drawing in the on the teacher’s part is required. The author
suggests that as the teacher, you will probably
teaching of other subjects. 304 pgs.
003756 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95 want to do the lesson yourself before class, and
perhaps do it along with them during class. The
lessons are designed to take about an hour to
Drawing Textbook / Bruce McIntyre (K-AD)
We have enjoyed drawing with Bruce complete, and the author suggests a pace of one
McIntyre’s step-by-step method and clear lesson per week. Lessons begin with drawing
instruction. Drawing starts so simply that even basic shapes and progress to include contour
the youngest students will be able to participate. drawings; shading and shadowing; creating
Skills are mastered in a series of 222 drawing highlights; the color wheel; using monochroexercises that teach the seven basic principles matic, complementary, and analogous colors
of drawing: surface, size, surface lines, overlap- in a drawing; shading with color, perspective,
drawing in different styles, drawing portraits,
ping, shading, density, and foreshortening.
002584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95 creating a pleasing composition and more.
The lessons are very easy to use. They are
accessible from the “lessons” tab at the top of
Draw Squad (K-AD)
Looking for a good drawing book? Let me the main screen, or you can jump into Lesson
introduce you to Mark Kistler’s Draw Squad. 1 after reading the basic information about the
This book is similar to the Drawing Textbook, program. Each lesson consists of a teaching
but a lot more fleshed out (Mark was actually a portion and a printable student handout for
student of Bruce McIntyre’s and uses the same each. The lessons progress down the screen
progression and techniques). You start out with and include an objective for the lesson, the
the introductory tables, chairs, boxes, cakes, materials needed, and step-by-step instruction
fishbowls, and work up to more difficult objects through the lesson. Each step is accompanied
such as space-ships, houses, sawhorses, and by an example of what the drawing should
characters. Can be used as a write-in work- approximately resemble at that point, although
book, or work exercises on separate paper. I depending on the skill level of the student, this
like the book because it’s simple, friendly, and will vary. The student handouts are typically a
instructive - and easier for a student to use visual reference for the student for each lesson.
himself (or herself). Besides that, each lesson Because the lessons are displayed on a comis packed with “extras”, cute little cartoon-like puter, it would be hard for all students to see the
characters and also has samples of other Draw subject they are drawing at the same time. Most
of the student handouts will need to be printed
Squader’s drawings. Happy penciling!
009577 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 14.50 in color, so you will probably need to have a
color printer available to you. As far as supplies
go, you will need to gather a few, but they are
Imagination Station (K-AD)
Sequel to Draw Squad. Packed with more 3-D relatively inexpensive. Each student will need a
drawing challenges like clams, space sweepers, set of 24 oil pastels, a set of 24 colored pencils,
fish, dinosaurs, and more! Livened up with compressed charcoal, willow charcoal, a charjokes, silly slogans, and student’s drawings, this coal pencil, a white drawing pastel, a kneaded
eraser, a blending stump, low-tack masking
is sure to become one of your favorites!
020203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 13.75 tape, tinted charcoal paper (9” x 12), white
drawing paper (9” x 12”), newsprint paper (9” x
Drawing - Instructional Courses
1126
Art
12”), and colored construction paper (9” x 12”).
All in all, it’s a great basic course that you
can use with all of your children at the same
time, without the older ones getting bored or
the younger ones being frustrated. Everyone
can take learn or refine their own skill while
working through the lessons. Because the
“models” are usually photos included in the
lesson material, the students could apply the
same techniques to photos of their own selection to expand the lessons or practice further. I
think that the CD-ROM format is an interesting
choice, but I can see how it is a practical way
for everyone to be able to see the lesson without
sharing a book, and the student handouts can
all be printed which avoids the issue of having
student packets or even having to reproduce
pages for each student. A lot of concepts are
covered here, taught mostly from example and
the student’s drawing experience. Because the
lessons are so straightforward and foundational,
I could see a definite advantage in revisiting at
least some of them each year, as students grow
older and more skillful. The folks at Practical
Homeschooling are fans too - The Phonics of
Drawing received the first-place award in their
Interactive Learning Awards for art. System
requirements (PC only) are: Windows 98 or
higher, CD-ROM drive. – Jess
003546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 22.95
The Big Yellow Drawing Book 7th Ed. (2-AD)
This deceptively simple, cartoonish drawing
workbook with a yellow cover was always a
staple in our house. Written for all ages, you
start by drawing a simple circle, turn it into a
cartoon face, then try lots of variations to reflect
different emotions. Just a page or two later,
you're drawing a group of round cartoon heads,
learning about overlapping and perspective in
the process. The exercises progress from there,
but the basic drawings are simple and cartoonlike, while emphasizing concepts and practice
in foreshortening, perspective, shading and
more. Every page shows examples which you
copy in a plain white box provided next to the
original. By the end of the book, you’re drawing
more complex cartoon people. Perfect for all
ages of beginning artists, this is a great book for
everyone in the family to work through at the
same time. - Jess
038262 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
7.95
Drawing in 3-D with Mark Kistler (3-AD)
An A-to-Z journey through the art and fun
of making 3-D cartoons. Third in a series of
interactive drawing books by Mark Kistler, this
book provides new and stimulating suggestions
on how to bring adventures to life. Brimming
with illustrations and examples to follow, each
one-page lesson is easy to follow. The optional
Wacky Workbook is the companion sketchbook
to Drawing in 3-D, with perforated pages crossreferenced to that volume. There’s ample space
here for re-creating all 333 illustrations and
all the amazing versions of the 3-D alphabet.
Following the lessons in the text, drawing spaces range from partial to full pages, based on the
size of the image to be produced, and include
instructions as well as an example of what the
finished drawing should look like.
004350 Drawing in 3-D . . . 19.99 14.50
004351 Wacky Workbook . . 12.99
9.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Drawing Lessons for Beginners DVDs (3-AD)
Watching these DVDs is like having an art
teacher come into your house and give the
whole family drawing lessons – but in this case
you can repeat the lessons as often as you want!
Each DVD contains three or four lessons, each
one focusing on one important drawing concept
and using a different subject to illustrate. The
art teacher, Donna Hugh, besides being masterful with a pencil herself, is also encouraging
and friendly. She makes drawing approachable
and understandable for everyone, and I think it’s
very helpful to be able to view the drawing in
action instead of out of a book. In my sample of
Vol. 1: Simple Shapes, viewers will learn how
to really “see” objects while drawing bell peppers, how to use shading and shadows by drawing a shoe, how to finish a drawing with colored
pencils by drawing a conch shell, and how to
make a mixed-media still life. I really enjoy
the way each DVD covers different drawing
skills using different subjects including animals,
people, and plants. Each lesson runs about
15-20 minutes in length, during which Donna
introduces the topic, begins the drawing, and
finishes it, instructing the whole time. It would
probably be helpful to watch the lesson first and
then begin doing the lesson yourself, watching the DVD as you go if you find it helpful.
Materials required are few, including a basic
set of drawing pencils, paper, colored pencils,
a simple frame, pan watercolors, watercolor
pencils, and water-based pen. If you find learning to draw out of a book difficult, these DVDs
would be a refreshing change! - Jess
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 19.95
041439 Volume 1: Simple Shapes
Covers "seeing" objects, using shadows and
shading, using colored pencils, and mixedmedia drawing. 76 minutes.
041437 Volume 2: Nature
Covers atmospheric perspective, composition, drawing tree structure and plant structure. 58 minutes.
041438 Volume 3: People
Covers drawing from models and life, correct proportions and placement in a portrait,
and grid drawing. 61 minutes.
041433 Volume 4: Animals
Covers observation, drawing separate components of an object, and drawing with a
water-based pen. 58 minutes.
039080 DVD Set Vol. 1-4 . . 95.00 78.75
Art for Kids: Drawing (3-10)
As the cover states, "The Only Drawing Book
You'll Ever Need to Be the Artist You've Always
Wanted to Be!" I think it just might be true!
Although written for kids, it doesn't speak down
to them, instead it reads like it was written for
adults. The reason for this is the author is actually addressing artists - and the effect is wonderful! She knows that all kids are artists, and
becoming a wonderful artist is something they
are all completely capable of. Consequently,
the text and instructions are filled not just with
encouragement, but with complete confidence.
I really love the coverage and progression of
this book. It explains many wonderful drawing
techniques and tricks that I learned in a college
drawing course and should be taught to children
when they are just beginning. It starts with the
simplest concepts, like appropriate materials
(nothing fancy here, just a brief summary of different types of basic pencils and paper), exploring how to really see what you're drawing, and
various types of lines. These lessons provide
the foundation for the later lessons, which
cover light and shadow, proportion and scale,
perspective, drawing faces, and drawing bodies
(don't worry - no nudity here!). Throughout
each lesson, lots of great advice and a handful
of effective, beneficial drawing exercises help
children practice each concept. Another great
thing about this book is that it is high-quality the pages are thick and glossy, with color used
throughout - it's hard for children to learn drawing with black and white pictures and then try
to move on to real objects and suddenly have
to translate color into their drawings. Any child
with the motivation for working through this
book will reap huge benefits in their artwork,
and the exercises can be done again and again
for additional practice, so even after it is complete it's worth having around. 112 pgs, pb.
035350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.75
Jon Gnagy Learn to Draw Kit (3-AD)
While I am a little too young to remember
Jon Gnagy, I can appreciate good art and good
value! The kit includes a black-and-white
64-page instructional book, fifteen 12” x 18”
sheets of drawing paper, a 12” x 18” drawing
board, 3 sketching pencils, a carbon pencil, a
kneaded eraser, a tortillion (or “stomp”), a piece
of gray chalk, two pieces of black chalk, and a
sandpaper pad. Armed with these materials, it’s
time to investigate the book, a short course in
learning how to draw. The first pages focus on
the basics: using your pencil, stomp, and chalk
to make different tones. Then you practice
drawing lines, shapes, and forms (3-D shapes).
A “crash course” on composition and perspective follow. Then you jump into the lessons,
which guide you in six or less steps to making
a picture, complete with shading and texture.
The steps are somewhat lengthy, with the goal
being a very realistic, three-dimensional representation. Thankfully, the example drawing progresses with you. The lesson subjects increase
in complexity, incorporating more complex
shapes and a range of subject matter, including
pumpkins, a steamboat, snow-covered landscape, a Great Dane, and a Mexican boy. The
end of the book provides guidance on drawing
the human figure in action. While I have some
issues with the layout and readability of the
book (all instructions are in three languages,
which makes every page seem crowded), this
is the only kit I have seen that includes all of
your supplies, gets you up and running quickly,
and emphasizes shading to produce a “finished”
look. – Jess
045234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 19.95
Discover Drawing Series (4-10)
This drawing series implements the “grid”
technique to create very realistic, lifelike, and
impressive drawings of people and animals that
everyone will wow over. Each book contains
early chapters encouraging the beginning artist
with amazing before-and-after pictures, information on the necessary materials, a review of
blending, shading, graphing, and basic shapes,
then culminates in a graphing exercise. As they
delve deeper into their drawing subjects, the
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
exercises become graph drawings of individual
parts of people and animals, before beginning
to put these together in full-figure drawings. As
the art student becomes more proficient with
this method, more complicated scenarios are
introduced, such as emotion, movement, positions, complicated features,and other details.
After working through these books, the young
artist should be able to draw any subject from a
photo, with beautiful, lifelike results. Everyone
will want them to draw their portrait! - Jess
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.50
022126 Draw Real Animals
022127 Draw Real People
Learn to Draw Step-by-Step (5-AD)
This oversized book is easy to use and surprisingly thorough. With a few short steps and lots
of helpful guidelines, anyone can draw houses
in perspective, fruit, flowers, birds, animals,
people, caricatures, silhouettes, and more. After
introducing you to different tools and styles, the
author then shows you how to create wonderful
pictures. Each page shows sketches of the object
in a few phases that end in a beautiful turnout.
Tips and suggestions are scattered throughout
the book to help you draw other animals and
objects. – Melissa
006761 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
6.75
Walter Foster Pencil Drawing Kit (7-AD)
024021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 11.50
Art Elements (7-AD)
Sometimes all your budding artist needs is a
model to follow and lots of practice. Author
and former Walt Disney animation artist Bruce
McIntyre covers a lot of drawing tips in a
unique, appealing way. Rather than starting at
the beginning and running through basic art
concepts, here you get a condensed page of
hand-drawn illustrations that exemplify the element covered on that page. A short explanation
or tip on that element appears at the bottom,
and the fun illustrations offer tips themselves
through word balloons and signs as part of the
drawing. This is not a step-by-step how to guide.
The pages look rather like a comic book done
in black and white. Each page covers a specific
element and the illustrations depict how to use
it effectively. Even the titles across the top of
each page are visually exciting as they illustrate
the element being taught on that page. Over 60
tips are explored and include: grouping, stripes,
balance, variety, tilt, shading, sunbursts, texture
& more. With the simple explanations and apt
illustrations, students will quickly grasp each
element and be ready to incorporate it into their
own sketches. It is a small book at 5.5 x 8.5”
and 61 pp, just right for throwing into a portfolio
with a sketchpad! If your student is into illustration, graphic design, cartooning or such, they
will appreciate the lessons found here. ~ Sara
056598 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
Art
1127
You Can Draw in 30 Days (7-AD)
Mark Kistler, cartoonist and author of the everpopular Draw Squad and Drawing in 3-D with
Mark Kistler, has taught children to draw for
years. In this book, he takes his fun, yet startwith-the-basics approach and offers it to adults
who think they can’t even draw a straight line!
He promises that yes, anyone can learn to draw
if they set aside 20 minutes a day for a month.
If you’re game, you can grab any old pencil and
sketchbook and embark on an adventure that
will take you from drawing spheres to tackling
the human face! I like the balance of simple
form and more advanced skills he meshes
together here. Although you begin by drawing
a circle, you immediately turn it into a threedimensional sphere by adding shading. So you
skip that whole “drawing a straight line” thing
and head straight into the world of 3-D. Lessons
progress in difficulty, beginning with the basics:
spheres and cubes. From there you build onto
the cubes and spheres, creating koalas, roses,
cylinders, houses, rippling flags, pyramids,
mugs, trees, rooms and cities in one-point
perspective, buildings in two-point perspective,
and the human eye and face. Each lesson goes
step-by-step, with Mark’s illustrations showing
the student exactly what to add each time. His
written instructions are clear, easy-to-follow and
entertaining. Many of the lessons are reminiscent of those in Draw Squad, but the pace is a
bit quicker, and the subject matter slightly more
sophisticated. Lessons often end with a “Bonus
Challenge” where you can take your new skill
to the next level, and several examples from
Mark’s other adult students offer inspiration as
well. Drawing supplies are minimal, although
Mark makes suggestions and recommendations
in several lessons. With its 30-day commitment
and incremental lessons, I would recommend
this one as an introductory drawing course for
your high-schoolers, especially if they have not
had much drawing instruction in the past.
036857 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.00 13.75
☼Drawing for Older Children and Teens (7-AD)
If I could express the essence of this enlightened book in one phrase it would be to
quote the author, Mona Brookes (internationally
acclaimed art educator and founder of Monart
Drawing School): “designed to encourage you
to draw for yourself.” The title says it all and is
ideal for teens and adult beginners who want
to enjoy drawing, learn fundamentals and discover their true potential. Brookes’ style is not
a step-by-step project book or for those wanting
to be a professional artist, but a psychological
exploration of your inner mind and feelings
mixed with pure enthusiasm. The book’s drawings and examples are a progression of students’
artwork as they work through her method of
teaching—they were either terrified of drawing, had very basic skills or never could draw
the way they wanted. The book is very copy
heavy, but easy to read. It does a wonderful
job of exploring various drawing media, as well
as explaining styles—abstraction, flat, realistic,
perspective—and helps the new artist develop
a style their own. The book has a helpful list of
basic supplies to get started and optional list for
further exploration. Each concept presented is
followed by a project with instructions, so you
read and then apply. The book should be used
1128
Art
in progression from start to finish as each concept builds on the next. There is value to glean
from this book even if you only have time to
read without doing the projects. 250 pgs, 7.5”
x 9” pb. ~ Emily
029770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95
Drawing on the Right Side of the Brain 4ED
(8-AD)
This hefty drawing book provides instruction
for the serious drawing student. Without assuming much prior instruction, the author begins
simply and progresses in difficulty. 12 chapters
include "Drawing and the Art of Bicycle Riding,"
"Crossing Over from Left to Right," "Perceiving
Spaces," "Drawing a Profile Portrait," "Using
Your New Perceptual Skills for Creative Problem
Solving" and more. While there are many exercises included, most of the book is meant to be
read, with accompanying illustrations and diagrams. Topics include negative space, portraits,
light and shadows, perspective, edges and contours, color, and features. The author offers lots
of practical advice, sound instruction, and helpful tips. A drawing classic! 284 pages. - Melissa
011132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95
Drawing on the Right Side of the Brain
Workbook (9-AD)
Created as a supplement to The New Drawing
on the Right Side of the Brain, this spiral-bound
workbook offers 40 exercises that act as “guided
practice” in drawing. The exercises are divided
into the five basic skills of drawing, including
“Perception of Edges,” “Perception of Spaces,”
“Perception of Relationships,” “Perception of
Light and Shadows” and “Perception of the
Gestalt.” Each exercise includes a short section
at the beginning which explains the purpose for
the exercise, a list of materials needed, stepby-step instructions, helpful illustrations, and
examples. Blank pages and large open spaces
are included in the workbook for the student to
complete the exercise, which keeps everything
neatly in one book and makes it easy to look
over your progress. A motivating forward, a
list of all the materials needed for the workbook, and a glossary of drawing terms all get
you started on the right foot. If you’re working
through The New Drawing on the Right Side
of the Brain, this will give you plenty of extra
practice! – Jess
039444 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95
Drawing For Everyone: Classic and Creative
Fundamentals (9-AD)
003544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 13.50
☼Just Draw It! (9-AD)
Just as with any other skill, the real key to
drawing is practice. But if you think that all
drawing practice has to be dull and tedious,
think again. This drawing course is packed
with projects that push the boundaries of what
you will think of as drawing, with unique challenges and projects that I haven’t seen in other
instructional books. For example, you’ll brush
glue onto paper and “draw” with a ball of string,
draw a sculpture from different viewpoints with
different colored markers, draw a manhole
cover from different perspectives, make a nature
drawing with India ink and branches of different sizes that you collect, draw a full – then
crushed – can of soda, throw a die and draw a
face using different techniques depending on the
number rolled, draw your shopping list instead
of writing it, and so much more. There are a few
projects that are a little edgier, such as keeping a sketchbook by your bed to draw dreams,
drawing a piece of fruit in different stages of
decomposition, and even the suggestion to keep
a sketchbook (instead of a book or newspaper)
in the bathroom! Each project is presented on
one or two pages with brief instructions, examples and illustrations. Only one or two drawing
tools are used per lesson, and often the drawing
implement choice is left up to you – basically,
these are designed to be quick and easy activities. However, if you want to get the most out
of the book, it will be helpful to have a range
of drawing tools on hand, including pencils,
pens, India ink, markers, charcoal, and colored
pencils. Most activities can be done in a sketchbook, but some projects specify a specific paper
type or size, such as newsprint or large sheets
of paper. The instructions are in simple, stepby-step format, and there are suggested works of
art to look up online for each project as well. If
you have even one creative bone in your body,
you’ll be itching to pick up a pencil as you flip
through the pages! This would be an excellent
resource to use with highschoolers who have
had some experience or basic instruction in
drawing, an art co-op, or you could adapt some
of the activities to use as family art time as well.
You will probably want to preview the paintings
listed with each lesson to make sure they are all
appropriate for family viewing. With the wide
range of out-of-the-box projects, everyone is
sure to enjoy the variety of challenges as they
build drawing skills subconsciously! 160 pages,
hc. - Jess
056601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 15.25
Drawing - Beginning / How-to-Draw Books
Watch Me Draw Series (PK-AD)
Use engaging stories to inspire your children
to draw! As your child follows along with the
story, they will be prompted to draw one of the
characters in the story with the help of a special
flip-down drawing pad that can be used while
the book is open. The pad has 11 unfinished
drawings for your child to complete with the
help of step-by-step instructions provided. Each
drawing is a simplified, realistic-cartoon of animals, insects, plants, and objects. After they’ve
completed the drawing, there is a reward sticker
in the middle of the book for them to post on
the story page. There is also a page of 30 storythemed stickers that they can use for their own
general enjoyment. A great way for kids to build
confidence in their drawing skills before they’re
ready to draw their own characters. - elise
EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 6.95
4.95
030166 Cinderella’s World . . 5.95
3.95
037117Dinosaurs
Draw an Apatosaurus, Pterodactyl,
Sauroposeidon, Triceratops, Ankylosaurus,
Mamenchisuarus,
Ornithomimus,
Stegosaurus, Diplodocus, and a T-Rex!
037119 Dolphins, Whales, Fish, & More
Neptune the sea horse encounters a crab,
angelfish, dolphin, sea lion, sting ray, octopus, jellyfish, shark, a mermaid and more.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
037123 Favorite Pets
Draw a kitten, fish, parakeet, bunny, iguana, tortoise, duck, potbellied pig, ferret, a
hamster, and Boomer the dog, your host!
028658 Magical Fairy World
Join Lily on her fairy adventures and learn
how to draw a unicorn, princess, swan, and
other characters.
037163 Things Girls Love
When Dotty the Ladybug is lost, she returns
home and sees an apple tree, sunflower,
bumblebee, butterfly, turtle, bunny, bullfrog, snail, unicorn, and four-leaf clover.
037685Zoo
Keely the toucan lives in the zoo with his
friends the giant panda, monkey, giraffe,
zebra, elephant, hippopotamus, polar bear,
penguin, koala, and lion.
Drawing Animals From A to Z (PK-2)
002349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
4.95
Usborne Big Drawing Book (PK-2)
A simple and cute drawing book that uses basic
shapes such as triangles, ovals, and squares
to create varied subjects. Simple step-by-step
instructions guide children as they fill the pages
with anything from spaceships to bunny rabbits
to fairies. More of an activity book than something you would use as art curriculum, this book
might serve well at restaurants, on car trips or
on a rainy day. Each two-page spread is a different setting, beckoning for different creatures
or objects. For example, one page is a town at
night and the artist is prompted to draw alley
cats atop the walls. The drawing instructions
usually have 4-6 steps, starting with a subject’s
most basic shape and gradually adding to it.
Softcover, 95 pages.
020953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 10.79
It’s Fun to Draw Series (PK-3 unless noted)
All aspiring artists need to start with the basics
and to have fun while learning. It’s Fun to Draw
is a fantastic series that any youngster can use to
start honing their skills. Each project has easyto-follow instructions that will clearly guide the
child through the step-by-step process of creating vivid whimsical characters or animals. In a
matter of minutes a novice will learn to create
a wide variety of animals, insects, knights,
pirates, princesses and even wee beasties from
the deep! Most of the projects are done with
pencil or crayon drawings, but a few are cardboard cutouts that require scissors. Divided by
subject matter, each book is published on high
finish paper, reasonably priced and cleverly
simplistic. The author clearly had a blast designing each project, sprinkling every other page
with a little trivia and naming certain characters, like Barnacle Butch and Sophie Storm (the
pirates book is my favorite, by the way). ~ Nick
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95
4.95
062250 Cars, Planes, and Trains
062801Creepy-Crawlies
057652 Dinos & other Prehistoric Creatures
057653 Farm Animals
016914 Knights and Castles (K-3)
016940 Pets (K-3)
016949 Pirates (K-3)
057654 Princesses and Ballerinas
016957 Sea Creatures (K-3)
062251 Ponies and Horses
How to Draw Books from Dover (PK-4)
This series of books is a great way to start
drawing or get extra drawing practice. Young
artists are taken step by step from conception to
finished picture. Around 30 different things to
draw are featured in each book, and no reading is required - just follow the line drawing
"steps." As a whole, the end results in this series
are more simplistic and childlike than others in
this section, but the steps are easy for young
children to follow, and no superfine detail is
required (crayons welcome!). - Melissa
EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 4.99
4.25
002744Animals
024621 Aquarium Animals
017966 Ballet Pictures
001953 Bible Figures
002745Birds
005946 Cars & Trucks
002746Cats
026790 Dinosaurs
017614Faces
028682 Farm Animals
013047Flowers
042267 For All Seasons . . . . . 3.95
3.50
028683 Forest Animals
014065Horses
013046 How to Draw
002747Insects
016842 Manga . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95
022358Pets
013523People
015043Pirates
044080 Princesses & Othr Fairy Tale Pics
064124 ☼Sharks
012172Sports
017685 You Can Draw Animals 8.95
7.50
4 titles in one: Animals, Dinosaurs, Insects,
and Aquarium Animals.
Drawing on the Go! Series (PK-6)
Young artists can learn to draw using simple
shapes with this inexpensive series. Start with
an oval, or maybe a circle. Add more shapes,
one by one, and before you know it, you will
have a cute cartoon! The left hand side of these
little 4” x 5 ¾” books contains the step-by-step
illustrations, while the opposite page is blank,
to use for practice. There are no written steps to
accompany the illustrations—just the sequence
of shapes (so even children who are too young
to read can try their hand). A total of 30 items
are featured in each book, such as a cat, cheetah, or elephant (Animals), or vehicles, foods,
and pets (Lots of Things). 60 pgs. ~ Lisa
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00
1.75
052606Animals
052607 Lots of Things
006315 ☼People
006327 ☼Under the Sea
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Easy-To-Draw (PK-AD)
Whimsical step-by-step drawings will turn any
novice into a pro. The instructions are easy to
follow: start with a basic shape then add simple
shapes and lines in a 5-7 step progression to
build a silly character or vehicle. Illustrations
are cheery and colorful throughout and, to further develop your skills, instructions on props
and scenery for your characters are offered in
the last several pages of the books. Art supplies
are minimal to get started (paper, pencil, colored pencils, and markers). Books in this series
are geared towards young, budding artists who
have an interest in drawing and cartooning. 48
pgs, 7.75” x 10” pb. ~ Emily
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
4.25
061285 Mythical Creatures
061286Vehicles
Ed Emberley’s Drawing Books (K-4)
These simple books guide you in drawing
humorous looking but realistic animals using
the simplest of shapes. In Ed Emberley style,
the directions for each of the many different
drawings are shown step-by-step starting with
a basic shape and adding shapes, dots, lines
and other minimal marks to acquire a finished
representation of an animal, person, vehicle, or
object. The process is simple, and the finished
product looks quite good. You could almost say
that this style of drawing is “creative doodling.”
Best of all, it requires no advanced artistic talent
to master! If you can draw shapes, squiggles,
and lines, then you can draw everything in these
books! Full color, 32 pgs, pb. - Melissa
021449Animals . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.25
037711Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.25
037710 Make a World . . . . . 6.99
5.75
002138 Trucks & Trains . . . . 6.99
5.75
Ed Emberley On the Go Pads (PK-4)
EACH PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95
064332 Goody Gumdrops
064333 Make a Face
12.95
Ralph Masiello Drawing Books (K-6)
These books, by illustrator Ralph Masiello, help kids
begin drawing through clear,
step-by-step picture instructions. While each step is
short and simple, the end
result is a realistic and fairly
detailed creature. Each drawing is explained on a twopage spread – on the left are the directions
(starting with a simple shape or line, and then
being built up, with the existing lines in black
and added lines of each step in red so kids can
clearly see what is being done at each step) and
on the right is a full-page picture of the finished
creature, colored realistically with different
materials. Extra challenge steps are given for
each drawing, for slightly older students who
want to add realistic details. About 14 drawings
are included in each book. Great for beginners.
32 pgs, pb. - Melissa
EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 7.95
5.95
013687 Ancient Egypt
011138Bug
013688Dragon . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.50
041856Ocean
Art
1129
How to Draw 101... (K-6)
Each book in this series shows kids how to
draw 101 objects relevant to the overall theme
of the book. There is no instructional text, as
the directions are shown through a series of six
(with a few exceptions) simple drawing steps.
Each step is shown in its own frame (rather
like a comic strip) for a clean, easy to follow
layout. The steps are clearly shown and do
not require any erasing – kids are only drawing lines that will be visible and necessary in
the finished drawing. (In some how to draw
books this is not the case, as kids start with an
overall shape and then have to erase bits as
they add legs, tails, etc.) The end products are
realistic, although some tend more towards the
cartoon (i.e. in Things That Go each drawing
looks realistic yet somewhat simplified, but in
Animals the drawings have more of a cartoonish appearance – chubbier proportions, subtle
expressions, etc.). 48 pgs, pb. – Melissa
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
043184Animals
017261 Baby Animals
017266Dinosaurs
043185 Funny People
025592 Dolphins & Other Sea Animals
025593Fairies
025606 Horses & Ponies
025615Pets
Draw • Write • Now (K-6)
These are unusual books, combining art
instruction with handwriting practice, and
incorporating more than a little history and
science instruction along the way. Based on a
successful formula created by a now 75-yearold former teacher to inspire her students,
these inviting books might become your child’s
favorite part of the school day! They are nonconsumable, as your child will do the actual art
work and writing on separate paper. Each book
is divided into three themes (see below) with
a total of 21 lessons. In the spirit of Drawing
with Children, most of the lessons begin with
seeing the targeted objects as basic shapes
and lines. In each lesson, a colorful picture
shows the author’s model artwork, with neatly
penned text on ruled lines underneath. Stepby-step drawing instruction for the main object
in the picture is contained on the facing page.
Usually, this begins with basic shape(s), then
details are added a little at a time. After you
introduce the subject of the lesson, your child
follows these directions (with help, if needed)
to reproduce the subject. Then, a similar or
original background and details are added to the
student’s picture. After this is done, the accompanying text is copied. (Although text is shown
in manuscript, you might want to have older
children practice cursive.) Text is informational
and in short sentences; the author believes this
is more motivational and useful than forming
isolated letters. It seems to me that, after carefully creating such beautiful artwork, children
will be very careful to use their neatest and best
writing underneath! After the handwriting is
finished, your child can color the picture with
crayons, colored pencils, or felt tips. Additional
lesson-specific drawing tips and suggestions are
offered in a Teaching Tips section at the end
of the book. Some additional ideas and helps
for increasing art awareness or new techniques
1130
Art
are also found at the end of each themed unit.
Each lesson also includes a related question to
promote thinking and discussion. Answers to
each are also provided at the end of each unit,
along with a suggested book to read that will
expand on the topic. If you incorporate this literature, each theme could become a complete
unit study! We recommend using Blank Top
writing paper or My Illustrated Story Journals
(the latter would be perfect if you plan to extend
your study and need more writing space, since
each journal could contain 12 lessons with an
additional lined page for recording more info).
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99
9.95
003464 Book 1
Farm, Kids & Critters, Storybook Characters
003466 Book 2
Christopher Columbus, Autumn Harvest,
Weather
003467 Book 3
Native Americans, North America, Pilgrims
003468 Book 4
Polar Regions, Arctic, Antarctic
000174 Book 5
United States, From Sea to Sea, Moving
Forward
002416 Book 6
Animals & Habitats - On Land, Ponds &
Rivers, Oceans
004975 Book 7
Forest Animals
010499 Book 8
Desert & Grassland Animals
000175Workbook . . . . . . . 5.49
2.95
A softcover blank book with a framed blank
space on one page, and 5/8” ruled lines on
the opposite page.
Learn to Draw (1-5)
These beginner's drawing books help students
learn to draw accurately. The step-by-step
instructions begin with just a few simple shapes,
adding a few more shapes or lines with each
step until the drawing is completed. The last
step shows the completed drawing again, but
in color, so kids can use watercolors, crayons, colored pencils, etc. to really finish off
their fantastic drawings. My sample is Horses
& Ponies, and it covers twenty-five different
breeds. Each breed is introduced with a short
sentence or two, highlighting the distinguishing
features of that particular breed. Fun Facts and
trivia quiz questions are sprinkled throughout
(with quiz answers in the back), providing more
information about some of the breeds. 40-112
pgs. - Melissa
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 6.95
4.95
022316 Ancient Times
035380Animals
035381 Cars & Trucks
035382 Cats & Kittens
012470 Farm Animals
038589Insects
012505 Planes, Choppers & Watercraft
022334 Rainforest & Jungle Animals
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 8.95
6.75
028399 ☼Birds & Butterflies
040148 Cats & Kittens
035383Dinosaurs
035384 Dogs & Puppies
064281 ☼Exotic Animals
022328 Forest Animals & Wildlife
040153 Forest Animals
035385 Horses & Ponies
012527 Military Machines
035386Pets
035387 Sea Creatures
028451 ☼Zoo Animals
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 9.95
7.25
040149 Disney’s Frozen
064278 ☼Disney’s Winnie the Pooh
022315 American Landmarks 12.95
9.25
1-2-3 Draw Books (1-5)
Children often grow frustrated because they
can't draw anything that they feel looks "good,"
and often this is simply because their minds
haven't developed the observation skills necessary for lifelike drawings, and their motor
control skills are still developing. That's why
drawing books like these are helpful, because
youngsters can use a series of basic rounded
shapes to create animals, objects and people
that look, well, "good!" Each of these full-color,
64-page books includes scores of subjects to
learn how to draw, to draw, and to color. At
the beginning of each book, the basic shapes
that they need to learn are featured, and students are encouraged to practice at drawing
these shapes. Then, each lesson begins with
the student drawing the basic shapes, and adding more details and refinement from there to
create cute, but easily-recognizable objects,
animals, and people. I've had the chance to
look at Wild Animals, and I love the variety of
animals, including bush babies, hippos, lions,
wildebeests, orangutans, yaks, armadillos, and
much more. While the results aren't exactly
realistic, they are soft and adorable, fit to run in
any children's picture book. In Knights, Castles,
and Dragons, young artists learn to draw "basic
people" in several different positions such as
running, sitting, standing sideways, etc., along
with impressive castles, suits of armor, shields,
dragons, and all the exciting ingredients for
illustrating their own fantasy. Not only do these
act as good guidelines to help them draw more
easily, but these books also subtly introduce a
lot of important concepts such as movement,
facial expressions, and adding details. - Jess
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
022099 Cartoon People
031902 Cartoon Trucks and Motorcycles
038898Horses
022102 Knights, Castles and Dragons
038899 Ocean Life
038900People
022103 Pets and Farm Animals
031906Princesses
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Lee Ames' Draw 50… Series (3-AD)
Over the years, I have seen how-to-draw type
books from nearly every major publisher come
across the desk, some bad, some O.K., some
good, and some just terrific. These definitely
fall into the terrific category. We've carried
one title in this series for several years (Draw 50
Horses), and it has always been well-received,
so we were excited to come across the rest of
the titles in the series. Lee Ames, a talented and
well-known author and illustrator breaks down
a dizzying array of objects, from machines to
animals to people, and shows clearly in several,
easy-to-handle steps how to begin drawing the
object, how to build onto it, and how to finish
it off for a solid, satisfying, even professionallooking result. Each book features 50 items to
draw, each detailed on its own page, with the
drawing-in-progress clearly illustrated in a single
color (such as blue, red, or brown). For instance,
if we are going to try drawing a small moving van
from Draw 50 Vehicles, the first step is a simple
line (the ground) with three circles for the wheels.
In the next step an open box is added atop the
wheels, as are the base for the cab, and centers
of the wheels, while the circles and line from
the last step are faded a bit, so that each new
addition is clearly recognizable. The completed
drawing is shown in black and white, unlike the
blue and white in the progressing drawing, and
stands ready for you to add whatever colors or
finishing touches you feel inspired to add to your
own finished masterpiece. The black-and-white
finished drawing is also great for tracing for the
younger kids - or for those who like shortcuts.
Let me reiterate as well that unlike some other
how-to-draw books, the finished drawings featured here are high-quality and detailed, far from
more cartoon-ish results gathered from other
books I've seen. In short, the race cars and
airplanes will please the mechanical artist, while
the animal-lover will be satisfied with their renderings of realistic, expressive animals. If I was
going to splurge on one how-to-draw book this
year, it would definitely be one of these. - Jess
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 9.99
7.75
025504 Airplanes, Aircraft & Spacecraft
016384 Animal ‘Toons
021459Animals
025505 Baby Animals
025506Birds
025507 Boats, Ships,
Trucks & Trains
025508 Buildings & Other
Structures
022560 Creepy Crawlies
025512 Dinosaurs & Other Prehistoric
Animals
025513Dogs
016386 Famous Cartoons
025515 Flowers, Trees, & Other Plants
007096Horses
034254People
021460Princesses
025517 Sharks, Whales, & Sea Creatures
042856 The Draw 50 Way
Can’t decide which Draw 50 book to start
with? Try this one, which includes 50 different subjects from various books in the Draw
50 series. Please note there are several
monsters included, which have been taken
from Draw 50 books which we do not sell.
☼You Can Draw Wild Birds (3-AD)
Capture the beauty of birds with this simple
bird lesson book by artist Judy Kaufmann. This
book features 15 wild bird art lessons that start
with simple shapes and finish with shading,
texture and detail work on their surroundings.
Kaufmann’s art style is elegant and detailed,
pointing out the nuances of each species. She
encourages you, the viewer, to go out and witness these magnificent creatures live, if possible,
to further your connection and enhance your
drawing experience. Supply list is comprised of
basic drawing materials and the book includes
15 acid-free blank pages with a perforated edge
for you to remove and start drawing. 48 pgs, 8
3/8” x 11”, pb. ~ Emily
061376 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
6.75
How to Draw Trees (Creative Haven) (3-AD)
064125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25
☼Creative Haven Draw and Color (3-AD)
Part coloring pages, part
drawing instruction, each
book has 15 coloring
designs. Next to each coloring page is a 4-part lesson on
how to draw that image from
scratch starting with very
basic shapes. Blank white
pages with border designs
give you a place to do your
drawings. If you are coloring the pages, then
you will appreciate having small color versions
on the inside front & back covers to guide your
color choices (not that you have to follow them,
of course!). I love the perforated pages. They are
perfect for sharing & displaying your art! I also
like that these look a little “older” than some
other coloring books. The coloring pages have
one item on them (one dog, one flower cluster,
etc.) and are not too full or busy. That means
you can color in the background however you
want or leave it white to showcase your coloring
skills. By Dover. 30pp, pb. ~ Sara
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25
044485Birds
044581Dogs
044652 Garden Flowers
044757Horses
064173 Wild Animals
☼Sketching Made Easy (3-AD)
Drawing is basic to many forms of art.
Graphite drawings can be beautiful, but for
beginners they can be daunting and discouraging when they go poorly. While these sets do
not have as simple a system as a “by number”
set, they encourage experimenting and practice
to achieve handsome results. Each project starts
with a drawing board that has important lines
pre-printed – so proportion and placement, two
of the most troublesome parts of drawing – are
already taken care of. With those steps out of
the way, you can focus on shading and mark
making. A guide is included that covers types
of marks, value scale, and shading techniques.
Each standard set includes one 8.75” x 11.25”
drawing board, six graphite pencils (3H – 6B),
one pencil sharpener, one eraser, and a drawing
guide. Each mini set includes one 5” x 7” drawing board, six tiny graphite pencils (3H – 6B),
and a drawing guide. Art Activity Set includes
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
four 8” x 10” drawing boards, six graphite pencils (3H – 6B), six graphite sticks (3H – 8B),
one pencil sharpener, one eraser, and a drawing guide.
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
3.95
062589Alpha
062590 Dalmatian Pup
062591Elephant
062592 Running Free
EACH MINI SET . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99
1.75
062584Flamingoes
062585Giraffe
062586Howl
062587Panda
EACH ACTIVITY SET . . . . . . 14.99
9.95
062593Animals
Draw… Series (4-AD)
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
5.95
061205Animals
061206 Portraits and the Human Figure
061207 Things That Go
How to Create Mandalas (4-AD)
043558 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95
Learn to Draw (6-9)
For the slightly more advanced artist, who
has conquered drawing cute little animals and
cartoon people with basic shapes, comes this
series, ready to accelerate you into drawing
more realistic, more detailed, and more "wow",
kinds of objects and animals, using a similar,
but more complex "basic shapes" technique. I
have in front of me Cars, 3-D, and Insects, and
each of them are equally impressive in their
broad scope of various subjects, as well as the
very step-by-step, easy-to-follow guidance to
allow you to achieve greater realism in your
drawings. Each exercise begins with careful
observation of the model (the artist's finished
product in this case), and then a few sketched
lines of the basic shapes upon which you will
build your drawing. As the exercise progresses,
the basic shape is completed, and more detail
is added, paying attention to scale, perspective,
and shading. This sounds a little unimpressive, but in Cars, although you start small, the
first exercise is drawing a profile of a Dodge
Stratus, and it only gets better from here, let me
tell you. Soon they'll be sketching Corvettes,
Lamborghinis, Dodge Vipers, and any other
of their dream cars from any angle, in motion,
and with all kinds of fun details. I predict very
impressive results here. Insects is much the
same, with the same steps taken to result in
very (almost too) lifelike creepy crawlies. 3-D
is slightly different, and while the end results
aren't going to be immediate, in the form of
snazzy racecars or lifelike animals, but will give
them a sense of how to use proper perspective
in every other drawing they create afterwards.
Exercises included give them practice with
various points of perspective in a wide selection
of settings to hone their skills on. This series
really makes it seem possible that anyone, with
enough practice, can draw well. - Jess
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
022111 Draw 3-D
022116 Draw Cars
022123 Draw Medieval Fantasies
022124 Draw Ocean Animals
Art
1131
Tangling
☼Art of Tangling Drawing Book & Kit (5-AD)
Drawing and doodling can be a very calming
activity with interesting results. Tangling is a
focused form of doodling using detailed patterns
and effects. After learning a few basic tools &
materials, you can explore tangling through
a variety of prompts. You will learn to create
your tangles step by step. This kit comes with
everything you need to get started with your
tangles! You get a soft graphite drawing pencil
& sharpener, a kneaded eraser, 20 archival
paper tiles (3.5” squares), 2 archival ink pens
in 0.1 and 0.2mm, and basic white drawing
paper for working out your ideas. Several pages
of instruction have you practicing random lines
& squiggles, effects like shading & sparkle,
patterns & borders, beginning creatures, flux
patterns, Hollibaugh woven looks, Roxi (looks
like beads on a string) and nature motifs. There
are loads of tips and inspiration followed by
prompts which show an outline image that you
then complete as you like. You can apply these
techniques to other crafts as well, such as a
picture frame (shown in this book). Your 40 pg
book and supplies are contained in a snazzy
portfolio/box with tangling on the cover. Any
young art student would appreciate having a
go at this meditative art form, but many adults
would like it as well. The kit makes a lovely gift
since it includes everything needed to create
and comes in an attractive package! By Walter
Foster. 8” x 10” x 1.25” ~ Sara
002358 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 13.95
Drawing - Cartooning
Cartooning For Kids (K-6)
According to author Mike Artell, anyone can
draw great cartoons. The key, he says, is to
think funny because humor is the origin of
cartoons as opposed to art. This book provides
step-by-step instructions on how to draw various cartoon animals and people. Skills such as
how to add personality and movement to your
characters are also covered. ~ Enh
023813 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.75
Adventures in Cartooning (2-AD)
Learn the concepts of cartooning from a cartoon. When a princess is distraught because she
cannot draw cartoons, an elf wants to help her.
The elf leads a knight and his trusty horse to slay
the dragon and rescue the kidnapped princess.
Throughout the journey, the elf teaches simple
drawing techniques. Elf also teaches concepts
such as: panels and how they show movement
and progression; word bubbles showing words,
ideas, and sounds; dotted lines meaning the
characters are inside something, and more. This
is definitely a fun and entertaining way to learn
about cartooning. ~ Alissa
034541 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.75
1132
Art
Adventures in Cartooning Activity Bk (2-AD)
Whether you’ve already read Adventures in
Cartooning (#034541) or you’re just beginning
your foray into comic strips, this activity book
will teach you the elements of comics as you
fill in the missing pieces of an adventure story.
More interactive than the first book, this activity book prompts aspiring cartoonists to finish
strips, while also leaving plenty of room for
artistic license. Use a pencil to complement the
existing grayscale drawings, or color in both
the original illustrations and your own additions
as you go. Blank panels are also included at
the end for creating your own comic strip. 78
pages, soft cover – Rachel
028818 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
5.95
☼Adventures in Cartooning: Characters in
Action (2-AD)
If you have a child who is crazy for cartooning, this book is perfect (it’s crazy!). Essentially,
it gives young artists tips and ideas for their
own creations through, well, a really nutty story
about a movie being made in a castle where
most of the characters don’t know they are in
a movie. In the course of this kooky tale, you
learn about drawing body shapes, costume
choices, body language, and facial expressions
all to bring your comic characters to life on
the page. It’s silly and funny and I liked the
roundabout approach to teaching through story
telling. It fits the media after all! Knights, castles,
robots, wizards, witches…elephants, broccoli,
ballerinas, frogs…something for everyone to
inspire your creativity and get your characters
on paper. 10” x 7.5”, 63pp, pb. ~ Sara
063713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.50
Comic Sketch Book (2-9)
I fell in love with this sketch book the minute
I saw it! It’s the perfect solution for kids who
want to draw comics, but could use a little
assistance with the formatting. You get a standard top-spiral sketchbook with 40 heavyweight
pages – plus a few essentials for creating some
impressive comics. If you flip it open, you’ll
see the first few pages are a little different;
there are four pages of cardstock stencils (three
with different-size “panels” for formatting and
one with a variety of speech balloons, thought
bubbles, and a few spiky shapes just waiting
for a “POW!” or a “KABAM!” Just pop out the
stencils, grab your pencils and you’re ready to
bring those sketchbook pages to life with your
own league of superhumans! – Jess
051718 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.69
5.50
Disney Art Studio Kits (2-AD)
We’ve seen the movies and fallen in love
with the characters. Now we can learn to draw
our favorite Disney friends! Each kit contains a
project book full of great content (it makes me
want to get the kit just for the book). It’s a valuable resource as it covers not only step-by-step
instructions on drawing each character, but also
sketching and painting techniques, color theory,
and more! The kits offer all the art supplies
you need to get started (minus paper). As your
artists develop their techniques, you’ll want to
expand their color palettes in paints, pencils,
and perhaps even adding color markers. Each
kit includes an 80-page project book, 3 watercolors, 2 paint brushes, paint palette, drawing
pencil, kneaded eraser, 7 colored pencils, fineline marker and sharpener.
010755Disney . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 19.50
Features classic characters from Mickey
Mouse, Snow White, Cinderella, Winnie the
Pooh, Lion King, Little Mermaid, and more.
010742Disney-Pixar . . . . . . 26.99 19.50
Features characters from Toy Story,
Cars, Monsters Inc., Finding Nemo, The
Incredibles, Ratatouille, and more.
028479 Disney Princess . . . 24.95 17.95
Art of Drawing Manga & Comic Book
Characters (7-AD)
Bang! Ka-Pow! Zoom! Other forms of onomatopoeia! It’s rare to see two different artists
collaborate in order to combine two vastly
different styles within a single title, but Art of
Drawing Manga & Comic Book Characters
manages to hit all the essentials. The first section details essential techniques and tools to
start creating from either genre. The next part
delves into some of the tropes and conventions
of manga, providing a crash course on example
characters, the concept of manga’s use of
embellished expression to convey drama, chibi
or super small characters and has quite a few
hints on the use of Photoshop and other digital
illustration software. The third segment is all
about comic book super heroes, villains and the
crazy situations they manage to get themselves
into. This section includes tips on altering the
anatomy of your characters to reflect a bulkier,
lankier or larger frame, how to make the best of
your panels and even advice on how the pros
arrange their page layouts to give a scene the
sense of action, suspense or even fear. Artists
Bob Berry and Jeannie Lee do a fantastic job of
showcasing a wide variety of character designs
and can explain their methods to comic and
manga construction in a readily approachable
manner. 144 pgs, pb. 12x9 in. ~ Nick
032664 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95
☼Comic Book Layout Pages (3-AD)
This pad of 35 single-sided 50# sheets is formatted to work as storyboards for comic books
(just like storyboards work for film). Each page
has four rectangles to rough out four comic
book pages with plenty of lines on either side
to jot notes. Or maybe use the top row for
your first draft and the bottom row for your
second draft. A great way to plan stories, to
test comprehension by creating a picture layout
of assigned reading, for a writer and illustrator
to use together, and a generally handy tool for
planning your next comic issue. – Laura
021161 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30
5.95
☼Creative Illustration & Beyond (9-AD)
Finding a crafty art book for a teenager can be
tricky. They don’t want something too cutesy
or juvenile, and if they have been a crafter for
a long time, they can be hard to impress! There
is an assumption that you probably have many
arts and crafts supplies around as well. This
book includes tips and techniques to transform
doodles & drawings into actual projects. Your
teen can build a portfolio with their creations
or even start a business selling their products or
artistic services! Some of the projects include
jewelry, family trees, cards and invitations, wall
art, fancy lettering, retro signs & more. It’s a
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
rather large book, and would make an impressive gift for those hard-to-impress teenage girls.
Yes, girls. The projects have a feminine appeal,
in my opinion. Remember I said this was for
the household with many art supplies. Some
projects will use the following: watercolor &
colored pencils, archival ink pens, kneaded
eraser, watercolor pan, paintbrushes, acrylic
paints, paper, craft knife, liquid frisket and a
light box. If you have all but a couple, you can
add those items later. There is also a project
using a computer, scanner, color printer and a
digital camera. There is a bunch of work to do
in the book itself: loads of space to practice your
patterns and sketches! I found the ideas to be
very original and not for crafting newbies. This
is a beautiful book from Walter Foster (authored
by Stephanie Corfee) for your discerning young
artiste! 144pp, sc. ~ Sara
007876 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95
Animation
☼Create Your Own Flip Books! (PK-AD)
First appearing in the late 19th century, flip
books were an early form of animation, combining a series of small sequenced drawings
in a tiny book that produced movement when
flipped through at a fast speed. Create your own
animation with this simple set of 6 flipbooks
by General’s® measuring 2” x 4” and containing 32 pages each. Paper has a nice texture for
drawing and the right weight so you can see
your previous drawing slightly thru the next
sheet. A quick animation lesson is included.
Made in the USA. ~ Emily
040105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
3.75
Fliptomania Kits (K-8)
Flipbooks are endlessly fascinating to kids, but
it takes a lot of patience for them to create their
own from scratch. These kits take the “fear of
the blank canvas” away, and provide kids with
black-and-white illustrated, perforated sheets
that they can color, separate, bind… and flip!
Two different ready-to-color flipbook designs
are included in each kit, along with two blanks
for kids to draw their own, after they have seen
the concept in action. The sets are themed
(nature or rocket/robots), and includes two sets
of pre-printed sheets, two blank sheets, four
clips to hold the books together, six color markers, instructions and ideas. Watch for flipbook
masterpieces ahead!
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95
9.95
054125 Animals (Frog & Butterfly)
054126 Sci-Fi (Rocket & Robot)
007249 ☼Bible Tales . . . . . 11.95
8.95
☼Flip Outs...: Color Your Own Cartoon (1-AD)
Create your own flip book by coloring in the
silly cartoons. As you flip the pages, it looks like
the images are moving. Each little 62 pg book
includes 2 stories; one when you flip from the
front and one when you flip from the back. The
black-line images are cute and happy: perfect
for younger children or anyone interested in animation. Use your crayons, markers or colored
pencils for different effects. 5.75” x 4.25” ~ Sara
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99
1.75
002085 Bird Bash
002092 Fairy Fun
002087Dinosaurs 002094Funny Farm
☼Ogobild Animation (1-AD)
If you find yourself in awe of stop motion like
Wallace & Gromit, Chicken Run, Nightmare
Before Christmas, Fantastic Mr. Fox, parts of The
Lego Movie, but you don’t know how to start
your own project, then these kits are for you!
The 75 piece kit comes with lots of little bits
and bobs that can be attached in any number of
ways to create cool alien robot-looking characters. The joints move, making it easy to animate
actions. What’s also included is the serial number for a free download of Animate It! Express
software, made by the creators of Wallace and
Gromit. This software makes it easy to assemble
your frames and share your films.
The 109 piece kit has everything above, and
then some! Aside from extra hands, arms, eyes,
and other pieces, this kit comes with an HD
webcam that plugs into your computer, making
it even easier to animate. Plug it in, and your
frames will be directly imported to the software
so you can check progress as you go! The camera
has a suction cup on the bottom to help keep it
in place so your films are as steady as can be.
I could easily see animators making costumes
to fit over the bodies of their creatures to give
them more personality as well as creating cool
backgrounds to really bring their films to life.
This would be an awesome gift for any aspiring animator. What are you waiting for? Start
animating today!
PC system requirements: Windows XP/Vista/7/8,
Microsoft .Net Framework 3.0 (free download
from the Microsoft website), Quicktime 7 (free
download from the Apple website). Mac system
requirements: Intel Mac OS 10.6 and above,
2Ghz CPU. General system requirements: 256
MB RAM (512MB recommended), 100MB disk
space, and a USB/FireWire connection. – Laura
037849 109 Pieces w/ Camera . 70.00 59.50
037852 75 Pieces w/o Camera 35.00 22.95
☼Animation Studio Kit (3-AD)
There are so many good
tips and ideas for budding animators to try in
this boxed set; they will
be busy for hours and
hours! The box itself is
a two-sided set for your
animation videos: one is the outside of a gloomy
castle and the other is a dungeon. Sturdy cardboard flaps drop down and open to the side to
expand the set, and includes a window and a
door that opens. These can make for some fun
lighting effects! There are also goodies in the
box like a detailed handbook with step by step
instructions to create several types of animation
and lots of fun cardstock props. Also included
are devices and props:5 speech bubbles, a zoetrope disk/drum/strip and a thaumatrope (illusion devices), lunar and tropical island props
(2 sided) with a 2-sided background, press-on
features for your characters, a 2-D monster puppet, a workbench prop, and 2 storyboard starters. The real meat of this set is the 32 pg. book
with all of its ideas and color illustrations. Learn
about creating a character, telling a story, traditional/cutout/2D/board/clay animation, complex model making, sets, props, lights, object
animation, pixilation and editing. A camera or
cell phone is necessary but not included. ~ Sara
001596 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.25
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Make Your Own Movie Machine (8-AD)
A classic animation project
has just become a lot easier!
I fondly remember making a
more simplistic zoetrope than
this in my middle school years,
but a lack of proper materials,
accurate templates or drawing
skills made it really frustrating.
With this book, all those problems are obsolete!
Simply cut out all the pre-printed cardstock
pieces (An X-Acto knife might be handy for the
smaller cuts), fold on the dotted lines, and glue
where indicated (glue not included). Then, following the simple directions, use your paper
zoetrope to make your own animation strips.
If you’re like me and can’t draw, you can cut
out and assemble the included person and dog
puppets, photograph them in various poses,
then use the images to create your own strips. If
even that seems a little too tricky at first, there
are strips available for a free download at the
author’s website: http://www.robives.com/blog/
extra_animation_strips_zoetrope. There you’ll
find such material to animate a silly bull fight,
a walking robot, and two original photographic
strips made by Eadweard Muybridge (a famous
photographer who studied motion). Additional
zoetrope strips are often available online, but
those will require a little cutting and pasting
to fit properly. The book also briefly explains
a variety of stop motion animation techniques
from simple to those requiring a digital camera.
All in all, this is a really fun project that would
be great for older students or even multiple
ages, with older siblings building the zoetrope
and younger siblings creating some of their own
animations. From Dover, 26 pgs, sc. – Laura
062844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.95
Art Journaling
Also see our Science/Nature section for
nature journals and related resources.
Children’s ART Journal (1-5)
Keeping an art journal isn’t just an activity for
older kids! Younger children can also benefit
from the activity of regular drawing and writing
too. Like the Student’s Guide to Keeping an Art
Journal, this is not an art course, but a guide to
learning how to keep an art journal, with some
art instruction mixed in. The first half of the
book introduces children to an art journal, and
provides simple exercises for them to start building their skills, like drawing a picture of a sunny
day, practicing lettering with colored pencils
and thinking of interesting vocabulary. Drawing
lessons follow, with several lines for the student
to write something that complements their
drawing. The last half of the book is designed
for them to use as an art journal. These pages
feature a blank space for the date, a block
of lines to write on, a vocabulary word with
definition, and a large white space for them to
draw. A small picture of the book’s “mascot,”
Can-Do the dog often appears as well. With the
emphasis on drawing and lettering, you won’t
need much in the way of art materials here, just
a good set of colored pencils (the book recommends Prismacolor) and an extra fine marker
pen. 120 pgs, spiral-bound. – Jess
045466 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 11.95
Art
1133
Nature Drawing & Journaling (3-AD)
If you can train yourself in the habit, keeping a nature journal offers not only the opportunity to continually hone artistic skills, but
also provides ample opportunities to enjoy the
outdoors, develop a deeper appreciation for
nature, enhance penmanship and writing abilities and become a precious keepsake for years
to come. This guide takes students lesson-bylesson through developing their own nature
journal and building the skills they’ll need to
capture examples of nature’s beauty. Created
by Barry Stebbing, author of the How Great
Thou Art courses, these lessons are formatted
similarly with short, easy-to-read lessons and a
related assignment. There are 47 lessons total,
the first segment focusing on assignments that
can be done in the classroom, and later assignments which students will get to head outdoors
to do. Lessons include designing the journal
cover; learning how to appropriately frame
the page; creating various tones in green and
brown, and drawing specific objects or scenes
such as onions, vines or tree trunks, landscapes,
night scenes, farm animals, feathers, insects and
much more. The lessons are illustrated with
a variety of related drawings (both color and
black-and-white) by Barry, some of which serve
as examples to copy, and others to provide
inspiration or examples for students’ own drawing. The last piece of the book provides several
blank journal pages with lines, a space for an
inspiring quote and blank areas for drawing.
You’ll need a few specific supplies to complete
the lessons, including a hardbound journal, a
legal pad, a rubber band, colored pencils, a
drawing pen, a writing pen, glue stick, tape,
washable markers, a #6 watercolor brush (to
use with the markers) and semi-gloss paper.
Especially if you’re not already emphasizing art
in your curriculum, a course in nature journaling can provide your students a rewarding,
creative tie-in to your science, English or even
handwriting program – and get them outdoors
to enjoy that sunshine! – Jess
050101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 19.50
Nature Drawing and Journaling with Barry
Stebbing DVD Set (3-AD)
This set of DVDs covers some similar ground
as the book course above, but offers some
distinct differences. The set of DVDs provides
six lessons (each approximately an hour long)
which focus on specific drawing topics while
the book format contains 47 smaller, more specific lessons. Because of the format and structure of the DVD course, it would work well as
a shorter course for use with multiple children
or as a family, and the visual demonstrations
would be helpful for students (and parents!) that
have not had much experience drawing. Each
lesson covers some specifics about what to write
and how to maintain the journal, along with
several drawing assignments that fit a specific
topical theme. In the first lesson, viewers get an
introduction to keeping a nature journal and will
learn what to write, where to draw, and how
to mix colors and draw flowers. Lessons 2-6
are centered around drawing trees, landscapes,
the four seasons (and the color wheel), insects/
butterflies/birds, and “treasures in nature” (pine
cones, acorns, etc.), respectively. Each lesson discusses the writing portion of the jour1134
Art
nal a bit, then turns to drawing exercises,
which Mr. Stebbing demonstrates on-camera.
Recommended supplies include a hardbound,
unlined sketchbook, a set of 12 colored pencils,
black pens (different sizes for drawing and writing), water-soluble markers, a brush to blend
markers like watercolor, glossy paper for marker
drawing, a small drawing board (optional) and
small drawing pad (optional). – Jess
033908 3-DVD Set . . . . . . . 29.95 23.50 ☼Student Color Wheel Desk Reference (PK-AD)
For art students learning color theory, having
Color Theory
their own color wheel for reference is a must to
make learning easier. Bright and colorful, this
☼Big Book of Color (K-2)
desk reference chart demonstrates the primary,
Super happy, super engaging book that will secondary and complementary colors and how
have little ones seeing color! Learn about the they are placed in correlation to each other on
color wheel, how to mix 2 colors to make the wheel. When asked to work in complimenanother color, what complimentary, analogous, tary, analogous, warm or cool color schemes,
monochromatic, warm & cool colors are, how students can make quick reference before startto make tints, shades, & tones, and even color ing. Measures 11”x 8.5”. ~ Emily
moods. There are fun, interactive activities 061303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.60
4.95
along the way as you explore these principles
of color theory. Simple supplies are needed:
Drawing - Colored Pencil
crayons, markers, or colored pencils. Then
dive into 11 individual colors, each in its own ☼Drawing Cute Animals in Colored Pencils (4-AD)
chapter, learning their properties, various hues,
Pleasant and insightful with simple instrucsamples in nature & the world around us, and tions and straightforward text, this book is sure
ending with a step-by-step drawing lesson of an to be an inspirational gem with any animal and
animal featuring that color. The graphics and drawing enthusiast! Whether you’re a new artist
illustrations are bright and age appropriate and or more experienced, this step-by-step drawing
will sparky curiosity and joy in young readers. book has a way of pulling you in, taking the
The text and examples are easy to read and basic shape and line instructional format a step
understand as you take an adventurous journey further by giving you step-by-step instructions
through the world of color. What a great intro- on applying and mixing colors to create beautiductory book for young learners and artists! 128 ful shading and texture. The author’s goal is not
pgs, 8.75” x 11.75” pb. ~ Emily
to have you just replicate exact perfection, but
050112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.75 to truly capture the essence and spirit of each
animal and have fun while doing it. For exam☼Wonderful Colorful Wonder Wheel of Color ple, the author asked you to actually feel the
(3-8)
fluffy softness of the bunny as you are drawing it
What a fun and engaging way to introduce kids and imagine blowing air into its fur. Throughout
to the world of color! Learn the basics of color the book, animals are shown in samplings of
theory (including the color wheel): mix primary various poses and angles, as well as colors and
colors to create secondary and tertiary colors; patterns. Plus, for all the science buffs, species
explore warm and cool colors; create with names, traits and specs like size and weight are
monochromatic, analogous and complemen- given for each animal. The book also features a
tary color schemes; understand the difference section on experimenting with color mixing and
between a tint, tone, and shade; discover how creating animals’ fur to help you further explore
color affects people; and so much more. The and appreciate the capabilities of the colored
hands-on painting activities and crafting projects pencil medium. So, grab the colored pencils
(that kids can actually use or wear) throughout and sketchbook…. Let’s get drawing! 110 pgs,
the book are a great way to reinforce the color 8.25” x 7.75” pb. ~ Emily
theory information presented—kids will have 061396 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 12.95
some fun and retain information too. Plus, you
earn stickers as you work through the pages that Art of Colored Pencil Drawing (7-AD)
apply towards your Certificate of COLOR-ology
This is a comprehensive book that covers
at the end of the book. Projects have easy-to- how to go from simple technique to almost
follow instructions and a list of supplies needed photorealistic quality with enough practice.
for each. The back of the book includes a bonus Four award winning artists (Pat Averill, Cynthia
certificate, extra worksheet pages you can copy, Knox, Eileen Sorg, and Debra Kauffman Yaun)
colorful stickers, and a tear-out color wheel lend their immense creative talents to this book
poster. 64 pgs, 8.5” x 11” pb. ~ Emily
and each provides detailed instructions on how
060714 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
8.95 best to emulate natural textures, lighting effects
and decoration to achieve some truly aweinspiring works. As an artist, I am constantly
on the lookout for ways to improve my own
skills through reading and study. Each artist is
clearly an accomplished master of her medium
and I found their lessons extremely valuable and
readily applicable to future projects. This book
is truly a must have for any aspiring illustrator.
144 pgs, pb. 11.75” x 9”. ~ Nick
030165 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Calligraphy & Lettering
Lettering in Crazy Cool Quirky Style (3-AD)
Inspire fun use of the good old pencil and
pen with this great set from Klutz. In an enjoyable format, the book teaches how to write in
10 different wild and wacky lettering styles.
Easily learn how to write in Robot-O, Mix Up,
Bubbly, and more! The book is hardcover and
spiral-bound with a pouch holding eight doublepointed colored pencils, four marker pens, a
sharpener, and more. Five plastic stencil pages
are also included so you can trace the letters
you are drawing.
039097 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 14.50
Illuminated Letters Drawing Book (4-AD)
063891 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 10.25
Beginner’s Guide to Chinese Calligraphy (6-AD)
049825 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
9.50
Modern Calligraphy (7-AD)
064412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99
16.95
Calligraphy Kit (Walter Foster) (7-AD)
See full description in Handwriting section.
024014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 13.95
Painting Instructional - General
☼Paint It: The Art of Acrylics, Oils, Pastels,
and Watercolors (3-9)
Let’s start by saying although the publisher has
assigned an elementary grade level, this beautifully designed book contains terms and techniques that are geared more for your intermediate student to beginner adult. What a valuable
reference tool for any artist, as all four painting
mediums—watercolors, acrylics, pastels, and
oils—and their specific characteristics are covered in ONE book in 45 step-by-step projects.
Each of the four chapters starts with a discussion
of what that paint medium is, the aspects of it,
the tools used with it, techniques and terminology, and then hands-on projects and exercises
to practice that paint medium’s techniques.
Besides learning the basics of painting, important general art lessons are taught along the
way, like examples of various art movements
where you are asked to paint the same object in
three styles—realistic, stylized, and abstract. Art
is dynamic and there is no “one” way to create.
This book will inspire the budding artist to grow
and explore their way to artistic discovery! 144
pgs, 8” x 10” pb. ~ Emily
060718 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.50
Water Paper Paint (8-AD)
002299 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99
13.95
Painting - Chinese Brush
Chinese Brush Painting (2-AD)
Chinese brush painting and calligraphy are
such a unique and appealing art form, but it is
difficult to find a good introductory book that
is designed for a young person or true beginner. This one is the best I’ve seen yet, written
for children ages 7 and up and recommending
only basic supplies. In fact, the book recommends starting with tempera paint, not ink,
while you learn the basic brushstrokes! The
lessons and exercises emphasize fundamentals,
starting with how to hold the brush properly,
then how to make basic brushstrokes, including
the dragged dot, the bone stroke and the vertical hook. Students apply these strokes to some
calligraphy characters, including numbers and
plant names, “orchid” and “bamboo.” After
getting a handle on the brushstrokes, students
then begin learning how to depict some classic
subjects, including orchids, bamboo, pine trees,
landscapes, insects and birds. Each of these is
broken into parts, so they learn how to paint
orchid leaves, then how to create the blooms.
The book also encourages the student to practice on newsprint, then transition to rice paper
as they become more confident. Material-wise,
it’s pretty easy to get started here; you’ll just
need black tempera paint, newsprint, bamboo
brushes (or watercolor brushes with natural
hair), and a few other household items. If your
student is interested in learning more about this
art form, this is the best resource I’ve seen to
learn the fundamentals in a non-intimidating
way. 64 pgs, hc. – Jess
040133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 12.50
Chinese Brush Painting Kit (6-AD)
This kit contains a 32-page project book and
the supplies you need to get started with Chinese
Brush painting. The project book introduces the
materials, explains how to handle the brushes
and provides basic strokes and warm up exercises in the first several pages, before jumping
into more complex paintings. After this point,
each page or spread shows the student how to
recreate a colorful Chinese brush painting such
as a Tiger, a Goldfish, a Bird and Flowers, a
Dragon, elegant Chinese landscapes and more.
Progressive stages of the paintings are shown
with explanations to help students master the
techniques and copy the example painting.
Supplies included are: two Chinese brushes,
an ink stick and stone, watercolor paper, seven
watercolor paints, and a mixing plastic palette.
024015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 13.95
Sculpting
☼Mudworks: Creative Clay, Dough and
Modeling Experiences (ages 1+)
Ready for some therapeutic, play-based learning? Working clay and dough is a great tactile
experience for little ones to develop fine motor
skills and dexterity and your older students to
develop creative problem solving skills while
building self-esteem and a sense of accomplishment. I love this book by award-winning
author MaryAnn Kohl! A treasured resource
of over 125 recipes and crafting ideas for all
kinds of gooshy, mooshy experiences. From
simple recipes for various textures and modeling qualities of playdough, to scented doughs,
to bread clays, or even safe, edible doughs
that little ones can eat—there’s something to
delight all the senses. There are even recipes
to make clay out of papier-mache or putty out
of toothpaste. Mudworks is full of open-ended,
easy-to-follow recipes and experiences divided
into 6 chapters: Playdough, Bread Dough,
Plaster of Paris, Papier-Mache, Edible Dough
Art, and Modeling Mixtures & More. Each project or recipe has a suggested starting age and
symbols that represent the qualities and uses of
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
each. Plus, MaryAnn gives you quick tips and
variations throughout. What a well-organized,
comprehensive collection of claying, doughing,
and tactile artistic fun—all in one book! 152
pgs, 11” x 8.5” pb. ~ Emily
048709 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 13.75
Crazy Clay Creatures (K-AD)
064219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
10.00
☼Clay Play! 24 Whimsical Projects (3-AD)
Take all those brightly colored packages of
polymer clay you have around the house and
actually turn them into creations the whole family will love and cherish. All the projects in this
book have been kid tested and are easy to follow
with step-by-step photos and directions. Have
them make a picture frame for dad, a chopping
alligator figurine for their room, or a hanging
butterfly ornament for grandma. This book does
a great job covering the basics of clay working
including mixing colors to make “magic” colors
and the tools used in this medium. Only a few
tools will be needed for the projects, most of
which are found around the house. The projects
are divided into three sections: “Ornaments,
Signs & Dangles”, “Sculpture Pals” and “It’s
‘Magic’ Color Clay”. All projects are arranged
into three levels, one star being the easiest to
three stars being the most complicated. Let’s
create! 80 pgs, pb.
060851 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.95
Clay Play! Jewelry (3-AD)
064087 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.95
Photography / Videography
Photography Unit Study (4-AD)
Now you don’t have to be an expert to help
your budding photographer get the most out of
his camera! In her typical thorough and organized style, Kym Wright (author of the Birds,
Botany, and Microscope Adventures units - see
Science section) has provided just the thing.
This course doesn't delve too deeply into the
technical aspects of cameras or film developing, but focuses more on the art of photography. Students will need to have a camera
and be familiar with its basic operation and
features before beginning the unit. They will
also need film, a 3-ring notebook for creating
their coursework book, and a few other materials (all listed right up front for easy planning).
Topics included in the study are: Camera
Types; Camera Parts; Digital Cameras; Lenses;
Film; Composition; Lighting; Point of View
and Angles; Photographing People; Landscape
Pictures; Patterns and Waterfront; Metropolitan
Areas; Action Shots; Photographing Animals;
Special Effects; Displaying Your Pictures; Using
the Skill; Clubs, Organizations, Contests. Each
topic is broken into one or several lessons.
Kym’s Konstruction Kit supplies you with daily
lesson plans for these, but leaves you the flexibility of changing or rearranging as you see fit.
Several of the lessons include direction to read
about a particular topic. For these, Kym has
supplied a book list in the back, but you’ll have
to make a trip to the library and make sure you
have reference books that address these topics
on hand when you need them. 80 pgs, pb.
004754 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.95
Art
1135
☼Creative Photography Lab (5-AD)
As a photographer, I know how boring some
photography books can be. This is not one of
those books. It includes 52 projects that explore
a variety of photographic elements through
hands-on exploration. Projects would make for
fun walks around town. Learn about golden hour
by taking the same picture at different times of
the day. Take pictures of the same subject (a
person or an object) in different places. Look for
backlit subjects and learn how to enhance an
image with this technique. Also, to shake it up,
six mixed media projects are included, such as
photo transfers and fabric photo flags.
Most assignments explain how to use any type
of digital camera you have, whether it’s a DSLR,
a point and shoot, or even (most of the time) a
smartphone. (If using a smartphone, consider
buying an app that allows you to manually control the phone’s camera settings, similar to a
DSLR). One assignment requires a film camera,
but even a disposable one will work.
Since there are 52 projects, I think it would be
neat for a student (or the whole family!) to do
one a week. This allows enough time to plan
out ideas, try them, and try again if something
doesn’t work out the way they had hoped. This
hands-on approach will teach your student photography skills and theory that they will use for
years to come. 144 pgs, pb. – Laura
061395 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 16.95
Smartphone Photography Guide (5-AD)
As a photographer, I must admit that I’m a bit of
a camera snob. However I believe two things are
more important than any technical spec a camera
has: 1) the best camera is the one you have with
you; and, 2) everyone starts somewhere. Enter
the smartphone. The amount of technology that
goes into these little cameras is impressive, making them a great, accessible platform for photography beginners. But where do you start?
The Smartphone Photography Guide is an
impressive beginner’s manual for anyone with
a smartphone. The information is laid out in an
easy-to-digest format with lots of photo examples
to get the creative juices flowing. While some of
the information is smart phone specific (how to
use certain settings, editing apps, etc), this book
puts most of the emphasis on the rules of photography and elements of composition, knowledge
that will be used regardless of camera type. If you
have a child who is interested in photography,
but the camera price tag and their ever-changing
interests make you hesitant to buy a camera, or
if you’re just hoping to improve your snapshots
from family vacation, this book is entry way to
a hobby or career path that will be enjoyed for
years to come. 256 pgs, pb. – Laura
060453 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 11.50
☼Digital Photography Complete Course (5-AD)
Photography has an intensely steep learning
curve, but a good manual can be your best
friend along the way. This book takes all the
guesswork out of the complicated elements of
photography and presents it in a manner that
builds upon itself to create a solid foundation.
This book is divided into 20 weeks or chapters
with 14 pages for each week. Read at your own
pace, or use this as a framework for a photography class. Each week is divided into the following parts: Test Your Knowledge (observe several
1136
Art
photographs and identify which one shows a
particular technique or flaw); Understand The
Theory (detailed diagrams and example photos to help you grasp the concept); Learn the
Skills (explains the necessary camera settings or
equipment); Practice and Experiment (gives you
several different types of photos to try, allowing
for kinesthetic learning); Assess Your Results
(encourages you to review your images and
points out correct and incorrect things to look
for in your own pictures); Enhance Your Images
(goes over basic image editing techniques with
Photoshop, though these elements are, for
the most part, available in any quality editing
software such as Lightroom or Elements); and
Review Your Progress (a short quiz to help you
review the technical information you learned
that “week”). While this book is a little text
heavy and will require a good amount of reading in addition to actual “doing,” the information is very good and is sure to improve your
photography if you are willing to take the time
to work on it. 360 pgs, hc. – Laura
055555 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00 20.95
The Beginner’s Photography Guide (7-AD)
Take the scariness out of digital photography
with this intuitive, straightforward guide for the
beginner or amateur photographer. With a DSLR
focus (although it reviews all types of digital
cameras), this step-by-step guide covers all the
features your digital camera offers and demonstrates the “hows,” “whens,” and “whys” to
applying these features to each unique scenario.
It even covers extras like basic camera holding
techniques and camera accessories to the final
steps of image enhancement in editing software.
Concepts are divided into seven main chapters: Equipment, Exposure, Focusing, Lenses,
Available Light, Flash, and Image Enhancement.
Throughout the book you’ll find clear step-bystep graphics, large “The Results” photos with
final overviews and camera settings, and precise
explanations and tips, making this guide easy to
use and understand. This is an essential guide
for anyone who wants to expand their knowledge and gain a basic theoretical foundation in
digital photography. 192 pgs, pb.
014093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95
☼Photography Basics Quick Study (5-AD)
This handy, laminated guide covers a wide
range of photography elements. Learn about
types of cameras, lenses and focal length, how
to hold your camera (Yes, there is a right and
wrong way, and it does make a difference!),
shutter speed, exposure, lighting, f/stop and
aperture, composition, and how all of these elements affect your final image. While the information given is very surface level, it can be a
great reference to take with you when you’re out
shooting instead of lugging around a big book.
While very similar to the Photography Digital
Essentials guide, this guide offers a more wellrounded, complete approach to the information
while the other contains some digital-specific
elements that are also important for digital photography. Approx. 8.5" x 11” – Laura
Digital Photography Masterclass (9-AD)
060697 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.97
5.95
Transform your photos from amateur to professional looking with this elegantly presented book
☼Photography Digital Essentials Quick Study of clear tutorials, practical assignments, step-by(5-AD)
step projects, and inspirational examples. This
This handy, laminated guide covers a wide photography guide is definitely for those who
range of photography elements. Learn about already know some photography basics and
types of cameras, how to hold your camera are familiar with their digital camera. It takes
(Yes, it does make a difference!), memory cards, photography to the next level and helps you
shutter speed, exposure, reading histograms, fine tune your artistic skills by developing your
resolution, f/stop and aperture, composition, eye for composition, color, lighting, exposure,
and how all of these elements affect your final depth of field, and more. Photography subjects
image. While the information given is very are presented in 20 tutorial masterclasses, with
surface level, it can be a great reference to take assignments for each tutorial that you can move
with you when you’re out shooting instead of through at your own pace. Examples of the
lugging around a big book. While very similar to same assignments are shown from other phothe Photography Basics guide, this guide offers tographers around the world and how they intersome digital-specific elements that are also left preted them along with the difficulties they may
out of the other guide in favor of a more general have encountered. Once you have taken your
approach to photography. 8.5" x 11” – Laura
photos, move through the digital manipulation
060698 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
5.95 tutorials to enhance your images in profound
and beautiful ways. Become inspired by other
master photographers in personal interviews
where they share their secrets and experiences
during their journey from amateur photo talking
to making photography a professional living.
This book is full of stunning photos and a
wealth of valuable knowledge on the latest techniques set up in a clean presentation. Content
is divided into four main divisions, starting
with “Mastering Your Camera” containing the
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Movie Making Course 2nd Ed. (9-AD)
Making films can be very rewarding, but the
learning curve to get started can often feel incredibly steep. This book provides a great wealth of
information in an easy-to-understand format.
It covers all the important elements from pre
to post production including Story (scripts and
storyboards), Preproduction(Budgeting, costuming, choosing a crew), Production, (Directing,
cameras, lights, sound), Postproduction (Editing,
music, sound effects), Deployment (Marketing,
film festivals, distribution), as well as a chapter
of fun projects to get your feet wet and a list of
classic films to see. There are also interviews
with professionals working in the industry to
give you an inside look at a real film set.
Compared to Learn to Speak Film (060328)
this book is more detailed, making it great for
older students or those who have read Learn to
Speak Film and are wanting more information.
It’s definitely more text heavy and a little more
dry, but not boring. Parents, there is at least
one mild profanity in an excerpt from a sample
☼How to Make a Movie in 10 Easy Lessons (3-8) script, but this book is otherwise very clean and
Making movies can be a little intimidating, so professional. 176 pgs, pb. – Laura
an easy-to-understand guide could be your best 060704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.99 19.25
friend through the process. This book, while a
little text heavy for younger filmmakers, is more
Drafting / Architecture
surface level than the other film books we sell,
which can be really great for someone looking Creating Line Designs (K-9)
to get their feet wet without having to learn a lot
Okay, so you might start using these books
of jargon. This book is extremely kid friendly in as a means of teaching your children how to
that it gives handy tips to work around aspects draw straight lines with a ruler. (Some call
that they might night be able to control (actor these “pre-drafting” skills). But they are also
skill and age, set design, gear, budget, etc.). It’s helpful in reinforcing the top-to-bottom and
more of a “Learn by Doing” book rather than left-to-right orientation needed for reading and
a detailed look at the film industry, which has for general success in our top-to-bottom-left-toits own pros and cons depending on the type right culture! They also serve as great exercises
of learner your child may be. The graphics are in following directions and provide experience
really fun and engaging, and the information is in completing several small tasks to accomplish
presented very accessibly to middle school age a quality finished product. But this isn’t why
children. 63 pgs, hc, spiral-bound. – Laura
kids enjoy them so much. Canvassing my own
063031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
9.25 children yielded the following insights; “It’s
really neat that, just by connecting the dots, you
Learn to Speak Film (5-AD)
can create a design like that,” “I liked drawing
In college, I joined a television club as well the lines,” “they were really neat,” and “it was
as a movie-making club. Between the two, I fun coloring in the designs.” There you have it,
fell head-over-heels in love with video produc- from the “experts.” Books progress in difficulty
tion as well as making those skills accessible to both in design and technique. In book one,
students who wanted to try filmmaking. When pairs of numbers are connected. In volume
I picked up this book, I felt that same excite- two, pairs of letters and numbers are connected
ment again! Learn to Speak Film is an incredibly (more lines). By book three, designs require
detailed yet accessible introduction to movie you to lift your pencil at some parts along the
making and the film industry. The wealth of line to create the proper drawing. In book four,
information is laid out in a very clear format designs are even more elaborate. Reproducible.
and progresses in logical order. Readers will EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
6.95
learn how to write and format a script and work 003701 Book 1 (K-2)
through pre-production (planning, writing a 003702 Book 2 (1-3)
shot list, picking a cast, finding locations, etc.). 003703 Book 3 (3-5)
Next, shoot the film – learn about techniques 000127 Book 4 (4-8)
for camera, sound, lighting, wardrobe, and LINDES Set of all four . . . . 39.80 26.95
craft services (film speak for feeding the cast
and crew). Last comes post-production, which
includes editing, sound, and music. This book
also contains promotional tips for getting your
films into screenings and film festivals, because
your movie was made to be shared! I am very
impressed at how this book presents an accurate
approach to the film industry, but still makes it
very accessible for newbies. If you or your child
has a story to tell, this book is a great way to get
started. 96 pgs, pb. – Laura
060328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95
following tutorials: 1: Key Camera Control, 2:
Exposure Control, 3: Tonality and Contrast, 4:
Obtaining the Best Image, and 5: Obtaining
Ideal Color. The next section, “Developing Your
Skills” includes these tutorials: 6: Mastering
Composition, 7: Perfecting Your Timing, 8:
Using Available Light, and 9: Portable Sunlight.
The third section, “The Digital Darkroom” contains these tutorials: 10, Perfecting the Image,
11: Manipulating the Image, and 12: Advanced
Manipulation. The final section, “Advancing
Your Photography” covers tutorials: 13, Travel
Photography, 14: Portrait Photography, 15:
Documentary Photography, 16: Landscape and
Nature Photography, 17: Sports Photography,
18: Architecture Photography, 19: Wildlife
Photography, and 20: Fine Art Photography.
Once you’ve explored this incredible book, be
ready to feel inspired to pick up a camera and
start your own journey of capturing the beautiful
world around you! 360 pgs, hc.
017343 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00 20.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Drafting Sketchbooks from Insight Technical
Education (K-AD)
Insight Technical Education
has created a unique
approach to technical art.
Technical art manifests itself
as drafting and computeraided design. The author,
Mel Peterman, has spent
years doing drafting and
CAD work in architecture,
piping and electrical blueprints, and machinery
design. Mel's idea is to give students the foundational work of doing technical drawing manually
so that they may have a better "feel" and "style"
when progressing to CAD programs.
The Complete-A-Sketch books should be
the first books used. Mel's approach is very
much "hands-on" - after a brief explanation
of orthographic projections, isometric projections, and perspectives, it's drawing, drawing,
drawing. But the drawing technique is easy to
follow - easy enough, he even suggests starting
Complete-A-Sketch with 4-6 year-olds! For
each exercise, a small version of the object is
shown, then the large version has all the corners and intersections filled in. The student
connects all of the lines to complete the object.
The objects get more detailed as you go. This
volume “bridges the gap” between CompleteA-Sketch Vol. 3 and Practical Drafting, by
teaching advanced technical sketching and
also introducing drafting concepts and CAD. It
includes 37 sketching projects, eight 3-D paper
models to build and 25 bonus projects. Unlike
the other volumes in the series, this one is on
.pdf format on CD, so you can print pages for
consumption.
Once you have completed the CompleteA-Sketch books, you are ready for Practical
Drafting (recommended for Jr. High and up).
The author asks that the student do each exercise both manually and using CAD software.
To complete the project manually, the student
will need some additional supplies. Of course,
to complete the project on a computer, you
will need some type of CAD program for your
computer.
The last item is more free-form. Practical
Graphic Design deals with page layout and
design techniques for print projects. Points of
discussion include margins, text columns, headers, footers, mastheads, headlines, subheads,
captions, graphic objects and white space.
This program would be a good way to test
the waters to see if your student in interested in
engineering or technical art.
021282 Complete-A-Sketch Vision-
Dexterity-Focus (K-AD) 20.00 16.95
045031 Complete-A-Sketch 1-2-3 on CD (K-AD) . . . . . . 31.00 25.95
If you’re planning on using this series with
multiple children, you may want to invest
in this set on CD. It contains Volumes 1-3
from the Complete-A-Sketch series in .pdf
format so you can easily print pages for
each child.
045030 Advanced Create-A-Sketch on CD-ROM (10-AD) 31.0025.95
021286 Practical Drafting (6-AD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 34.95
021287 Practical Graphic Design (6-AD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.0034.95
Art
1137
☼Intro 2 Architecture Creativity Set (3-9)
I had an early interest in houses and architecture, and now I still love good design and creative interiors. I would have loved the stencils
in this set, and may have saved some heavy
lifting if I had used them to plan my bedroom
rearranging instead of winging it! Students are
first introduced to several periods in architectural design in a brief & colorful, kid-friendly
booklet (16 pp). Classical, Romanesque, gothic,
renaissance, baroque, Georgian, neoclassical,
beaux arts, Bauhaus, art deco, expressionism,
deconstructivism, structural expressionism and
critical regionalism all have a short blurb and
an illustration of a famous building in that style.
You then look at structural elements and a timeline before you are encouraged to have a go at
an original design. In the kit is a color poster of
all of these famous buildings, great for a quick
reference as you are in design-mode! A set of
6 stencils are guides for your student. They are
made of sturdy, flexible, clear plastic and have
elements like turrets, windows, domes, ornamental doors & ornaments for the outside, plus
interior stuff like furniture, closets and sinks. A
set of 8 colored pencils and a tablet of graph
paper get your kiddos started. They can then
make a large exterior and a large interior on
the poster-sized paper in the kit. Two sheets of
patterned paper have 6 designs of wood-look
floors, tile & fabric textures to add some flair.
While small children would have some trouble
using the stencils, they can still design an interior and exterior in their own style. This would
be a fun addition to any study in history or
architecture, art or design. It has enough guidance to get you started and enough openness to
let you be creative. ~ Sara
031394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 15.29
Young Architect City Planner (3-8)
019290 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.00
45.95
Young Architect Experiment Kit (5-AD)
Aspiring architects will really get a feel for the
career with this design kit. Trace the room templates to draw out a floor plan and add furniture
with colored pencils. Then, use the acrylic wall
pieces and corner blocks to build a 3D model
on top of the floor plan. Add the finishing touch
with window and door stickers. Includes: an
18” x 24” work mat, 6 large pieces of tracing
paper, 60 acrylic walls, 50 corner blocks, room
templates, furniture guides, door/window stickers, and an instruction manual.
030134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.00 65.95
1138
Art
Design / Creative Thinking
☼Extraordinaires Design Studio (3-AD)
From the makers of Rory’s Story Cubes comes
this fun and sneaky way to stretch your mind!
These are essentially design challenges, but
they’re not just any design challenges. The
clients you’ll be working for are a bit out there:
Superheroes, Ninjas, Robots, Fairies, Giants,
and other interesting characters are all in need
of your services. Each time you play, select a
client and a project card (or shuffle and pick
randomly for a challenge!) Hmm… how about
inventing a music player for a fairy? From here,
you can start thinking about and sketching your
design. You can do this on your own, or, if you
need help, use a Think card. Think cards are
prompts that help you to ponder certain aspects
of your design. For example, one might read:
“Think about the materials used to make your
design. Are they available in the client’s world?
Or will you need to invent something new?”
Well! This is a good place to start. Fairies
don’t have access to the kinds of components
that would normally be used in a music player.
They’re mostly restricted to materials found in
the woods. Because the clients are so extraordinairy, you as the inventor really have to think
outside the box and put yourself in their place.
Their world is likely a lot different from yours,
after all! To further provide you with information, each client card has extra images on the
back that relate other knowledge about the
character, such as their environment, interests,
and occupation. So the fairy you’re designing
for isn’t just any fairy – she’s a fairy who does
detective work. After you have considered your
client, thought about your design, sketched it
out, and given it a name, present to your family and friends and explain why your creation
would be perfect for your client’s needs. And,
if you’re especially proud of your project, post
it online to the extraordinaire website! Aside
from just being a lot of fun, these sets involve
some serious creativity as well as practicality to
think of truly great designs. In addition, many
skills are used – critical thinking, problem solving, communication, empathy, presentation,
clarity, and art to name a few. Whew, what a
mental workout! Sets can be used alone, with
a fellow brainstormer, or as a group activity/
game. Please note: there are some fantasy-based
clients including vampires, evil geniuses, and
wizards. 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
063088Buildings . . . . . . . . 20.00 16.95
Calling all architects! Design buildings
suited to particular kinds of folk for different
needs. What kind of features would work
well on a school for robots? Set includes
six client cards, six project cards, ten think
cards, a drawing frame/content case, an idea
pad, a drawing pad, and instructions/rules.
032792 Clothing . . . . . . . . . 20.00 16.95
063089 Deluxe Set . . . . . . . 40.00 33.95
The largest set, this includes 15 client
cards, 15 project cards, 30 think cards, 5
award cards (for use with multiple players),
a design case, a large idea pad, a drawing
pen, and instructions/rules. Projects and
clients are divided into difficulty so you
can design something fairly straightforward
(such as a place for a wizard to sleep) or a
true head-scratcher (such as a communica-
tions device for a merman).
032798Gadgets . . . . . . . . . 20.00 16.95
063090Inventions . . . . . . . 20.00 16.95
Set the inventor inside you wild coming up
with objects for unique characters to use in
their daily life. I wonder what timekeeping
device a pirate might use? Set includes 6
client cards, 6 project cards, 10 think cards,
a drawing frame/content case, an idea pad,
a drawing pen, and instructions/rules.
Graphic Design
☼The School of Art (2-5)
Let’s get ready for art school! This art book
covers the elements of art and design principles
in a playful, unique way that are presented
throughout by 5 charming, caricatured professors with distinct personalities: the Professors
of Ideas, Form, Senses, Making and the Planet.
You feel like you’re actually attending a design
school, with the book divided into 4 sections:
1) “Welcome to the School of Art” where you
have orientation and meet the 5 professors; 2)
“Term 1” covering the elements we need to
make art and the first 17 lessons; 3) “Term 2”
covering the design principles that help us make
art and lessons 18-33; 4) “Term 3” bringing it
all together to see what you can do with your
newfound skills in lessons 34-40. And what
school would be complete without the “Final
Exhibition” at the end? Each lesson has a quick,
simple activity to engage your mind and get you
thinking like an artist. This book is fun, clever
and educational, while presenting complex
concepts with bright illustrations and scenarios
that will have you wanting to read from start to
finish in one setting. A valuable resource and
great introduction to the world of art & design!
96 pgs, 10.5” x 11.25” hc. ~ Emily
064282 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 13.95
☼GO: Kidd’s Guide to Graphic Design (5-AD)
POW! My eyes and mind
popped when I opened this
book! What an excellent
introduction and overview
of the wonderful world of
design, presented in a beautiful, hip layout with a rhythm
that’s easy to follow. Even
though this is geared toward
younger students, adults will enjoy the read
too! What is design? It’s all around you. As the
author says, everything not made by nature is
designed by someone. Author, Chip Kidd (a
working designer for nearly 30 years and is
responsible for over 1,000 book cover designs)
answers that question and more in a thoughtprovoking style with his use of colorful visuals, playful type, and real industry examples.
Chip gives a brief graphic-design history lesson
and then explores the core elements of design
including layout, typography, color theory,
scale, focus, symmetry, content and more in
the first 4 chapters. In chapter 5, the reader is
presented with 10 interesting design projects
that allow exploration and fleshing out of design
concepts with their own creations and hands.
For anyone who’s a visual learner, this dynamic
book is a treat! It brought me back to my design
school days. 150 pgs, 8.5” x 11” hc. ~Emily
061217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 12.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
DC Super Hero Girls Fashion Sketch Sets (3-8)
064223Compact . . . . . . . . . 8.99
7.95
064224Full . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.95
Fashion Drawing / Design
Fashion Activity (K-AD)
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99
036623 Fashion Design
037006 Princess Design
13.25
Clothes & Fashion Sticker Book (1-5)
In this blast from the past, see the clothing, hair
styles, and famous fashionable figures of prominent eras from ancient times through the 1960s
– all informatively captioned. Faded images on
each of the thirty-one pages correspond to the
stickers located in the back of the book. Some
of the 160+ beautiful stickers are illustrations,
others are photographs, which complements
the educational theme of the book. Included
with the fun of a classic sticker book are informational pages like a directory of historical and
current leading designers and a detailed fashion
timeline. – Rachel
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
020826 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.99
Usborne Drawing, Doodling & Coloring
Fashion (1-5)
064203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 12.59
Fashion Plates / Action Plates (1-AD)
Parents may remember fashion rubbing plates
from their own childhoods, and now the fun
has been updated for the next generation. Mix
and match the plastic rubbing plates (heads,
tops and bottoms) in the tablet, add paper
and then rub with a black crayon to transfer
the image. Flip the plates over to find textures
you can rub onto your outfit with any color.
Add new plates from expansion sets for even
more variety! Design dresses with flair with the
Glamour Collection or draw a superstar athlete
with the Sports Collection. Full kits contain
rubbing plates, tablet frame, rubbing crayon
with holder, paper and more, while expansions
include plates, rubbing crayon and storage tray.
027266 Deluxe Kit . . . . . . . . . 29.99
Includes a drawing tablet, crayon holder, 15
fashion plates, 2 rubbing crayons, 8 colored
pencils, 20 sheets of paper, and an idea
guide – all in a trendy carrying case!
065736 ☼Action Plates . . . . . . 19.99
Superhero-themed set features 18 rubbing
plates with super-hero and action hero costumes and accessories. Both boy and girl costumes are included. Set includes tablet, paper,
rubbing crayon and holder, crayons and more.
065738 ☼Superstar Deluxe Kit 29.99
Includes 15 fashion plates (singer and musician themed), 20 sheets of paper, 8 colored
pencils, 2 rubbing crayons, crayon holder,
drawing tablet, carrying case and idea guide.
065737 ☼Mega Expansion Kit 39.99
Includes 40 fashion plates in four collections
(weekend, glamour, sports and campus), 40
sheets of paper, 12 crayons, 2 rubbing crayons, crayon holder, drawing tablet, storage
tray and idea guide.
065739 ☼Travel Kit . . . . . . . . 14.99
Travel-size kit includes travel-theme fashion
plates, tray with storage, crayons, and paper.
EACH EXPANSION PACK . . . . . 9.99
Expansion packs include 10 plates, an idea
guide, rubbing crayon, and storage tray.
061922 ☼Glamour061923
☼Sports
Crayola Creations Fashion Sketch Sets (3-8)
064220 Art History Fashion . 9.99
8.50
064221 Fashion Sketch . . . . . 7.49
6.75
Crayola Creations Sticker Lookbook (3-8)
064222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
9.95
My Fashion Portfolio (3-8)
021797 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99
Fashion Design Pad (2-AD)
065575 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.25
16.50
☼Fashion Designer (On The Go) (3-AD)
Make fashions on the fly! This kit includes 24
kinds of fabric paper on 12 sheets, 16 models,
a glue stick, a sheet of 40 stickers, and a super
handy instruction guide – all you need is a pair
of scissors and a pencil! I think that teens and
tweens will enjoy coming up with neat fashion
combinations. Simply trace the stencil onto the
patterned paper (or get creative and try some
other papers like a newspaper or comic book
sheets!), cut, and stick with the included glue
stick. Time to get styling! – Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
034088 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
Sketch Portfolios (3-8)
Are you a budding designer? If you’ve always
wanted to design your own fashions or be a
virtual interior designer, then you’ve come to
the right place. The spiral-bound portfolios feature sketch pages with lightly colored backdrop
scenes for you to embellish, along with stencils,
stickers, colored pencils and more. For example, the Fashion Design Set shows silhouettes of
women set against various high-fashion scenes ☼You Too Can Be A Fashion Designer (3-AD)
This kit includes everything
(i.e., runway, in a dressing room, on a stage,
etc.). Use the stencils to trace dresses, pants, you need to launch your next
accessories, handbags, shoes, and other stylin’ fashion line! Designer sketch
shapes on the models’ silhouettes. Add some pad, stencils, pattern swatchstickers for extra pizzazz, and your models will es, and more combined with
be ready for their close-ups! Pet Lover contains the full-color illustrated book
pet sketch pages, with illustrations of cats, dogs, will have you ready to hit
horses and other pets to decorate with clothing, the runway. Read about the
world of fashion design as
accessories and embellishments. ~ Lisa/Sara
EACH PORTFOLIO BELOW . . 8.99
7.95 you craft totally unique styles. – Laura
031508 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 15.29
These spiral-bound portfolio kits contain
several stencil sheets, 40 sketch pages, 7
My Style Studio: Design & Trace Your Own
colored pencils, 4 pencil grips, 2 glitter pens,
Fashion (3-AD)
pencil sharpener, stickers, and instructions.
For those who are a little more serious about
013343 Fashion Design
their passion for fashion, this kit includes
013400 Interior Design
everything needed to trace and color complete
032750 Pet Lover
ensembles – just like a real fashion designer!
059220 Barbie “Purrr-fect Pet” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
9.95 Attach the figure art to the custom drawing
board and arrange any of the 53 vinyl fashion
Detach a stencil sheet and trace to add
clings to create the perfect outfit. Then, trace
clothing, accessories, and background
the figure/outfit onto the tracing paper and finobjects to five different scenes with pupish the design by adding color and patterns. The
pies, kittens, and horses. Five images are
kit includes a drawing board, figure art, vinyl
repeated on thirty-five pages. Includes 5
clings, 40 pieces of tracing paper, 8 pattern
sheets of stencils with clothing, accessories,
textures, drawing utensils, and more,
and background objects; over 100 sparkly
027378 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50
accessory stickers including hearts, jewels,
and bows; and a color theory chart.
PROJECT RUNWAY FASHION DESIGN
062850 ☼American Girl BeForever
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 12.95
Project Runway Fashion Illustration Portfolio
The kit comes with everything you need to
(3-AD)
create modern fashions inspired by some
Design your own fashion lines for each of the
of your favorite historic girls. Enjoy sketch
four seasons with this awesome book kit. This
sheets, stencils, stickers, embellishments,
spiral-bound kit includes 8 Chroma Stix craywith a handy instruction/inspiration guide
ons, 40 pages for sketches, 5 sheets of plastic
to get you going. You’ll have your own line
stencils, instructions, and swatch stickers. Some
in no time!
of the stencils are fairly detailed (a mechanical
pencil would help!), so while age 8 is a good
Fashion Stylist Sticker Kit (3-7)
064225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 10.95 starting age, older children will appreciate this
too. A purposeful gift for any budding fashionista. - Laura
Strike-A-Pose Portfolio Kit (3-8)
064227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 10.50 059221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 10.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1139
Project Runway Fashion Sticker Stylist (3-AD)
Make your visions come to life with over 700
stickers! This spiral-bound fashion “portfolio”
includes 20 “style board” sheets to create beautiful outfits (complete with accessories!) with
pre-cut stickers. This kit specifically is great for
younger children because unlike other design
books which require drawing, outfits are simply
peel and stick. A great introduction to fashion
design and the entire Project Runway workbook
line. - Laura
059222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.95
Project Runway Historical Fashions Paper
Dolls (3-7)
These take paper dolls to the next level! Three
sturdy, die-cut dolls and over 100 plastic cling
fashions feature designs from three historic periods: the Rococo period (think Marie Antoinette),
the 1920s and the 1960s. Fashion trends include
hairstyles, traditional undergarments, and accessories. Let the history of fashion come to life! - Laura
059223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
9.95
Project Runway History of Fashion Workbook
(3-AD)
Any beginning fashion designer knows that
many current styles are reinventions of past
trends, so why not study the styles of the 20th
century? This spiral-bound book includes stepby-step drawing tutorials for eight decades of
fashion with 24 workbook pages and 24 sketch
sheets included. Use this as a fun project, an
introductory course in sketching fashion, or
even a creative supplement to a history class.
Aspiring designers are sure to grow with this
awesome workbook. - Laura
059224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
9.95
~~~~~~~
Dottie Polka’s Vintage Collection (3-AD)
010197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 10.95
Fashion Design Studio: Learn to Draw Figures,
Fashion, Hairstyles & More (7-AD)
010929 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 11.95
1140
Art
CRAFTS
Books and kits that focus more on crafting
skills and projects rather than fine art skills.
General Arts & Crafts Idea Books
First Art for Toddlers and Twos (PK)
064268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
16.75
Fine Motor Projects (PK-1)
If you are anything like me, the idea of finding
easy and fun arts and crafts projects and doing
them with your children sounds like a fantastic
idea, but finding the time to sit down and do
them seems difficult! Rifling through books
or searching through Pinterest and collecting
all the various and sundry supplies can take a
major time commitment, also. That’s why I got
so excited when I saw this book. Not only does
it include tons of ideas, but projects are specifically geared to develop a child’s fine motor
skills while utilizing common household and or
easily obtainable materials. The book is divided
into nine chapters, including Play Dough,
Printing & Stamping, Lacing & Stringing Fun,
Finger Plays & Puppets, Glue & Collage Art,
Scissors, Painting, Chalk, Crayons & Pencils,
and Displaying Art. Each chapter contains tons
of recipes, directions and activity ideas to make
and use your creations. Make one of the 25+
types of Play Dough like Gingerbread or Coffee,
then follow the activity suggestions for playing
with it. Dye your own pasta noodles for lacing
and jewelry making. Create your own paints
and glues with various looks, textures, and
smells (clove-scented paint, anyone?). Make
outdoor artwork with your homemade sidewalk
chalks in a variety of colors, shapes and sizes.
In all, the book contains 60 different recipes,
50 activity ideas, and 48 reproducible student
pages. Each recipe and activity just looks so
simple, fun, and do-able! I can hardly wait to
get started! 96 pgs, pb. ~ Megan
024944 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.50
a helpful, practical guide on setting up creative
spaces in the home for must-have supplies
(even items from around the house) and useful
resources. The book showcases a wide range
of 60 beautiful activities that are easy for all to
accomplish and covers a diverse selection of art
media and techniques. Her laidback “process
over product” approach in artmaking with kids
makes this book and activities so much fun. Plus
she simplifies the approach and understands
from a practical standpoint that scheduling art
into a busy day can be a challenge. The text is
clean and simple to read and the book is filled
with gorgeous photos showing children creating
the activities. What a soothing read for any parent. Just add a cup of tea! 320 pgs, 7” x 8.5”
pb. ~ Emily
048597 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 15.50
☼The Artful Year (PK-AD)
Let’s bring the family together and what
better way than thru art, cooking and celebration? Author Jean Van’t Hul (of The Artful
Parent) brings us another beautiful and valuable
resource. Reinforcing the joys of the seasons
along with celebrating the holidays with art &
craft activities and cooking, she introduces fun
and creative ways to make quality family time
happen year-round--and how you can start new
traditions too! This book has a lovely presentation and organization of activities divided into
the four seasons. Each of the 175+ family-friendly activities has an overview, list of supplies
or ingredients, and easy-to-follow instructions.
Colorful, beautiful photos of sample activities
are showcased throughout. All the projects are
easy to create and fun for all ages. There truly is
something for everyone. Her words are inspiring
and heart-felt, and the focus is not on perfection, but the journey together. She encourages
you as a family to get out and explore the world
around you, to take in the beauty of the changing seasons as inspiration for your art and baking activities. For anyone looking to add quality
to family time, this book is a treasure! 350 pgs,
7” x 8.5” pb. ~ Emily
☼Crafts Around the House (PK-3)
Repurposing items from around the house is 048667 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 17.50
fun and super creative with this “how-to” craft
book by Dover. Transform old CDs into whim- ☼The Paint Book (PK-6)
Brought to you by a homeschooling mom,
sical fish and turtles. Why not decorate your
entire room? Make an adorable puppy basket author Miri Flower believes in the importance
out of milk cartoons. Every child is special and of being creative and its unique form of play.
unique and so will their creations be. The list of What better way than to start experimenting
supplies for each project are made up of com- with painting, getting a little messy and have
mon, everyday household items and basic art some fun learning alone the way! This adventursupplies, like crayons, markers, construction ous paint book is chock full of creative fun and
paper, scissors, glue, acrylic paints and brushes. inspirational projects that range from decoraThe step-by-step directions are easy to follow tions for your home to sentimental keepsakes or
and are accompanied by simple black & white gifts. The 70 illustrated projects contain crafty
illustrations. With 27 crafting projects and varia- ideas for everyone in the family and are divided
tions, developmental creative play can be fun into different painting sections: painting effects
and affordable. 61 pgs, 8.25” x 11” pb. ~ Emily & techniques, painting arts & crafts, printmak043486 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95 ing, painting with brushes, painting with other
tools and the classic hands & feet creations. 128
pgs, pb, 5.5” x 8”. ~ Emily
☼The Artful Parent (PK-3)
What a beautiful tool and valuable resource 061394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 11.50
for anyone who wants to bring art into their
children’s lives. Exploring art with your chil- ☼The Cardboard Box Book (K-3)
Have you found yourself saying, “Why’d I get
dren is so important for a child’s growth and
development but not everyone is artsy. Where them that toy when they’re just going to play
do you begin? Author Jean Van’t Hul (mother of with the box?” Well, this book takes the ubiquitwo) sparks creativity in parents and encourages tous cardboard box to new levels, inspiring crethem in a heart-felt, kind way. She starts with ativity, encouraging the imagination and even
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
providing an outlet for family play and learning.
(A great way to reuse that Rainbow Resource
box!) Clear, straightforward directions guide you
through 18 projects with just-enough written
directions combined with step-by-step pictures
of the project in progress. I really appreciate that
photos are taken from different angles, including
close ups, and the final project is always shown.
Make such projects as a play oven, a cardboard
city, giant dice, a cake stand, several types of
vehicles, and a grocery market stand. Note:
often directions don’t specify size; they leave
that up to you. Special equipment you’ll need
for most projects is identified in the front and
a diagram of box types is included at the end.
The back cover includes an attached 9” x 8 ½”
envelope to store cut-out project templates. 10
1/2“ x 10”, 48 pp, hc. ~ Ruth
063471 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.75
just fun and relate to the continents, like those
in the Antarctica chapter. Your students can
make a salt dough penguin, snowy stencils w/
glitter & shoe polish, a frozen fish sculpture and
a snow globe! What a time saver to have this all
at hand! Your students can use it to make great
visual aids for a presentation of a culture or geographical region. 188pgs, pb. ~ Sara
007613 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 14.25
☼Bumper Book of Crafty Activities (3-7)
Children around ages 8-12 can do some pretty
cool arts and crafts. It’s a fun way to expand on
a lesson or just make something for fun. Another
perk of this age group is that they can assemble
supplies, read directions, and even clean up
after themselves. This book has 100 projects
with clear, step by step instruction using inexpensive materials. I loved that these are learning
crafts! Lesson on ancient Egypt? Make Egyptian
dominoes! Learning about elephants? There’s a
project for that! Loads of diverse ideas including
an African mask from craft foam & card stock,
a primitive clay picture (like a cave painting)
using a pipe cleaner, a folded paper bookmark
that resembles an obi (the sash to a kimono) and
painting rocks to use as paperweights (which are
just cute in a garden!) I loved the astronaut marionette made from Styrofoam balls. So cute and
original, plus you get to play with it afterwards.
Color photos accompany the instruction and
features kids with their creations. Perfect for a
classroom teacher or a homeschool parent – or
any parent with crafty children! Basic supplies
needed include stamp pads, craft foam sheets,
construction paper, paints and brushes as well
as gathered items like sticks, tp rolls, and plastic
bottles. 318 pgs, pb. ~ Sara
057056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 14.50
☼Craft Camp: Over 40 Fun Projects for Kids (1-7)
Moms, this is a good one to have in the arsenal! Craft Camp sounds like a summer of fun,
just like the creative projects inside, but this
goes beyond that. Rain, snow or shine, this
book will not only bring hours of bonding fun
to the whole family, but give you helpful, repurposed items everyone can use around the
house. Make pencil organizers out of tin cans,
decorative bowls out of fabric remnants, elegant
stained glass sun catchers out of old crayons,
or storage baskets out of worn out jeans. Ready
to get started, campers? Me too! Projects have
easy-to-follow instructions, use mostly common household items, and are divided into four
badge levels—badge 1 being the easiest up to
badge 4 being the most difficult and needing
adult supervision. Helpful indeed, this book
contains a small list of less common materials,
explains what they are and where to find them.
Coloring Books / Activities
The best part, a majority of the projects are gender neutral, so boys and girls will enjoy crafting
Color Me Cut-Outs (PK-6)
together! 144 pgs, pb. ~ Emily
5.50
061204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95 EACH CUT OUT . . . . . . . . . . 6.49
043221 Eggs (pack of 36)
043224 Flowers (pack of 36)
☼Big Book of Crafts and Activities (2-5)
Colorful, fun crafts and yummy treats to eat! 043231 Hearts (pack of 36)
Enjoy over a hundred projects from custom 043238 Holiday (pack of 36)
room décor to tasty snacks, greeting cards, jew- 043240 Stars (pack of 36)
elry and much more. Each project has detailed
instructions, clear photographs and simple sup- Googly Eyes Coloring Pads (PK-AD)
plies, many of which you may already have EACH PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
lying around. Perfect for a rainy day and some 036695 Wacky Animals
activities would be great for a slumber party! 036700 Wacky Faces
128 hardcover pages. – Laura
061050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.50 ☼Crayola® Color Alive (PK-AD)
Have you ever wondered what your beautiful
Global Art: Activities/Projects/Inventions from colorings would look like if they came to life?
Around the World (2-8)
What would they do? Let the coloring interacArt projects are a great way to reinforce content tive fun begin with these Color Alive books from
and represent different cultures. Think about Crayola®! To get started, you must download
how crafting a Nigerian royalty hanging while a free iOS, Android, or Windows app to your
studying Nigeria could help children better tablet or smart phone. Every page features a
retain and appreciate aspects of Nigerian life. unique creature/friend that you can color, then
Chinese printing presses and Peruvian silver scan with your app loaded device to watch it
wind chimes add dimension to your lessons come alive right off the page. Each character
or fun to a unit study. This book ties together performs its own unique action, simply tap on
art, history, geography and culture with clear, your device to activate it. A special crayon is
illustrated directions for over 135 projects using included that adds special effects to your page
household items. Lots of projects use recycled within the Color Alive app, so coloring with
materials too! The book is divided by continent, the Pixie Dust color (Enchanted Forest) unlocks
and includes all 7, so you can easily find a twinkles and glimmer or the Fire Breath color
project to go with your lesson. Some ideas are (Mythical Creatures) brings flickering and glow-
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
ing fire. Kids can even take a selfie with their
newly created friend! Each 8”x 11.5” book
comes with 16 coloring pages, six crayons, one
special effects crayon, free app download and
simple instructions.
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
036607 Enchanted Forest
036683 Mythical Creatures
☼Zolocolor! (PK-AD)
Your artsy child may not be ready to give up
his/her coloring books, but they don’t want
something too juvenile either. Inspire their love
of color and design with pattern pages that are
modern, graphic and bold with a bit of a quirky
touch. They remind me of funky designer fabrics
or even pop-art/graffiti looks. I recently bought
a set of Prismacolor markers and would love to
mix some curious colors combinations within
these patterns! The designs are only on the
front of each page and I like the bolder black
outlines; you don’t need a super fine point with
most of these. The pages are not perforated, but
I can overlook that because the designs are so
very funky and abstract! You could certainly
give these to small children as a coloring book,
but encourage your middle/high schoolers to
play around with the color wheel. Do a page
in all cool or all warm colors to see which you
prefer. You may have a future designer in the
house! Use your colored pencils, chalks, paint,
pens, markers or crayons. 8.5” x 11” 47pgs. ~
Sara
010393 Doodle Canoodle . . . 7.99
5.95
010411 Toodle-oo Doodle-oo 7.99
5.95
Mystery Mosaics (1-4)
Uncover a secret image by coloring each
numbered square. Build visual perception skills
as you get closer to finishing the mosaic and
revealing the image. Each book contains eighteen color-by-number mysteries. – Rachel
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
7.16
037203 Book 1
028269 ☼Book 5
037204 Book 2
028314 ☼Book 6
037210 Book 3
017405 ☼Book 7
037215 Book 4
017448 ☼Book 8
Dover Spark Coloring Books (1-5)
EACH COLORING BOOK . . . . 5.99
064073 Amazing Animals
064077 Awesome Alphabets
064083Butterflies
064099 Cool Cats
064111 Fancy Fish
064114 Flower Fun
064123Horses
064128 Jungle Fun
064142Mandalas
064146Mosaics
064155Owls
064166 Sun, Moon and Stars
Art
4.95
1141
MindWare Mosaics Coloring Books (2-AD)
The Celtic World brought to life through the
intricate mosaic-style designs that you find in
this coloring book. On each page you will discover fascinating black-and-white designs that
reflect the culture, and with a splash of color
and a little imagination you can turn them into
works of art. The book contains twelve designs
that are featured twice throughout the book, giving your fine-tipped markers and colored pencils
two chances to perfect the work. – elise
033746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
6.26
3D Coloring Books (2-AD)
Color your own designs and then watch them
leap off the pages! Each coloring book features
30 white illustrations with heavy black outlines.
Color the pages with your favorite coloring
medium, then slip on the included 3-D glasses
to watch the colors pop. The books provide a
color reference chart to help in selecting colors
that will enhance the 3-D effect (warm colors
pop off the page, while cool colors recede into
the background.) Kids will have hours of fun
experimenting with various color combinations.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95
030055Abstractions
030200Horses
☼Drawing Made Easy (3-AD)
The colorful side of drawing! These sets are
all about practicing color pencil techniques
rather than graphite or charcoal. Unlike the
color pencil by number kits, though, these
projects don’t come with numbered overlays.
Each drawing has slight colored outlines. It’s up
to you to follow the technique guide provided
to see how well you can replicate the included
color pictures. Sets contain four 8” x 10” drawing boards, four color pictures, twelve color
pencils, six compressed color sticks, one pencil
sharpener, and a drawing guide.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
062576Butterflies . . . . . . . 14.99
9.95
062577Flowers . . . . . . . . . 14.99
9.95
☼Colour Pencil by Numbers (3-AD)
Color pencils can be an intimidating medium
to approach. These kits offer an inexpensive
way to practice with them and learn mixing
techniques while creating pleasing images that
will bolster your confidence. Exactly like a paint
by number kit, just fill in the numbered areas
with the corresponding color pencil number. In
areas with two numbers, use both color pencils
and layer. Standard sets contain one 8.75” x
11.5” preprinted board, one numbered overlay,
ten color pencils, and one pencil sharpener.
Mini sets contain one 5” x 7” preprinted board,
one numbered overlay, ten tiny colored pencils,
and a pencil sharpener. Art Activity Sets contain
four 8” x 10” preprinted boards, four overlays,
ten color pencils, and a pencil sharpener. Sets
have an age suggestion of 8+, but note that
there are small areas and artists will need to
reference the overlay. The finished products are
really quite impressive; check out the below
item numbers on our website to see the pictures!
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.49
3.95
062568 Buck’s Pal 062571 Curious Eyes
062569Cardinals 062572Kittens
062570Cougar
062573Sea Turtle
1142
Art
EACH MINI SET . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99
062578 Cardinal Pair
062579 Family Pets
062580 Kitten & Duckling
EACH ACTIVITY SET . . . . . . 14.99
062574Animals
062575 Sea Life
1.75
9.95
Stained Glass / Vellum Paper Coloring Books
Translucent Art Coloring Books (3-AD)
Coloring enthusiasts of all ages will appreciate these beautiful, stained glass-like coloring
books. The pages are made out of a thin, plastic
sheet, so that when held up to the light your finished masterpieces will resemble stained glass.
Sample images are included for inspiration, or
make something totally your own. Colored pencils are recommended. - Laura
058782 Tiffany Stained Glass 9.95
8.50
Stained Glass Coloring Books (3-AD)
These are unique in that, after colored front
and back and removed from book, they are
translucent when hung in windows. They not
only are great art projects, which can be correlated with your studies, but make beautiful gifts
for children to give to Grandma (and others).
16 designs in each book with perforated pages.
012023Geometric . . . . . . . 14.99 11.50
This deluxe edition contains 96 pages of
intricate geometric patterns.
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . 5.95
4.95
038797 Princess Leonora
EACH BOOK BELOW (except) 6.99
5.75
016555 ABC Stained Glass
014897Alhambra
051054 Amazing Angels
019771 Aquarium Fish
020886 Arabic Patterns
001160 Audobon Birds
051063 Beautiful Birds Mated Pairs
023739 Beautiful Butterflies
012881Butterflies
043723 Butterflies & Blossoms 7.99
6.75
016724 Cars and Trucks
017952Cats
005887Celtic
020902 Celtic Knotwork . . . . 7.99
6.75
026983 Chinese Designs
016753 Christmas Cheer!
000468 Christmas Ornaments
043728 Coral Reef
016775 Creatures of the Night
028274 Deco Tech . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
021172Dinosaurs
016793Dogs
019772Egyptian
024609Fairyland
005306 Fanciful Butterflies
030451 Favorite Birds
031705 Floral Fantasies
052608 Floral Mandalas
017606 Garden Fairies
051065 Geometric Genius
017961 Greek & Roman Gods
017965 Hearts & Roses
005343 Heart to Heart
024619Horses
024624 I Love America
014067 Impressionist Art
031719 In the Wild
029426 Japanese Designs
015049 Kaleidoscope Designs 7.99
6.75
022633 Leonardo da Vinci
000466 Magic Garden Fairies & Flowers
032315Mandalas . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
016979 Mythological Creatures
024652Nativity
014081 Old Testament Scenes
051070 Paisley Designs . . . . . 7.99
6.75
017040Psalms
013076 Rain Forest Wildlife
012884 Sea Life
051071Sharks!
038801 Snowflake Designs
012885 Tiffany Designs
038803 Van Gogh
014601 Wild Animals
051081 Wild Horses
007042Wildflowers . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
014608 Woodland Animals
Stained Glass Jr. Coloring Books (PK-2)
This junior version of Dover’s Stained Glass
Coloring Books is perfectly sized for little hands.
Like their “grown-up” counterparts, these books
contain 16 translucent coloring pages, in simpler designs for younger kids. The books are
also smaller, measuring 6” x 8”. Color the pages
with markers, crayons, pencils, or felt tip pens.
Then hang them in a window to show off the
stained glass effect! Perforated for easy removal.
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
3.50
020786 Cool Cars and Trucks
020781 ABC Fun
020812 Zany Zoo
Small Stained Glass Coloring Books (PK-3)
For younger kids, or tighter budgets, we have
an assortment of smaller-format books with
easier-to-color pictures. 8 designs in each book.
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 1.50
1.35
000494Angels
000495Ballet
013026 Birds of Prey
006087Boats
013027Bugs
032293 Construction Trucks
007044Dolphins
024608 Fairy Princesses
029196 Fairy World
012892 Farm Animals
001154 Forest Animals
013040Frogs
022322 Hooray For the USA!
022666 Little Christmas
022667 Little Dancers
022669 Little Mandalas
030632 Noah's Ark
007046Pets
006089Ponies
014599Seashore
019779Snakes
013619Spacecraft
012894Thanksgiving
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
006090Trains
013628 Tropical Butterflies
012896 Tropical Fish
001155 Tropical Flowers
024682Wedding
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 1.99
012887 Baby Animals
012888Birds
012889Butterflies
012890Cats
000496 Christmas Ornaments
014598Dinosaurs
033437 Easy Kaleidoscope
000497Fairies
012893Flowers
017607 Garden Flowers
030604Hearts
022189 Heavenly Snowflakes
014604Horses
019775Insects
013051 Knights in Armor
013065 Little Geometric
019776 Marine Tropical Fish
019777 Rain Forest Animals
019778Sharks
009646Snowflakes
023434Starbursts
019780 Sun, Planets, Stars
012897Wildflowers
012898 Zoo Animals
1.75
Keep Calm and Color Coloring Books (3-AD)
EACH COLORING BOOK . . . . 5.99
4.95
064129 Birds of Paradise
064130 Gardens of Delight
064131 Tranquil Trees
Dover Art & Design Coloring Books (3-AD)
Get your creative juices flowing with this collection of fascinating art design coloring books.
Most of these books contain original works,
comprised of abstract shapes and lines with no
traditional color associations, although several
feature floral arrangements. No rules to follow;
let your imagination run wild! Most books have
30 coloring pages; more expensive coloring
books have even more. ~ Rachel
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . . 3.99 3.50
002715 3-D Designs
044071Abstractions
044072Angels
011974 Deco Tech Geometric
027014 Decorative Tile Designs
027137 Design Discovery
060862 Floral Fairies
052609 Garden Party! Flower Designs
030181 Heart Mandalas
030238 Illuminated Manuscripts
046531 Magnificent Mosaics
064145 ☼More Mystical Mandalas
015166 My First Mandalas
038790 Mystical Mandala
030370Owls
028292 Seashell Patterns
EACH BOOK BELOW (except) . 5.99 4.95
032275 3-D Geometric Designs 4.99 4.25
031696 Art Nouveau Animal Designs
005341 Floral Patterns
032304 Geometric Star . . . . . . 5.99 4.95
013507 Geometrical Designs . 4.99 4.25
012026Geoscapes
031816 United States Patchwork Patterns
Stained Glass Coloring Pads (PK-3)
Color away, then hang these pictures in a
window for a fun stained glass effect! Awesome
Animals, Reptiles & More gives you 20 different
animal scenes to color: giraffes, an octopus,
armadillo, peacock, chameleon, alligator, and
more. Fairies, Princesses, Mermaids & More has
20 scenes that would appeal to girls: a princess
in a full gown, a winged horse, tiny fairies on
flowers, butterflies, mermaids swimming with
fish, and more. Each pad measures about 12” x
9”, and it’s recommended that markers be used. Creative Haven Coloring Books (3-AD)
Designed for "advanced colorists" - older chilEACH PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
014460 Awesome Animals, Reptiles & More dren or adults who enjoy coloring as a relaxing
014462 Fairies, Princesses, Mermaids & More! activity - each book holds about 30 coloring
pages. Paper quality is decent, and pages are
On the Go Stained Glass Coloring Pads (K-AD) printed on one side and perforated for removal.
EACH PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95 Creative Haven titles are an economical way to
try out "adult coloring" and they offer a plethora
036964Animals
036970Fairy Tale
of different themes. "Splash of Color" titles have
colored outlines for each design instead of black
lines. 64 pages, pb.
Aged-Up Coloring Books
EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 5.99
4.95
060855 Abstract Designs
Usborne Patterns to Color (1-AD)
EACH COLORING BOOK . . . . 5.99
5.39 064074 ☼American House Architecture
060846 Animal Mosaics
043784 Art Deco
014874 Arabesque Designs
043809 Art Nouveau
030069 Arabic Patterns
043829Celtic
064103 ☼Art Deco Egyptian Designs
043845Mexican
028063 ☼Beautiful Flower Arrangements
064196 Mandalas to Color
046517 ☼Beautiful Butterfly Designs
Coloring Crush: Includes 5 Double-Tipped 064084 ☼Celestial Mandalas
064085 ☼Celtic Designs
Colored Pencils (3-AD)
064344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.50 013479 ☼Chinese Designs
063519 ☼Christmas Mandalas
Crayola Coloring Escapes Adult Coloring Pages 063520 ☼ChristmasScapes
030126 Country Scenes
(3-AD)
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.33 10.95 064105 ☼Dimensions
064107 ☼Enchanted Fairies
063787Elegant
064108 ☼Entangled Dragonflies
063791 Folk Art
060858 Exotic Birds
063792Patterned
064109 ☼Fabulous Fashions of the 1950s
063793Whimsical
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
030137 Fabulous Flowers
064112 ☼Fantasy Butterflies
064113 ☼Fantasy Designs
006407 ☼Floral Frenzy
060863 Floral Mosaics
036932 Graphic Art Designs
064135 ☼Lotus
064136 ☼Lovable Cats & Dogs
064138 ☼Magical Landscapes
064139 ☼Magical Mandalas
060868 Mandala Madness
060856 Mosaic Masterpieces
060871 Mosaic Tile Designs . 6.99
5.75
019418 Nature Mandalas
030348 Nature Scapes
064151 ☼Nature Vistas
064154 ☼Ornamental Designs
060876 Paisley Mandalas
064161 ☼Paradise Designs
030376 Patchwork Quilt Designs
030382 Peacock Designs
006807 ☼Playful Patterns
019429 Sealife Designs
012246SeaScapes
019446Skyscapes
005624 Snowflake Designs
064165 ☼Snowflake Mandalas
030385 Tessellation Patterns
064171 ☼Victorian Houses Architecture
051077 ☼Vintage Christmas Greetings
044947 Wild Animal Portraits
064174 ☼Winter Wonderland
006874 ☼Winter Scenes
006876 ☼Zenscapes
Designs with a Splash of Color:
064080 ☼Beautiful Butterflies
064110 ☼Fabulous Flowers
064147 ☼Mosaics
064159 ☼Paisley Mandalas
064160 ☼Paisley
Dramatic Black Backgrounds:
064115 ☼Flower Mandalas
064140 ☼Magical Mehndi Designs
064143 ☼Midnight Forest
064144 ☼Midnight Garden
064175 ☼Woodcut Designs
Hidden Picture Twist Coloring (3-AD)
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
064119 Amazon Animals
064120CityScapes
064121 Dream Doodles
064122 Wondrous Nature Mandalas
Art
4.95
1143
☼Creative Haven® Color by Number (3-AD)
These coloring books are true coloring therapy
with their elegantly designed and detailed pictures meant for adults and mature children.
Relax and de-stress as you escape into a world
of coloring joy. The color palette has been
decided for you, simply follow the guide and
color over the subtle tiny gray numbers printed
in each section. More adventurous colorists
can certainly branch out into their own color
palette. Each 8 ¼”x 11” book contains over 45
themed designs on one side with perforated
pages so you can display your finished work or
share the enjoyment. Full-color samples of each
design are also included for inspiration.
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25
064093 American Landscapes
064094Birds
064095Butterflies
064096Dogs
044640 Floral Design
044716Horses
044804Mandalas
044811 Sea Life
064097 Still Life
064098Wildlife
Paint by Number Creative Haven (3-AD)
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.95
064156 Floral Designs
064158 Wild Animals
064157 Sea Life
☼Pocket Posh Coloring Books (9-AD)
Oh my! These are the cutest little coloring
books for adults/teens I have ever seen! First
of all, they are compact at 4x6” with rounded
corners. The covers are inspiring & sophisticated
made from a shiny, heavy cardstock. Inside, the
designs are the kind I like - patterns! I like to
imagine I am designing fabric or some such creation as I color, choosing a palette to work from.
Designs are on both sides of a page, so use your
colored pencils or non-bleeding markers. Keep
a set of pencils and one of these in your purse
for times when you are waiting on the kids and
just need a moment to relax and NOT think! An
attached elastic band keeps the cover closed for
you. You will want to give one to everyone on
your list: mother-in-law, sister, piano teacher,
co-workers, etc.
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.50
049839 Art Therapy
049840 Pretty Designs
049841 Vintage Designs
Colortwist (4-AD)
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
043393 Blue Coloring
043398 Green Coloring
043399 Pink Coloring
043448 Purple Coloring
Artist’s Coloring Books (4-AD)
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
063876 Blooms, Birds, & Butterflies
022468 Butterfly Designs
022469 Christmas Designs
022475 Joyful Designs
022480 Joyful Inspirations
022514 Peaceful Paisleys
022520 Serenity Artist’s
022521 Wild Kingdom
1144
Art
4.95
6.75
063877 Celtic Designs
063882 Doodle Design
063883Dragons
063884 Floral Designs
063886 Follow Your Dreams
063893 Kaleidoscope Designs
063895 Mandala Designs
063898 Ocean Designs
063922 Zen Garden
064572 Animals, Seasons, Inspiration
064573 In the Country/Forest/City
064574 Nature, Country, Patchwork
Stained Glass Coloring Book (5-AD)
064273 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
5.95
Coloring Book Adventure (6-AD)
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95
024070 Animal Kingdom Color Me, Draw Me
024071 Tropical World
Coloring for Everyone / Artists (5-AD)
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25 024230 Mandala Meditation
049862 Tapestries, Fabrics & Quilts (Everyone) 032383 Wild Savannah
049843 Art Nouveau (Everyone)
Art of Nature Coloring Book (6-AD)
049845 Mandalas (Everyone)
064217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.50
049844 Mandalas (Artists)
049861 Paisleys (Everyone)
Inky Hunt & Coloring Books (6-AD)
049859 Paisleys (Artists)
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 12.95
049897 Whimsical Designs (Everyone)
064270 Enchanted Forest:
049863 Whimsical Designs (Artists)
064271 Secret Garden
Color, Frame, and Display (5-AD)
EACH FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.15 Color Me! Relax and Color on the Go (7-AD)
064587 5-Bk Set w/ Gel Pens 9.00
7.95
041945 Magic of Flowers
041971 Magic of Mandalas
ColorArt Dot-to-Dot Pictures Coloring Book
Highlights Hidden Pictures Coloring Book (7-AD)
064588 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.00 10.95
Grown-Up for Children (5-AD)
048710 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
9.75
ColorArt Inspirational Coloring Book (7-AD)
064589 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.00 10.95
Paint or Color Books (6-AD)
Do you like to color better than draw? Then
skip the drawing and go straight to the painting ColorArt Pixel Pictures Coloring Book (7-AD)
or coloring! Each of these books features twen- 064590 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.00 10.95
ty-three full-page, detailed outline drawings just
waiting for you to give them a splash of color. Devotional Coloring (7-AD)
7.75
These attractive drawings are specially printed EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
with light gray lines that virtually disappear with 010896 O Holy Night: Meditative Christmas
the addition of color for a finished, professional 010926 Visual Scriptures
look you could frame. The high-quality paper
is printed on only one side and is suitable for Vive Le Color! Adult Coloring Books (9-AD)
8.25
watercolor, colored pencils, or other media. EACH COLORING BOOK . . . . 9.95
The pages are also perforated for easy removal 065604Butterfles 065606Japan
from the book. There's a variety of subject 065605India
matter, from landscapes, to animals to fanciful
fairies. No matter which book you choose, the Japanese Designs for Fun & Relaxation (Posh
Coloring Book) (9-AD)
scenes are a delight to paint or color! – elise
9.25
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95 049837 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
020889 Beautiful Floral Bouquets
Posh Adult Coloring Books (AD)
028664Horse
EACH BOOKS . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.25
038792 Nautical Scenes
EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95 065293 Hymnspirations for Joy & Peace
065294 Prayers for Inspiration & Peace
020881 America the Beautiful
065292 God Is Good
038749 Animal Illustrations
026913 Beautiful Birds
Mindfulness Coloring Book (AD)
037688 Butterflies & Flowers
065396 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
015009Dogs
015012Fairies
Coloring Note Cards Kits (7-AD)
015404 World of Cats
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95
014090 Tropical Paradise Scenes
032381 Hidden in the Jungle
032382 Meditative Designs
Color & Frame (7-AD)
EACH INDIVIDUAL BOOK . . . 6.00
5.25
064575Animals
064576 By the Sea
064577Country
064578 In the Forest
064579 In the Garden
064580Inspiration
064581Nature
064582Patchwork
064583Seasons
EACH 3 BOOKS IN 1 . . . . . . 11.00
9.25
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Doodle Art
Usborne Big Doodling Book (PK-4)
007052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
10.79
Doodle Monster’s Sticker Doodles (K-AD)
Combining the joy of doodling with the fun of
stickers, these colorful Priddy books hold great
appeal for children of all ages. Every page is one
of a kind as real life backgrounds and objects
are combined with the authors’ own doodles,
bright shapes, and fun text that entice you to
add stickers and your own doodles to complete unique creations. You might find yourself
turning realistic vegetables into wacky people,
designing scarves for giraffes, turning colorful
blobs into monsters, or using garbage to make
something cool. Even the top of the book is distinctive, with a built-in handle for easy toting.
An exceptional doodling experience that every
doodle fan will enjoy! ~ Steph
048992 Doodle Do . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.75
049269 Doodle You . . . . . . . 6.99
5.75
Doodles Drawing Books (1-AD)
These books encourage kids to let their imaginations run wild and get their creative juices
flowing. Filled with 100+ creative drawing
prompts, kids are asked to complete a simple
illustration with prompts such as “set the table,”
“make a traffic jam,” or “who’s in the park.”
The doodle “starters” are simplistic in nature but
certainly do a great job of encouraging kids to
doodle to their hearts’ desire. - Enh
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 9.75
053307 Boys’ World
Monsters, machines, explorers, and more.
045130 Do You Doodle?
047055 Doodle Dolls
053308 Dream House
Decorate the interior of your dream home,
room by room.
001809 Designer Doodles
Budding fashion designers will love this
variation, which allows them to “dress”
fashion models by coloring, designing, and
finishing outfits.
047054 Oodles of Doodles
020085 Outdoor Adventures
What to Doodle? (1-AD)
Each of these books contains a collection of
unfinished drawings; it’s up to you as the artist
to put on the finishing touches and complete
the picture! Design a baseball player’s uniform,
decorate a butterfly’s wings, or show us what the
draft horse is hard at work pulling. -Enh
EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 5.99
4.95
012316 Amazing Animals!
025429 Crazy Faces . . . . . . . 4.99
4.25
☼Doodle Pads - Tear-Off (1-4)
051080 Super Heroes
Have you used writing prompts to spur creative 044088 Things That Go!
writing? Well, how about drawing prompts
to spur creative drawing? That’s exactly what What to Doodle? Little Activity Books (1-AD)
you’ll find in these Usborne tear-off doodle
These miniature versions of the What to
pads. Colored, double-sided pages, sometimes Doodle? books contain over 60 drawings to
with white space, allowing room for doodle complete and color. Prompts on each page
designs: fill in the stamp outlines; draw more encourage children to draw, color, and use their
birds on the trees; draw the other half of imaginations. ~ Alissa
King Tut’s mask, etc. Only the back cover is EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 1.50
1.35
attached, allowing the front cover to lay flat 050580 At the Aquarium
and expose the entire pad. Pages tear off (no 031606 At the Zoo
perforation) to share or use individually, as you 031620Everyday
like. Loads of fun to spur creative thinking and 031622 My Friends . . . . . . . . 1.99
1.75
drawing! ~ Ruth
030387 On the Farm
EACH PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.39
007004Awesome 007043Delightful
Peanuts Doodle Books (1-AD)
Join Charlie Brown, Linus, Lucy, Snoopy,
Doodles Placemats (1-4)
Woodstock, and the rest of the Peanuts gang for
Have you had your serving of doodles today? some doodling fun! These books are full of dooEach book consists of 36 tear-off, doodle-on dle prompts and ready-to-color scenes in a variplacemats (9” x 12.5”.) Each placemat features a ety of settings, such as the dinner table, playing
doodle with easy-to-follow, step-by-step instruc- sports, camping, and on the road. You can draw
tions that show you how to draw animals, plus friends for Woodstock’s nest, a snowman for
a few other fun objects (ie. vehicles, fairy tale Snoopy, or the supplies for Snoopy’s camping
characters). Fun captions include interesting trip in Snoopy Loves to Doodle. Or draw the
facts about the animal/object (many of these letters in Sally’s mailbox, the contents of Charlie
tidbits explain an animal’s eating habits or are Brown’s cookie jar, and Lucy’s baseball glove in
otherwise related to food). The placemats are Good Grief! Charlie Brown Doodles. A mix of
full color, but they have plenty of white space both classic and new Peanuts scenes that will
in the center for your own doodles. By Deborah inspire your budding artist! ~ Lisa
Zemke. ~ Lisa
EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 7.95
6.25
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99
8.25 003219 Good Grief! Charlie Brown
008047 Doodles at Breakfast
010724 Peanuts Gang . . . . . 12.95
9.75
032674 Doodles at Lunch
003228 Snoopy
043499 Doodles at Dinner
051798 Please Pass the Doodles
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Do Art You Can Doodle (2-5)
Children can get frustrated when they struggle
to color within the lines of a coloring book.
They end up thinking they can’t do art, poor kiddos! Doodling offers another route for young artists. Coloring & drawing freestyle! This set from
Faber-Castell (known for art supplies) includes
a spiral-bound sketchbook with some drawing
prompts that you will finish (24 pgs, perforated),
5 double-ended markers (10 colors), 5 blue
foam displays for your creations, 3 full size
markers in red/black/blue, a plastic stencil sheet
with some free-form type shapes to use in your
doodles, and a 10 pg. instruction guide with lots
of fun ideas. The materials come in a boxed set
(10x10x1.5”), so it makes a great gift item for a
boy or girl. ~ Sara
006144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00 11.95
Blast Off! Doodle Book (Smithsonian) (2-6)
009576 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.25
☼Drawing Journals (4-8)
Part journal, part scrapbook, part sketchbook and a
thoughtful gift for the tween/
teen with a lot on their
minds! The spiral binding
makes it lie flat, which is
a lovely feature. Each page
has something interesting on
it, like a prompt. Sometimes
you draw; other pages have you write a bit, but
there is always something there to work with.
This book is as appealing for a boy as for a
girl. The images have a sepia quality, so it isn’t
too cutesy. Here are some examples of your
tasks (should you choose to accept!): Make a
drawing using only letters. Invent an electronic
device. Draw this dog…upside down…with
your eyes closed…without lifting you pencil.
Other pages have no directions. Like a blank
family tree, empty jars to fill and an ant farm to
design. I loved the variety of prompts so much
that I was thinking about what I would draw to
finish the roller coaster, make some graffiti or
draw clothes on animals! If you have a reluctant
writer, do a page as a non-threatening warm-up
activity. Each prompt is only 1-2 pgs. Of course
your artsy kids will have fun, but since it is a
private thing, like a diary of sorts, those who
do not fancy themselves an artist can let loose
and have fun being creative. Once the book is
complete, you have a keepsake – a snapshot of
how your child was thinking at that time in their
life. The size makes it easy to stash or take with
you. 8” x 9” 160 pp, pb. ~ Sara
009809 Sketch That . . . . . . 11.00
9.25
009818 Sketch This . . . . . . 11.00
9.25
Fingerprint Art
Ed Emberley's Fingerprint Drawing Bk (PK-3)
I had never really considered fingerprint art
until I was reviewing products this year. Now
I'm hooked; fingerprint art is so adorable! Learn
how to make the cutest little characters ever
with fingerprint stamping and a few simple
drawn lines. Make birds, animals, insects,
people of different occupations, transportation,
and so much more. Everyone has artistic talent,
right at their fingertips! ~ Megan
021450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.25
Art
1145
Ed Emberley's Complete FunPrint Drawing (PK-3)
This book combines the delightful projects
of Ed Emberley's Great Thumbprint Drawing
Book and Fingerprint Drawing Book all in one.
Although the content of the book is literally
the same as those found in its components, the
compilation does not provide the introductory
advice/suggestion pages as the individual books
do. Instead, the book quickly jumps into the
projects themselves. Don't let this deter you
from considering this book though. Although
the advice pages are helpful, fingerprint art is
simple enough to pick up on your own. Follow
the step by step instructions to make various
animals, people, objects, etc or experiment with
your own fingerprint drawings. ~ Enh
027927 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
8.95
☼Usborne Fingerprint Activities (1-5)
This is a fun little book that is a self-contained
gift for someone special. It includes a hardcover, but spiral-bound book with 60 pages of
fun activity pages to complete. Attached to the
extended back cover is a large inkpad (about 2”
x 7”) with 7 bright rainbow colors and a lid. The
idea is that your child adds their fingerprints to
the illustrated pages. When the ink dries, you
can draw on your fingerprint and make a little
character. Since each of the colors on the inkpad touch each other, you can even get some
fun color blends going! If you want to switch
colors, just wipe off your finger with a wet
wipe or paper towel and keep printing away!
When you are all done, wash hands with soap
& water. With the spiral binding, the pages lie
nice and flat as you are working on your masterpiece. Something like this would be a great
sibling gift or for someone with a new baby. 10”
x 8.5” overall, book is 7” x 8.5” ~ Sara
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
062680 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 14.39
Usborne Fingerprint Activities - Animals (1-5)
064204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 14.39
☼Small Object Thumbprint Portraits (PK-AD)
Personalize the scenes in this darling pad by
adding your own thumbprint! A pink & brown
inkpad is included. 30 ready-to-complete pictures (8x7”) are made to be given away to
friends & family. On the back of each creation
is a charming label for the artist to autograph.
Each cleverly done page requires the artiste to
stamp their thumbprint onto the scene and make
it into a character as part of the design. Across
the top of each page is a snippet that is interesting and informative. The back of the page gives
ideas for those who may need some prompting;
designs are not gender-geared, but rather just
fun and inviting for any child. Includes: 2 each
of 15 designs (such as photo booth, picnic,
passport, family tree, etc.) 2 sticker sheets &
inkpad. ~ Sara
061388 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 13.95
Star Wars Thumb Doodles (3-AD)
Retell the Star Wars saga using only your
fingertips! This kit includes green, blue, brown
and black color pads (the most necessary colors
for a Jedi). A blue and red dual-tipped light
saber pencil allows for precision drawing (such
as light sabers or laser bolts), while a black
marker helps you fill in the blanks. The book
1146
Art
begins with drawing tips and shows you how
Spiral Art / Stenciling
to draw classic Star Wars objects- light sabers,
droids, and a panoply of other characters. It My Big Book of Stencil Drawing for Little
also includes fun scenes—you can place your Hands (PK-2)
thumbprint creations right in the book.
063784 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.95
010982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.50
Stencil Art (3-AD)
Fingerprint Fabulous (3-AD)
Stenciling is fun for everyone, even those who
This fingerprint art book is just for girls! After feel they have little artistic ability, and this Klutz
a quick intro to get artists going, the pages book will show you how stenciling truly can
introduce fun fingerprint art projects like bugs, be an art. Everything you need to get started is
flowers, puppies and kittens, fashion design, here, including eight pigment ink pads, eight
princesses, cheerleaders and more. After show- foam-tip dabbers, a black felt pen, and 4 pulling how to complete the objects, the facing out plastic sheets that contain 72 stencil shapes.
page sets the stage for you to fill in the scenery There are several different techniques explained
with your creations. Four tear-out postcards are in the 48-page book and blank practice pages to
included so you can send some of your unique try them all out. With stencils of basic shapes,
artwork to friends and family. All of this is as well as extra fun stencils of foliage, animals,
contained in a 40-page spiral bound book with insects, and more, you’ll be sure to have a good
3 ink pads (pink, purple and green), a black time putting together all kinds of fun scenes.
marker, glitter glue and sequins. ~ Megan
Please note that the ink is permanent and will
046941 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.50 stain most fabric, so kids will have to be careful.
039098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95
☼Fingerprint Doodles (3-AD)
Crazy fun all with a thumb… and fingers Spirograph (3-AD)
too! This super cute kit by SpiceBox shows As a child of the 80’s, I definitely remember the
you how to create whimsical, unique artwork Spirograph. My sisters and I were so intrigued
every time. The instruction book gives creative with the cool designs that we could make, just
“pointers” (yes, a finger joke) and simple 3- to with the little toothed templates and a pen!
5-step instructions on creating animal and plant I didn’t know, however, that the Spirograph
doodles. Make funny cartoon scenes with the was originally developed as a drafting tool – or
included 50-sheet drawing pad: complete with that it had been around since 1965! But if you
pre-printed scenes you fill in with characters have fond memories of the originals, you’ll be
and various colors of blank paper to create pleased to know that they are back again for
your own. Included are 12 ink pads in assorted a whole new generation to enjoy. Both sets
colors; 1 large black ink pad; 2 felt markers for include Spirograph wheels, rings, putty (to hold
drawing in the details; and a handy portfolio the rings in place), pens, a guide book, paper
for storing your inspirations. All the supplies, and a storage case. Deluxe Kit includes more of
paper and instruction book are stored away in everything, including a carry-along storage case
the heavy cardboard outer package with handy with a built-in work surface. – Jess
Velcro closing straps. ~ Emily
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
007646Original . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99
060430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 14.50
7 wheels, 1 ring, 1 rack, 6 oz. of reusable
Spiro-Putty, 2 retractable pens, 10-page
Most Amazing Thumb Doodles Book in the
guide book, 10 sheets of design paper and a
History of the Civilized World (3-AD)
snap-in storage tray.
Anyone can be artistic, anyone can create 007634 Deluxe Set . . . . . . . 29.99 24.99
with this book! All the supplies that you need
19 wheels, 2 rings, 1 rack, 6 oz. of Spiroare right at your fingertips literally! This book
Putty, 3 pens, 14-page guide book, 20
takes you through the tips and tricks of finger
sheets of paper and a carry-along case with
and thumb print art, gives you some practice
work surface.
getting the hang of it and then presents you with 027295 Art Studio . . . . . . . . . 39.99
a variety of activities and doodle pages. Practice
Includes 15 wheels, 4 shaped wheels, 1
underwater creatures, circus performers, insects
rack, 3 retractable pens, a 25-page design
and flowers, monkeys, farm animals, dragons,
pad, an 18-page design guide, Spiro-Putty,
princes and princesses and much more. Play fun
20 sheets of design paper, 2 sticker sheets,
games like tic-tac-toe (with your toes!) and four12 colored pencils, 12 markers, scissors, a
square! Includes 39-page spiral bound book, 4
glue stick, a pencil sharpener, a self-inking
ink pads and a black marker. ~ Megan
stamp, and a carry-along storage case.
046640 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.50 027305 Card Making Kit . . . . . 5.99
Send lovely Spirograph art to the special
people in your life. This set includes 8
4.25” x 4.25” colored cards, 8 envelopes,
10 gift tags, 3 sticker sheets, 5 sheets of
pop-out shapes and tags, 1 sheet of adhesives, 3 yards of green ribbon, a pen, and
an instruction guide. Note: this set does not
come with any spirograph drawing tools.
All spirograph designs are already pre-made
on punch outs, stickers, and cards. Use the
included designs or combine this with other
spirograph sets to further enhance the cards.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
027324 Coloring Bk & Pencils 5.99
Holds 24 different pages of spirograph
designs to color. Includes a coloring book
and 8 colored pencils (pink, red, orange,
yellow, light blue, dark blue, green, purple).
027326Cyclex . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99
The cyclex is a drawing tool with a set of 5
rotating circles in a frame. Each circle has
many shapes inside to trace, rotate, trace
again, and so on until a design has been
completed all the way around the circle.
Another shape may be chosen to layer
on top of the previous design, and then
another. In short, this tool is just a simpler
way to get the results of a normal spirograph
(although finished designs will be largely
circular) and can be used by younger children. Includes cyclex tool, design guide, 20
sheets of paper, and 6 markers.
027355 Super Spirograph . . 39.99 34.99
Includes 18 wheels, 4 shaped wheels, 2
racks, 3 pens, 2 rings, 16 curved tracks, 8
straight tracks, 1 tri-hub track, 6 track end
caps, Spiro-Putty, a 24-page design guide, 2
twenty-five-page design pads, paper, and a
carry-along case with work surface.
025859Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Take your Spirograph skills on the road
with this mini portable studio that features
a built-in design ring, work surface, and
storage compartment for 6 wheels, 2 design
pens, 24-page pad, and design guide.
Spirograph Junior (3-AD)
065740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99
Spirograph Shapes (3-AD)
065741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99
Scratch Art Crafts / Etching Kits
See Art Supplies section for basic scratch
art paper and scratch sticks
Scratch Magic Deluxe Kit
16 assorted sheets of Rainbow White, Rainbow
Black, Scratch Lite, and Scratch and Sparkle
papers, 2 wooden styli, 1 stencil, 3 frames, and
2 hang strips.
009549 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
Scratch Magic Stickers
Now you can experience the fun of scratch
art on a smaller scale. Design your own stickers in all shapes and sizes! Like the paper, just
scratch off the coated surface to create stickers
with your own dazzling designs.
020147 Mini Pack (3 stickers) . 1.45
Includes 3 jumbo stickers - a heart, a star,
and a flower. Stylus included.
027690 Bugs & Critters . . . . . . 4.99 3.95
20 stickers including 10 Scratch & Sparkle
and 10 Rainbow Black. Stylus included.
036905 Animal Friends . . . . . . 4.99 3.95
20 stickers including 10 Silver Holographic
and 10 Rainbow Black. Stylus included.
Scratch Art Silver & Rainbow Stickers (PK-AD) ☼Scratch Art Color-Reveal Pictures (PK-AD)
Which will it be – bright patterns or color037193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
ful pictures? You choose areas to scratch off
the black card with simple pictures outlined
Scratch Art Sticker Pack (K-AD)
Black stickers scratch off to reveal a rain- in white. A fun alternative to coloring, but the
bow of colors underneath. Two sheets each colors and pictures are hidden beneath the
with a variety of leaf and instrument shapes. black topcoat. It’s easy to make beautiful masterpieces, even at a young age. Pictures in the
Approximately 48 stickers plus stylus.
006042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99
1.50 Light Catcher sets can be taped to a window
to, literally, make your artwork shine. Each set
contains 4 pictures and a small wooden stylus.
Scratch and Sketch Sticker Kits (1-AD)
Create colorful stickers with scratch art! 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
3.95
Scratch off the black coating to reveal stickers EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
in a rainbow of colors. Then, place the stickers 008421 Princess/Fairy (Light Catcher)
on the illustrated backdrop board to create your 008422 Vehicle (Light Catcher)
own scene. The Ocean and Forest kits have 008423 Butterflies & Flower
playful nature scenes with real and mythical 008426Dinosaurs
characters. The Princess and Runway Models 008453Farm
kits each have two punch-out paper dolls 008485Princesses
that you dress with clothing stickers. Each set
includes 3 black-coated sheets of 48-75 scratch- Scratch Art Drawing Books (PK-5)
Scratch and find the hidden pictures! These
off stickers, a themed backdrop board, several
punch out characters (or 2 paper dolls), wooden Scratch Art Books are similar to the Scratch ‘N
stylus, and instruction sheet. Packaged in a take- Sketch Activity Books: both series consist of spiral-bound books, each page covered in a black
along kit with carrying handle.
coating that you scratch with a wooden stylus to
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.25 reveal a pattern underneath. These Scratch Art
books differ in that you’re prompted to scratch
033658 Magic Forest
away dotted sections to reveal not only the
033675 Ocean Friends
colorful pattern, but a specific hidden picture
033677Princess
as well. Includes 20 pages of hidden scratch art
033694 Runway Models
pictures, fun facts, and 10 bonus doodle pages.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
☼Scratch Art On The Go Pads (K-5)
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
Scratch Art has been
014525 Fashion Friends
around since 1964, but
014552 Safari Animals
now it’s ready to roll with
the busy schedule of the
Scratch & Sketch Trace-Along Books (PK-3)
modern family. These fun
Designed for the youngest scratch artists, these
pads each contain 12 sheets
Scratch & Sketch books provide artists with
that are spiral bound onto
even simpler illustrations to scratch off. Each
a sturdy cardboard backtwo-page spread features some information
ing, so no writing surface
about the featured illustration on the left-hand
is required! Just pop the
side, and the right-hand side holds a white-line
wooden stylus out of its
built in storage on the cover, and you’re ready drawing on black scratch paper. In the original
to go. Choose from ABCs and 123s, where Scratch & Sketch books, artists start with a blank
children can learn how to write letters and page and try to copy the example drawing on
numbers; Learn to Draw, where step-by-step the text page but in these junior editions, the
instructions will have them drawing Pets and white sketch cannot be rubbed away. Students
Fashion Friends; fun Color-Reveal with themed simply rub off the black background to reveal
scenes, or themed Hidden Picture pads! Please the rainbow or glitter background, which makes
note that as the coating is scratched away, it will the white sketches pop out even more. This is
leave some flecks behind (think of eraser dust, perfect for younger kids or really anyone who
but a little bit bigger). While it is easily vacu- would rather just scratch off whole backgrounds
umed up or brushed off of clothing, don’t let than sketch their own designs. Each book holds
the kids use it on your finicky aunt’s expensive 20 text pages, 20 pre-printed scratch-off pages,
20 plain sketch paper pages for drawing or doocouch. – Laura
EACH PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95 dling and a wooden stylus.
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.50
034503 ABC & 123 Writing
012329 At the Beach
008442 Color-Reveal Fairy Tale
033748 At the Zoo
008488 Color-Reveal Vehicles
063904 ☼Bubble Art
008471 Hidden-Picture Animal Families
060027 Constellations
034522 Hidden-Picture Favorite Things
039470 Dino Dudes
034552 Hidden-Picture Safari Animals
060029 Doodle Mania
034509 Learn-to-Draw Fashion Friends
051336 Enchanted Forest
034524 Learn-to-Draw Pets
033750 Fancy Nancy
034545 Learn-to-Draw Princesses
048566 Furry Friends
060032Nutcracker
033763 Pet Shop
Scratch Art Party Packs (PK-AD)
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95 063905 ☼Robots
048219 Things That Go!
037171Bookmark
033764 Unicorn Adventure
037175 Key Chain
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1147
and holographic (rainbow). Given age range
of 8+ maybe be a little optimistic, unless your
8-year-old has extremely fine motor control and
a lot of patience. 10+ seems a more accurate
age estimate. LACERATION AND PUNCTURE
HAZARD – SHARP OBJECTS. Not <8yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.49
3.95
060348 Baby Dragon (Gold Foil)
060349 Coliseum (Silver Foil)
060350 Dolphin Cove (Holographic Foil)
060351 Dragon Tower (Silver Foil)
060352 Eiffel Tower (Silver Foil)
060353 Emperor Penguins (Holographic Foil)
060354 Fox & Cubs (Gold Foil)
060355 Horse Trio (Copper Foil)
060356 Horses (Gold Foil)
060357 Lady Liberty (Silver Foil)
060358 Tabby Cat & Kitten (Silver Foil)
060359 Wolf Moon (Silver Foil)
Scratch & Sketch Activity Books (3-AD)
If your kids love to scratch & sketch, these 060360 WWII Fighter (Copper Foil)
fun-filled activity books will thrill them! Each
book features a different theme with correspond- Engraving Art (3-AD)
6.95
ing scratch & sketch pages. Each two-page EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99
spread offers some information and a picture, 063735 Family Pets & Animal Friends
and the facing page is for the artist’s scratch 063736 Famous Places of the World
& sketch rendition.
Different patterns are 063737 North American Wildlife
unveiled through the black outer layer such as 063738 Wildlife of the World
animal prints, swirl patterns, holographic foil,
rainbows, etc. Approximately 20 activity pages ☼Scratch Art Portable Light Box (K-AD)
are included in each book, along with several Scratch Art pages are not typically see-thru,
practice sketching pages included in the back. but the Light Catcher pages are! You can put
A sturdy 5 ½” long wooden stylus is included them up in a window or…play on this neat light
box! Kit comes with the light box itself (about
with each activity book.
EACH BOOK (except noted) 12.99 10.25 10x11x2”), 5 black sheets (Light Catcher) and 2
stylus tools. The tools have 4 different designs to
063903 ☼All About Me
scratch with! The box is red with a sturdy handle
028287America
& smooth edges. It requires 3AA batteries (not
048218 Ballet
included.) Lighted surface is 8.5x5.5.” This
016009 Butterflies & Friends
would be really fun on a long car ride. You can
039471 Dragons & Mythical Creatures
use any of the Light Catcher pages as a refill, so
019987 Fashion Show
get a few kits to add and extend the fun! ~Sara
039472 Fine Art
034532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
039473 Flower Fairies
019988Knights
Foil Art / Glitter Art
019146 Mermaid Adventure 14.99 11.50
055027 Princess Bella . . . . . 14.99 11.50
Foil It! Sticker Activity Kits (PK-AD)
A slightly different format than the rest of the
There’s nothing not to like about these little
Scratch & Sketch books, this one tells the
kits! Each one includes 3 sheets (~20 stickers)
story of Princess Bella, with text on the leftof foam stickers (covered with peel-off paper
hand pages and scratch-off illustrations to
front and back) and 16 sheets of 4” x 4” shiny
complete on the right, on a mix of rainbow
colored foil. Just punch out a sticker, peel off a
and holographic foil scratch-off pages.
section of the paper coating, lay a foil sheet on
039476 Rain Forest
the adhesive and rub. When you lift the sheet,
039478 Solar System
the colored foil is transferred to the sticker.
039480Travel
Repeat on the rest of the sticker face and you
039481 Under the Sea
have a sparkly sticker you can use on anything.
039482 Wild Safari
It’s a quick and simple craft that anyone can do
039477 Scratch and Sketch: Cool Art
and results in a set of gorgeous foam stickers.
039479 Super Scratch & Sketch
And the kits are even small enough to slip into
033704 Sweet Shoppe
a stocking! – Jess
063918 ☼Vikings!
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
☼Engraving Art (3-AD)
I’ve always had an appreciation for engraving 016171Christmas
art. The satisfying scratch noises, the handsome 033768Easter
finished product, and… ooooh, shiny! Simply 016252Flowers
devised, these sets contain just three pieces: 016135 Furry Friends
a preprinted engraving board, an engraving 016145Super
tool, and a practice board. First use the prac- 016263 Under the Sea
tice board to get comfortable making broad
and detailed lines. Then set to work scratch- Large Foil It! Activity Kits (PK-AD)
Create awesome foil stickers in a variety of
ing the engraving board to reveal a dazzling
image! Pictures measure 8” x 10” and come designs with these kits! Simply peel off the front
in several metallic colors: gold, silver, copper, paper, rub the foil on, lift, and repeat to create
Scratch & Sketch Kits (K-AD)
Scratch away the black coating to reveal a
rainbow of colors or glittery sparkles. Each set
has 5 black-coated art boards (2 with swirly
color underneath; 3 with glittery foil), a wooden
drawing stylus, and instructions. Packaged in a
take-along kit with a carry handle for creativity
on the go.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
EACH TRACE-ALONG (K-AD) 5.99
5.25
019118 Cute & Cuddly
Scratch the white outlines of a kitten,
puppy, bunny, bear, and monkey.
060038 Zoo Babies
EACH KIT (1-AD) . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.25
060026 At the Beach
060037 Things That Go!
1148
Art
unique, shiny stickers. Each one comes with
over 60 pop-out foam stickers, 12 foil sheets in
a variety of colors and patterns, and step by step
instructions in a hard-cover case. - Laura
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.50
033556 Butterflies & Friends
033557 Cute and Cuddly
033559Dinosaurs
033568 Enchanted Forest
065964 ☼Fantastic
065965 ☼Fashion Show
033575 Flower Garden
033576 Merry Christmas
033577 Ocean Friends
033586 Outer Space
033606Princess
033614 Super Safari
☼Foil Art On The Go Pads (K-AD)
This is one of the neatest and least-messy shiny
crafts I have ever seen! Simply remove the yellow sticker from the desired area, press on a
foil sheet, press it down paying careful attention
to the edges, then lift away! The metallic color
will stick, leaving your image with a cool effect!
Each kit comes with 5 peel and stick scenes, a
wooden stylus to help press down the foil in
small areas, and 36 foil sheets in a variety of
colors! These are so much fun, and the packaging holds everything together for easy transport.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
034160Animals
034200Vehicles
034167Princesses
☼Mess-Free Glitter Kits (K-3)
With four little girls, craft projects in our home
almost always involved glitter. I’m pretty sure
that our parents vacuumed up a LOT of glitter.
And wiped up lots of glue. Fast-forward to today
and there is an alternative! Mess-Free Glitter
kits work a lot like foiling kits. You simply
expose the adhesive surface of the craft to be
“bedazzled” and press on a square of shiny glitter paper. Give the paper a rub, pressing it onto
the craft, then peel off the paper and check out
the colorful, glittery patch that you just created!
There’s no glue, no loose glitter, and the glittery
finish doesn’t even come off on your hands as
you handle it. Plus, the results are every bit as
sparkling as if you’d doused your craft in glue
and rolled it in glitter. – Jess
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
033743 Christmas Ornaments 4.99
3.95
6 ornaments and 6 glitter sheets
033745 Christmas Tree & Gingerbread
House . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
Two 3-D decorations and 7 glitter sheets
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
034157 Foam Beads . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
Includes 20 beads, 4 cords, 4 clasps and 6
glitter sheets
034159 Foam Bracelets . . . . . 6.99
5.50
Includes 3 bracelets and 4 glitter sheets
037803 Foam Frames . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
Includes two 4” x 6” picture frames, 48
stickers and 5 glitter sheets
EACH FOAM STICKER KIT . . . 4.99
3.95
Each kit includes 17-23 stickers and 5-6
glitter sheets
033736Adventure 036824 ☼Ocean
034202Friendship 036831 ☼Vehicle
EACH SCENE CARD SET . . . . . 4.99
3.95
Each includes two scene cards and 5 colors
of glitter sheets
024663 Ballet & Dance
024741 Fancy Party
024746 Flower & Butterfly
024783 Princess & Fairy
036828 Underwater Scenes
Origami / Kirigami
☼Introduction to Origami - Animals (K-5)
This little set was a big hit on one of our test
out new craft kits with the grandkids at Rainbow
nights! West, a 6 year old boy, wanted to make
all of the animals, not just a couple as we asked
him to. So of course we said, “You go right
ahead kiddo!” He wrote his name on them and
gave several away to his sisters and some of us
here in the office. Isn’t that sweet? The 8” square
papers are printed in such a way that an animal
face appears when you fold it correctly. There
are 4 papers each of 6 different designs; 2 have
the face printed on the paper and the other 2
have a blank face that you add the included
stickers to! The animals are quirky and not all
that realistic looking, but very fun (fox, dog,
deer, boar, cow, cat.) Pictorial directions are
included and quite easy to follow. The folds are
simple to do and the larger paper helps with
that. There is a lot of following directions &
careful folding involved in origami and this set
Mess-Free Sand Foam Stickers (K-AD)
Works just like Mess-Free Glitter, but with serves as an introduction that is friendly for little
hands. ~ Sara
colored sand instead of glitter!
5.75
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95 008232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
036871Construction 036861Beach
036876Dinosaurs
036887Jungle
036849Mosaics
Card-Making
Color Your Own Card Sets (PK-3)
These sets are about the cutest thing ever to
teach your child some etiquette, practice their
handwriting, and make something personal to
give. Each card has a watercolor look to it with
a bold design (in black outline) for your child
to color. Even the envelopes are pretty with a
color-wash and plenty of space for the address!
Every card is different and the designs are gender neutral. Each boxed set includes 20 cards to
color, envelopes, 5 double-sided activity sheets
(games, puzzles, coloring pages, etc.) and over
100 colorful stickers. These would be a fun gift
for a child along with a set of colored pencils or
crayons! Cards are 4.5" x 5.5” ~Sara
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
5.95
016974Birthday
017006Christmas
017010 Party Invites
017011 Thank Yous
Make-Your-Own Glitter Sticker Cards Activity
Book (K-AD)
057913 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
☼Gel Pen Kit (1-AD)
Really personalize your letters and notes with
this fun stationary set. It includes: 16 small colored gel pens, 30 sheets of colored paper, 30
sheets of notepaper, 12 cards w/envelopes, 95
stickers, 3 tubes of glitter glue, 13 pompoms,
20 gemstones, 12 foam stickers, 20 googly eyes
& 3 feathers all in a lovely boxed portfolio! The
designs & colors are perfect for the budding
crafter or artiste on your list to make cards and
letters to family and friends. ~ Sara
060432 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 21.50
Playing with Pop-ups (5-AD)
064280 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99
16.95
projects have all the instructions on one page.
The rest are a double-page spread so you don’t
have to flip back and forth. I’ve tested a lot of
different beginning books, but this is by far the
easiest to use. My twins, at 8 years old, enthusiastically and proudly folded project after project
until they ran out of paper, which inspired me
to also offer paper refills (located in the Craft
Supplies section). Besides helping to refine their
fine motor skills, it’s a great way to practice
reading carefully and following directions!
014607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
8.25
Super Simple Origami (2-AD)
If you enjoyed Fun with Easy Origami Book
& Paper, then you’ll love this new collection
of super simple origami designs from the same
author, John Montroll. This book provides 32
new designs using clear diagrams that make it
easy for kids to successfully fold origami. Please
note that origami paper is not included with this
book. ~ Anh
052616 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
4.25
Origami Fun Kit for Beginners (3-AD)
Are you interested in learning the art of origami but don't know exactly where to start?
This Dover kit is specifically packaged for those
dedicated to learning the art of paper folding. Don't let the title deceive you. Although
this kit is supposed to be for the beginner, the
projects contained in the three books by John
Montroll range in skill level from simple to highintermediate. The books included are Birds
in Origami, Favorite Animals in Origami, and
Easy Origami. Although the first two titles are
separately available through our catalog (please
see their respective descriptions for more detail),
Easy Origami is not. This book provides instructions and diagrams for 32 projects ranging from
a simple dog to the more advanced piano. The
kit also includes 96 6" x 6" sheets of authentic
origami paper (54 sheets of traditional, 24 sheet
of rainbow, and 18 sheets of metallic) for you to
practice your projects with. ~ Enh
024243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 12.75
Easy Origami (1-AD)
Break out of the mold of the usual origami
creations with a bracelet, hamster, or a star.
Easy-to-follow illustrations and verbal instructions are provided for twenty-four paper models
at three difficulty levels, complete with a fullcolor photo of each finished product. A helpful Oceans: Origami Adventures (3-6)
introduction and basic folds are also included in 048813 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 11.50
the beginning of the book. – Rachel
025870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.95 ☼Paper Suncatchers Origami Kit (3-AD)
Create beautiful translucent designs for all your
Fun with Easy Origami Book & Paper (2-AD) windows! This simple kit comes with 25 sheets
Sometimes, it does pay to wait. I wanted to of special suncatcher paper in assorted colors, a
stock my very favorite beginning origami book 48 page softcover instruction book with direcbut it wasn’t packaged with origami paper. tions for 11 different designs and a glue stick.
Instead, the publisher carried a product called Cut the sheets into smaller pieces, fold into
Fun with Origami that contained a different very simple shapes to make the different types
origami book and paper. I really liked the of points, then glue together and hang! While
concept, but the book that came with it was the directions say ages 8 and up, younger kids
not nearly as clear and simple to follow as Easy could create these with a little bit of help or if
Origami. So, I held off...and - voíla - Dover they used larger paper. A unique approach to
packaged my favorite beginning origami book origami! – Laura
7.75
with twenty-four 7” x 7” high quality sheets of 004474 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
colorful origami paper and called it Fun with
Easy Origami. While the title is similar to their Origami Kits (3-AD)
Fun with Origami offering, the products are not EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 14.50
the same. If you’re a beginner, or you’re chil- 038387Bird
dren want to start paper folding, this is the place 038390Butterfly
to start. Even children can follow the diagrams 038422Geometric
with no adult help. It includes 32 projects.
Step-by-step large, clear diagrams make folding Easy Butterfly Origami (3-AD)
8.25
easy. Text is large, clear, and also simple. First 043557 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1149
Easy Christmas Origami (4-AD)
Looking for a creative way to decorate your
Christmas tree? Try your hand at making a
collection of origami ornaments. Thirty festive origami projects include snowmen, Santa,
Christmas trees, candy canes, stockings, stars,
and gift boxes (just to name a few). The steps
are diagramed with black-and-white illustrations
in an easy-to-follow manner. Simple directions
are also given when necessary. These projects
are ideal for children, but equally appropriate
for beginning paper folders. At our Christmas
party this year we had a blast making the snowman. Trust me – if we can do it, you can,
too! In no time at all you’ll be trimming your
Christmas tree! 48 pgs, pb. – elise
021174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95
3.50
Origami Paper Airplanes (4-AD)
Designed for the younger or inexperienced
origamists who are interested in different designs
and techniques in plane making. There are 30
models in the book; all are fairly uncomplicated
with step-by-step instruction, but there are a few
that might get a little hard. - Jon
028598 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.95
Origami Paper Animals (4-AD)
These designs are so beautiful! I love looking at the pictures even if I never make any of
them! Your origami enthusiasts will love these
28 realistic, humorous and even poetic paper
animals. Beginners and beyond can carefully
follow the step by step instructions with photos
and illustrations by Didier Boursin. Each design
is so detailed and expressive. Designs are
marked according to difficulty. A bone folder
would be a useful tool for these projects and of
course some printed origami papers will make
your animals come to life. The author recommends starting with larger paper and working
down to the small papers. Look for paper with
a weight between 20-24 lb bond weight. You
will also need scissors for a few of the critters.
Beginner animals include: a fish, owl, elephant.
Intermediate designs include: a panther, horse,
and dog. Advanced designs include: a heron,
eagle, and crab. Make them as gifts, table decorations, or as part of a geography lesson about
animals from a certain region. 64pp, pb. ~ Sara
025871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.95
Origami Butterflies Mini Kit (4-9)
049824 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.75
Origami Dinosaurs for Beginners (5-AD)
Go back in time to study this ancient art with
the giants that once roamed the earth. This book
contains detailed, color-coded instructions that
start simple, but get progressively harder. Some
pages were a little trickier than I expected. With
practice, you’ll have your own Jurassic world at
your fingertips. 48 pgs, sc. – Laura
026101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95
4.95
Unfold the Secrets of Kirigami (3-AD)
You’ve heard of origami, but how about kirigami? Instead of just folding paper, kirigami
also involves cutting. Simply fold the paper, cut
a pattern, and when unfolded, you’re left with
a completely symmetrical creation. Learn to
make blossoms, snowflakes, clouds, trees, and
more. Over 30 different patterns are shown in
1150
Art
BFF Animal Models (1-5)
“Easy to make models you can share with your
best friend!” Craft time is twice the fun when
you include a friend or sibling! Easily punch
out the thick paper pieces, then follow the same
basic folding pattern and finish with a bit of glue
☼Art of Napkin Folding (9-AD)
to create 16 colorful models of pets (2 each of 8
A truly special event lies in the details. With different animals).
just a few touches, a meal can transform into 056988Farm . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25
an experience. Elegance can spring from the 056989Pets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25
quality of dishes, the shine of wine glasses, the
carefully arranged ornamentation, the beauty of On the Go String Art Scenes Craft Activity
flowers, the glow of candles….and the grace of Set (K-AD)
folded napkins. If you don’t yet understand the 036980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
dignity with which a folded napkin carries itself,
be downtrodden no more! Within the pages of String Arts & Crafts (Make & Play) (3-AD)
this book, a plethora of napkin designs convey- 064645 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 17.25
ing the greatest sense of finesse can be found.
56 creations ranging from the refinement of the String Art (5-AD)
Goblet Fleur de Lys to the charm of the Butterfly
A popular craft project is now accessible to
are broken down into illustrated step-by-step younger artists! This kit includes everything you
instructions. Each design is accompanied by need to make several string art pieces. Instead
a full-color photograph depicting the finished of wood and nails, use the included custom pinproduct. In addition, advice on how to choose, pushing tool to place pins into cardboard backs,
care for, place, and ease the folding of napkins then follow the adorable templates to make a
is included. Surely an instrumental guide in the variety of shapes. There are 500 pins, 10 colors
hands of those who enjoy class, decorum, and of string, 6 project boards, background and tracputting on resplendent soirees. 96 pgs, sc.
ing paper, and a 56 page booklet with all kinds
056597 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 10.95 of tips to get you started. I absolutely enjoyed
making my scribble star, and I’m sure you’ll
Decoupage
enjoy crafting a fox, heart, owl, or other design!
Finished projects are approximately 4”x5.5” and
Big Book of Mod Podge (5-AD)
4.5”x7”. - Laura
049978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.95 15.75 003370 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95
the 20-page instruction booklet, and 58 sheets
of paper are provided; 30 sheets of solid-color
paper, 24 sheets of rainbow swirl paper, and 4
sheets of opalescent paper. - Steph
001453 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.50
9.95
☼Pop Collage – Make Your Stuff Stand Out!
(3-AD)
Have a notebook that needs sprucing or a
picture frame that needs some pop? Then try
Pop Collage! A fun, kid friendly approach to
decoupage, this kit comes with everything you
need including 12 fun, colorful papers, a brush,
custom collage glaze, white glitter, multicolor
rhinestones, and sequins. Use all this to customize the included tray, picture frame, bowls,
and keychain, or grab some things from around
the house that need customizing (but ask mom
or dad first!). When you’re out of papers, why
not find some cute clip art from magazines or
online? The possibilities are endless! Includes a
48 page softcover idea book. – Laura
062729 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50
Tissue Paper Crafts (3-AD)
Wait! Don’t throw away that tissue paper
from your birthday. Did you know you can
turn those sheets into flowers, leaves and tiny
birds that will brighten your home throughout
the cold winter months? This fun Klutz book
and kit includes illustrated directions for pompoms, tassels, simple flowers, petals, peonies,
a flower wreath, layered petals, daffodil, lily,
daisy, potted plants, chicks, owls and birds. The
directions take you step-by-step, from stacking,
securing, cutting, fanning and fluffing until you
have an adorable tissue paper flower or bird. To
get you started, the kit includes 100 sheets of tissue paper, a stencil, wire, string, accent paper,
black bead eyes, glue, and a punch-out and
assemble birdcage. Pretty much all you need
to supply is scissors and a pencil. And the supOther Paper Crafts
plies are easily refillable (and cheap) when you
run out. Take those tissue paper skills beyond
☼Ocean Paper Chains (PK-5)
scrunching!
The oceans are a part of God’s great creation 003377 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95
and these paper chains give a reminder of our
need to take care of it. The pack comes with
120 paper chain links in 12 different ocean
conservation themed designs. Each link measures approximately 10 ½” x 2” unassembled.
No glue or staples are needed to put your chains
together, just insert the tab into the slit for quick
and easy construction. Chain them all together
for 24 feet of paper decorations.
042846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99
Paper Weaving: Kit for Kids! (PK-5)
022640 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95
19.95
Princesses (Art & Creations) (K-3)
064621 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Twirled Paper (3-10)
Once again, Klutz has come out with a truly
exceptional arts and crafts kit. Paper twirling,
also known as paper filigree or paper quilling,
is a lesser known paper craft that has been
around for over 500 years (I have to admit, I had
never heard of paper twirling before, but the
simplicity of the craft and the amazing results
you get makes me wonder why a product like
this wasn't available earlier). You simply curl
strips of paper with the twirling wand and glue
them to make assorted objects. Included in
the Twirled Paper kit are: a book with project
suggestions, well over 100 multi-colored paper
strips (24" x 1/8"), a twirling wand, pin board,
toothpicks, glue, and wiggle eyes. A handy storage box is also included.
The huge variety of objects, all aesthetically
pleasing, you can make from simple paper coils
is absolutely amazing. Although the book provides many creative ideas such as assorted bug/
insect pencil toppers, caterpillars, birds, fish,
flowers, letters of the alphabet, etc.; don't limit
yourself to these. Once you master the many
basic shapes introduced (teardrop, wing, eye,
slug, gumdrop, tulip, moon, arrow, duck foot,
triangle, square, diamond, and rectangle), the
possibilities are limited only by your imagination. ~ Enh
025125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95
Painting
"Decorate Your Own" Crafts
033788 Butterfly Accents (3-6) . 6.99 5.50
Two butterfly ornaments to paint & string
033953 Butterfly Box . . . . . . . 6.99 5.50
033963 Butterfly Magnets . . . . 4.99 3.95
Set of 4 wooden magnets to paint
033807 ☼Christmas Ornaments6.99 5.50
These charming little ornaments by Melissa
and Doug® are fun to paint and decorate.
They have more detail than flat ornaments,
with raised edges and shapes to add interest
as you paint. These would lend themselves
well to some glue and bedazzling jewels
too. Kit includes 2 blank resin ornaments
(tree & teardrop shaped), 6 metallic paints,
2 paintbrushes, and ribbons.
033810 Dinosaur Figurines (3-6) 7.99 6.25
033970 Flower Beads . . . . . . . 4.99 3.95
Over 35 beads to decorate and string
033978 Flower Box . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.50
033986 Heart Beads . . . . . . . . 4.99 3.95
35+ wooden beads to decorate
033991 Heart Box . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.50
033827 Horse Figurines (3-6) . 7.99 6.25
033831 ☼Magnetic Ballerina Dress-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.50
033833 ☼Magnetic Princess Dress-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.50
Make these magnetic dress-up dolls sparkle
with your own personal touch. Decorate the
base, color the outfits, and accessorize with
jewelry. Each kit includes a magnetic doll, 3
outfits, 3 small colored pencils, 8 gem stickers, and 2 glitter glues.
033995 Monster Truck . . . . . . 4.99 3.95
033838 Owl Bank (3-6) . . . . . 6.99 5.50
033858 Pet Figurines (3-6) . . . 7.99 6.25
013964 Picture Frame . . . . . . .6.99 5.50
For 3” x 5” picture. Pastel paints, glitter glue,
and sparkly gem stickers for a “girly” look.
034001 Picture Frame . . . . . . .6.99 5.50
033890 Piggy Bank (3-6) . . . . . 6.99 5.50
034007 Pirate Chest . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.50
034025Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 3.95
034029 Princess Carriage . . . . 4.99 3.95
034043 Princess Chest . . . . . . 6.99 5.50
034051 Princess Set . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
Wooden doll, treasure box and mirror
013966 Race Car (large) . . . . 12.99 9.99
034064 Race Car (small) . . . . . 4.99 3.95
033927 Race Car Bank (3-6) . . 6.99 5.50
033929 Rainbow Bank (3-6) . . 6.99 5.50
034073 Rescue Vehicles Set . 14.99 11.75
Police car, fire truck & helicopter to paint
and assemble
033945 Rubber Duck . . . . . . . 6.99 5.50
034075 Train (small) . . . . . . . . 4.99 3.95
☼Paint Your Own Tea Set (PK-2)
The ultimate gift for any crafty girl looking to
customize her own tea set. This adorable ceramic tea set for two by Stephen Joseph® allows you
to enjoy both craft time and pretend play tea
time. The set includes pottery pieces that range
from 2-4” (teapot with lid, sugar bowl with lid,
creamer, 2 teacups, 2 saucers, 2 plates), 6 colors (red, blue, yellow, purple, pink, white) of
non-toxic paint, 1 page of instructions & paint
mixing chart, and 2 paintbrushes. Please note
this set is for pretend play only and not for food Wooden Scroll Designs Crafts (PK-3)
EACH CRAFT KIT . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
or liquid use.
061197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.90 037675Dinosaurs 037683Nature
Decorate-Your-Own Kits (PK-3)
These kits from Melissa & Doug® include
everything you need to transform a bare wooden
(or resin) object into a colorful craft you can call
your own. Kits include paint pots and brushes.
and some kits also include other embellishments. Figurine and bank sets are resin, not
wooden; figurine sets include two resin figures
to paint. Please note that for train and race car
sets, the set with the higher price point has a
larger wooden vehicle (5-6" vs 3-4").
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Breyer® Horse Family Painting Kit (PK-AD)
Create your own uniquely patterned equine
friends! This kit contains everything you need
including 3 Stablemates® horse models (mare,
stallion and foal) with brushable manes and tails,
paints, paint brushes, and full-color instruction
booklet. Adult horses measure approximately
4.25”.
033136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.99
☼HorseCrazy Surprise Painting Kit (PK-AD)
A fun project for a rainy or snowy day, or an
inexpensive party favor/activity to keep all those
little ones busy! This little kit contains 1 of 4
possible Breyer® Stablemates® model horses, 3
colors of paint (white, brown, and black), and a
paintbrush. Kids and adults alike can paint their
own horse, just the way they want it! ~ Megan
038122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.49
☼HorseCrazy Colorful Breeds Paint Kit (K-AD)
Give these 1:32 scale Breyer® Stablemates®
horses their own unique look! This fun do-ityourself kit includes 5 different Stablemates®
horses (various breeds and positions), paint
brush, 6 colors of paint (black, white, yellow,
green, and two shades of brown), instruction
book, and a pop-out sheet of fun background
accessories that you can paint also. ~ Megan
038121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 17.99
☼ Paint Your Own Garden Sundial (K-6)
Combine art class with history and learn how
to tell time like the ancient Egyptians. Made of
ceramic, this 7” diameter sundial comes with a
shadow stick, simple instructions, a paintbrush
and 8 pods of paint. Paint the happy sun design
on the dial face with your own custom color
palette, wait to dry for 24 hours before placing
outdoors in the garden, and then you’ll be set
in no time!
055625 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00 11.95
☼Paint Your Own Ladybug House (K-6)
What a charming way to protect your garden!
Ladybugs are a must for any thriving garden, for
they eat menacing aphids, mealybugs and mites
that like to munch on your precious plants. So
paint this triangular-shaped, wooden ladybug
house with the included paintbrush & 8 paint
colors, add some leaves and twigs to the builtin shelf, place in the garden, and give some
helping friends a safe haven. Measures 7” x 7”
x 2.25”. ~ Emily
055626 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 14.95
Breyer® Paint Your Own Horse (1-AD)
Speckles, spots or dapples? Solids or pintos?
Stars, stripes, or snips? It’s up to you to create
your own dream horse with these great kits.
Each kit includes two 6” x 4” Paddock Pals®
horse models, complete with textured manes
and tails to paint. Six colors of 0.1 oz paints
are included to create realistic looking horses
(white, black, tan and several shades of brown),
along with 3 paint brushes with varying tip sizes
and full-color instructions. So pick the kit that
contains your favorite breeds, spread out some
newspaper on your work area, and you are
ready to go! ~ Megan
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 17.99
033276 Arabian and Thoroughbred
033277 Quarterhorse and Saddlebred
Art
1151
Wood Toys: Assembled & Ready-to-Paint (1-8)
These wooden toys are made from unfinished
wood and are already assembled. Students can
paint the toys as they see fit for customized play.
The Painters Markers (see description) would
work wonderfully for this purpose. These are
fun toys that kids will enjoy painting and playing
with, or giving as personalized gifts. ~ Rachel
010071 Daisy Push-Up Toy . . . 3.50
Jointed wooden flower in a pot (2.5”W x
6”H). If you push the button on the underside of the pot, the flower “wilts,” and when
you release the button, the string tightens
and the flower pops back up again.
041441 Bird Wooden Shapes . 2.50
Includes about 20 small, unfinished wood
pieces shaped like various birds. Pieces
are .25cm to .5cm thick; the largest ones
measure about 3.75” long and the smallest
measure 1.75”. Paint them to resemble real
birds, make a mobile of flying creatures, use
them to decorate and more.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
☼Canvas Painting Sets (1-5)
Time to paint like a professional artist and
decorate your room too! These decorate-yourown canvas painting sets by Melissa and Doug®
have themed pre-printed designs on actual
stretched canvas over frames, so it’s fun to paint
for any young artist. When they’re done, they
have a nice stretched canvas picture to hang
or showcase in the included display easel. The
sets include 8 tubes of paint, 3 paintbrushes, 3
approx. 6” square stretched canvases, a mixing tray, and a colorful plastic display easel.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
033791Animals
033801Princess
Marker Everything: Design, Doodle, and
Decorate with Permanent Markers (3-AD)
064348 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95
Create Your Own Masterpiece Canvas Board
Art Sets
EACH 5" x 7" Set (1-AD) . . . . . 9.99
8.25
062610 Gorilla & Tiger
062613 Pegasus & Zebra
062611 Sea Turtle & Cheetah
062612 Tiger & Kitten
EACH 12" x 12" SET (3-AD) . 14.99 11.95
029012 Tiger & Kitten
029018 Gorilla & Tiger
Works of Ahhh Wood Painting Kits (1-AD)
You’ll love these impressive kits that include 029027 Sea Turtle & Cheetah
everything you need to create personalized 029038 Unicorn & Zebra
works of art. Each kit includes a handcrafted
animal or object made from solid wood, which Paint Your Own Porcelain Flower Pots (3-AD)
is generally 4”-5” tall and 4”-5” wide, and an 065162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 22.46
artist-quality brush. Six containers (.48 oz.) of
non-toxic acrylic paint in yellow, red, blue,
brown, white, and green are also included. The
paints are very high quality so one coat is usually enough. A painting guide gives you tips on
how to paint each figure but you can decorate
them however you wish. Designs and colors
may vary. Works of Ahhh now offers a painting
app availabe from Google play or the Apple
App Store. This app shows your project and
allows you to plan, see what it will look like,
☼Dreamland Fairy House (4-AD)
and make changes before you start painting.
This cute fairy house received a Tillywig award
EACH KIT (except noted) . . . 15.99 12.95
for Best Creative Fun! Premade and ready for
056285Airplane
your designs, this almost 8” x 4 ½” x 4 1/8”
006024 Choo Choo Train
053240 Dump Truck . . . . . . .17.99 13.75 house is made of lightweight wood with metalhinge front doors. On the roof, a flower-shaped
056291 ☼Fairy Garden
wooden door swivels back and forth to allow
056286Firetruck
your fairy to fly in. Our staff member who
011930 Flower Birdhouse
painted one of her own recommended applying
056287 Garbage Truck
a base coat (not included) prior to using the 6
029358 ☼Gingerbread House
pastel tempera paints for decorations. Includes
047600 Jewelry Box
065870 ☼Noah’s Ark . . . . . 19.99 14.95 a 5 1/2” x 8 1/2” booklet which, in poetry
form, tells the Legend of the Dreamland Fairy.
029341 Nutcracker Drummer
Although the overall idea is fairly innocuous,
056290 Nutcracker Elf
some parents may want to be aware that the
029357 Nutcracker Guardsman
story idea is that the fairy brings good dreams.
052246 Nutcracker Prince
Includes a 1 1/2” square non-reusable bag of
052247 Nutcracker Soldier
Fairy Dust (white glitter), paints, a small paint011927 ☼Owl Wind Chime
021244 ☼Polar Express . . . . 34.99 26.95 brush, booklet, a fairy and stand (cut out from
the package container) and premade house.
056292 Sailboat
This product is not designed for rigorous play
056293Secret
or outdoor use. Colors and content may vary.
065871 ☼Space Fighter
052248Tractor . . . . . . . . . 17.99 13.50 Although recommended ages begin at age 4, a
child this age would work best with some adult
047602 Treasure Chest
assistance. ~ Ruth
029362 Winter Snowman
24.99
062098 Wind Chime Small . . . 7.99 6.50 002106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152
Art
Painting by Number
☼Painting By Numbers Jr. (3-AD)
Painting with these kits is
as easy as 1, 2, 3… 4, 5, 6,
and - well, you get the point!
Aside from just creating lovely
pictures, these sets are a great
way to increase your painting
confidence and experiment with
various techniques. These sets
are inexpensive and contain no extra “fluff”.
Although the title says “Jr.”, paint areas are small
and there is a lot of mixing of paints involved,
so keep that in mind with children on the lower
end of the age range. Paint pots in the Small,
Mini, and Large kits are numbered on the packaging only; so keep it handy for reference! Small
kits contain one 8.5” x 11.25” pre-printed canvas board, one practice sheet, one paintbrush,
and seven acrylic paint pots. Large Kits contain
one 15.25” x 11.25” pre-printed canvas, one
practice sheet, one paintbrush, and ten acrylic
paint pots. 3-packs contain three 8.5” x 11.25”
pre-printed canvas boards, three practice sheets,
two paintbrushes, twelve acrylic paint pots, and
a plastic palette. Mini sets contain one 5” x
7” pre-printed canvas, one practice sheet, one
paintbrush, and seven mini acrylic paint pots.
Activity Sets contain four 8” x 10” pre-printed
canvas boards, two paintbrushes, 15 acrylic
paint pots, and a plastic palette.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH SMALL SET . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
3.95
060363Butterflies
060364 Cat & Kittens
060366Dolphins
060367 Family Pets
060368 Flower Fairies
060369 Garden Birds
060370 Grand Prix
060371 Horse in Field
060378 Labrador Puppies
060379 Labrador Puppy
060380 Lunchtime w/ Friends
060381 Mare & Foal
060382 Native Neighbors
060383 News Boy
060384Reflections
060385 Seal Pup
060390Tigers
060391 Winter Wonderland
062588 Majestic Macaws
EACH LARGE SET . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
5.50
060365 Dancing Snow
060372 Horses & Foals
060386 Snow Wolf
060387 Three Buddies
060388 Three of a Kind
060389 Thunder Run
EACH 3-PACK SET . . . . . . . . 10.99
6.95
060373Cats
060374Dogs
060375 Jungle Cats
060376Outdoors
060377 Sea Life
EACH MINI SET . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99
1.75
062581Westie
062582 Eastern Bluebird
062583 Swallowtail Butterflies
EACH ACTIVITY SET . . . . . . 14.99
9.95
060361Jungle
060362Country
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Art Adventure Super Value Set (3-AD)
A perfect kit for trying out a variety of crafts all
at once! This set contains three 8” x 10” paint
by number projects, three 8” x 10” engraving
art projects, and three 8” x 10” color pencil
by number projects. Each project comes with a
practice sheet. Included supplies are 14 acrylic
paint pots, 2 paintbrushes, 10 color pencils, 1
pencil sharpener, 1 engraving tool, and a plastic
palette. Although the age guide says 8+, keep
in mind that there is precision scratching, lots
of color mixing, and small areas that take time
and patience!
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
062567 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 10.95
PaintWorks Paint-by-Number Sets (3-AD)
Paint-by-numbers aren’t just the next step
beyond a coloring book. They can be skillbuilding projects for beginner painters learning
how to mix and layer colors and shades to create
a dynamic picture. These inexpensive kits each
contain a sturdy printed board (with outlines
and numbers in gray), a fine detail paintbrush,
and paint pots. Beginner Kits include 8” x 10”
boards and six paint pots, while Intermediate
Kits include a 9” x 12” board and eight paint
pots. Even at the beginner level of these kits, the
pictures are fairly detailed in nature and require
a stable hand. Also, don’t let the small size of
the paint pots fool you - the paints are of good
quality and go a long way. - Enh
EACH BEGINNER SET . . . . . . . 6.99
6.50
002734 Dolphin Duo
002764 Pony and Mother
050777 Puppy and Soccer Ball
EACH INTERMEDIATE SET . . . 8.79
7.95
002726 Back Pack Buddies
050773 Butterflies and Bamboo
050775 Hang On Kitty
050776 Hummingbird & Fuschias
002754 Pony and Kitten
050778 Sunlit Pals
002776 Wolf Among Birches
Paint By Sticker (5-AD)
065411 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
11.50
Watercolor Painting
My First Paint With Water Books (PK-1)
Budding artists can “paint”
their very own masterpieces with the help of these
colorful pads. Each pad
contains 24 large, easy-topaint cartoon scenes and a
paintbrush that stores conveniently inside the front
cover. The scenes are illustrated with color pigmented
patterns that blend into a single paint color
when wet. Just dip the brush in water, blot
away the excess, and brush upon a patterned
area. After a couple of minutes, the colors will
blend into a fun shade! The Blue book is geared
towards boys with themes such as pirates, dinosaurs, and space, while the Pink book holds
pastel scenes of dancers, horses, princesses,
etc. ~ Lisa
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
034335Animals
007889Pink
007885Blue
036897 ☼Vehicles
☼Pretty Princess Paint with Water (PK-2)
Great starter set for beginning painters with no
messy paint spills! Each page features a special
paint palette "printed" right onto the top of the
page. Simply use a wet paintbrush to lift some
color off the palette (like pan watercolors), then
paint over each section of the princess-themed
picture. When finished, cut the paint palette off
the top of page, allow some time to dry and you
will have beautiful pictures to hang with pride. 20
pages (each with own palette) and a brush. 8"x11".
034346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
055963Amazon
055966Dragons
060087Cats
055967Egyptian
055964Coral Reefs 055968Horses
055965Dolphins
064614 ☼Pegasus
064612 ☼African Mandalas
060086 Animal Mandalas
064613 ☼Mythical Animals
064615 ☼Trees of Life
001045 Tropical Landscapes
060088 Zebras, Giraffes, Panthers
☼Aquarellum Black Line: Japanese Woodcuts (2-AD)
Similar to the other aquarellum kits except
the raised, water-repelling part of the canvas is
black instead of white in this version. When
completed, the black lines lend a bold and
elegant air to the piece. Set includes two preembossed 9.8” x 12.8” canvases, seven inks, a
brush, a pallete, a pipette, and instructions.
060084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.98
Breyer® Horse Watercolor Painting (PK-5)
Everything your little artist needs to create their
own beautiful watercolor artwork. This pad contains 20 different horsey scenes (complete with
the paint for each page) and a paint brush. My
only complaint is that the paints included are
mostly bright rainbow colors (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and brown) so you don’t have
much variety for realistic looking horses, but the Aquarellum Phospho (2-AD)
19.98
colors will be quite attractive to young children. EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 064617Unicorns
033389 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.49 064616Cosmos
Magic Painting Book (K-AD)
065495 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.99
Watercolor Crush by Klutz (1-AD)
064349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99
14.50
Aquarellum KITS (K-AD)
Paint on the watercolor, and let the “magic
canvas” handle the details!
The specially
embossed picture cards absorb paint in some
areas, and repel paint in others. Each stroke of
the brush brings new details to life. The inks
blend wonderfully, much like a controlled tiedye. The end result is a vibrant, striking work of
art. Inks are washable and non-toxic. ~ Janine
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH MINI SET (K-AD) . . . . . . 9.99
These postcard-sized canvases have the simplest designs. Mini sets contains two small
canvasses, three watercolor inks, a dropper,
a pallete, a brush, and a mixing color guide.
055969Butterflies 055971Dolphins
055970Cats
060089Horses
EACH JUNIOR SET (1-AD) . . . . 19.98
These 7” x 10” canvases have little or no
background material, so are good for intermediate artists. Each set comes with four
canvasses, five watercolor inks, a dropper,
a pallete, a brush, and a mixing color guide.
055954Butterflies 060085Knights
001040Circus
062789 ☼Mermaids
055955Dragons
055960Owls
055956Fairies
055961Parrots
055957Fish
055962Princesses
055958Horses
064611 ☼Sweet Dogs
055959 In the Park
064610 ☼Flower Princesses
EACH JUNIOR REFILL . . . . . . . 8.40
Contain four junior-sized canvases in the
same designs as in the setse above.
062790 Butterflies
062792 In the Park
062791Fairies
062793Mermaids
EACH LARGE SET (3-AD) . . . 21.98 21.58
These large (12.8” x 9.8”) canvases offer the
most fine detail. Each set comes with three
different canvasses, nine watercolor inks, a
dropper, a pallete, a brush, and a mixing
color guide.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Aquarellum Animal Masks (3-AD)
064609 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.98
AQUARELLE KITS (3-AD)
These fool-proof watercolor kits make masterpiece creation a breeze! Each contains watercolor paper canvasses with paint-resistant outlines,
liquid watercolor paints, a double-ended paint
brush, pipette, mixing palette and instructions.
Mix the colors to your liking, and apply to the
designs. The water-resistant areas will repel the
paint while the other areas absorb it, creating
beautiful, colorful watercolor effects. Kits feature different size paper canvasses.
EACH MIDI KIT . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
Each contains three 7” x 9.5 canvases, five
paints, one double-sided brush, pipette,
mixing palette, and instructions.
042072Cats
042077Horses
042073Dolphins
EACH MAXI KIT . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 22.95
Three canvasses (11.75”x9.75"), five liquid
watercolors, a 20-slot palette a doubleended paint brush, pipette, and instructions.
057206Beach
057209Provence
057208Monet
EACH GLOW KIT . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
Glow kits contain two 10" x 10" canvases
with raised lines that glow in the dark.
Glow effects will shine through the watercolor paint in the dark! Includes two canvasses, five paints, one double-ended brush,
pipette, mixing palette, and instructions.
042033Birds
042056Fairy Magic
042043Dolphins
Art
1153
Fabric Crafts
Sewing - Instructional
See also Curriculum - Home Economics.
MY FIRST SEWING BOOKS (K-8)
Author Winky Cherry believes that children
should learn to sew by hand before they learn
to use a sewing machine. Hand sewing skills
develop finger dexterity, and teach the value of
patience and practice. This series gently leads
children through their first sewing experiences.
EACH SEWING KIT BELOW 16.95 12.95
020199 My First Sewing Book & Kit
When we first reviewed this product, Melissa
& Stephanie (then age 10) had so much fun
sewing the first project (ducks) that during
the next three days they made Humphrey
Whale, Squirrel Nutkin, Ali Alligator, and
nine more stuffed animals. Only the need
to use the kitchen table for something other
than sewing kept them from completing the
whole zoo. Patterns for these animals are
placed over two pieces of felt, and the felt
is cut. Children then make dots 1/8” apart
and 1/8” along the edge of felt. Needle and
thread are drawn through each hole until
sewing is 90% complete. Add stuffing, finish sewing the remaining length, and they
have a new stuffed animal. Instructions are
simple enough for very young children to
follow and in rhyme for easy memorization. Includes book, two precut felt shapes,
3 yards each of 4 colors of crochet thread,
and 43 patterns for additional projects.
020201 My First Doll Book
Making a doll is a way for a child to make
a friend! Using the hand-sewing skills
learned in My First Sewing Book and My
First Embroidery Book, children make a felt
doll version of themselves, PLUS they learn
to make simple clothes. They can go on to
make all kinds of dolls, with different faces,
hair and clothing. Kit includes two cut-out
dolls (two different skin tones) plus crochet
thread, and yarn for hair.
020202 My First Sewing Machine Book
With a clear understanding of the concepts
of sewing, and the skills developed through
hand sewing and embroidery, children are
now introduced to the sewing machine on
an elementary level. Pictures are substituted for words to help children who are just
learning to read. Rhymes and silly names
for machine parts help children remember
information and rules. Children learn about
seam allowances, tapering, snips, clips,
stitching inside and turning the shape outside. Kit includes Sewing Practice Sheets
and fabric for two stars.
001354 My First Quilt Book
Using one or four patch blocks, children
learn to use a quilt plan, use a template to
draw and cut the shapes, and with the skills
learned in My First Sewing Book, stitch a
pieced quilt with sashing strips and blocks.
The quilt is finished by attaching the back
with the pillow-making process. The three
pieces of the quilt are fastened using yarn
ties so that the quilt can be “in use” while
quilting each square. Kit includes a poster
board template, quilt plans to color, and
1154
Art
ideas for more quilts. - Stephanie
028765 ☼My First Machine Patchwork (2-4)
Learn the basics of making patchwork
blocks! This kit comes with a book, patterns
and template. The directions will show you
how to measure, iron, and cut fabric into
squares which will be sewn into blocks.
Blocks can then be made into a pillow or
flag, or you can save them for use with the
My First Quilt Book from this same series
(not included). For extra practice, the book
also introduces information about appliques as well as patterns and directions for
assembling blocks in the style of the nautical International Code Flag alphabet. A fun,
simple introduction to patchwork blankets.
40 pages.
052182 My First Embroidery Book (2-4)
Children learn to think of embroidery as art
as they cross-stitch their name onto gingham
using charts and guides. Basic techniques
are used to teach kids to make letters, borders and hearts, while they learn important
lessons in safety, sharing, decision-making, patience and confidence. Kit includes
thread, hoop and fabrics. 44 pgs. ~ Sara
☼Sewing School 2 (2-8)
Sewing by hand and sewing by machine are
as different as riding a bicycle and riding in a
car! Sewing machines can seem complicated
and intimidating to young crafters, but a good
foundation in learning how to use one will open
up a whole new world in terms of the speed
and size of the projects they can tackle. In the
same fun, graphical style as Sewing School,
this one teaches young crafters how to use a
sewing machine, how to choose a good one,
using other sewing tools, safety rules for using a
sewing machine, how to use a pattern, how to
understand fabrics and more. Lessons provide
lots of full-color photos and child-friendly text.
There are three warm-up projects followed by
20 projects grouped by theme: room décor, onthe-go, playtime, and the outdoors. Each project
has a difficulty level (1-3 stars), a materials list, a
list of review topics if needed, notes for grownups, and step-by-step instructions with photos
for every step. Some of the projects include a
cookie coin purse, an art supply pouch, a water
bottle holder, a cushion with a strap, a simple
backpack, a plush guitar and more (patterns are
included at the end of the book). I appreciate
that the projects are actually do-able for kids,
and the examples in the photos are actually
made by kids, not by Pinterest-level crafters. If
you’re not a sewing pro yourself, this is a great
resource for teaching your children (and maybe
even yourself!) how to use a sewing machine.
160 pages, spiral-binding. – Jess
060637 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 12.95
Sewing School: 21 Projects Kids Will Love (K-3)
Know where your needle is at all times! Be
safe and take your time! Remember that nothing
has to be perfect! These are the authors’ rules
for children learning to sew for the first time.
Color photos and clear directions make this one
user-friendly book and a good choice for visual
learners. Starting at age 5, you can teach your
children to make basic stitches used in several
simple project ideas. First they make a basic
sewing kit and practice stitches, then they get
to make a pin cushion and original stuffed toy.
Later they can make a skirt, modify a t-shirt,
even repair old clothes and toys. This book
seems easier to use than some of our others that
have more elaborate directions or projects. Age
appropriate for little kids and non-sewing mothers. It may not be pretty at first, but it will be
original and hopefully encourage future sewing Best of Sewing Machine Fun for Kids (2-6)
This book combines all the fun found in
enthusiasts! ~ Sara
040960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 11.95 Sewing Machine Fun and More Sewing Machine
Fun into one binding. Find 13 fun sewing projects; games, puzzles, and riddles; helper stars;
Let’s Sew (1-4)
046075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 11.50 and all of the other features from the originals
in this lay-flat, extremely kid-friendly sewing
starter. A great way to introduce children to
Simply Sewing (3-8)
This book features basic instruction and easy using a sewing machine, with clear instructions
step-by-step projects for young seamstresses to and illustrations. A sewing machine is necestry out their skills. The book begins with several sary to complete the activities.
pages of basic instruction and tips for kids to 024842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 11.95
learn the basics of hand and machine sewing.
Follow-up projects include photos, diagrams, Stitches & Pins: Beginning Sewing for Girls (3-AD)
Want to learn how to operate a sewing
materials lists, and colorfully illustrated step-bystep instructions to make the projects easy and machine? This fun book from Bunkhouse Books
fun. They will create patchwork pincushions, will explain the basics to you and give you 14
slumber party sacks, simple blankets, a t-shirt projects in which to practice your newfound
skirt, a skirt made from jeans, a beach wrap, a sewing skills. From a pillowcase to pajamas
beach bag, a pillow with a zippered cover, a and aprons to tote bags, this book has some
makeup bag, and pajama pants. Embellishments COOL sewing projects to do. Very well written
such as trim and appliques are also covered. with easy-to-follow instructions and clear illusThe instructions are very thorough and can be trations, a homeschool mom and sewing-award
completed by older children, but some parental winning daughter combination share with you
supervision would be appropriate for all ages, the tricks to the sewing trade. I have never seen
and younger students may need some actual a better introduction to sewing book. Patterns
are included. ~ Genevieve
assistance. 40 pgs, pb. ~ Rachel S.
026855 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
6.25 015297 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.95 21.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Creative Kids Complete Photo Guide to
Sewing (3-AD)
This sewing guide covers tons of basic skills,
though is suited for a little bit older learner or
for a younger child who can be accompanied by
a somewhat crafty parent. They’ll learn to make
a gift bag, tooth fairy pillow with pocket, a roll
up organizer for sewing tools, pencils and other
fun projects as well! The guide has lots of clear
directions to make learning to sew easy and fun.
144 softcover pages. – Laura
064277 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 15.95
☼We Love to Sew: Bedrooms (3-8)
Personalizing your bedroom can be a great
way to express yourself without consequence,
especially as a tween/teen. Why not decorate
with your own creations? This book has 23
projects for ways to spice up your room. Make
a simple headboard out of patchwork pieces or
sew a chic geometric diamond wall hanging.
String up a custom canopy or a felt flower chandelier. Spruce up an old rug with appliques,
transform a pail into an ottoman and so much
more. Once you’ve made one for yourself, why
not make one in a friend or sibling’s favorite
colors to give them as a gift! 176 softcover
pages. – Laura
063984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 14.50
☼Sew in Style: Make Your Own Doll Clothes
(3-AD)
Designed specifically for 18” dolls like the
popular American Girl, Journey Girls, and
Our Generation dolls, this book will teach
you how to make 22 different projects. You’ll
learn important information like choosing the
right fabric, using a pattern, hand and machine
sewing, seam allowance, pressing and more,
all while making fun clothes like skirts, tops,
bags, dresses, pajamas, sleeping bags, shorts
and more. While the designs are pretty neutral,
you can make them more retro or modern just
by picking different fabrics or embellishments! A
great introduction to sewing clothing. 112 pages
with included patterns. Pb. – Laura
063983 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.95 15.25
☼Creature Camp: Make Your Own Soft Dolls
(4-AD)
Written by a mom and her pre-teen daughter,
this book uses fun projects to teach fundamental
sewing skills. Forget boring pillows, practice
sewing straight lines with a robot or a totem
pole! Need to learn how to sew curves? Why
not make a chubby teddy bear? Corners, stuffing, gussets, different kinds of fabric, buttons,
basic embroidery, zippers, pockets, and more:
there are so many great skills that can be carried on through the rest of your child’s sewing
experience, many of which are available in this
fun book. My favorite design is the caterpillar
that you can turn inside out to reveal a beautiful
butterfly! When you’re done, why not give these
as gifts to friends and family? A truly enjoyable
introduction to sewing. 168 pages, pb. – Laura
063981 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.95 15.25
☼Fabric Paper Thread: 26 Projects to Stitch
with Friends (4-AD)
If you ever thought sewing books were for
old ladies, think again! This book is filled with
26 trendy projects with a hipstery, west coast
feel that would make for great gifts or even to
sell! Crafts are an assortment of cross stitch,
embroidery, sewing, braiding, pom-pom and
tassel making, stamping, felting an old sweater
(though you could substitute craft felt for these
projects if necessary) and a little bit of ironing.
You’ll make bedroom and home décor, jewelry,
custom notebooks, appliques for clothing and
more. I can’t wait to try the tassel necklaces and
I’m sure you’ll love everything you make too!
144 softcover pages. – Laura
063982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 14.50
Kid’s Guide to Sewing (6-12)
Give a child a sewing kit, and they’ll sew
for a day; guide them through this book, and
they’ll sew for a lifetime! Written by 11-yearold Sophie (with help from her parents!), A
Kid’s Guide to Sewing teaches machine basics
and sewing techniques that your child will use
almost every time they sew, such as applique,
zippers, quilting, and much more. It gives tips
for working with a wide variety of sewing materials and notions, giving your aspiring tailor or
seamstress a foundation to build on. If they run
into a problem, the book gives practical advice
to work around it or how to remedy the problem, depending on the issue. Flexible projects
teach you how to make things bigger or smaller
depending on the need, instead of (literally) the
one-size-fits-all approach. I was very impressed
but this book and loved the colorful photos, fun
projects, and practical learning. Your child will
surely enjoy making the blanket, bag, keychain,
scarf, or project of his choice. 144 pgs, sc.
056614 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 14.50
is heavier for the handle than the main pouch,
which I thought was a nice touch of quality.
A page of step-by-step photo instructions is
very clear. The designs & colors are great for
a boy or girl because any kid has stuff to take
with them! These are a perfect gift too because
you can then spend time making the project
together. ~ Sara
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
063677 Foxy Tote . . . . . . . . . 9.99
9.00
063678 Puppy Pouch . . . . . . 9.99
9.00
Tooth Fairy Pillow Felt Sewing Kit (K-AD)
Sew your own tooth fairy pillow with this easy
sewing kit. Contains colorful precut felt pieces,
polyfill/stuffing, a plastic safety needle, embroidery floss, and easy-to-follow instructions. You
supply the scissors, glue, and nimble fingers.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
013250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.95
Betty’s Begin to Sew Bear & Heart Set (1-6)
This set is both instructive and enjoyable. Kids
will learn easy sewing as they make two beanbags. Kit holds two pre-cut felt shapes, stuffing,
materials for decorating, yarn, and a safe plastic
needle. - Melissa
004190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.95
☼Sew Softies (2-5)
The only thing better than a cute little stuffed
animal is a cute little stuffed animal you make
yourself. You supply the scissors to cut the
thread; everything else is in the kit: felt pieces,
stuffing, dull metal needle, thread, and eye and
nose pieces. Easy-to-follow instructions and precut felt pieces make this kit kid-friendly.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.75
061035Bird
063555 ☼Penguin
061036Cat
063556 ☼Reindeer
061037Dog
038295 ☼Perfect Pug . . . . . 12.99 10.25
061038 Sea Creatures (3pk) 14.99 11.75
061039 Woodland (3pk) . . . 14.99 11.75
Sew Softies Jumbo Hamster (2-6)
038260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
Home Economics: You Can... (7-AD)
See description in Curriculum/Home Economics.
035878Sew! . . . . . . . . . . . 129.95 98.95 Sew Cute Sock Animals (2-8)
These kits are SO cute! Seriously, these are
056304 Sew! Quilting Ed . . 129.00 98.95
adorable! Absolutely everything you need to
make your stuffed toy is in the box. You get
Sewing - Project Kits
scissors, pins, needle & thread, a threader, fluff,
embellishments, and a pair of socks. The socks,
☼Do It Yourself Kits (PK-3)
What fun to make your own bag for tot- which are almost too cute to cut up, are made
ing around your treasures! Each of these kits to fit an average seven-year-old. The instrucincludes all you need for a child to make a tions are very clear and take you step-by-step
felt purse/satchel of their very own. Pre-cut felt with illustrations, from how to pin your pattern,
pieces have small holes punched where you to how to divide your fluff. Students will have
sew the parts together with yarn. You get a front to learn to make a good whipstitch to put their
and back w/flap & hook & loop closure, gusset animal together. You may want to have them
and handle. Plastic eyes and nose have holes to practice this first on an old sock. I have a feeling
sew them on like beads. There are 2 large metal that your drawers may be missing a sock here
blunt-end needles that are large enough to get and there after your child masters this kit, but
the yarn through. These kits are a fun way to you will have lots of stuffed critters to show for
introduce children to basic sewing techniques it! Scissors are blunt-edged, but sharp enough
with success rather than frustration. The finished to cut sock fabric, so be sure to supervise little
product measures about 6” x 5” not counting hands. See below for specifics on each type of
the ears and the handle, which is about 38” animal. ~ Sara
9.75
inches long. Kids can wear it cross-body style. EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00
036119Octopus
The fox is bright red with white accents and 052038Puppy
055355Owl
the puppy is brown with ivory accents. The felt 055354Kitty
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1155
☼Sew Cute Minis (2-AD)
These kits would be the perfect thing for any
child who loves to sew! Everything you need
is included: pre-cut felt pieces, easy-to-follow
illustrated instructions, embroidery floss for
thread, a printed piece for lining, pillow pieces,
a pillow, fuzzy fleece for a blanket, glue, a needle (metal, not plastic!), stuffing, and a cute tin
to store everything, plus stickers to personalize
it! Very simple embroidery skills, predominately
the blanket stitch, are all you need to get started.
From there, directions make everything very
clear with lots of images to help young learners. Tins are 3.5” x 4.5” x 1.5” Why not use
this as some on-the-go entertainment? Children
could sew it the car (keeping all spare pieces in
the tin), then when they reach their destination,
they could use it as their own Flat Stanley or
Traveling Teddy and take pictures of their friend
at different tourist stops. How fun! - Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.50
059567 Bella the Cat w/ mouse
059568 Bebe the Bunny w/ teddy
059569 Max the Monkey w/ lion
059570 Emmie the Mouse w/ cat
059571 Dexter the Dog w/ bunny
Sew Cute Felt Mobile (3-AD)
From Home-Ec to hanging in your home, this
rainbow mobile will delight young crafters. All
the pieces come pre-cut, so there is no measuring necessary. Simply stitch the pieces in place;
stuff the clouds, rainbow, and sun; and hang
from the wooden hoop. Comes with everything
you need to complete the project. - Laura
000267 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 10.50
Make-Your-Own Travel Buddies (3-6)
Pre-punched felt and a child-safe needle make
these kits perfect for kids who are just learning
to sew. The cute designs and the adorable travel
tin suitcase just seal the deal! Each kit includes
21 or 22 pieces to make two small animals, a
pillow and a blanket. When the animals and
their cozy little bed are assembled, kids can
decorate the tin to really make them at home.
These would be super cute gifts!
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00
8.95
039500Bear
009340Monkey
009212Bunny
009389Mouse
039501Cat
039503Panda
☼Make-Your-Own Tiny Town Buddies (3-AD)
A simplified version of Sew Cute Minis, these
kits include pre-printed animal pieces with faces
and outfits. Because of this, I think children as
young as 4 or 5 could make these with a little
supervision, especially if that child has good
lacing skills. Storage tins are printed to look like
tiny houses on the outside with rooms on the
inside. Stickers are also included. I could see
this being a great pre-trip gift. Children could
sew it in the car, then when they reach their
destination, they could use it as their own Flat
Stanley or Traveling Teddy and take pictures of
their friend at different tourist stops. How fun!
Approx. 7.5” x 2” x 9.75” – Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00
8.95
039495Bunny
039499Fox
039497 Cat (A.)
1156
Art
Sew-Your-Own Felt Hang-Abouts (3-AD)
Perfect for Christmas ornaments, a kid-friendly
keychain, or just for decoration, kids will want
to display these adorable sewing projects when
they’re done. Each kit is all-inclusive, with felt,
ribbon, a child-safe needle and all the embellishments you need to decorate the finished
product. (You supply the scissors). Each kit contains between 16-23 pieces and easy-to follow,
step-by-step instructions. Pre-cut holes make
it easy for kids to piece the felt together and
they’ll use several different stitching techniques
in most kits, making these good introductory
sewing projects. We only hope they add more
styles! – Jess
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.00
5.95
009393Angel
009409Babushka
009414Bird
009416 Gingerbread Man
058983 Japanese Girl
009427Owl
Sewing Circuits (Geek & Co. Crafts) (3-AD)
041137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 22.40
the machine goes pretty fast and would probably not be good for a child who has never used
a machine before. Adult supervision is certainly
a good idea. I tried to see if I could stick my
finger in by the needle, and you really can’t.
It’s a safe design. Younger children could sew
the designs by hand. With all of the instruction
planning designs, using patterns, cutting fabrics,
and sewing garments, you can then create original designs! The size of the mannequins match
that of most 11” fashion dolls. You may have a
future fashionista on your hands! A kit like this
is a fun way to imagine clothing you might or
might not wear in real life. Let your imagination
take the lead! Scissors are not included. ~Sara
004105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.99 42.95
Haute Couture Bridal Party (4-6)
Now you get to be a famous fashion designer,
planning the perfect dresses for one of the most
exciting days in your dolls’ lives! This kit contains everything you need to create a fabulous
wedding dress and bridesmaid dresses for your
11” tall dolls, including a small (6.5” x 3” x
4.5”) sewing machine, shimmery fabric, jewels,
ribbons, patterns, sketches, mannequins and
more. The sewing machine is battery operated
with a foot pedal control and sews a sturdy
chain locking stitch. Say goodbye to ugly bridesmaid dresses and take matters into your own
capable hands – the only limit is your imagination! Requires 4-AA batteries, not included.
028900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99 47.59
Sew Cute Felt LED Fairy House Kit (3-AD)
Reinforce basic sewing skills with this fun fairy
house project! All the pieces come pre-cut, so
there is no measuring necessary. Simply stitch
the pieces in place, turn on the included LED
lights, and your hand-made, toadstool luminary
is ready to shine. Comes with enough materials
Sew Mini Treats Kit (5-AD)
to make two fairy house luminaries. - Laura
000257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 10.99 021798 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99
Sew-Your-Own My Best Friend (3-6)
If kids can follow the instructions and learn a
few simple stitches, they can create an adorable
12” whimsical doll – and a cute little “pocket
friend” for the doll as well. Each kit includes all
of the materials they need, including a childsafe needle, fabric with pre-cut holes, materials
for embellishments and even a birth certificate
for their doll. The dolls have a sweet charm to
them, with simple A-line frocks, front pockets
for their “pets” and yarn hair. There are a lot of
simple sewing project kits out there, but I think
kids will really be proud of the dolls they create
with these kits. – Jess
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.00 10.50
039658 Black Hair 009476Brunette
009453Blonde
009480Red Hair
☼Haute Couture Fashion Show (3-AD)
Future fabulous fashion designers can bring
their ideas to life in miniature using a real
sewing machine and mannequins all included
in this kit! Let’s look at all of the components
in detail. Four female mannequin torsos on a
stand are each 8.5” high and made of smooth
white plastic. You have a selection of fancy
fabrics, 12 sheets in all (8x8” and 8x11”), that
are silky, sparkly, shiny & floral. There is a
32 page instruction book w/color photos of 6
dresses, needle, threader, a wheel of 40 pins,
spare machine needle, screw opener, about 80
rhinestones w/holes, 2 bobbins of thread, and
6 dress patterns. The sewing machine itself is
battery operated (4 AAs not included) and is
about 5” wide, 2.5” deep and 6” high. It comes
threaded and there is no bottom thread. We feel
16.50
Quilting
Quilting Made Easy (K-AD)
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
037007Flower
037009Heart
Knot-a-Quilt Kits (1-6)
EACH Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.00 23.25
016589Chevron
016694Pattern
Knot-A-Lion Rug (1-6)
016533 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.00
23.25
Get Quilting with Angela & Cloe (3-12)
064801 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 16.75
Beginner’s Guide to Quilting (3-AD)
064218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99
A.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
17.50
Embroidery / Needlepoint
Hape Embroidery Kits (1-5)
These simple embroidery kits feature fun animal faces to stitch and keep! Each kit comes
with everything you need including felt, fabric,
a quality wooden frame, yarn, embroidery
needles, water-based paint, and more. The
results can be proudly displayed in their room.
A great way to increase fine motor skills, learn
basic stitching, and to create something fun with
little ones. - Laura
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.00 11.70
005744 Happy Hedgehog
005749 Laughing Lion
005767 Proud Peacock
005779 Wooly Sheep
☼Sew Cute Needlepoint (2-AD)
Stitch a beautiful design, frame, and hang!
Each of these fun and easy kits comes with
enough colored yarn and pre-printed plastic
canvas to stitch your design with the included
metal needle, then hang it in the 6” square plastic frame. All you need to supply is your own
scissors and a little tape. The repetitive design
is very simple and explained in the easy-to-read
instructions, making this great for quiet time or
long road trips. Just a heads up, the colors of
yarn may vary slightly from the photo on the
package. – Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.75
059572Butterfly
059575Owl
059573Flower
059576Rainbow
059574Horse
Embroidery Made Easy (3-AD)
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
036593 Cute Cupcake
036598 Puppy & Kitten
5.50
☼I Can Cross Stitch (3-AD)
Cross stitching might seem like a dated craft,
but with these fun, modern projects you can
create cute gifts and décor that is easy to personalize with your favorite colors! This book is
very entry level and kid friendly, breaking down
basic cross stitching with lots of pictures to help
you out. While there are no included materials,
the book is very helpful at telling you exactly
what to get and where to get it, making this
craft easy! You can make a floral design that
can either be attached to a pillow or wrapped
around a canvas. Why not make a trio of adorable woodland friends to hang in your room?
Or stich a simple floral motif and attach it to a
pin, ring, or headband and give to a friend! This
colorful book will keep you stitching for hours!
48 softcover pages. – Laura
061885 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
7.50
Start to.. Stitch (5-10)
065963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
14.50
☼Tiny Stitches – Learn to Embroider Necklace
Pendants & More (5-AD)
This isn’t your grandma’s embroidery sampler!
Learn to stitch adorable, personalized pieces
that fit in mini embroidery hoop pendants.
Follow the simple directions in the 48 page, full
color book to transfer a design onto one of the
10 squares of fabric, fit it in the pocket-sized
plastic embroidery hoop, then stitch your design
with the two needles and 8 colors of embroidery
floss. When you’re done, snap it into one of the
three reusable plastic frames, then hang it on the
ball-chain necklace. It was a little tricky to trim
the fabric after it was in the frame, so a pair of
very sharp, very tiny scissors (like nail scissors)
would be helpful to have, and the hoops could
easily be super-glued together if you wanted to
make your design permanent. Sure to be a hit
with your crafty teen, and the multiple hoops
mean they could be shared between siblings!
– Laura
063549 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50
Stitch Step by Step (7-AD)
047497 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
11.50
Crocheting
☼Crocheting for Kids (2-8)
This timeless craft is available for younger kids!
Gone are the dusty old projects of yesterday;
these fun crafts will have them stitching for a
long time. There’s a lot of good introductory
info about picking the right yarn as well as stepby-step photos of basic stitches. Soon, they’ll be
making shoelaces, bracelets, hats, hacky sacks,
stuffed friends, room decorations, bags, scarves,
blankets, and more! Altogether a nice introduction to yarn arts. 131 softcover pages. – Laura
049937 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 13.95
☼Creative Kids Complete Photo Guide to
Crochet (3-AD)
Another winner in this fantastic series. This
book teaches specific skills separately, then follows up with a project utilizing that skill as a
way to make learned information stick. Photos
are very detailed and make it easy to see. The
projects are so fun that you might want to crochet along with your little ones! 128 pgs, pb.
064275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 16.95
Discover Crochet Kit (2-12)
Once you know the
basic crochet stitches, you
can create just about anything! This kit will get
you up and running, and
it includes enough yarn to
make a scarf or a purse.
The step-by-step instructions start with the basics
and include making a slipknot, making a chain,
single crocheting, double crocheting, making slip stitches, and making granny squares.
Specific instructions for creating a granny square
scarf or a granny square purse are then included.
These include helpful diagrams and illustrations.
Kit includes four jewel-tone colors of 100%
wool yarn (pink, magenta, azure, emerald), a
crochet hook, wool fleece for making a button,
and instructions for getting started.
035670 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 16.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Sew Cute Crochet Bracelet Kit (2-AD)
Make some to keep, or share with all your
friends! This cute kit contains everything you
need (except the scissors) to create six colorful crocheted bangles. Easy-to-follow instructions show how to make the basic crochet
stitches, then how to turn them into bracelets.
Younger children may need a parent’s help (or
a YouTube video if you get stumped on a stitch
like I sometimes do). Kit includes one crochet
hook, a metal needle for threading beads, 60
wooden beads (10 of each color), 42 yards
of acrylic yarn (7 yards of each color) and an
instruction sheet. Happy stitching! – Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
059566 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.95
Sew Cute Fox Hat and Scarf (3-AD)
Practice basic crochet skills while making your
own fox winter-wear set! Everything you need is
included to make the adorable hat and matching
scarf. Simply crochet the scarf and hat, stitch the
felt pieces in place, and you’re ready to wear
them everywhere. - Laura
000273 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 10.99
Sew Cute Bakery Kits (3-8)
Not your typical crochet creations, the sweetlooking treats that kids can crochet with these
kits are adorable, yet zero-calorie. Each kit
contains enough materials to make seven treats
in a variety of colors and styles. Basic tools are
included, although you may need to provide
scissors (and maybe refill supplies once they get
the hang of crafting their goodies). The Cookies
kit also includes a dessert tray to display the crocheted creations although I think the crocheted
cookies would also be adorable as ornaments.
With the Doughnuts kit, the doughnuts are
sewn, stuffed with filling and decorated with
embellishments.
011560 Cookies (crochet) . . 12.99
8.00
011584 Doughnuts (sewing) 12.99 10.50
Sew Cute Granny Square Pillow Kit (3-AD)
Crochet and sewing skills come together to
make a brightly-colored version of a timeless
classic, the granny square. After crocheting the
squares and stitching together the pillow, you’ll
combine the two into a 17” square cushion
that you are sure to snuggle up with for a long
time. - Laura
000280 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 19.00
Tablet Cover Crochet Kit (3-AD)
035764 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95
19.25
Crochet Visual Deck Set (6-AD)
003529 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
11.50
Crochet Step by Step (7-AD)
045470 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
11.50
Art
1157
Knitting
☼Knit, Hook, and Spin (4-7)
Learn the basic elements of knitting, crocheting and more. First, this book introduces you to
different types of fibers and briefly explains the
applications for each. There are several simple
felting projects provided to introduce students
to the way natural fibers lock together. Other
projects include simple braiding, weaving and
knotting projects as well as learning how to
make your own yarn from wool. Next, you’ll
learn both spool and traditional knitting as well
as how to make a bag, a scarf and more. Knitting
not your thing? Try out crocheting! After learning
some basic stitches, you can make jewelry, a hat
and more. The book even includes information
on different methods of dyeing your own yarn,
reusing yarn from sweaters, or making other
types of yarn from old plastic grocery bags or t
shirts! While the amount of information sounds
overwhelming, it is presented in a kid-friendly,
unintimidating manner, so even a not-so-crafty
parent can help out. 148 pg, pb. – Laura
044882 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95
Quick-to-Knit Scarf Kits (2-AD)
This kit for beginning knitters teaches them
the basic garter stitch, and sets them loose to
create their own scarf. The kit includes easy-tofollow, illustrated instructions to teach children
the basic stitches, two wooden knitting needles,
and enough silky-soft Mohair and fine wool yarn
to knit a scarf approximately 3" wide and 50"
long. It's nice when kids can apply their knowledge right away to create such a nice, useful
object! Available in three solid yarn colors and
two mixed colors. - Jess
EACH SCARF KIT . . . . . . . . . 19.95 15.50
063688 ☼Hot Pink/Lime 029117Teal
029115Purple
063687☼Turq/Purpl
029116Red
Learn to Knit Activity Set and Book (2-6)
If you have a child who wants to learn to knit,
this kit includes everything you need, all stored
in one handy see-through bag that measures
13” x 10” x 2”, has a handle, and snaps closed.
Inside the bag is a 40 page book that shows
how to knit with numbered, easy-to-follow,
illustrated instructions. Readers will learn about
the tools they need, all about yarn, basic knitting steps, checking their work, combining
stitches to make interesting designs, and more.
Then five, easy-to-follow projects are given for
readers to complete (bean bags, scarves, socks,
hats, and bags). Also included in the bag are
two bamboo knitting needles, a bamboo crochet
hook, and a plastic sewing needle for finishing projects. That’s not all! You also get 1,800
feet of colorful yarn (blues, pink, orange, and
purple). With all the materials in this kit and the
helpful, straightforward directions, your child
will soon be enjoying knitting. ~ Rachel
038125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 26.99
☼Creative Kid’s Complete Photo Guide to
Knitting (3-AD)
This is one of the best kid-friendly knitting
guides I’ve ever seen! It starts with a good runthrough of different techniques, different kinds
of yarn, felting, blocking circular needles and
DPNs, etc. Don’t have knitting needles? No
problem! You’ll learn how to make your own
out of wooden dowels. Crafts include bracelets,
slippers, bag, cowl, pencil roll, hat, scarf and
even a sweater! The pictures and directions are
very clear so it’s as easy as possible for new
knitters to follow along. Perfect for your crafty
kiddo. 143 softcover pages. – Laura
064276 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 16.95 Finger Knitting (3-7)
True or false: crafting requires a lot of supplies.
Answer: False, if you finger-knit! This cool Klutz
title includes instructions for 15 projects that can
be knitted literally “by hand.” Finger knitting
involves weaving yarn between your fingers,
picking up the loops. If you need to stop, just
transition the project to the stitch holder, included. The results are pretty, open-weave chains
which can be combined together to create
stylish projects. Projects include: scarves, hats,
jewelry, cat ear headbands, fringe, and more.
200 yards of yarn is included, which is enough
to make two large scarves or several smaller
projects. When you’re out, just hit up the craft
store, thrift stores or garage sales for more yarn!
062726 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50
Quick Knit Loom (2-7)
I have to say, I’ve always found crocheting
easier than knitting, but with the help of this kit, ☼Darn Yarn Kits (3-AD)
it was easy to learn how to knit trendy scarves, Each of these kits includes a super-easy knitting
hats, belts, purses, and more! The kit contains loom that makes these projects a breeze. The
both a large knitting loom (7 ¼”) and a smaller Hat/Scarf kit includes loom and enough yarn to
double-sided knitting loom (4 ¾” x 2 ½”); 90 make a handy convertible beanie/neck warmer,
yards of high quality, brightly colored, thick while the Pet Sweater kit includes a loom and
yarn; a knitting hook; thread and needles; a tas- different colors of yarn to make an adorable pet
sel maker; and a small assortment of buttons and sweater. Make one for yourself, then use your
beads to decorate the final products. Although new skills to make thoughtful gifts for friends
the project instructions are a bit lacking in that and family. Kits both include yarn, knitting
it focuses on how to use the provided materials loom and hook, instructions, drawstring bag
to make one particular project (a knit hat), the and additional embellishments and accessories.
skills you will learn can easily be expanded 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
062853 Hat/Scarf Kit . . . . . 14.99 11.95
towards other projects of your choosing.
031359 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 15.75 062854 Pet Sweater Kit . . . 15.99 12.95
1158
Art
1-2-3 Knit! (Make & Play) (3-AD)
064641 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99
17.25
☼American Girl Infinity Scarf Knitting Kit (3-AD)
One of the coolest parts of having an American
Girl doll is being able to dress them like you,
but what if you could make custom accessories
for you both? This awesome kit allows you to
make stylish infinity scarves for the two of you.
Includes knitting loom, needle, hook, instructions and 56 yards of each of the following yarns
(224 yards total): hot pink, chartreuse, orchid,
and aqua blue. I wish I had this kit when I was
younger!– Laura
062851 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.95
Knitting: Learn to Knit Kit (3-AD)
My mom is an avid knitter, and I have aspirations to learn someday, too. Knitting always
seemed to be a complicated hobby, but this
book breaks it down step-by-step so that even
someone like me can understand (and succeed)!
Best of all, the book comes with all the supplies
you need to get started: a yarn needle, crochet
hook, two knitting needles, two buttons, and
200 yards of yarn (enough to complete more
than one of the projects. First you wind the
yarn into a ball, and then tie your slipknot on
your knitting needle. From there you will be
instructed how to "cast on," knit and purl, and
count your stitches to get the desired width.
You're even instructed on how to buy more
yarn, how to pick up a dropped stitch, what to
do if you create too many stitches, how to sew
seams, how to weave in your yarn, and how
to block off your work. There are six different
projects outlined step-by-step: cell phone sock,
a skinny scarf, a purse, a hat, a sunglass case,
and a pocket purse. - elise
035004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 17.95
Knitting Visual Deck Set (6-AD)
003542 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
11.50
Knit Step by Step (7-AD)
046027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
11.50
Weaving / Potholder Kits
Craft Weaving Loom (1+)
When Mark received a loom with colorful
loops for his birthday years ago, he was thrilled,
and our potholder population quadrupled overnight. He loved to weave them, and came up
with several ideas: rainbow pads, three-color
pads, patterns, or just picking a loop at random
and weaving it in. This inexpensive kit includes
a plastic loom, a metal weaving hook, and
a pile of bright cotton loops. Instructions are
found on the back of the box. Refill 16-oz. bags
of mixed-color loops is also available. You can
create hot pads, pot holders, a mini-rug, and
coasters to give as gifts or use around the house.
The finished product looks wonderful, but making the crafts are surprisingly easy. At age 8,
Mark easily picked up the weaving concept right
away with no trouble.
002611 Loom Set . . . . . . . . . 7.10
6.95
002612 Cotton Loops . . . . . . . 6.75
065395 ☼Nylon Loops. . . . . . . 6.75
066065 ☼Neon Nylon Loops 8.50
7.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Potholder Kits (1-AD)
Making potholders
is a great introduction to weaving and
a fun, relaxing, and
creative activity too.
The results are practical, which we love!
Both of these kits are
designed to last many
potholders, with sturdy metal looms and
metal weaving hooks. The metal loom pegs
slant outward to prevent loops from slipping off,
which is especially helpful for young kids! The
colorful loops included with each kit are 100%
cotton and custom-sized to fit the loom, which
is often not the case in less expensive kits. The
instructions offer instructions on starting and finishing potholders, along with design ideas and
suggestions for additional projects. The traditional kit includes enough cotton loops to make
two potholders, while the deluxe kit includes
enough cotton loops to make six potholders.
Refills are available, with enough cotton loops
to make two more potholders. Lotta Loops refill
has enough to make eight. Black and white
refill packs are available, as these colors aren't
included in the original refill or Lotta Loops.
007246 Traditional Kit . . . . 16.95 13.50
007239 Deluxe Kit . . . . . . . 26.95 20.95
007235Refill . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
6.95
029109 Lotta Loops . . . . . . 19.95 15.50
Includes enough loops to make 8 potholders
in a variety of colors (no black or white).
EACH REFILL PACK BELOW . . 7.50
6.95
056745Black
056746White
☼Lotta Loops / LottaPro Loops (PK-AD)
Lotta Loops quality cotton loops fit on a standard 7” square potholder loom (sold separately)
with finished potholders being 6” square. Pro
Loops fit on a larger 10” square potholder loom
(sold separately) with finished potholders being
8.25” square. Each bag contains enough loops
to make 8 potholders, which could be combined to make rugs, doll blankets, …whatever
you can think of! Available in Brights (traditional
vibrant hues), Designer (Earthy browns, greens,
reds, and greys), or Pastels.
EACH LOTTA LOOPS . . . . . . 19.95 15.50
029109 Loops Brights
062700 Loops Designer
062701 Loops Pastels
EACH LOTTAPRO LOOPS . . . 39.95 30.95
062702 Loops Brights
062703 Loops Designer (A.)
062704 Loops Pastels
PegLoom (K+)
More challenging than weaving potholders,
and less difficult than using other weaving tools,
the PegLoom is a great way for young students
and very beginners to learn how to weave. The
PegLoom is a 7" x 10" sturdy wooden frame,
with slanted pegs attached on both sides so the
weaving won't fall off. Children draw the wool
yarn through the loom with a sturdy plastic
needle, building fine motor skills and enjoyment
in the fact that they are creating projects of their
own. The size of the loom allows such projects
as wall hangings, purses, coasters, blankets and
rugs for dolls, and whatever else they can dream
up. The set includes the PegLoom, cotton
warp string, 100% wool yarns in red, purple,
green and gold, plastic needle, and illustrated
instructions. Winner of an Oppenheim Best
Lots o’ Loops Potholder Loom (1-AD)
Make stylish accessories with potholders! This Toy award, and Teacher's Choice award. - Jess
kit includes over 250 colorful loops, a loom, 029113(B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 19.25
yarn, ribbon, crochet hook, and buttons. The
C.
kit makes 7 potholders that you can turn into
B.
a water bottle holder, purse, notebook cover,
sunglass case, or whatever else you can dream
up. The refill kit includes 140+ loops (enough to
D.
make 4 potholders). ~ Lisa
050050Loom . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 15.75
050051 Refill Kit . . . . . . . . 10.00
8.25
Potholder Pro (1-AD)
Crafters had been asking for years for a larger
potholder loom and Harrisville Designs listened,
creating a 10 ½” x 10 ½” loom that makes 8 ½”
square potholders – a good 3” larger than the
little potholders from a traditional potholder
loom. So if you’re always using two little potholders for your family’s large casserole dishes
and cookie sheets, or if your potholder-weaving
children are looking for a bigger challenge, the
Pro is your answer. The kit includes the sturdy
metal 10 ½” square loom, two hooks, enough
custom-sized loops to create two large potholders and illustrated instructions. Pro loop refills
are also available in multi or single colors that
will create two additional potholders.
013405 Potholder Pro . . . . 29.95 23.50
EACH REFILL BELOW . . . . . . 13.95 11.95
013421 Multi 056741Pink
056737Black
056742Plum
056738Blue
056743Red
056739Green
056744White
056740Peacock
A.
Lap Looms (2-AD)
Lap Looms are constructed of hardwood, and
they are portable enough to take anywhere.
Each loom kit contains a Lap Loom, 1 oz. of
cotton warp string, 100% wool yarn, a tapestry
needle, two shed sticks, a shuttle (one shuttle
comes with Size A loom, and two shuttles
come with Size B), and illustrated instructions.
The instructions show the basics of weaving
and explain how to weave and create pillows,
purses, small rugs, wall hangings, tote bags and
much more. A different color scheme of yarn
comes with each loom - the “Fiesta” design with
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
the Size A loom incorporates colors like purple,
green, gold, orange and red, while the “Sierra”
design that comes with Size B features black,
white and red. Portable, hands-on, and plenty
of room for creativity!
We also offer several additional Lap Loom
products. If your children really get into weaving, check out the Wonder Wand. This handy
wooden tool makes weaving easier and faster
by speeding up the shed-making process. It’s
great for younger children too! Instructions are
included. If you want another set of the same
materials that came with your Lap Loom or want
to try another design, we also offer refill sets.
Each set will work with either size Lap Loom,
and includes enough wool yarn for the project,
cotton warp yarn, and illustrated instructions.
We also offer 13” shed sticks individually in
case you need a replacement.
Lap Looms:
029110 Size A: 12” x 16” . . 45.00
029111 Size B: 14.5”x 18.5” 55.00
32.95
42.50
Tools:
007292 Wonder Wand . . . . 10.95
016849 13” Shed Stick . . . . . 3.50
9.50
3.25
Refill Project Kits:
016923Fiesta . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95
017033 Wooly Sheep . . . . . 21.95
16.95
16.95
☼Yarn Packs for PegLoom & LapLoom (PK-AD)
Each kit includes 5 small skeins of 100% wool
yarn and a small skein of 100% white cotton warping string. Berry includes purple (2),
periwinkle, blue and magenta colors. Natural
includes black, grey, taupe, oatmeal and cream
colors. Ocean includes turquoise (2), green,
blue, and lime. Sunset includes gold (2), orange,
red and rust colors. ~ Sara
EACH REFILL . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 14.75
065671Berry
063685Ocean (C.)
065672Natural
063686Sunset
Wooden Multi-Craft Weaving Loom (3-AD)
037636(D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 23.55
Easy Weaver (3-AD)
What better gift to give to a child than one
that will allow them to make a gift for someone
else – or just to have fun creating things for
themselves? Even if you know nothing about
weaving, these kits are very simple to use. The
Easy Weavers are made of finished wood and
are rigid heddle table looms. The Easy Weaver
A comes pre-threaded with 6” wide by 2 ½
yards long rainbow wool yarn, and an illustrated
instruction booklet that shows you how to create
table runners, placemats, scarves, doll blankets
and more. The Easy Weaver B is pre-threaded
with 15” wide by 3 ½ yards long Tartan Plaid
wool yarn (enough to weave a shawl) and an
instruction booklet. Both Easy Weaver sets
include two wooden stick shuttles and the Easy
Weaver Book of Project Ideas. Refill kits of
wool yarn are available for both Easy Weavers.
016897 Easy Weaver A . . . . 120.00 89.95
016917 Easy Weaver B . . . 185.00 139.95
016899 Size A (or B) Rainbow Refill Kit . . . . . . . . 21.9516.95
016919 Size B Tartan Plaid Refill Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.9524.95
Art
1159
Tapestry Loom Supplies (3-AD)
Mini Pom-Pom Pets (3-9)
These high-quality weaving supplies can be Using little more than yarn, you can create up
used with the Standing Tapestry Loom listed to twenty adorable pets – including a kitten, a
above. I am not a weaver myself, so I had to do chick, and a mouse. The kit includes instruca little research in order to describe the follow- tions, eight colors of yarn, and accessories for
ing items. A glossary of loom and equipment finishing pet faces and tails. When you’ve used
terms I found online helped me tremendously, up all of the included yarn, just buy more to
and now I can be fairly certain that I am weav- keep creating a whole zoo of fluffy pom-pom
ing an accurate picture here, and not just spin- pets! They’re super cute as embellishments too.
ning a yarn. (Puns very much intended. Sorry, I 057078 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95
couldn’t resist!) ~ Rachel P.
016873 Cotton Warp String – Felting
1 lb. Cone . . . . . . . 32.0024.95
Thick cotton string used for “warp” (the
Thistle Hill Farms Felting Kits (3-AD)
threads that run the length of the loom,
These charming wool kits come from a homeacross which threads are woven.) Though
schooling family’s farm up in New Hampshire,
only available in white, cotton warp can be
where the idea originated with a 4-H sheep
colored with the fabric dye of your choice.
project for their boys. And they are perfect for
016885 Cotton Warp String – the person wanting to try needle felting for the
1 oz. Tube . . . . . . . . . 3.00 first time! All materials needed are in each kit:
A smaller quantity of the above item.
enough colored wool for the project, a foam
pad, and barbed needle. What makes this kit
Weave-a-Bag (Small World Fashion) (3-AD)
different is that you are given a wool start, a
064638 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 23.95 basic shape to add your felt to. This is much easier than beginning from scratch and still makes a
homemade product. Directions are simple. I am
Pom-Pom Crafts
a crafter and had no trouble with the project,
so I needed a tester. I found a rather un-crafty
Pom Pom Rug Kit (2-AD)
064067 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 colleague, showed her what to do, and ta-da!
It looked great! This would be so much fun for
boys or girls, scouts, 4-H, unit studies, co-ops –
☼Woolly Pets (Make & Play) (3-AD)
Take some yarn, wrap it round & round, tie a anywhere! I worked on the ladybug which came
knot & give it a haircut. You have just created a out to be about 3”x 4”x 1”. ~ Sara
fun and fuzzy pompom! Add some googly eyes 060558 Build Your Own Snowman
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 19.75
and some feet, and you have make a pompom critter! This is a really complete set for making 012956Cat . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00 14.75
a whole menagerie of creatures. You get small 060559Kangaroo . . . . . . . . 18.00 17.75
9.95
skeins of yarn in bold, bright colors, 3 sizes of 012996Ladybug . . . . . . . . . . . dense foam circles to wrap your yarn around, (2 060560Mouse . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 11.75
of each size so you can tie the yarn easily), a 013016Penguin . . . . . . . . . 15.00 14.75
colorful assortment of pipe cleaners, some tiny 013054Turtle . . . . . . . . . . 18.00 17.75
pompoms to use as noses or such, 12 googly
eyes in a few sizes, small squares of craft foam
& felt in a variety of colors to use as feet or
ears, and a small tube of white glue. The storage box makes this perfect for a birthday gift or
Christmas item for a crafty kiddo, or something
A.
to keep at Grandma’s house or the babysitter’s.
There is a wonderful 39 pg instruction booklet
with step by step instructions and lovely photos
to inspire creativity and give lots of fun ideas,
including a hamster, lamb, pig, chicken, octopus, spider and more! Add your own wooden
beads, glitter glue, ribbons, gems or other craft
goodies to your creatures! The book shows you
B.
24 projects, but I think the materials in the kit
would make you about 10-15 animals, depending on the animal size. ~ Sara
Woolpets Needle Felting Kits (5-AD
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Until I saw these kits, I only had a vague
062609 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 17.25 idea what needle felting was… and it sounded
complex, like crocheting. I was amazed when
Pom Pom Puppies (3-AD)
I saw a demonstration and realized that you
Dog-lovers will beg for this kit! Using the don’t need any fancy crafting skills to enjoy it.
included pom-pom maker, comb, glue, acces- Basically, you take a strip of wool, roll it up,
sories, and a pair of scissors (not included), hold it on a foam pad and “needle it,” inserttransform a ball of yarn into man’s best friend. ing a felting needle over and over again until
The 55-page instruction booklet explains how the wool shape becomes firm. On each inserto make 15 different dog breeds using just four tion, the barbed felting needles interlock the
colors of yarn. There is enough yarn included wool fibers in essence “sculpting” a felt shape.
to make four puppies, but you can always buy You can even connect one shape to another
more at a local craft store until you have a shape (like an ear to a head) by needling the
whole pack of pom-pom puppies!
two shapes together. Each kit contains all of
027382 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 14.95 the materials you need to create an adorable
1160
Art
animal, including wool, felting needles and any
“extras” like beads, ribbon, etc (the exception is
the foam pad, which is reusable; you’ll need to
purchase one of these separately with your first
kit). Many kits create more than one project,
so multiple children can do them together. Easy
kits feature animals with simpler shapes than
intermediate kits, but both work on the same
principles. Go ahead, try this relaxing (even
addictive!) craft. Made in the USA.
054750 Foam Pad (6” x 6”) . 5.49
4.95
054751 Felting Needles (set/5) 7.49
6.75
EACH EASY KIT . . . . . . . . . . 19.99
004918 Bluebird (makes 2)
054752 Bunny (makes 2-4)
054755 Guinea Pigs (2-4)
012793 Hedgehog (makes 2-3)
054756 Kitty (makes 2)
054757 Ladybugs/Bees (makes 3-6)
054758 Mice (makes 2-4)
054759 Penguin (makes 2-4)
005054 Sea Otter (makes 1-2)
006741 Sea Turtle (makes 2-4)
006771 Snowmen (makes 2)
17.99
EACH INTERMEDIATE KIT . . 19.99
004935 Chickadee (makes 2)
054753 Chickens (makes 2)
011283 ☼Elf (makes 1)
011296 ☼Fairy (makes 1) -(A.)
006685 Frog (makes 1-2)
004957 Gnome (makes 1)
004996 Hummingbird (makes 2)
005004 Kangaroo (makes 1)
011319 ☼Mermaid (makes 1)
005028 Owls (makes 2)
006716 Panda (makes 1)
005036 Pig (makes 1)
005050 Polar Bear (makes 1)
054760 Pony (makes 1)
054762 Red Fox (makes 2)
054764 Sheep (makes 2)
011320 ☼Unicorn (makes 1) -(B.)
17.99
Woolpets Wool Refills (5-AD)
If you've done a Woolpets kit, you've already
got the needle and pad. You just need more
wool! See our website for more colors.
EACH 1.5-OZ. BAG . . . . . . . 10.00
9.00
005077Earth
005116Neutral
005087Forest
005134Rainbow
005114Fuchsia
005152Spring
Felted Friends (5-AD)
In true Klutz form, these felted critters are
wildly colored and packed with personality.
The generous swatch of wool roving features
deep lavender, goldenrod, electric aqua and
magenta, resulting in blue squirrels, yellow
foxes, pink bunnies and purple mice. The book
details five projects including a squirrel, cat,
bunny, fox, and mouse (with variations on the
mouse to make a hedgehog). Step-by-step, fullcolor illustrated instructions are provided for
each project along with “finishing touches” to
help troubleshoot any unfinished areas. You get
enough wool to create all of the projects, plus
a special 3-pronged felting needle and a foam
block. If you have multiple crafters in the family, this would be a great kit to allow each child
to create their own project. – Jess
027357 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Other Fabric Crafts
Canvas Hand Puppet (PK-3)
These puppets are blank canvases waiting for
a puppet-master! I admit that at first I was not
impressed (they look like canvas drop cloths)
but the more I played with them, the more
potential I could see! Truly blank canvases for
creativity, here are some of my ideas: Bible
story puppets, sewing practice, kid-created
stories, tie-dye, act out classic literature, family
member puppets, teaching manners and good
character, practice your French lessons with a
French puppet, have the puppet teach a math
lesson...well, you get the idea! These have very
simple shapes. The hand puppet basically looks
like an oven mitt only the thumb side is the
same size as the finger side. There are no arms
to wiggle, just a mouth/head to make talk. The
people puppets have arms to wiggle with pinkie
and thumb, and a basic head to move with your
middle three fingers. Each package contains 6
blank puppets, ready for you to transform with
glue, felt, paint, markers, buttons, scissors, or a
needle-and-thread. The Hand puppets measure
9.5” x 5.25”, while People puppets measure
9.5” x 9.5”. ~ Sara
EACH SET OF 6 . . . . . . . . . . 13.50 10.95
015701People
015702Hand
Sock Friends Puppets Kits (1-4)
The lowly sock puppet just got an upgrade!
These kits include a variety of brightly colored
puppet bodies and accessories to make fun sock
puppet characters—no sewing required. The
all-in-one kits include sock puppet bodies and
accessories. Each individual animal kit includes
a cloth puppet “sock” body, foam stickers and
shapes, wiggle eyes, poms, and adhesive tabs
for attaching materials to the bodies. If you
prefer to build your puppets “a la carte,” we
offer several puppet bodies and accessory sets
separately. Each Puppet Bodies kit includes
three different-colored cloth sock bodies. The
Parts sets have 80+ precut foam shapes (eyes,
mouths, limbs, etc.) to glue to the puppets’ bodies (adhesives not included). Mix and match the
bodies and parts to create one-of-a-kind puppet
creations!
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
3.50
036508Giraffe
036533Toucan
036394 Bodies (Brown/Gray/Black)
036411 Bodies (Cream/Beige/White)
036425 Bodies (Lt Pink/Yellow/Lt Blue)
036436 Bodies (Purple/Lime/Fuschia)
036352 Nature Parts
Bug, butterfly and critter pieces (87 pcs)
036353 People Parts
Body parts, clothes and accessories (80 pc)
PlushCraft Pillows (K-AD)
Make a fun and colorful pillow with these
fabric-by-number kits (no sewing required). The
pillow is pre-assembled, with numbered spots
on the front. Use the color number legend to
place the fabric pieces on the pillow, then press
them in one at a time with the special tool. You
will soon have a cute pillow covered with a
rainbow of ruffled colors! Kit includes one small
pillow, a tool to push fabric onto the pillow,
and colorful fabric pieces. ~ Janine
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH PILLOW . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.95
061020Butterfly
033101Personalized
063612 ☼Cuddly Cat 006406Petal
061021Cupcake
038195☼POW!
061022 Fancy Fish
061028Princess
006337Foxy
061007Puppy
029536Heart
006409Rainbow
061023Hedgehog
061031 Shooting Star
061006Kitty
063554☼Sunflower
061024Ladybug
061032 Teddy Bear
061025 Owl Pal
061033Unicorn
061026Peace
061034Whale
061027Penguin
038256Wiener Dog
063553 ☼Fluttering Heart
☼3D Plush Craft (K-6)
Plush Craft has entered a new dimension –
3D! If you love Plush Craft pillows, then you
will love creating these fuzzy figures. Each kit
comes with the stylus, plastic eyes and nose, felt
ears and tail, and all the fabric pieces you need,
but instead of pressing the fabric squares into
a pillow, you press them into a plastic-coated
Styrofoam figure. Instead of each spot having
a number like the pillows, the figures have a
textured zone with a corresponding number
indicated in the instructions. This a good next
step for a child who has done one of the pillows
or for a child who is a little bit older. Each figure
is 5” tall and comes with a collar and charm for
the finished critter. Make a purple bunny with
pink feet, a pink kitten with teal stripes, or a
black and brown spotted puppy.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 10.25
061005Bunny
063552 ☼Raccoon
038163 Colorful Owl 038229 Teddy Bear
Piccalilly Latch-a-Loop Pillow Kit (3-AD)
017488 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 26.96
Fish Rug Hooking Kit (PK-AD)
065670 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.95
22.95
☼American Girl Tie Dye Scarf Kit (3-8)
Create two matching scarves for you and your
BFF! This kit comes with teal, magenta, and
purple dye, plastic squirt bottles for application, hairbands so you can create all kinds of
dye designs, and scarves with a fun star print. I
love that the scarves are a lightweight material
for year-round wear! Make them to give one
as a gift, or have a sleepover and make them
together! 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
062852 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 14.95
Tie Dye Kits (3-AD)
What’s one of the quickest ways to totally
transform a boring white t-shirt? Tie dye! True,
it’s a little messy, but it’s endlessly fascinating
to kids (and even adults) to unwrap that newly
dyed shirt and check out the colorful results! If
you’ve never tried tie dye, these inexpensive
kits make it easy, fun, and there’s enough dye
to transform multiple shirts. There are three different kits to choose from: Funky Groovy, Camo
and Indigo. Funky Groovy produces traditional
brightly colored tie dye (with magenta, yellow
and turquoise dye) and dyes up to 5 shirts.
Camo produces a unique pattern of olive green,
bronze, and black and dyes up to 4 shirts. My
personal favorite, Indigo, produces a gorgeous
blue dye and dyes up to 15 shirts (no, that’s not
a misprint!). We’ve tested the indigo kit in the
office and at a baby shower (one kit can dye a
lot of onesies!) and we were all impressed at the
simple process and gorgeous results. Camo and
Funky Groovy kits can dye cotton, linen, rayon
and hemp. Indigo can be used on any natural
fiber. All kits include dye, one pair of gloves,
rubber bands, and instructions with folding suggestions for dyeing inspiration.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 11.25
037263Camo
037448Indigo
037427 Funky Groovy
☼Stamp’d Textile Design Kit (3-AD)
Fabric crafts are a fun way for students to
design and wear their own art. This set would
make a great gift for that artsy tween/teen
because it includes everything but the clothing
and an iron! Ok, you might want colored pencils
to plan out your design, cardboard to keep your
fabric taut and brown paper when it’s time to
iron. Inside you’ll find 10 colored stamp pads
(1.25” square); a dark fabric marker; 10 foam
geometric shaped stampers; 6 pages of cardstock
stencils; and an inspiring idea book with room
to plan your designs. Stencils shapes include:
butterflies, peace signs, bows, hearts, fruit, stars,
argyles, cupcake, doughnut, candies, numbers,
locks & keys, even chains so you can design a
necklace on a tee! Photo instructions are clear
and simple to follow. Once you are done stamping, heat set your design with an iron and it will
be hand-washable. The design book gives you so
many ideas on creating patterns with the stamps
and stencils, even classic patterns like chevron
and hound’s-tooth! Use the marker to outline
your designs or add details. Experiment with
overlapping colors and how the colors change
with the background fabric. I loved how the kids
are encouraged to plan out their creations rather
than just go for it. I think that element takes this
from craft to fabric design. ~ Sara
002290 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95
☼Design & Dye w/No Heat Batik (3-AD)
Young designers can experiment with an
ancient technique without the danger of hot
wax. Using fabric swatches & a bottle of doodling gel, you can create original designs &
patterns on fabric. Paint over the gel with fabric
paint, and then rinse out the gel. The effect is a
resist impression of your design, similar to batik.
Once you have mastered the technique, you
can try it out on a t-shirt, hat, scarf, or whatever
you like! Kit includes: 1 bottle of gel, 3 fabric
paints, brush, 10 fabric swatches, and over 50
designs to trace. Bring new life to old clothes
Blink Blink Tech Craft Kits (3-AD)
with a little Batik! ~ Sara
062725 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50 066094 String of Bling . . . . . . 066095 Wearable Tech . . . . . . 28.00
59.00
Art
1161
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
061706 ☼Flashlight & Case . . 12.99 12.50
Makes a clip-on holster for included 4”
E-Z Leather Craft Kits (Non-Tooling)
flashlight (batteries not included).
These reasonably-priced kits allow children of 061704 ☼Key Koin Kup . . . . . 6.99 5.95
all ages the opportunity to create a useable item
Makes one 2.25” x 3.5” keychain / coin
out of real leather. The leather used in the kits is
pouch.
rather rough and can’t be used for stamping, but 035395 Lancer Billfold . . . . . 14.99 10.50
can be decorated with permanent markers (like
Finished, folded billfold measures 3 ½” x
Sharpies) or acrylic paints, making them much
3” and features an I.D. card window, coin
more flexible to decorate (and more colorful in
purse and bill compartment. Designed
the end) than stamped leather. Each kit includes
especially for children and young people!
pre-cut and pre-punched leather pieces, laces
Leathercraft rubber cement is required.
and instructions. Just decorate the leather with 061708 ☼Pixie Pouch . . . . . . . 9.99 6.95
paint or markers, then lace the pieces together
Makes a round-bottomed drawstring pouch.
and you’ve got your own, custom-designed 048860 Pocket Coin Holder . . 9.99 6.95
leathercraft. Personally, I like the journal kit –
Coin purse measures 3 ¼” x 3” when closed
just add paper and you’ve got your own lovely
and has a Velcro closure.
little book with a unique leather cover. – Jess 061709 ☼Small Knife Pouch . 8.99 7.50
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Makes a holster with belt loop for folding
053799 Fringe Pouch (3-AD) 14.99
8.95
knives with blade up to 3”.
5 ½” x 6” fringed pouch with carry strap.
061712 ☼Tom Thumb Purse 10.99 9.25
047123 Fringe Pouch Necklace Makes a 6” zippered pouch.
(3-AD) . . . . . . . . . . . 5.994.25 061707 ☼Water Bottle FOB . . 5.99 5.25
This 3” x 3 7/8” pouch can be worn around
Makes a clip-on fob for holding a water
the neck to keep small treasures handy.
bottle; requires rivet setter or hammer.
061703 ☼Headband (1-AD) . 5.99
5.25
Makes a 21”-24” diameter headband; addiEasy-to-Do Alphabet Leather Stamp Set (3-AD)
tional holes could be punched for smaller sizes.
061702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 16.75
047127 Small Billfold (3-AD) . 5.99
3.95
Billfold measures 3 ½” x 3 1/8” closed, has
Youth Leathercraft Set (3-AD)
two interior pockets and features a hookWe were a little disappointed when the
and-loop fastener closure.
Beginner’s Leathercraft Kit was no longer produced; it was a terrific starter set. Then Tandy
☼Adjustable Leather Wristbands (1-AD)
Leather Factory came out with this one – at
These real leather wristbands are ready to tool an even lower price – and it offers many of
or decorate and come with snaps pre-attached. the same tools and projects. The kit contains a
Approx. 1" or 1.5" wide while the four metal wooden mallet, three metal stamping tools, 16”
snaps on the end allow the bracelet to adjust of leather lace, three beaded chains, 4.4 oz.
from 7.5” to 8.5” in circumference. Perfect for of all-in-one leather stain, a sponge, and eight
scouts, art, parties, VBS & more. – Laura
pre-cut leather pieces. The instruction booklet
025427 1" (3-pack) . . . . . . . 11.99
6.75 gives basic stamping instructions, then includes
060514 1.5" (3-pack) . . . . . 14.99
9.50 life-size black-and-white photos of the leather
pieces with suggested stamping patterns. There
Stamping/Tooling Leathercraft Kits (3-AD)
is an infinite number of patterns you can create
For the leathercrafter with some stamping with just three stamps! Young crafters will creexperience, these kits offer the opportunity to ate two coasters, two bookmarks, two key fobs,
create a more complex project – and one that a wristband (with plastic snaps) and a personyou could definitely give as a gift when finished! shaped key fob (named Stanley). A great basic
Each kit includes the precut, pre-punched introduction to leather stamping. - Jess
leather pieces, laces or hardware to assemble, 039320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 29.95
instructions, and for most, suggested patterns.
You will need tools to design the leather, and Basic Leathercraft Starter Set (7-AD)
several kits require leathercraft cement as well. More advanced than the Beginner’s Leathercraft
Read on for some stamping tool sets – for more Starter Kit, this kit takes intermediate leatherchoices and cement, check your local arts and crafters to a new level with more stamps and
crafts store. – Jess
equipment! Projects in this kit include a key
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
fob, coaster, money clip, coin purse, and wal035393 Book Cover . . . . . . . 29.99 20.95 let. While the projects themselves are similar to
Create your own distinctive book cover for
those in the Beginner’s set, the tools included
5" x 8" books and Bibles (up to 1 ½” thick).
in this set encourage the crafter to create more
Finished size is 6 ½” x 9.” Comes pre-assemcomplicated designs and learn to use the tools
bled with pre-set snap.
in a variety of ways. For the money clip, wallet
035313 Coin Purse . . . . . . . . . 7.99 5.75 and coin purse, a basic outline design is includMeasures 4” x 2 ¾” when assembled.
ed. The illustrated Leather Craft Handbook,
061705 ☼Compass & Case . . . . 7.95 included with the kit, shows you how to take
Makes a pouch with belt loop to fit included
a basic design, carve it into the leather and
1.5” diameter compass.
embellish it with the stamps provided. A dye,
061701 ☼Drawstring Coin Pouch 8.99 7.50 stain and finish are all included so when you’ve
Makes one 5” diameter round coin pouch.
finished stamping your design, you can treat
035364 Epic Journal . . . . . . . 22.99 14.25 the leather for a nice shiny finished look. Kit
Create a fancy personalized journal that
includes: precut and pre-punched leather piecmeasures 6” x 9” and holds folded 8 ½” x 11”
es, hardware and lacing supplies for the projpaper securely without punching holes in it.
ects, wooden mallet, six stamping tools, swivel
Leathercraft
1162
Art
knife, tracing film, contact cement, dye, stain,
finish, paint brush, sponge, jeweler’s rouge,
instructions and an instructional DVD. – Jess
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
047122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99
49.95
☼Smart Phone Case Kits (9-AD)
Make a beautiful, real-leather phone pouch
for yourself, to sell, or give as a gift. These kits
come with all the pre-cut pieces you could
need, lacing, a needle, Velcro® fasteners and
protective material for the side the screen faces.
The leather is ready for you to tool and/or dye as
you desire. The Large kit will hold an iPhone 6
(not the 6+), Galaxy S, or other phone approx.
5.44” x 2.64”x.27”. The Small kit will hold
an iPhone 4 & 5 or other smartphone approx.
4.87” x 2.31” x .3”.
061711Small . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 19.50
061710Large . . . . . . . . . . . 27.99 21.95
Paracord Crafts
Parachute Cord Supervalue Pack (1-AD)
Good ol’ 550 parachute cord has saved many
a soldier’s life over the years. This kit introduces
you to the many uses of parachute cord, while
instructing you how to create three bracelets
from it. Three 8-foot hanks of cord are included,
in assorted colors. Three buckles: one 12mm
and two 15mm are also included. A project
book walks you through the instructions.
037926 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.25
☼Imaginista Cute Cords (3-AD)
Colorful cords and neat knots – soon you’ll
have a custom piece of jewelry! This simple kit
includes 57 feet of confetti-patterned cord in
a variety of colors (yellow, magenta, orange,
purple, and light teal), 15 feet of waxed cord
(orange, purple, magenta), 5 clasps, 3 anchor
charms, and an instruction sheet. This kit is freeform; instead of strict, step by step instructions,
there are directions on how to tie the knots,
finish the ends, and add attachments. Because
of this, this would be better for an older child
or one with jewelry-making experience. – Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
061008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
Paracord Bracelet & Key Chain Kit (3-AD)
Create your very own parachute cord bracelet
and key chain! This kit includes two 8” hanks of
cord, a key ring, a 15mm buckle, and instructions. Paracord (also known as “550”) is an
incredibly useful survival tool – learn how to
use it, and you’ll always have it at the ready
when wearing your new bracelet or keychain.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
037928 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
2.75
☼Paracord Crafts Kit (3-AD)
With this versatile kit, kids will learn more than
10 different knots along with their names and
history. Use the 5 colors of included paracord
to make bracelets, dog collars, and key rings
or to decorate flip flops or headbands. Color
photos in the instruction book show step-by-step
instructions for each craft. The kit also includes
5 side-release buckles and 5 key rings. Just add
your own scissors and a lighter (for singeing the
ends of cord).
058834 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.98 12.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Parachute Cord Craft: Quick & Simple
Instructions for 22 Cool Projects (3-AD)
Love making paracord bracelets, but want to
try something new? This book is for you! Try five
different kinds of bracelets, two headbands, four
styles of necklaces, a wallet chain, belt, lanyard
for a whistle or ID badge, dog collar, camera
strap, key fob, coffee cup sleeve, yoga mat harness, and even flip flop straps!
I really enjoyed looking through this book and
trying a few of the projects. Some bracelets and
necklaces use chains or beads to shake it up.
Personally I am really excited to make a coffee
cup sleeve – it looks so pretty! The illustrated
directions make it easy to take your paracord
creations to the next level, and the variety of
projects make this a fun book regardless of age
or gender. Parents: heat is required to seal the
ends of the cord to prevent fraying, so you might
want to help younger ones with this part. 47
pgs, pb. - Laura
061895 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
9.25
Reflective Safety Bracelet Kit (3-AD)
Enjoy this popular craft that leaves you with
a stylish and useful accessory! Bracelet kit
has everything you need to make two 7-9”
adult-sized bracelets: two 8-foot lengths of
reflective paracord (parachute cord) and two
plastic buckles with emergency whistles. Dog
collar kit has the materials for one 6-24” collar: one 15-foot length of reflective paracord,
a plastic D ring for attaching tags and leashes,
and a plastic buckle. Simply tie and use!
If the need arises, the craft easily unties so that
you can use the cord again. Alter your design as
necessary to leave the cord intact by doubling
the core strands. Use it to tie down the rain fly
on a tent, to hang food in a tree while camping, or replacement laces in your hiking boots.
The possibilities are endless! Happy crafting!
– Laura
016072 Bracelet Kit . . . . . . . 7.00
5.95
016034 Dog Collar Kit . . . . . 7.00
5.95
Go & Glow Flashing Bracelet - Small (1-AD)
064548 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
4.25
☼Glow-In-The-Dark Bracelet Kit (3-AD)
Now paracord is ready for night time! This kit
comes with enough lime and glow-in-the-dark
white parachute cord to make two fishtail-style
bracelets as well as black plastic buckles with
built in emergency whistles. Because no knottying is involved, I think that kids under 8 could
make these with a little help. However, as with
standard paracord, heat is required to seal the
ends if you cut the cord, so parents may want
to help with that part. – Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
055607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.00
5.95
☼Whistle Bracelet Kits (3-AD)
These kits come with enough parachute cord
to make a knotted bracelet as well as a black
plastic buckle with built-in emergency whistle.
Choose from either lime and teal or orange and
pink. Fits perfectly in a stocking and could be
made in the car! – Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.00
2.75
055608Blue/Green
055609Pink/Orange
Rubber Band Crafts
☼Ultimate Unofficial Rainbow Loom Guide (1-AD)
By the people, for the people! This giant size
guide collects over 40 of the best online tutorials
from the internet how-to community Instructables
and makes them available to you! There are
about 30 bracelets, a handful of charms, and several other project ideas. That will keep you busy
for a while! The range of these is really neat, from
pretty to colorful to wacky and unique. My very
favorite is the Very Hungry Caterpillar bracelet
complete with charms of all the yummy things he
ate! Note: because these tutorials were made by
amateurs, some of the photos are a little blurry,
but for the most part, this is a great guide for the
Rainbow Loom fan. 214 pages, pb. – Laura
048877 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 13.95
gold. Over 80 stickers, gems, and pearls can be
applied to the wristband for even more variety.
Wristbands have snaps and can be adjusted to
two sizes. Wristbands are about 7” long, slightly
smaller once snapped is closed.
034077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
Design-Your-Own Bracelets (PK-3)
Bling abounds on these Design-Your-Own
Bracelets. The 4 glittery bands are reversible, with
enough sparkly gems and glitter stickers to put
plenty on each one. Hook and loop closures keep
the finished product securely around the wrist.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
013984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
Design & Combine Pendants (K-3)
036547 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
☼Bead Magic Weaving Loom (1-AD)
Young princesses in training will love making their own jewelry on this easy-to-use bead
loom by Ravensburger. The actual loom is large
enough (13x5x2”) to be easily handled on your
lap or a tabletop. It is pink & purple and well
constructed. The kit comes with all you need to
get started: 1500 beads in pink/lavender/aqua/
yellow, 4 heart beads, 4 flower beads, 156 feet
of embroidery thread in pink/yellow/purple, a
blunt threading needle, and detailed instructions. You can also string the beads without
using the loom. Great item for making home☼Hooked on Rubber Band Jewelry (3-AD)
A unique approach, this book takes the colorful made gifts all year long! ~ Sara
elastics off the loom and on to a crochet hook to 042078 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 27.95
make some adorable bracelets and charms. The
initial information is a little tricky, but there are ☼Jewelry Made Easy Kits (2-AD)
lots of great photos to help you out. In addition, Design and create your own jewelry to wear or
there are variations on almost every design, so to share! Ribbon wrap-bracelets have 10 silver
you can make a lot more than just 12 different metal charms and 4 colorful, long, ombre ribbons w/black surge-stitched edges. You string
types of projects. 48 pgs, pb. – Laura
044888 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
9.25 the charms onto the middle of a ribbon and
wrap it around your wrist several times and
tie it. They are quite trendy and fun! Charms
☼Rainbow Loom Kits (3-AD)
The original Rainbow Loom! Create all kinds include a starfish, dragonfly, tree & more. The
of crazy band bracelets, characters, charms… bead bracelet kit includes materials for 4 bracewhatever you can think of. This kit contains lets. The stone beads come in soft pink & blue,
one 36-peg loom, a mini loom (4-pegged and a quartz-y white & a darker blue. Silvery accent
similar to spool knitting/Finger Loom, but not as beads and all of the findings (clasps & such)
finger friendly), a hook for looping bands, a bag let your young designers really customize their
of over 600 latex-free bands in assorted colors, ware! How fun is it to tell someone you made
25 C-clips for hooking together bracelet ends, it yourself when they ask, “Where did you get
and an instruction manual to get you started. your bracelet?” ~ Sara
7.95
Once you get the hang of it, there are additional EACH BRACELET KIT . . . . . . . 9.99
instruction videos on Rainbow Loom’s website 062734 Charmed Ribbons
as well as many tutorials for an incredibly 062735 Semiprecious Stone Beads
diverse range of crafts on other websites such as
Pinterest and YouTube. Refill bands available, ☼Flower Crowns Kit (2-8)
with about 600 bands per package. Time to get What could be more beautiful than a stunning
looming! 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. flower crown that you designed and made your063516 Rainbow Loom . . . . 11.99 10.50 self! This delightful kit includes bud branches,
063511 Finger Loom . . . . . . . 3.99
3.50 fabric leaf garland, gold glitter paint, and lots
063512 Hair Loom Studio . . . 8.99
7.95 of fake flower and berry bunches to create four
063513 Jelly Band refill . . . . 2.00
1.75 flower crowns. Simply pick a bud branch, add
063514 Pastel refill . . . . . . . . 2.00
1.75 flowers and berry bunches to it by twisting the
063515 Glow in Dark refill . . 2.49
2.25 wires around the branch, and add leaf garland
063517 Solid/Opaque refill . . 2.00
1.75 and some gold glitter if you wish. Then decide
how you want your crown to sit (on top of your
head, low around your forehead, etc.) and twist
Jewelry-Making / Accessory Making
the wires together for the desired size. Keep all
your designs to coordinate with different clothes
☼Design-Your-Own Wristbands (PK-3)
Create eye-catching faux leather wristbands or give away some crowns to friends or favorite
perfect for little wrists. Four bands come with toys or dolls!
15.00
shaped charms of purple, silver, blue, and 060809 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ☼Rubber Band Jewellery: Loom & Hook (3-AD)
You’ve got your Rainbow Loom, but now
what? This book is the perfect little guide to get
you started. It includes 20 fun projects ranging
from necklaces to bracelets to charms and more.
Some of the pieces require extra bits like metal
charms and ribbon, but these are easy to find
at your local craft store, or maybe even reuse
pieces from old or broken jewelry. Time to get
looming! 48 softcover pages. – Laura
029805 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1163
Make Clay Charms (3-AD)
This informative how-to book and kit from
Klutz provides everything you need to make
unique charms. Included are 9 colors of clay,
glaze, charm loops to imbed, jump rings, charm
bracelet, clay shaping tool, and even a drying
and display stand. The 60-page instruction book
covers general clay shaping techniques and
how-to’s, with the bulk of the book showing
how to make specific foods and animals.
Loop Loom Bracelets (3-AD)
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
This fun kit will teach you to make colorful,
010979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50
stretchy bracelets with a continuous length of
thin cord using a tool and motion similar to
☼Make Glitter Clay Charms (3-AD)
spool knitting. The step-by-step instructions
Another fun craft set from Klutz, this one has
make it easy for young readers to understand,
all you need to create your own polymer clay
even those with no prior knitting or crochet
charms & make them into a bracelet or share
experience. Kit includes a 48-page book with
them with friends. Includes: 6 colors of clay, 2
directions for 10 projects, a loop loom, a crocolors of glitter, a silvery charm bracelet, glaze
chet hook, 7 colors of elastic cord, 350 beads
w/brush applicator, clay shaping tool & a drying
for some extra style, and a cardboard sorting
rack. Clear directions for 35 all-new designs
tray to help keep everything organized. I hope
will give you lots of ideas. You can mix the
you enjoy this kit as much as I did! - Laura
glitter into the clay or add it on later. Sculpt,
003297 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50
bake, glaze and assemble your one-of-a-kind
creation! ~ Sara
My Friendship Bracelet Maker (3-AD)
062727 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50
Making your own friendship bracelets has
never been easier with this innovative tool. The
☼Charm Bracelet Studio (3-AD)
pink-and-green accented Friendship Bracelet
Express your own inner charm, personal interMaker is a sturdy, plastic, rectangular contrapests or favorite hobbies with your own custom
tion with prongs that hold multiple threads in
made charm bracelet. First design and paint the
place while you make the bracelets. The prongs
charms, then you can display them on bracekeep the threads separated at the bottom for
lets with this creative kit from Klutz®. The kit
easy braiding, and the finished portion of the
includes 3 adjustable gold bangle bracelets, 21
bracelet is held in place by a butterfly clip. A
blank gold charms (15 large, 6 small), 1 paint
slide-out storage tray underneath the device
tool, 5 paint colors, 1 sheet of rhinestones, 1
keeps your materials organized. 56 precut
sheet of stickers & decals, 21 jump rings, 1
threads in 14 different colors and instructions
bottle of shiny finishing gloss, and a 52-page
are included. The refill kit includes an interinstruction book with over 100 step-by-step
changeable double-heart “BFF” clip, plus 56
design ideas to choose from.
threads in 14 different colors. ~ Lisa
062724 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 17.95
050058 Bracelet Maker . . . . 24.99 19.99
050059 Refill Kit . . . . . . . . 14.99 12.99
Stitch & Wear Wood Jewelry (3-8)
016801 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.50 13.25
My Friendship Bracelet Maker Traveler (3-AD)
Create friendship bracelets on the go with this
☼Knotted Bracelets (3-8)
portable kit. This set contains a sturdy plastic
Friendship bracebracelet maker, 20 pre-cut threads in 10 differlets with a cool
ent colors, and instructions. A clip secures the
loopy design: this
threads at the top, while string holder dividers
kit includes all you
at the bottom keep them separate for easy braidneed to make several
ing. A side pull-out drawer provides divided,
types. The waxed
organized storage for the threads. 11” x 4.5”.
cord is just a little bit
017105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 14.99
stiff, making it nice
to work with and less
☼Alpha Loom (3-AD)
likely to become a
You’ve seen those knotted friendship bracelets
tangled mess. You
with words and symbols, but now make them
get 6 fun & girly colors (about 52 yds worth),
using your favorite Rainbow Loom bands – and
about 3 silvery star beads, about 40 colorful
faster too! This loom has two rows of seven
beads & about 20 crystal-look beads. Detailed
pegs. Place all your bands, then instead of
instructions show you a drawing for every step.
looping them one at a time, use the special
They recommend you make your first bracelet
comb to loop all seven at once! How cool is
using the same colored cords as in the example,
that? While this loom will work with standard
which is a great idea! Then you can go to town
Rainbow Loom bands, this kit also includes
with your own designs. I had some trouble fol1000 specially-designed Alpha Loom bands in
lowing the directions for changing the designs,
assorted colors (wider than your standard bands
but I think that was just me. I did fine getting
so the designs are really easy to see). Finished
the main part of my bracelet to look like the
bracelets are about an inch wide if you use all
pictures. Best for ages 8+: this would make a
seven rows to make your designs. Easy-to-follow
fun Christmas or birthday gift and girls can make
instructions are included and design ideas are
several with friends! ~ Sara
available online. – Laura
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
004179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 15.95
063510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 11.50
1164
Art
Shamballa for Stars Bracelet Kit (3-AD)
Inspired by Eastern cultures, these braided
bracelets represent peace and happiness – and
they are fun to make, too! Add them to your
jewelry collection or make them to give as gifts.
The kit includes 90 beads and 6 different colors
of cords to fit everyone’s style!
001068 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.98
Just for Boys - Bracelets (3-AD)
064619 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.98
Grow Your Own Crystal Jewelry (3-10)
064346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 16.75
☼Tiny
Terrarium
Necklaces (3-AD)
Nothing is actually
growing in these wee
gardens except your
imagination! Kit includes
three little plastic terrariums that you create and
wear. One is a heartshaped bottle with a
cork; one is a dome w/a base and the other is a
globe w/a base (each about 3 x 2cm.) To decorate the insides you have white rock, clay to
hold the pieces in place, a tiny resin deer/rabbit/
ladybug/mushroom, & a wee red rose. Colorful
double-strung necklaces have a lobster-claw
clasp and there are 3 acetate charms you can
add on. Instructions have pictures and there is a
small pair of plastic tweezers to help place your
terrariums just how you like. If you get tired of
your designs, empty them out and rearrange the
goodies. Give them as a gift and even do it with
friends! ~ Sara
000480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.00
☼Personalized Friendship Bracelets (5-AD)
Features over 150 designs, 50 yards of floss in
five colors and 147 double-sided design tiles to
make name bracelets.
062728 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.50
Chain Bracelet Kit (5-AD)
Do you prefer sleek bands or dangling bracelets that catch everyone’s eye? Make up to 6
bracelets to match any outfit using gold and
silver-colored metal chains, over 100 translucent beads, and 7 colors of cotton thread.
001061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.98
Chain Maille Jewelry Kits (9-AD)
History and fashion meet to make elegant
jewelry with a contemporary flair. Chain maille
was first developed over 2000 years ago for
armour that consisted of small metal rings
linked together in various patterns to form a
protective mesh. These kits cover various chain
maille techniques, such as the Byzantine or the
European 4-in-1, and they give you step-by-step
instructions to learn the process. The round
jump rings are easy to open and close after a
few practice tries. Once you get going, this is
a very relaxing and fun project. Discover an
ancient skill and create beautiful jewelry that
you can wear! Everything is included in each
kit to make one piece of jewelry (or 2 pairs of
earrings): various sized silver-plated jump rings,
jump ring opener, T-pin, silver-plated clasp, and
an instruction booklet. All you need to supply is
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
a small pair of chain nose pliers (listed below if
you don't have a pair) and a passion for fashion!
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
7.50
000900 Byzantine Bracelet
000914 European 4-in-1 Necklace
000948 Helms Necklace
000956 Japanese 6-in-1 Bracelet
000967 Japanese 6-in-1 Earrings
019402 Chain Nose Pliers . . . 5.49
3.50
Small mighty tool that’s a necessity for any
jewelry-making project, whether metal work
or beading. Chain nose pliers are great for
bending or straightening wires, holding jewelry components and findings, and opening
and closing jump rings. These 3” pliers
from Darice are small, portable, and sport
soft, comfort grip pink handles that curve
perfectly in your hand.
☼Creative Kid’s Complete Photo Guide to
Bead Crafts (3-AD)
Beading is a little bit more than just putting a
string through stuff – there’s a unique art to it!
This book is for you bead-crazy kids. They can
learn to make beads, use different types of materials and tools and also various techniques like
macramé, fusing plastic beads and work with
wire. The projects start very simple and grow
in difficulty along with your child’s skill and
understanding. You’ll be able to make a bubble
fairy wand, candy necklaces, zipper pulls, rings,
tiaras and more. A good mix of boy and girl
Shrinky Dinks
projects makes for some fun craft days in your
016755 . . . .
house. 128 softcover pages. – Laura
064274 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 15.95
Shrinky Dinks
016765 . . . .
Shrink Plastic Kits
Bead Crafts
Melissa & Doug® Bead Sets (PK+)
These colorful wooden bead kits from Melissa
& Doug® introduce the youngest children to
jewelry making. Butterfly Friends includes over
150 beads and five cords, while Shimmering
Hearts and Sparkling Flowers kits include over
45 beads and three string laces. Bead Bouquet
includes over 220 beads and eight cords. Each
kit is packaged in a handy, divided wooden
storage tray and all the beads in each set are
beautifully coordinated. All contain an assortment of well-designed larger beads with many
more smaller beads in complementary colors
and patterns.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
033740 ☼Bead Bouquet . . . 14.99 11.75
Over 220 colorful wooden beads in shapes
like butterflies, flowers, and hearts (along
with smaller beads) are packed with clasps
and eight multi-colored cords.
024698 Butterfly Friends . . . . 9.99
7.95
024914 Shimmering Hearts . . 4.99
3.95
024930 Sparkling Flowers . . . 4.99
3.95
Dream Catcher Kit (K-5)
Make your own hanging decoration with this
fun kit. The kit contains instructions, small
colored beads, colorful feathers, and string to
attach to the 5” brown hoop. Adorn the hoop
with feathers and beads, then display your
creation on a bulletin board, in a window, or
anywhere else you choose! ~ Lisa
045742 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50
Mega Critter Bead Animal Kits (1-AD)
What can you make with 12 yards of cord,
12 lanyard hooks, 12 key rings, 2 plastic clips,
and over 2,000 multi-colored 9mm pony beads?
Anything your heart desires! These kits come
with everything you need to make fun “critters”
that you can turn into key chains, zipper pulls,
and fun accessories. With a free bead organizer
(7” x 10 ½” x 1 ¾”) and fifty critter patterns, creating beaded animals will be a breeze! The patterns included will help you make fun animals
such as an alligator, insects of all kinds, lizards,
rabbits, and much more!
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 12.95
038701Glow-in-Dark
038702Neon
038703Opaque
038704Pearl
Shrinky Dinks Minis (K-6)
These precut sets make it easy to color and
bake your own mini Shrinky Dinks! Each set
contains 9-10 precut images, 8 colored pencils,
instructions, and accessories that vary depending on the kit. For example, the Ballerina and
Pony Jewelry sets each contain a charm bracelet, rings, earring hooks, and a necklace loop.
The Good Time Jewelry set contains a rainbow
satin cord for making bracelets, and On the
Move contains 9 stands. Pirates and Robots
each contain 9-10 rings. ~ Lisa
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00
4.95
020217Ballerina
020277Pirates
020241Good Time 020326Pony
001224Midnight
020391Robots
020242 On the Move
Shrinky Dinks Kits (K-6)
It’s never been so easy to make your own
Shrinky Dinks! These kits contain preprinted
and precut shapes that you just have to color
and then bake to shrink them. The Cool Stuff kit
includes over 20 shapes like a robot, airplane,
bugs, and more, 8 colored pencils, 2 key chains,
sticky back magnets, pipe cleaners, and stands
for your creations. The Jewelry Kit includes over
30 shapes for making jewelry (like butterflies,
flowers, fruit, and more), beads, 8 colored pencils, 4 earring hoops, 2 barrettes, adhesive dots,
and string. The Insects Kit includes 26 insect
shapes (i.e., dragonfly, ladybug, caterpillar, and
others), 8 colored pencils, 12 stands, 28 pipe
cleaners, and 2 key chains. All kits include easy
to follow directions.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00
7.75
027878Cool Stuff 027879Jewelry
020216Insects
3D Butterfly Lights (3-8)
. . . . . . . . . . . 24.00 18.95
3D Flower Jewelry (3-8)
. . . . . . . . . . . 22.50 16.50
Shrinky Dinks Bake & Shape 3D Jewelry (3-AD)
019757 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.50 16.50
Shrinky Dinks Ultimate Bake & Shape 3D
Jewelry (3-AD)
016799 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00 20.95
Make Your Own Shrinky Dinks (2-AD)
Use your imagination to make your own
bracelet, necklace and more with this Shrinky
Dink kit. This kit includes five sheets of blank
shrinky dink film, 6 colored pencils, a blue
hole punch, silver jump rings, a 7” ball chain
bracelet, a 17” ball chain necklace, instructions
and ideas. ~ Lisa
012638 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00
4.95
Shrinky Dinks Refill Kit (2-AD)
Six 5” x 7” blank sheets of Shrinky Dink film.
011738 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00
4.95
Shrinky Dink Sheets (K-AD)
019229 Crystal Clear (10 pk) 10.50 7.75
019262 Ink Jet Creative (6 pk) 16.50 11.75
Sculpting & Casting
☼Super Dough Kits (PK-AD)
"Squish" "Squish" Ahhh, like mud between
your toes, but for your hands! And without
the mess! This pleasant modeling compound
is soft, smooth, non-toxic, and easy to manipulate. The dough is also extremely lightweight
and doesn’t leave stains – or an icky feeling
on your hands. If left alone, it will air-harden,
but until then it can be re-hydrated with a bit of
water. Each kit includes all the dough you need
to make one adorable critter and step-by-step
photo directions.
060331 Cool Dragon . . . . . . 5.99
5.39
060332 Fancy Horse . . . . . . . 4.99
4.49
060333 Racing Time . . . . . . . 6.99
6.29
060334 Shiny Eyes . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.39
☼Shrink It! (2-AD)
Make unique charms with intricate details.
Color these fun shapes, then cut them out on
the dotted lines and place them on a baking
pan and bake for about 3 minutes. Watch as
your creations shrink down into charms for key
chains, bracelets and toys. Kit includes 8 film
sheets with ready-to-color designs, 8 colored
pencils, and instruction booklet.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
060024Animals
060036Super
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1165
☼Clay Buddies™ Super Sets (PK-AD)
Looking to explore modeling clay in a fun way
that combines arts & crafts skills, fine motor
skills, and imaginative play? These super sets
contain everything you need to create 6 figures
called Clay Buddies, which are made by combining simple rolled shapes of modeling clay
with cardboard decorations. Once the figures
are created, you can act out stories and various scenarios using the included activity book
and the large fold out stage. This would make
a good family bonding activity, as the younger
children will need adult or older siblings to help
guide them when creating their new friends. Kits
include the following: 18 colorful modeling clay
bars, 6 cardboard character boards, Velcro tabs,
1 character stage, and an activity book with
instructions. ~ Emily
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
028970 Disney Princess
028989 Mickey Mouse Clubhouse
☼Sand Play! Super SANDsational Ideas (2-6)
For a unique sculpting experience, try sand!
Written for a material
known as sculpting sand
(moldable craft sand which
is made from real sand
blended with polymer) the
18 projects in this fascinating book are easy-tofollow and great for the
young artist. Tips & techniques, as well as
color photos throughout help beginning artists
through each project. Sculpting sand (Rainbow
sells a product called ShapeIt! Sand) is soft,
easy to mold and sculpt, never dries out, can
be used over and over, and only sticks to itself
so clean up is a breeze. To get started, author,
designer and illustrator Terry Taylor suggests
having 4 lbs. of sand and common household
items—straws, toothpicks, wooden sticks, forks,
cookie cutters—to name a few. A few items, like
textured foam sheets, will need to be obtained
from a local craft store and you’re on your way
to inexpensive sculpting fun! Be creative and
recycle items from around the house to add to
your sculpting tool box. 48 pgs, 8.25” x 11”
pb. ~ Emily
044810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
Craft & Create - Clay Creations (K-5)
This kit not only provides you with six colors
of clay and a plastic sculpting tool, but it also
includes twenty-four mold shapes and plenty
of creative suggestions and helpful tips to get
the ball rolling. Sculpt cute animals, flowers,
gems, party supplies, and more! The booklet
Candle Making
also includes five background scenes on which
to place your clay creations. Let the clay air dry
for a keepsake or store it in an airtight container Candle Making Supplies & Wick (PK-AD)
Make your own beeswax candles two difto continue the fun later.
ferent ways with this 100% natural, no addiCHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
013909 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50 tives beeswax. Honeycomb sheets are simply
rolled around a wick and ready to use, making
it a simple project with young children. For
Make Your Own Mini Erasers (1-8)
064347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50 older children, melt the beeswax chips and
experiment with molds (not included). I love
the mild, natural honey smell when you open
☼Fun With Clay (3-AD)
the kits and when you burn your candles. The
Ready, Set, Clay! Make
sheets set comes with three 12.5x7.75” sheets
adorable cartoon animals
of honeycomb-looking wax that can be cut or
like “Danny the Dinosaur,”
rolled whole and includes a yard of wick. The
or yummy-fun mini foods,
chips set contains a 2.2lb bag of pure, unaltered
or little keepsakes all
beeswax and 32.8 ft. of wick. Add this kit to a
with this charming kit by
study of bees, or just make them for fun and
SpiceBox. Complete with a
40-page instruction book,
enjoy time with the children. Because it is all
natural, the color is natural beeswax as well
8 (.28 oz.) containers of
brightly colored air-drying
(dark yellowish). ~ Sara
004926 Beeswax Chips & Candlewick42.80
clay, 3 sculpting tools, 1
rolling pin and wacky extras to use as embel- 004949 Honeycomb Sheets with Candlewick . . . . . . . . 12.20
lishments (animal heads, feet, and tails). The fabulous, colorful photos, tips & techniques,
and easy step-by-step instructions for 24 projects Beeswax Candles Kit (K-6)
plus variations are in the included Fun with Clay
This kit comes complete with six sheets of 8”
book. The colorful clay is soft, light weight and x 8” beeswax in an array of colors – red, blue,
pliable, making the creative process a breeze. pink, purple, green, and yellow. These sheets
All the projects use small pieces of clay, so of wax are used to compose the main part of
there’s plenty of clay to make lots of little crea- the candle, while 5 sheets of 3” x 5” flat wax
tures. But if you run out, there’s even a recipe to are used for creative decorations to adorn them.
make your own air-drying clay. Or if you prefer A black-and-white sheet with basic, illustrated
to buy more clay, Modeling Magic by Crayola® instructions is included to help you get started.
would be a close match to the consistency of You can make spiral-rolled candles in the shape
clay found in this kit. ~ Emily
of a cake, beehive, and flower, or cut-out
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
candles in the shape of a moon or heart. Use
060433 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 14.50 the punch-out patterns included to create small
flowers, bumblebees, leaves, and butterflies to
Smithsonian Mold & Paint (1-AD)
embellish the candles. 72” of wicking cord and
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95 colored wire are also included. A fun project
035219 Raptor Skeleton
that will keep your little bees busy! – elise
035208Butterflies
038099 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 15.29
1166
Art
Soap Making
DIY Soap Kit (1-AD)
Make your own heart-shaped soap with allnatural ingredients and no harmful chemicals!
Includes enough material to make four bars of
soap. Microwave required.
005700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
8.95
Soaps & Scents (2-AD)
This high quality soap-making set includes
clear glycerin soap which can be melted in the
microwave. While it is melted, add up to three
primary colors and lovely scents to make it your
own.
The scents included are nénuphar (a
flower) and clafoutis (a French dessert). Plus,
you get fun molds, too. Included in this set are
two 0.2 oz perfumes, three 0.2 oz bottles of
coloring, five droppers, 15.85 oz. of glycerin
soap, ten molds in various shapes (seahorse,
dolphin, teddy bear, heart, fish, star mandala, seashell, rose), and instructions + coloring
guide. ~ Janine
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
055976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.98
Woodworking
Red Toolbox Sets (PK-AD)
This line of wooden construction kits caught
our eye because it’s, well, not flimsy! And kids
actually assemble useable, quality objects, not
just “clutter.” Designed with the dual goals of
bringing kids and parents together and teaching
children basic carpentry skills, each kit includes
all of the pieces, hardware, and step-by-step
instructions needed to complete each project.
Along the way, kids will build skills in assembling, gluing, hammering, filing and much
more. The kits are leveled according to the
skills needed for assembly and the complexity
of the project. Level 1 kits involve assembly,
gluing, hammering, filing, fully guided bolting,
decorating and painting, while Level 2 kits also
incorporate skills such as guided drilling, semiguided bolting, guided cutting and intermediate
sawing. Junior kits, for the youngest carpenters,
involve assembly, gluing, hammering and filing.
Although Dad’s tools will suffice, the company
also offers quality tools sized especially for a
child’s grip. If you’ve been looking for a manageable “Dad & Me” project, check these out!
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
Junior Kits (PK-3):
020763Airplane . . . . . .
020776ATV . . . . . . . . .
020779Bulldozer . . . . . .
055099 Candy Maze . . . .
020806 Sports Car . . . . .
055109 Truck Catapult . .
Level 1 Kits (3-AD):
008278Airplane . . . . . . .
055096 Bird Feeder . . . .
055098 Bug Barn . . . . . .
008281Bulldozer . . . . . .
055100 Classic Tool Box .
008283 Dump Truck . . .
008284 Monster Truck .
020734 Speed Racer . . . .
020759 Tow Truck . . . . .
Level 2 Kits (3-AD):
055097Birdhouse . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
12.99
12.99
12.99
29.99
12.99
12.99
11.69
11.69
11.69
11.69
11.69
11.69
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
21.99
19.99
21.99
24.99
34.99
. 24.99
24.99
21.99
21.99
19.79
17.99
19.79
22.49
26.99
22.49
22.49
19.79
19.79
. . 19.99
17.99
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Tools:
055105 10-Pc Tool Set . . . . 49.99 44.99
2 Phillips screwdrivers, hammer, handsaw,
bar clamp, file, tape measure, ruler, safety
goggles and tool belt.
055103 Tool Belt . . . . . . . . 14.99 13.49
Carving For Kids (PK-12)
This book was written to an adult, with the
assumption that they will be introducing and
guiding their children through this wonderful hobby. Although some experience on the
adult’s part would of course be helpful, the
book is written for the beginner. A helpful
introduction acquaints you with carving, wood,
and the tools you’ll need. The next section
contains some simple practice projects that will
help you (and your children) get comfortable
with the techniques before you begin a more
result-driven project. After this, the book is
broken down into three chapters: The Youngest
(ages 4-8), Preteens (9-12), and Teens (13-17).
Each chapter holds three or four age-appropriate
activities; some examples include a nameplate,
a wooden spoon, and a duck carving. These
chapters (as well as the introductory chapters)
are simply formatted in step-by-step directions,
each accompanied by full-color photographs to
guide you through the project from beginning to
end. 95 glossy pgs. – Melissa
041539 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 12.95
Whittling Kit (9-AD)
Back in the old days, whittling was a relaxing
pastime that would result in a useful wooden
object. This kit will teach the skills used in this
dying art. In the kit comes 8 blocks of wood of
varying sizes, a whittling hints and safety guide,
and patterns for 8 projects (knife not included).
The guide and instruction sheet are quite brief,
but the guide refers to You Tube videos for more
instruction. (But then again, this is a learn-bydoing kind of skill!) Projects include a letter
opener, birdhouse, pencil, twister, ball in cage,
Santa, goldfish, and whistle. So sit a spell in your
front porch rocking chair and start whittling.
011153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 14.75
☼Whittling Kit & Equipment (9-AD)
Great for the outdoorsy types, scouts, campers, survivalists, adults – really anyone interested in learning to carve wood! The pack
includes a very sharp, short-bladed carving knife
in a sleeve, 10 blocks of bass wood & a small
dowel, a large Kevlar carving glove, and instructions for 8 projects (letter opener, pencil, ball in
cage, whistle, Santa, goldfish, mini birdhouse,
twister.) There are really good safety points covered in the instructions too. Gloves protect the
hand holding the block of wood and are made
of a stretchy knit w/ grippy dots on both side of
the glove. Thumb guards are made of suede &
elastic and worn on the knife hand. ~ Sara
017699 Whittling Pack (includes
red glove) (A.) . . . . 49.95 46.25
EACH CARVING GLOVES . . . 12.95 12.00
017649 Small - Blue
017609 Medium - Green
017588 Large - Red
EACH THUMB GUARD . . . . . . 3.95
017695Small
017654Large
017662Medium
A.
plex of carvings. Since no roughing knife is
included, this knife is best used with wood
already debarked and somewhat formed.
019478 Whittler’s Kit . . . . . 46.95 43.95
This set allows you to go beyond just basic
carving accomplished by a cutting knife.
This 2-knife set includes a detailing knife,
a mini detailing knife and sharpening compound.
019483 Whittlin’ Jack (B.) . . 53.95 49.95
This folding knife covers all your basic carving necessities with its cutting and detailing
blades. Can be used as your primary carver
and detailer. Blades stay in the open position with a relatively stiff spring but do not
have a locking mechanism.
Niji Wood Carving Set (12pc) (9-AD)
Set of 12 carving tools with wooden handles
includes 2 V-shapes, 1 C-shape, 3 U-shapes,
B.
an awl, 3 slanted blades and 2 flat blades. The
handles are about 4” long and the metal blades
are 1” with a sharp, beveled tip. Blades are .25”
to .75” wide. These are perfect for block printing where you carve an image onto wood, roll
Woodcarving Project Kits (3-AD)
Each kit comes with patterns and Basswood ink over it and lay paper on top to make several
copies of the image. You could also carve vinyl
blanks (3”- 4” each) for carving five figures.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 14.75 or linoleum for printing images. There is some
safety instruction on the package, but these
019964Dogs
tools are quite sharp and should be handled
Scottish terrier, collie, dachshund, sitting
very carefully. Basic techniques for holding and
dog, sniffing dog.
using the tools are included. ~ Sara
019978Farm
056885 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.50 14.50
Cow, horse, donkey, pig, chicken.
019997Forest
Wood Burning Creations (8-AD)
Bear cub, squirrel, turtle, big and little rabbits
Kids and adults alike love burning intricate
035374 Ornaments (6 pieces)
designs into wood to create lasting treasures.
This product is great for beginning wood☼Flexcut Whittling Knives (9-AD)
The best time to teach how important it is to burning artists. It includes an electrically operhave the right tools for the right job is when your ated wood burning stylus with stand, illustrated
fingers are at stake! Whittling knives provide design sheets, carbon transfer paper to design
the potential for hours of unbridled creativ- and burn things with, a wooden box, CD-case,
ity with natural materials and artists to express picture frame, key chains, assorted wooden
themselves. Far from the Swiss knife my father punch-outs, watercolor paints, paint brush, craft
gave me when I earned my Wood Carving merit glue, sandpaper, and illustrated directions for
badge, these knives are safer and more com- completing projects. Everything comes packfortable than any pocket knife or utility blade. aged in a wooden box with a hinged lid and
These are real tools that both children and metal clasp closure, which you can decorate
with the supplies provided. A great kit to begin
adults can use for years.
019451 3-Knife Starter Set . 55.95 51.95 or practice your wood-burning skills. ~ Rachel
038168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 44.99
With a roughing blade to prepare wood for
carving, a cutting blade, and a detail blade
Woodburning Kit (9-AD)
to really bring out features of your piece,
This woodburning kit
the 3-Knife starter set is our most complete
for slightly older crafters
and most comfortable knife set we offer. It
includes everything you
includes a sharpening compound to keep
need to make 10 projects
your blades in top condition.
with wood and cork. The
019466 Hip Knife and Leather Sheath . . . . . . . . . . 30.9528.95 kit is a great deal, as it includes an electric
woodburning pen with a writing overpoint and
For basic carving, this is our most comfortpen rest, many varied pieces of wooden slats to
able and versatile knife. The cutting knife
use in making the projects, paints and a brush,
will allow you to shape your piece with
carbon paper, sandpaper, glue, a sheet of cork,
medium size cuts while allowing all but the
double-sided tape, and design patterns. You
most fine detailing.
can use the woodburning pen to burn various
019469 Pocket Jack for Carvin’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88.95 79.95 designs into the wood and cork. The included
instruction book gives illustrated directions on
This folding knife is the “Jack of all Trades.”
how to create several projects, but there’s
The four blades in the lockable handle
plenty of room for adding creative details. Trace
include a detail, straight gouge, gouge
designs, burn them into wood or cork, then
scorp, and v scorp. These blades will take
paint your projects, all with the supplies and
you well beyond your basic wood carving
directions furnished in this kit.
merit badge. This set of woodworking tools
005584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 24.50
will allow you to complete the most com-
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1167
Wood Crafts
Create-a-Craft Kits (PK-3)
Build your own wooden toy race car or train
with these Melissa & Doug. Glue the wheels
and axles together, let them dry, then customize
your toy with paint and stickers. These projects
are easy enough for a youngster to assemble
with minimal adult supervision. The vehicles
measure 4”L x ¾”W x 2”H (train) or 1¼” H (car).
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
013946 Race Car . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
013947Train . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
Wood Projects to Assemble and Paint (1-5)
These small wooden craft kits offer fun projects
for children to paint, assemble, and display.
Each set includes pre-cut wooden pieces, all
other necessary parts, and step-by-step assembly
instructions. Paint and glue are not included,
and the unfinished pieces are thin but durable.
Kids can make gifts for special people, or decorations for their rooms. The Painters Markers
(see description) would work wonderfully for
this purpose. ~ Rachel
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
041443 Bug Barn . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
The Bug Barn comes with some pre-assembled parts - you just have to decorate the
front. Then you’ll have a bug holder with
mesh sides that measures 5 ¼” x 4” x 5”.
041444 Butterfly Vase . . . . . . 4.50
Vase is pre-assembled, measures about 3 ½”
x 1 ¾” x 5”, and comes with four wooden
pieces to use as decorations.
045398Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95
Has 17 pieces to build a crane with moving
parts, measuring 2” x 2 7/16” x 4 ½”.
023129 Tea Kettle Coaster . . . 4.75
Contains four cork-backed coasters and a
pre-assembled teapot holder. The coasters are circles 3 ½” in diameter; the teapot
holder measures about 7” from handle to
spout, 4 ½” top to bottom, and 2” wide.
045396 Bird House Wind Chimes
3.50
Birdhouse is pre-assembled and ready to
paint. Metal chimes included. Measures 10”
x 4” x 2 ½”.
045736 Airplane Mobile . . . . . 5.50
Contains 5 different pre-assembled airplanes, a moon cut-out, 4 cloud cut-outs,
and 2 dowels to make a mobile. Small
screw hooks are already attached to the
components for easy assembly.
Mosaics
Magnetic Tiles
Magnetic Color Cubes (PK-AD)
What a great way to experiment with color
and design! This set includes 100 brightly colored hardwood cubes. The cubes measure ½”
squared and are magnetized. You can build
designs up or flat on the floor, and the magnetic
pull will keep your creation in one piece. The
magnetic, durable cubes can be used over and
over again for countless formations. If you like
creating mosaics, this product is for you. The
cubes come packaged in a travel tin along with
some suggested patterns.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
039372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.95
1168
Art
Magnetic Mosaics Jr. (2-5)
Make mosaics anywhere with these fun, travelfriendly sets. Each set comes in a 7” x 7” travel
tin, which stores the tiles and can also be used
as a play/design surface. One thousand colorful, foam, magnetic, square tiles are included,
each measuring .25”. Suggestions and design
tips are included, or you can create your own
unique masterpieces. The basic edition has
bright-colored tiles, while the metal edition has
shimmering, metallic-looking tiles.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
039376 Mosaics Jr. . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
039375 Mosaics Metal Jr . . . 9.99
7.95
Sticker /Adhesive Tiles
Sticky Mosaics (K-AD)
Become a mosaic artist with the help of these
“mosaic-by-number” kits! Much like paint-bynumber, these kits come with several pre-numbered pictures of various sizes and a key showing what color each number on the board represents. Then, get to work removing the backing
from the thousands of 1/4” square foam pieces
in different colors. Some kits include only colored mosaic squares while some also contain
sparkly ones. Continue sticking the colored
foam squares onto the picture until your mosaic
is complete. Adhesive hangers are provided so
you can proudly display your completed works
of art! Fun and easy to complete. – elise
My First Sticky Mosaics (PK-1)
Your child will be entertained for hours with
these colorful, peel-and-stick craft projects.
Each kit contains over 1000 colorful sticky foam
pieces, 7 foam colors in 3 shapes, 5 fun designs
and 5 wall hangers so you can display each glittering, gleaming work of art. ~ Lisa
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.95
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
019513Butterflies
007807Fairies
007840Princess
4 sparkling butterfly designs, 4 plastic hang019440Pets 051689Team Rescue
ers, and 1900+ foam and jewel pieces.
051687Ponies
019492Vehicles
007891 ☼Cute Kittens
4 templates of kittens and sparkly pieces
Glitter Mosaic Quick Sticker Kit (PK-3)
027171Dinosaurs
Clever and creative craft kits are an activity
4 standing dinosaurs & accessories.
and a toy for little kids. They can either follow
050185Dolphins
simple directions to create a fun little product,
4 dolphin designs, 4 plastic hangers & stands,
or make their own design. I was impressed by
and 1800+ sparkling tile/jewel pieces.
the quality of the shiny cardboard and cool
027192Dragons
graphics on the stickers included. I really liked
Includes 4 picture templates, along with
the sparkly stickers for the ladybug. These are
faux leather and sparkly mosaic squares.
different from a sticker book in that you can play
039389 Fabulous Fish
with what you create. .~ Sara
5 sea creatures, 2100+ sparkling jewels/tiles
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
029565 Fairies
051290 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00
4.99
029575 Forest Friends
033119 I Love Horses
PlayMais Mosaic (PK-5)
4 scenes with a girl and a horse, 2100+
EACH DREAM KIT . . . . . . . . 14.99 12.95
sparkling jewels and tiles.
065968Fairy
065970Pony
017434 Jungle Adventure
065969Kitten
065971Princess
019587Pirates
EACH LITTLE KIT . . . . . . . . . 14.99 12.95
4 pirate scenes (skull/crossbones, pirate
065972Farm
065975Sea
ship, treasure chest, and pirate portrait)
065973Forest
065976raffic
051700 Posh Puppies
065974Friends
065977Zoo
4 puppy picture templates, 4 plastic hangers
EACH TRENDY KIT . . . . . . . 24.99 12.95
and 2500+ sticky foam and jewel pieces
065978Dog
065980Mandala
029577 Pretty Princess
065979Horse
051701Robots
Includes 5 robot designs, 5 stands, 1200+
Sticky Mosaic Singles (PK-AD)
sticky foam pieces, and 10 stickers.
Sticky Mosaic Singles are jazzed-up versions of
029590Unicorns
the original Mini Sticky Mosaics. Each includes
a 5 ½” x 8” background with numbered spaces
Peel & Press Sticker by Number (1-AD)
for the sticky squares. The backgrounds are
Melissa & Doug have done it again - kids will
printed with a full-color background design and
truly enjoy creating these mosaic works of art!
the mosaic pattern is the center of the board.
Simply peel off a sparkly jewel-toned sticker
Sticky Mosiac Singles also feature lots of sparand press it onto the wooden base to match the
kling mosaic tiles and jewels for super-sparkly
numbered design. This sticker by number activprojects. All kits also include wall hangers to
ity will hone fine motor and visual observation
display finished artwork. – Jess
skills while providing a craft that young children
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
can complete all on their own. The end result is
EACH SINGLE . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
3.59
an incredibly attractive, self-framed mosaic wall
051702Butterfly
033141Owl
hanging that measures 11.75” x 10.75” x .75”.
019654 Clown Fish 019700Pirate
~ Anh CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not < 3yrs.
019659Fairy
019718Puppy
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
033137Flower
019794T-Rex
052942Butterfly
019680Kitten
019796Unicorn
034355 Princess Garden
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Peel & Press Sticker Kits (K-4)
Instead of paint-by-number, why not stickerby-number? These kits allow you to create your
own sparkling masterpieces. Each kit includes
a 4.75" x 6” frame with a painted background
design. Numbered outlines within the frame’s
picture are waiting for your stickers. Just peel
and press the sparkle gem stickers included.
Larger kits with a 15" x 12" frame are also available - please see our website. ~ Lisa
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
EACH PETITE KIT . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
014230Kittens
014233 Princess Castle
014238 Rain Forest
014239Safari
☼Pixel Pops (2-AD)
Think Minecraft in physical form. A specially
designed stylus is used to pick up and place soft
foam measuring about 1 cm. Follow the instructions describing how to stick it on the cardboard
or plastic cube bases and stack them to develop
the shape. Kits such as Cupcake Bakery and
Forest Adventure include scenery and two creatures to make. Individual animal sets include
everything needed for one animal with base.
With a little patience you will have created a
craft to display like none other.
EACH PET KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
061010Duck
061015Koala
061011Elephant
061016Lizard
061013Hedgehog 061017Penguin
061014Kitty
061019Pug
EACH PLAY SCENE KIT . . . . . 9.99
7.75
061009 Cupcake Bakery
061012 Forest Adventure
Stone/Glass Tiles
used our sample Mosaic Kit to make a headstone for McGuffy, the Schneider's dog, who
had passed away. I think it turned out beautifully, even if no one can tell we were trying to
make dog bones out of our mosaic pieces! The
end result would be a wonderful gift for any
member of your family.
There are two types of kits, regular Stepping
Stone Kits and Kids' Stepping Stone Kits. They
are basically the same, except Kids' kits result
in an 8" stone, while most of the other Stepping
Stone Kits create a 12" stone. Because the
regular Stepping Stones are larger, more stepping stone mix, and more decorative pieces are
included. Enjoy! ~ Anh
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
EACH KID'S KIT (exc noted) . 13.49 12.50
045103 ☼Cat
Make a cute 8" kitty face. Kit includes cat
face mold, stepping stone mix, and white
and green glass gems
057166 Garden Handprint . 11.49
9.50
008170 Kid's Mosaic Stone
This is a really nice kit for kids. It results in
a 8" octagonal stone that can be decorated
with the bright stained glass mosaic pieces
and glass gems included. Four patterns are
included as suggestions.
008169 Kid's Marble Art Kit
Your children can create a unique personal
memento using stickers, pictures, and marbles! The kit makes a 8" octagonal stone,
which can be decorated with the flat glass
marbles and their own pictures. Pictures are
stuck to the bottom of the marble, then laid
into the stone for a one-of-a-kind project.
045105 ☼Lady Bug
Who wouldn't love a friendly lady bug
visiting the garden (rather than one of those
pesky Asian beetles?). This adorable kit
makes an 8" lady bug and that you can
decorate with the included red and black
glass gems.
008177 Kid's Stepping Stone 11.49 10.95
This stepping stone is an "all-time-favorite."
After creating your 8" square (or diamond)
stone, you'll decorate it with a colorful
assortment of stones, glass gems, and glitter!
057169 Owl Step Stone
Make a friendly owl in realistic earth tones.
Kit includes an 8” owl-shaped mold, stepping stone mix, and Earthtone Glass Mix
and Bright Gems.
045115 ☼Watering Can
Make a colorful 8" watering can stepping
stone with this kit. Includes watering canshaped mold, stepping stone mix, and
ceramic garden shapes.
Stepping Stone Kits (3-AD, 5-AD)
These stepping stones are truly easy to make
and look great when they are finished - perfect
for accenting your garden, walkway, flowerbed, or even for display in the house! Each
kit includes everything you need to make one
stepping stone, including stone mix cement, EACH KIT BELOW (exc noted) 17.99 15.95
mosaic pieces and other decorative elements, 004982Cupcake
Everyone loves cupcakes! While you can’t
a mixing paddle, a writing tool (or stamps) and
eat this one, it’ll last for a long time.
easy-to-follow instructions. Contents will vary
Contains materials to make one 12” flat
slightly depending on type of kit purchased. All
cupcake stepping stone.
you need to supply is the mixing bucket, water,
and a dose of inspiration! The mold, paddle, 029648 Family Photo
This kit makes a 12" circular stepping stone
and stamps/writing tool are all reusable, so if
and includes special clear stones, letter
you purchase additional mix and mosaic pieces
stickers, and blank stickers that allow you
(from a craft store or from us), you can keep
to incorporate small family photos into your
making stones. Although suggested designs are
stepping stone. The end result would be
included, you are always free to create your
a wonderful gift for any member of your
own unique design! For example, instead of
family tree.
making a typical stepping stone, Megan and I
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
004986 Daisy Mosaic
Enjoy a bright flower along your path that
will never wilt! Contains the materials to
make one 12” stepping stone.
032760 Pebble Mosaic . . . . 19.99 17.75
Use smooth, colorful pebbles and traditional style uppercase letter stamps to add
a fresh twist to the art of mosaics. Your
finished 12” octagonal stepping stone will
be one-of-a-kind!
032744 Garden Mosaic
Cheerful colors of stained glass will make
a bright splash in your garden on this 12"
round stepping stone. Victorian style letter
stamps are also included for you to write a
message. Templates are included, or you
can use your own creative design!
032752 Mosaic Butterfly
Using the butterfly mold you'll create a colorful butterfly stone using the vibrant mosaic
pieces and glass gems.
016976 Mosaic Flip Flops
These summery stepping stones are sure
to make your visitors smile! This makes
two 12” flip-flop shaped stepping stones.
Creative placement of the colored glass to
create a solid colored strap and a colorful
sole will give them the perfect look.
032753 Mosaic Flower
This flower shaped stepping stone is perfect
for anyone who loves lots of color in their
garden. Decorate the six petals in your own
design or use the included design ideas.
057168 Mosaic Frog
You'll love the way this adorable little frog
peaks out of the flowers with his beady glass
eyes! Kit includes frog shaped mold, stepping stone mix, moss green stone pigment,
and recycled stained glass and glass gems.
029649 Mosaic Kit
This kit contains everything you need to create a 12" octagonal stepping stone, including an entire pound of stained glass pieces
and 2 design templates.
026915 Mosaic Leaf
With this kit, you can make a 12” leafshaped stepping stone, and decorate it with
the included mosaic stained glass, glass
gems, and the traditional-style letter and
number stamps.
032757 Mosaic Turtle
Make a brightly colored mosaic turtle for
your backyard! Pour the moss green stone
mix into a turtle-shaped mold and let it dry.
Then glue real stained glass mosaic pieces
and gems onto the shell of the turtle and two
round gems for the eyes (glue is included).
Then grout around the glass to create a finishing touch.
Art
1169
Make Your Own Stepping Stone Molds (3-AD)
Make your own unique stepping stone with
these easy to use molds. Decorate your own
garden or design wonderfully creative, personalized gifts. These plastic molds are reusable.
With a little assistance younger children can
design their own stone, too. Please note that
these are molds only - no stepping stone mix
is included.
EACH 8” MOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 2.95
033725Square
EACH 12” MOLD . . . . . . . . . . 3.49
3.25
033716Heart
033724Round
Window Decorations / Stained Glass
Light Catcher Scratch Art Kits (PK-AD)
Bring some dazzle to your windows with these
Scratch-Art Light Catchers. Each Light Catcher
comes with instructions for the main design.
After scratching out the main design, you can
add your own personal touches and designs to
the Light Catcher. Each kit comes with one Light
Catcher design frame, one Scratch Art “stained
glass” sheet, one suction cup window hanger,
one wooden drawing stylus, and instructions.
All you need is a window and a sunny day.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99
2.50
Stepping Stone Mix (3-AD)
Don’t let the stone-making fun stop! These 036900 Butterfly 036902Flower
036903Hummingbird
huge packs are available in two sizes. The 7 052263 Dolphin
lb. size makes one 12" stepping stone or two 052264Fish
8" stones. The huge bag contains 24 pounds of
Stepping Stone Mix; that’s enough to make three Decals (PK-AD)
12” stepping stones, six 8” stepping stones, or These decals can be used to decorate anything
nine 8” garden bricks. Only the mix is included from windows to notebooks. Just peel, stick,
here; you’ll need separate stone molds and and reposition for reusable sticker fun.
1.45
optional stone coloring and decorative items in EACH 1-SHEET SET . . . . . . . . . 058188Cars
058285 Star Wars
order to custom-make your own creations.
033727 7 lb. Bag . . . . . . . . . 6.99
6.75 058209 Disney Princess
039305 24 lb. Value Box . . 17.99 16.50
Pop Em’z Suction Craft (PK-6)
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Stone Stamp Sets (3-AD)
These stone stamps make personalizing your 064967 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 17.95
stepping stone a snap – and professional looking. Don’t worry about trying to make perfect ☼Stained Glass Made Easy (K-5)
Young crafters can create luminous works of
letters, numbers, or images with your writing
tool, simply stamp what you want on your art with Melissa & Doug’s peel & press stickers.
stone. We offer a variety of sets to fit your A lovely outlined design really looks like leaded
glass! The stickers are transparent, mottled
design style.
EACH STAMP SET . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.75 colors, just like real art glass, and clear instructions show you where to stick each one to help
039307 Traditional Letters/Numbers
get you a lovely finished product. Hang them
039309 Victorian Garden Design
in the window with the included suction cup.
039310 Victorian Letters/ Numbers
Ornaments set includes a Christmas tree and
a Santa. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
Mosaic Glass Value Packs (3-AD)
9.99
Get more mosaic for your money with these 034565Butterfly . . . . . . . . 12.99
mixed stained glass value packs. Each package 034566Dolphins . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
034645Dragon . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
has a net weight of 20 oz.
037229 ☼Heart & Rainbow . 9.99
7.95
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
6.25
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75 037417 ☼Heart Box . . . . . . . 7.99
034648Mermaid . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
033718 Bright Stained Glass
034650Ornaments . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
033719 Earth-Toned Stained Glass
034657Owl . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
033720 Primary Stained Glass
037418 ☼Race Cars . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
033721 Tumbled Beach Glass
034659Unicorn . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
057167 Glow-in-the-Dark Glass Stars
Sparkling Sun Jewels Crystal Cuties (K-7)
From the same company as Sticky Mosaics,
this kit incorporates the same concept with
suncatcher projects. It comes with 5 clear templates, 5 pattern guides, 5 hanging tags, and
over 800 sparkling jewels. Lay the clear plastic
template over the pattern guide, apply the adhesive-backed dazzling jewels, hang and enjoy.
Brighten up your bedroom, living room, or any
window with your finished work of art! - Laura
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
006414 Crystal Cuties
061040 Ocean Friends
Stained Glass Kits (1-4)
Create beautiful “stained glass” windows—no
cutting, melting, or real glass required. This kidfriendly version uses over 80 beautiful stickers that
resemble stained glass pieces. It comes with an
1170
Art
8” x 8” wooden frame surrounding an outlined
design on clear plastic. Using the numbered
guide, place each sticker on the outline. Soon,
you will have a lovely picture to hang! . ~ Lisa
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
EACH BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
007894 Noah’s Ark
024776Princess
007898 Rainbow Garden
024774Safari
007901 Undersea Fantasy
☼Makit & Bakit (2-AD)
Make your own sun catcher or jewelry with
these simple, fun kits! Each one includes a
metal frame, the melty beads and a suction cup
or jewelry parts. Place the frame on a cooking
sheet lined w/foil, place the beads in the frame,
melt in the oven, let it cool & you are ready to
go. I love the trendy, updated designs & colors!
These are perfect little gifts for a crafty child, or
give the finished products as gifts. ~ Sara
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH JEWELRY KIT . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.50
059550 Girl Charm Bracelet (pnk/org/prp)
EACH SUN CATCHER KIT . . . . 2.95
059552 Butterflies (pnk/prp/trq)
059553 Butterfly & Flower (pnk/ylw/grn/org)
059554 Dog w/Bone (brn/wht/red)
059555 Dolphins (blu/gry/wht)
059556 Glow Saturn (red/org/glow)
059557 Horse (brn/wht/grn)
059558 Kittens (wht/tan/brn/pnk)
059559 Large Butterfly (pnk/prp/ylw)
059560 Octopus (blu/wht/grn)
059561 Owl w/Glasses (blu/trq/pnk/ylw)
059562 Rainbow w/Clouds (blu/ylw/red/wht)
059563 Shark (blu/prp/wht)
059564 T-Rex (lim/turq/wht/pnk)
059565 Turtle (grn/lim/ylw)
Window Art (3-AD)
We used to stick colorforms on our tv and
any other surface available! This kit takes the
great fun of sticking things to shiny surfaces and
throws in some goo for extra fun. Six colors of
goo and many pages of designs allow you to
create colorful masterpieces for every window.
Plastic sleeves are included to slip over the
pages of the book, and then you simply trace the
pattern, color it in and let it dry before sticking
on any workable surface. ~ Stephanie
015811Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.50
016271 Deluxe refill set . . . 24.95 17.95
Seasonal/Holiday Crafts
Adventivity (PK-5)
Subtitled “A Countdown to Christmas with 25
Holiday Activities,” this is an advent calendar
like never before! The cover of the book holds
the advent calendar; simply lift each flap to
see the activity you will do that day. Inside the
book, you will find the activities, complete with
pictures and step-by-step illustrated instructions.
The activities have a nice range, from paper
crafts to card making, to holiday treats, to decorated gloves and much more. A list at the end of
the activity section shows, on one handy page,
all the supplies you will need, broken down by
activity. The back section contains perforated
decorations for the activities on sturdy cardstock. A great book to add to the excitement of
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
counting down to Christmas – with a fun way x 2.8”D. Make unique Christmas decorations
to pass some time on those cold, snowy days! for your own home or use as gifts from the
003552 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 14.50 kids! – Laura
060810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Beaded Snowflakes Ornaments Kit (PK-AD)
Design six beautiful ornaments to brighten up Sparkling 3D Wonder Paint Ornaments (1-AD)
your Christmas tree or gifts. These beaded orna- Add a personal touch to Christmas decorations
ments look like glistening snowflakes when they with this ornament-decorating kit. On the plastic
are complete. Ornaments measure 5½” in diam- project sheets, use the liner paint to trace the
eter, and six cute envelopes are also included if included patterns (or make up your own) and
you choose to give them as gifts!
fill in with the 5 colors of sparkling, translucent
paint (red, yellow, blue, pink, white). Add one
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
014154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.00 17.50 of the decorative ribbon toppers as the finishing
touch on the 6 clear plastic ball ornaments ranging in size from 2-3”. If there’s paint remaining,
PlushCraft Holiday Ornaments (K-7)
I've always enjoyed looking at the ornaments you can use it to make decorative clings for
I made in my younger days, and I'm sure your windows or other glass surfaces.
children will, too. These simple ornament kits 036124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 15.75
come with over 100 sparkling jewels and fabric
pieces to punch into the front of the ornament in Make Your Own Paper Snowflakes (3-AD)
Decorating with snowflakes is a great way
a color-by-number style. Use the color number
legend to place the fabric pieces on the pillow, to spruce up any room or holiday craft. This
and then press them in one at a time with the creative book includes reusable templates for
special tool. No sewing is required to decorate 32 delightful designs. Instructions and tips for
these beautiful ornaments. Make for yourself or folding and cutting are included, as well as
interesting facts and quotes about snow. There
share with a relative!
are four different skill levels of designs, which
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.00
5.75 range from basic to fairly intricate. All you need
is paper, scissors, and the designs in this book
006353Christmas Tree 006396Wreath
and you’re ready to create a snowstorm of paper
006387Stocking
snowflakes. 64 pgs, pb.
041459 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
7.50
☼Easy Christmas Crafts (1-5)
This festive book comes with 12 easy-to-make
Christmas decorations children will love to cre- ☼Paint Your Own Christmas Ornaments (3-AD)
ate. The colorful crafts are printed on heavy Great for holiday giveaways or starting a family
cardstock paper with simple instructions to tradition, this quality paint-your-own porcelain
assemble, only needing scissors and glue. A ornament kit by Mindware® has everything
few of the crafts include ornaments, a basket, a you need to create personalized cherished
gingerbread house, a snowflake chain, and hol- keepsakes. First, review the full-color instruciday-trimmed candy holders. These decorations tion guide that demonstrates mixing colors and
are sure to add holiday spirit to your home or creating special painting effects with brushes,
become thoughtful gifts for loved ones. ~ Gina sponges, tape and more. Then paint and oven
060857 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25 bake your ornaments for a high gloss, permanent finish. Add the final touch with some of the
☼Make Your Own Glitter Snow Globes (1-8) included ribbon. Kit includes 6 blank porcelain
I’ve seen the cute make-your-own snow ornaments (snowflake, stocking, star, wreath,
globes where you insert a photo, but this kit oval, teardrop), 12 colors of paint, 1 paintbrush,
has so much for you to create! All supplies are and 2 yards of ribbon.
included to make 2 globes. You begin with 028315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 17.96
polymer clay in a rainbow of 10 colors. There
are lots of tips for blending colors and making ☼Decorate-Your-Own Christmas Ornaments
layers. Follow the directions to get the right size, (3-AD)
but you can make whatever little sculpture your These charming little ornaments by Melissa and
heart desires: a critter, a cupcake, a snowman, Doug® are fun to paint and decorate. They have
etc. using the sculpting tool. Bake the object more detail than flat ornaments, with raised
& let it cool. Then stick it to the bottom piece. edges and shapes to add interest as you paint.
Add glitter & water to the dome, insert the plas- These would lend themselves well to some
tic ring, and screw the 2 parts together. Voila! glue and bedazzling jewels too. Kit includes 2
Finished products will be about 3.5” high, about blank resin ornaments (tree & teardrop shaped),
4” in diameter. You could use a paint pen (not 6 metallic paints, 2 paintbrushes, and ribbons.
included) to sign & date the base, or write a 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
5.50
message and give it as a gift for someone spe- 033807 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
cial! CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Miscellaneous Crafts
028224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 22.46
☼Make Your Own Holiday Snow Globes (1-AD)
Create a watery winter wonderland, your way!
This fun kit comes with everything you need
to make 3 snow globes: globes with snap-on
bases; red, yellow, blue, and white clay; glitter, 5 plastic clay tools, three pre-made figures
(Santa, snowman, and reindeer), funnel, and
base labels. Finished globes are 2.9”W x 3.6”H
Collage Cars (package of 24) (PK-4)
022706 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
☼Paint with Marbles Kit (K-8)
If you’re looking for a quick art activity that
the kids will enjoy doing over and over again,
try painting with marbles. While you can do
this with any runny paint, marbles, and a tray,
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
this kit makes it easy and keeps everything
together. It includes five colors of paint in dropper bottles, two foam paint brushes, one regular
paint brush, three stencils, 20 sheets of paper,
five foam frames with hanging tabs, doublesided sticky foam, two plastic marble scoops,
ten plastic marbles and instructions. The cover
of the kit doubles as a painting tray. Basically,
you lay a paper in the tray, drip some paint on
the paper, add the marbles, and then tip and
turn the tray to make fun random patterns. Add
stencils or paint with the brush for more structured pieces. This one was a big winner with our
young testers! – Jess
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
060811 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00
Fancy Frames WonderFoam Set (K-AD)
This set contains 18 foam picture frames in a
variety of colors as well as 1000 foam letter and
shape pieces (hearts, flowers, stars, moons, and
others) that you can use to decorate the frames.
032100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00
7.95
Make Your Own Water Globes (2-AD)
064065 Under the Sea . . . . . . 20.00
064066 Wee Water Globes 16.00 12.75
Make Your Own Washi Tape Stickers (3-AD)
If you’re in love with the adorable, patterned
tape trend, this kit is for you! Learn how to use
the six included rolls of washi tape (or try some
of our other fabulous designs!) to make fun,
personalized stickers to add a creative touch to
all your stuff. I had a lot of fun with this kit, and
would recommend having a pair of tweezers
nearby to help pull the stickers off the backing.
Kit includes a 42 page instruction/inspiration
book, six small rolls of tape, sticker backing
paper, and a felt tip pen. - Laura
003362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.50
Craft & Create (PK-6)
These all-in-one craft kits come with an instruction/idea book and everything you need to get
started with your new craft. Once you’ve used
the included materials, you can continue to use
the books for more ideas – they even offer suggestions for where to purchase more supplies.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.25
013927 Felt Friends Stickers (PK-3)
Pre-cut felt shapes with peel off sticky backing - enough for 12 creatures. Four background scenes to color are included.
013928 Foil Art (K-5)
Includes 36 foil sheets in a variety of colors,
and a wooden stylus to press down the foil.
013914 Fashion Designer (3-6)
Includes 63 stencils for tracing tops, bottoms, shoes, and accessories as well as
24 realistic paper swatches that look like
denim, lace, silk. Outfits can be arranged
and glued (glue stick included) onto one
of 16 illustrated fashion modes and accessorized with included stickers.
013945 Friendship Bracelets (3-6)
Contains illustrated instruction booklet with
eleven bracelet designs, two-sided foam
loom, six bright colors of string (45 m),
metallic string (3 m), eight beads, and six
felt charms.
Art
1171
A.
☼Macrame Terrarium Kit (2-8)
We had a chuckle in the office here about who
remembered the heavy macramé hanging planters from the 70s and 80s! Now your kids and
grandkids can make a modern version in a kit
that has everything but the water to make seeds
grow. In place of jute twine, you now have
bright aqua cording to create your hanger. You
start with 4 cords and a ring. Pictorial directions
guide you through the simplified knotting process to make your hanger. Your plants go into
a plastic globe about 5” in diameter. You knot
the globe securely into the hanger and place it
in a bowl to hold it still as you fill it. Using the
little scooper, start layering your rocks, growing
medium, chia seeds, wheat grass seeds, colored
sand, tiny resin deer and mushroom. You even
get a water mister to water your terrarium. It’s
simple, creative, and you can personalize it too!
Add stickers to the globe or decorate it with our
neon Sharpie markers. You may even inspire a
future gardener with your gift. Be sure to tell
them about your own memories of macramé
planters. ~ Sara
001611(A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 15.75
Fairies: Petal People You Make Yourself (3-AD)
This precious kit has everything you need to
create your own "fairy tale." You can make
twelve flower fairies using the wooden beads,
faux flower petals, glue, beads, florist wire,
embroidery floss, and colored pencils provided
in the kit. A wonderful and colorful 27-page
instructional booklet is also included, which
gives step-by-step instructions and fun creative
ideas! This kit has limited supplies, so once
you've mastered this craft and exhausted the
supplies you may want to take a trip to your
local craft store to purchase new supplies to
create fairies such as cheerleaders, a newborn
baby, brides, princesses or a even a fairy that
looks like you! This is a delicate craft project,
as the pieces are small and patience is required!
In the end, the beautiful fairies you create will
make wonderful playtime "friends" for your child
or great gifts for them to share. - elise
035003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 12.50
Embossing Made Easy (3-AD)
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
036557Bracelets
036560Frame
Shimmer Art Kit (5-AD)
021815 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99
1172
Art
5.50
16.50
☼Chibitronics (7-AD)
Are plain old crafts just not lighting up your
life? Spark up your crafts with some electronics!
Simply create a circuit by laying lines of selfadhesive copper tape, place the LED stickers
(Yes! LED stickers! Isn’t technology awesome?)
on the sheet, and attach a coin cell battery.
Place whatever craft you want to light up over
top of the LED sticker, and watch it glow!
Several kits are available as well as individual
components if you need some extras or are
comfortable striking out on your own!
061810 Starter Kit . . . . . . . 30.00 25.95
The perfect introduction to crafting with
Chibitronics. It includes a Circuit Sticker
Sketchbook (which explains simply circuitry
and lets you experiment building different
types of circuits), 12 LED stickers (white,
yellow, red and blue), 2 coin cell batteries,
2 binder clips, and 15’ of copper tape.
061805 Intro Kit . . . . . . . . 10.00
8.95
Includes 3 white LED stickers, copper tape,
coin cell battery, binder clip and activity
card.
063509 Holiday Kit . . . . . . 15.00 13.50
Make holiday projects that light up! This
awesome kit comes with everything you
need to make an ornament, greeting card
and photo frame. Let it glow, let it glow,
let it glow
061806 Copper Tape . . . . . . 8.00
6.95
This roll contains 15’ of 3mm copper tape.
061811 White LED Stickers 30.00 25.95
Includes 30 stickers.
061809 Color LED Stickers . 30.00 25.95
Includes 30 stickers: 10 each of red, yellow,
and blue.
061807 Effects Pack . . . . . . . . 20.00
Includes 4 special effects stickers: fade,
twinkle, heartbeat, and blink.
Blank Craft Kits / Materials to Personalize
Make a Gift Art Kits (PK-AD)
064427 Digital Group . . . . . . 9.99
064428 Prepaid Digital . . . . 17.99
8.95
14.95
Makit 10" Plate Kits (PK-AD)
Make personalized gifts for all of your relatives! Each kit includes paper templates and
markers so kids can draw and color pictures to
show off their artwork, commemorate special
events, or even try their hand at portraits of
relatives (always a hit!). When the templates
are colored, simply send them to the manufacturer, where they will transform them into a
10" plate. The items are dishwasher-safe, and
the quality of the finished product will last for
years to come as evidenced by several of our
plates, from as far back as ’88. The Individual
kit includes 5 paper templates, markers, and the
processing cost for one item. The Teacher Kit is
of better value if you are making multiple gifts
and includes 50 paper templates and markers
(no items are prepaid in this kit). Processing
costs per item range from $4.95-7.95 with a
reasonable shipping cost. Just send in your
completed artwork and your personalized items
will be sent back to you in 10-12 business days
(longer during the holidays). These are sure to
become treasured family keepsakes!
001769Individual . . . . . . . 16.99 14.95
001798 Teachers Kit . . . . . . . 9.99
8.95
Blank Puzzles by Compoz-a-Puzzle
We use so many of these ourselves, we had
to offer them to you! As far as I’m concerned,
these have been one of the most versatile (and
life-saving) art forms to ever be made! They are,
really, just blank puzzles that can be written on,
colored on, drawn on, painted on, etc. Then
you can break them into pieces (they’re already
die-cut) and they’re puzzles! “So what?” you
say. Wait - here are just a few ways we’ve used
them: send a “puzzle” greeting card or invitation (tuck pieces in envelope and mail), VBS
or Sunday School crafts (pictures or memory
verses), parties (picture this - kids in teams follow clues to collect pieces hidden around yard/
house. Then, they assemble pieces which
become a “treasure map” to follow to a prize.
I’m a hopeless create-your-own-party-games
person), or just plain “art”, creating your own
beautiful puzzle for yourself or as a gift - artwork
that can be used again and again instead of filed
away. We’re just sure that you can invent more
uses of your own (we’d love to hear them, by
the way). Blank puzzles come in several sizes
and each size with larger, fewer pieces or more,
smaller pieces as follows:
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
(ALL ITEMS ARE IN PACKS OF 10)
009724 4" x 5½" - 9 pc. . . . . . 4.25
009725 4" x 5½" - 16 pc. . . . . 3.95
009726 5½" x 8" - 12 pc. . . . . 6.50
009729 5½" x 8" - 28 pc. . . . . 6.50
009755 8½" x 11" - 63 pc. . 14.58 12.50
061495 Circle (6" x 8") - 12pc 6.50
5.95
061496 Heart 6" x 8") - 8pc . 6.50
5.95
061497 Rectangle (10" x 16") - 96pc . . . . . . . . . . 19.9015.95
061498 Rectangle (10.25" x 13.25") - 20pc . . . . . . . . . . 18.0014.50
061499 Rectangle (8.5" x 11") - 12pc . . . . . . . . . . 13.0010.50
015704 Floor Puzzle (22” x 28”)
- 10pc . . . . . . . . . . 10.99
7.09
Compoz-A-Puzzle - Floor Puzzle (22 x 28) 10
Pieces (PK-2)
033598 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.95
Create Your Own Puzzle (PK-AD)
EACH COLORING PUZZLE . . . 9.99
065170 Birds and Butterflies
065171Dinosaurs
065172 Fairy Tale Princesses
065173Nature
7.95
Bare Blank Puzzle - 35 piece (PK-AD)
A blank jigsaw puzzle is the perfect art
“canvas.” Markers, crayons, stickers, paint…
these puzzles can take it! The result? A oneof-a-kind masterpiece that you can assemble
(and re-assemble) again and again. This white
cardboard puzzle is similar to the Compoz-aPuzzles, The 35-piece puzzle measures approx
8.5” x 11”. Another plus? Unlike the 10-pack
Compoz-a-Puzzles, this puzzle is sold individually. So if you just need a puzzle or two, or you
want to “try before you buy” larger quantities,
then you’ve come to the right place. ~ Lisa
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
040595 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.80
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Color-Your-Own Puzzles 6/Pack (PK-AD)
Great for a fun activity in art class or a birthday party takeaway, let children personalize
their own puzzle in fun creative ways—draw a
picture of their favorite animal or paint colorful
patterns with sponges. These puzzle fronts are
made of heavy weight white illustration board
that works well with watercolors, acrylics, crayons, markers, and pens. Each package comes
with 6 sturdy white puzzles set in a frame with a
grey cardboard backing. The heart, round, and
smaller rectangle puzzles have approximately
35 pieces, while the larger rectangle puzzle has
63 pieces.
061491 Hearts 8.5" x 9.5" . . . 6.99
5.95
061492 Rectangle 6.5" x 9.5" 6.99
5.95
061493 Rectangle 9.5" x 12" 10.99
8.75
061494 Round 8" . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.95
Blank Calendars
Comb-bound cardstock blank calendar pages.
The top is meant to be used for artwork by your
children, the bottom is a gridded calendar,
including name of month and days of week, but
squares left blank so you can use for any year.
004210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
5.95
BlankZ Toys (K-AD)
Call this the kid’s home version of the Builda-Bear. Clean white stuffed 6” animals are the
canvas for youngsters to decorate with black,
blue, green, yellow, and red non-toxic markers,
making each one a unique creation. Tired of
your teddy bear art? Throw it in the wash, let
it dry, and decorate it again! Get design tips,
enter contests, and share photos of your creations at the supplier’s website.
EACH BLANKZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
☼Make Your Own Puzzles (K-AD)
054676Bare
054678Ele-Faint
Okay! Now this was fun! Take a 4” x 6” pic- 054677 Bloink (pig)
ture (or invitation or an item trimmed to size). EACH MINI BLANKZ . . . . . . . . 5.99
Mount it on a piece of adhesive foam board 062640 ☼Heart
062641 ☼Star
(mounting process is error-proof). “Hole punch”
it into pieces. Put it in an envelope – complete ☼Eco Cotton Tote Bag (PK-AD)
with puzzle-piece sticker for the outside. Give
100% cotton; 100% customizable. A blank
to somebody to put together! The Puzzles Kit slate ready to be marked, splattered with paint,
includes materials to make ten puzzles plus the bedazzled, screen printed, dyed, embroidered,
colorful, satisfyingly solid-feeling, puzzle-piece and subjected to many other crafty attacks!
punch. The simple directions are printed on the Measures 15”Lx16”H x 6 ½”W at max capacity.
outside of the box. The Refill Kit includes mate- 036345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19
1.95
rials to make another eight puzzles. It would be
easy to go a little crazy with the possibilities:
art & Craft supplies
invitations to a party, pictures to friends and
family, party game (combine all pieces and have
Storage/Portfolios
guests put puzzles together). Send a unique
message to someone!
Crayola Storage Tins (PK-AD)
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
065328Large . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.50
028220 Puzzles Kit . . . . . . . 24.95 22.46 065329Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.40
028223 Refill Kit . . . . . . . . . 8.95
8.06 065330 Tin with Sharpener . . . 4.75
065331 Marker/Pencil Holder . 2.75
Make a Puzzle - 5 x 7 (6 puzzles) (PK-AD)
064327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.25 Staedtler Denim Wallet Storage Pouch(PK-AD)
065311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.00 27.75
Make Your Own Calendar Book (PK-AD)
Personalized calendars are always fun! This Studio Series Roll-Up Pencil Wrap (K-AD)
basic, blank calendar allows you to create cus- 063913 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.50
tom calendar pages that will last all year long.
There are 12 blank pages facing 12 standard cal- ☼Niji Roll Multipurpose Pouch (1-AD)
endar pages. Days of the week are labeled, but
Love, love, love this little pouch! Any artist
there are no exact dates so you can start your or crafter will want more than one. One for
year whenever you want and the calendar isn’t pens and pencils. One for markers. One for
year specific. The designs are up to you and the colored pencils. One for brushes. Even one for
possibilities are endless! Measures 11” x 8.5”. eyeliners, lip pencils & shadow brushes. Inside
033914 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99
1.65 the durable, water resistant black nylon pouch
are 40 smaller elastic loops and 2 larger loops
Bare Calendar (PK-AD)
(for erasers) to neatly hold all your art supplies.
If you’re looking for a different way to display Roll it up and snap it shut with a sturdy vinyl
family photos or your child’s artwork all year strap. Fully opened, the pouch measures 19” x
long, this is a great option. These 8x10 blank 7 ¾” and closed 3 ¾” x 7 ¾”. Note: art supplies
calendars come with a sturdy cover, thick thicker than 3/8” diameter will take more effort
pages, and plenty of room to display those to get into the elastic loops. If you’re needing
special drawings or cute quotes. The months some larger loops, carefully take a seam ripper
are blank so that you can use it for the calendar to every other sewed seam and voila! ~ Emily
year or school year. Use the set of 120 round 056883 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.29
4.95
stickers for an easy, colorful way to remember
holidays and special events. A fun project for Red Wallet Expanding Art Portfolio (3-AD)
Take art projects with you anywhere with this
kids of all ages today, and a great memento over
durable 12” x 18” folder. The portfolio is made
time. - Laura
058158 Bare Calendar . . . . . . 2.95 from heavy red-brown Manila paper, and has
058159 Bare Calendar Set . . . . 3.65 a flap closure that fastens with a strip of hook058160 Calendar Stickers . . . . 1.95 and-loop tape. The bottom of the envelope is
pleated, which allows it to expand to a width of
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
1”, and creates a flat surface so you can stand
the portfolio upright. Eco-conscious artists will
be happy to know that this product is made
entirely of post-consumer recycled material, and
is 100% recyclable. ~ Rachel P.
043650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
3.50
Zippered Portfolio (13 1/4 x 17 3/4 ) (3-AD)
036117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.50 11.95
Piggy Story Art Kits (PK-AD)
These lovely art supply holders make it easy
take your art basics on the road, and in style!
Each fully loaded organizer comes in several adorable patterns that may even appeal to
Mom’s fashion sense. ArtFolios are folding fabric cases (8 ½” x 6 ½” when folded) with a hook
‘n loop closure and carrying handle. Open it up
and you’ll find 12 crayon-sized holders filled
with crayons, although you could swap in your
favorite pens or short paintbrushes as well (6”
or under). The opposite side holds a 5 5/8” x 7
½” Doodle Pad in a pocket, also available separately. If a doodle pad is too open-ended, you
could also swap in a coordinating Little Activity
Book of the same size, which features connectthe-dots, coloring, mazes, and stickers for more
guided on-the-go fun. Little Picasso Art Kits
start out the size of a large wallet (4 ¾” x 8”) and
unfolds to show 8 colored pencils, 8 markers,
and a zippered pouch which holds a bottle of
glitter glue, plastic scissors and a plastic pencil sharpener. The fabric is laminated for easy
cleaning and you can swap out the included
pencils and markers for your own favorite pens
or brushes, as long as they are under 7".
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH ARTFOLIO . . . . . . . . . 22.00 17.50
EACH LITTLE ACTY BOOK . . . . 2.95
EACH DOODLE PAD . . . . . . . . 2.95
EACH LTL PICASSO ART KIT 22.00 17.50
Dinosaur World:
031840Artfolio
031903 Little Activity Book
032066 Little Picasso Art Kit
Fox & Woodland Animals:
031841Artfolio
031937 Doodle Pad
031925 Little Activity Book
040135 Little Picasso Art Kit
Pretty Ballerinas:
032102Artfolio
032026 Doodle Pad
031934 Little Activity Book
032074 Little Picasso Art Kit
Under the Sea:
032114Artfolio
032055 Doodle Pad
032089 Little Picasso Art Kit
Dancing Ponies:
024477 ☼ArtFolio
024744 ☼Doodle Pad
024701 ☼Little Activity Book
024766 ☼Little Picasso Art Kit
Enchanted Princesses:
024532 ☼ArtFolio
024758 ☼Doodle Pad
024726 ☼Little Activity Book
024767 ☼Little Picasso Art Kit
Magical Mermaids:
024727 ☼Little Activity Book
Pirates Ahoy:
024736 ☼Little Activity Book
Art
1173
Fuzzytown Die-Cut Artfolio (K-4)
These super cute artfolios contain a pad of
paper and 12 crayons, each in their own carrying slot. Each one is shaped like an animal and
is made from durable felt. A great keeping-busy
activity, road trip past-time, or gift for the art
enthusiast. 9.5”x7.5” - Laura
EACH ARTFOLIO BELOW . . . 18.00 13.95
039358 Blue Elephant
039361 Blue Scottie
007614 Blue T-Rex
024618 ☼Bulldozer
024623 ☼Cat
039380 Cream Rabbit
032811 ☼Deer
011118 ☼Fire Truck
012891 ☼Flower Basket
011136 ☼Horse
039381 Indigo Scottie
039384 Pink Rabbit
039388 Pink Scottie
039420 Purple Elephant 024638 ☼Squirrel
039426 Red Elephant
024677☼Train
Chalk N Marker Art Case (PK-AD)
EACH CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.00
024366 Enchanted Princesses
024369 Fox & Woodland Animals
024279 Dancing Ponies (A.)
024284 Dinosaur World
024376 Pretty Ballerinas
024405 Under the Sea
Deluxe Standing Easel & Paper (PK-AD)
This 47", solid wood easel is a real multipurpose art tool. One side is a chalkboard and the
other side boasts a dry-erase board on the folding easel. It also includes two large plastic art
supply trays (which adjust on the easel legs to fit
the child's height), a locking paper roll holder, 4
colorful easel clips, paper tear-off guides, hardware, and assembly instructions. Durable, easy
to store, and versatile, this easel puts the means
for artistic expression right at your fingertips.
While no paper comes with the easel, a paper
roll and an easel pad are available which are
sized to fit the easel. The roll is 18" wide and
75" long and the pad is 17" x 20" and contains
50 sheets of heavyweight white bond paper.
Both are great for crayons, markers and paint.
032663Easel . . . . . . . . . . . 79.99 61.50
034076 Magnetic Easel . . . . 99.99 76.95
Features magnetic chalkboard, 39 magnets,
dry-erase board, removeable art supply tray.
032666 Paper Roll (18" wide) 6.99
5.50
039274 Easel Pad (50 sheets) 6.99
5.50
D.
17.50
C.
Art
☼Tabletop Easel (PK-3)
Set up a mini art studio in minutes with this
versatile and compact double-sided wooden
tabletop easel by Melissa and Doug®. With a
dry-erase board on one side and a chalkboard
on the other, plus two interchangeable supply
trays—one that holds chalks or dry-erase markers, the other art or paint supplies plus two cup
holders—this brightly colored easel will delight
and inspire any young artist or student. Plus,
both sides of the easel are magnetic for added
fun and versatility! When done, the easel folds
flat for easy storage. Easel measures 18”x 15.5”
and includes multi-colored chalk, a dry-erase
marker, eraser, and 4 magnets.
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
034663 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 30.75
Deluxe Double Sided Tabletop Easel (PK-AD)
036421(E.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 30.75
☼Ultimate Art & Craft Kits (PK-8)
Any creative kid would love to get their little
hands on these inspiring kits. Everything you
E.
need to get started is in there, except the paper!
Comprised of quality art mediums (watercolors, colored pencils, felt tip markers, drawing
pencils, oil pastels & more) or crafting supplies
(crayons, glitter glue, craft sticks, acrylic paints,
wiggle eyes & more), all tucked away into a
translucent artbox with a removable storage
tray, sturdy latches, and handy carrying handle.
A.
B.
What a great gift idea to fill your little creatives
with cheer! Artbox is 13”W x 6”D x 5-5/8” H.
063635 Art Box . . . . . . . . . 51.19 38.50 ☼ChildBrite Sandstone Paint ‘n Dry Easel (PK+)
This is not your typical easel! Multi-purpose,
063636 Craft Box (B.) . . . . . 47.26 37.95
it will serve well in your homeschool, day care
or classroom! The one-piece base is 21” square
with a 9” deep tub (w/drain) and has sturdy legs
Drawing Surfaces / Easels
w/locking wheels. Fill the tub with water, sand,
lentils, dirt, shaving foam, or other platform for
☼Deluxe Easels (PK-5)
If you have been searching for a sturdy art sensory play and you have a rolling learning
easel for your children or students, this one fits center. The easel part fits over the tub for two
the bill. Wood parts are all natural hard maple. artists to work! It is made of clear-view plastic
They are 47.5” tall, weigh 20 lbs., and have a with bright red angle bracket at the top & 12
paper roll holder at the top with paper cutter easel clips. The clips hold your paper to the
(paper sold separately.) These are 2 sided with painting surface, but they are also used to hang
24x24” drawing surfaces & a center storage tray your work to dry from a rod between the 2 paintthat adds stability. They easily fold for storage ers (over the tub, so messes are contained.).
and arrive fully assembled. Both come with a Easel is made of moisture-resistant resins, which
chalkboard on one side and either a magnet are phthalate free, lead free & heavy metal free.
board or a white marker board (dry erase) on Sandstone color is a light tan. Two large red
the other (green chalkboard is standard, but you caddies (about 20” across) clip onto the sides to
can get a black one by special request.) Choose hold your paints, brushes or other supplies. The
either a red plastic tray or a wooden tray to hold table is 24” high, and including the easel, 39”
high. Some assembly required. ~ Sara
paints & brushes, chalk & markers.
EACH CHALK/MARKER . . . . . 89.99 87.00 054993(D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 318.95 299.95
039718 Red Tray (C.)039754 Wood Tray
EACH CHALK/MAGNET . . . . 109.99 106.50 TRI-501 Floor/Table Easel (PK-AD)
Lightweight and easily portable, this aluminum
039759 Red Tray
039769 Wood Tray
043376 Easel Pad (50 sheets) . 11.50 easel has legs that expand in length to make
1174
it great for tabletop or floor displays. It boasts
an adjustable tray that accommodates heavier
materials such as whiteboards or large paper
pads, and it will hold a canvas up to 32” high.
Folds up to only 21” and comes with a sturdy
black nylon carrying case. Perfect for your students’ presentations or creating and displaying
artwork of course! Canvases can be secured at
the top and bottom so that there is no movement
while you are painting. Practical and affordable!
023935 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.95
Drawing Desk (PK-AD)
This drawing desk makes it easy to bring an
angled drawing surface to any table, floor, or
desk. The frame is constructed of solid maple,
and the drawing surface of the desk is a white
board, so the desk doubles as a portable, write
‘n wipe board. The back of the desk holds a
paper holder, and the front features a wooden
paper cutter, which makes it easy to tear off
used paper. Drawing surface measures 19”W x
13”L, and the paper holder is made to accommodate the paper roll below, which measures
16 ½” x 100”. The drawing desk does not come
with a paper roll.
042031 Drawing Desk . . . . 29.99 28.95
042030 Paper Roll . . . . . . . . . 13.95
Drawing Clip Boards (18” X 18”) (PK-AD)
Take your little artists outside to draw with
these 18” x 18” handy-sized boards. Two sturdy
metal clips keep art work secure and a cut-out
handle make these easy to take along. Use
them inside too and let kids sit on the couch or
a beanbag chair and channel their creativity in
comfort. Hang to store or slide vertically into a
nook for safe keeping. ~ Sara
027169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.55
8.75
☼Chalk N Doodle (PK-AD)
Take your doodles on the go without using
paper. The themed chalkboard has a built-in lap
cushion with closable side flaps to hold all the
essentials. Includes 6 pieces of colored chalk
and an eraser that is attached by ribbon. Also
use as a lap desk on the go for travel!
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.00 17.50
031522 Dinosaur World
031527 Fox & The Woodland Animals
031678 Garden Life
031681 Under the Sea
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Paper Rolls & Dispensers
061194Ladybug . . . . . . . . . . . 061195Monkey
Art1st Multi-Media Art Paper (PK-AD)
061196Owl
Look no further – this is a great, all-around 032283 ☼Princess/Castle
paper that works with just about any media! 032287 ☼Shark
It’s a premium-weight (80 lb.) white paper with
extra sizing that allows it to be used with wet
or dry media including pencil, colored pencil,
pen and ink, charcoal, marker, oil pastel, and
paint. Available in two sizes; each in a package
of 60 sheets.
047653 9” x 12” . . . . . . . . . 4.49
3.75
047652 12" x 18” . . . . . . . . . 9.19
7.25
Drawing Paper (Loose)
Art1st Premium Multi-Media Roll (PK-AD)
Imagine the incredible projects you could do
with students on a giant roll of paper. Ok, I will
do it for you. Make a nature study and paint a
classroom mural of the rainforest with all the
creatures and plants. What about an ocean
with fish and whales that are to scale with each
other? This paper will stand up to wet paint
(acrylics, watercolors) or dry media (crayons
or chalk.) The large size also makes it perfect
for life-size kid tracings, banners, posters, word
walls and more. Just a few ideas to get you started! Roll is acid-free and 36”x 10 yards. ~ Sara Bright White Drawing Paper
051263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.19 11.95
This bright white sulphite drawing paper is
available in several different weights: standard
White Art Paper Roll (PK-AD)
(50#), heavyweight (60#) and premium (80#).
If you never seem to have the right size of The higher the weight, the thicker and more
paper you’re looking for or just need some high durable the paper. Paper is designed for all
quality paper for various art projects, you’ll types of dry media, including pencil, colored
appreciate this roll of Faber-Castell brand paper. pencil, charcoal, oil pastels and more. See
The roll of plain white paper is 12" wide and below for sizes and package quantities.
100' long. It’s perfect for paint, crayons, colored
pencils, oil pastels, and markers. Since you can tandard (50#):
roll out the paper to make sheets as long as you 023750 9”x 12” (200 sheets) . . 7.39 5.95
want, your creations will no longer be limited to 023749 12”x18” (100 sheets) . 7.39 5.95
the size of a standard piece of paper. ~ Rachel
013041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00
8.25 Heavyweight (60#):
048563 9”x12” (100 sheets) . . 3.99 3.50
Paper Rolls
048559 9”x12” (500 sheets) . 16.79 12.95
Instead of taping small pieces of paper together 048564 12”x18” (100 sheets) . 7.59 5.95
to make a big surface, simply roll the needed
paper out. Provides a big space for painting, Premium (80#):
glittering, cutting, just about anything. These 048560 9”x12” (500 sheets) . 21.99 16.95
are especially great for painting murals.
048562 12”x18” (500 sheets) 43.19 32.95
004668 12” roll 100’ long . . . 9.19
7.25
004669 18” roll 75’ long . . . 7.09
5.75 Black Drawing Paper (PK-AD)
If the black construction paper keeps disapTable Top Paper Roll Dispenser
pearing for various art projects, you might want
Sturdy wooden base holds your paper roll and to invest in a pack of black drawing paper. The
dispenses it as needed for any drawing project medium-weight paper is completely black and
your children could think up. It also keeps the works well with gel pens, metallic markers or
paper from rolling off the table, which is handy. pens, oil pastels, construction paper crayons,
Paper is 12” wide and dispenser is about 13.5” white charcoal and more. Turn any drawing
wide. One roll comes with the dispenser. Easily project on its head by trying it in black! Includes
tears off from the roll with a wooden bar (no 50 sheets of 9” x 12” paper. – Jess
blade). What will your kids do with 75 feet of 025157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.39
3.75
white paper? ~ Sara
014503Dispenser . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.25
Sketchpads / Sketchbooks
014501 Paper Roll (12") . . . . 4.99
3.95
Organized by paper weight (light to heavy)
Pacon Beginner Sketch Booklets (PK-1)
029562 Picture Story 11” x 8” 1.25
029564 Unruled 11” x 8” . . . . 1.25
☼Table-Top Paper Holder w/Cutter (3-AD)
I love clean, simple design: no fuss, it just
works. This art paper-roll holder/dispenser is
made from an unfinished plywood base with
soft, rounded edges. Wooden blocks, washers,
screws & wing nuts hold the roll in place. You
slide the paper under another strip of wood
to tear it off cleanly (no blade). Kids can easily change the roll themselves. Base is 21.5” x
5.5” and .5” high. Easy assembly instructions
(w/illustrations) are included. Designed to hold
16.5” rolls of 100’ of paper. Hard maple &
Baltic birch; 4 lbs. Made in the USA. ~ Sara
043379 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
☼Shaped Sketch Pads (PK-3)
Known for their whimsical designs, unique
gifts, and quality products, these adorable
shaped, spiral bound note pads by Stephen
Joseph® are no exception! Each pad has a colorful, themed, heavy duty cover; 100 pages of
plain sketch paper; six crayons; themed stickers;
and a clear vinyl zip pouch for storage. The
pads feature a handy magnetic flap closure and
a carrying handle so you can take your creative
fun anywhere you go. Pads measure approximately 9.5" x 9”.
EACH PAD (except noted) . . . . 9.90
061183Bee
061184Butterfly
061185Construction
061187Farm
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
6.94
☼Sketchbook & Stencil Sets (PK-5)
Create, inspire, and explore God’s glorious
creatures with these artist sketchpads by Wee
Believers. Each themed, spiral-bound sketchpad
features a brightly illustrated cover, 60 pages to
color, 37 reusable stencils, and a storage bag to
keep it all organized. Measures: 9”x 12”.
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99
063095 7 Days of Creation
063096Ocean
063097Woodland
☼Have Art, Will Travel Sketch Book (PK-AD)
Little artists can take their artwork with them
anywhere they go—to grandma’s house, a restaurant, or even waiting at the doctor’s office.
Sturdy spiral-bound sketch book with a built-in
handle measures 9” x 12” and features 40 sheets
of 9” x 9.5” white paper that works great with
crayons, colored pencils and markers. You go,
Little Picasso! ~ Emily
028513 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.29
2.95
Drawing Paper Pad – 9" x 9"
This square-shaped 9” x 9” drawing paper pad
contains 40 sheets of lightweight white paper.
The smaller dimensions are perfect for projects
that require less paper (and less space). ~ Lisa
001388 9" x 9" . . . . . . . . . . . 2.89
2.50
Melissa & Doug Sketch Pad (PK-AD)
I’m 2 years old and proudly sitting down to
draw for the first time. I have my jumbo crayons
and my brand new sketch pad from Melissa
and Doug® in front of me. Let the creativity
begin! What’s even better is that the pad is spiral
bound so it will lay flat while I work and my
mommy can keep all my drawings in one place
for safe-keeping. The medium weight paper has
a slight texture, so I can also use my other drawing tools like colored pencils, chalk pastels, and
markers. I might even place some stickers in my
sketch pad too, since it has 50 sheets and plenty
of room to create! Made in USA.
014445 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
3.50
Art Street Drawing Paper Pad (PK-6)
This inexpensive 9"x12" pad contains 48 sheets
of white, mid-weight, acid-free drawing paper
suitable for markers, crayons, colored pencils,
oil pastels, and more.
023751 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
4.50
Art
1175
Canson Biggie Sketch Pad
This chunky sketchpad contains 125 sheets of
midweight (50 lb.) white paper. The size of the
paper is 9” x 12”, and is suitable for use with
sketching pencils, colored pencils, or crayon.
Perfect for kids who like to draw – a lot!
043638 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
7.25
Art1st Sketch Pads
Excellent for pencil, charcoal, pastel, marker,
or watercolor work, these sketch pads are
bound at the top, and contain 50 sheets of 60
lb. white, acid-free drawing paper.
023774 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . 5.89
4.95
023773 12" x 18" . . . . . . . . 10.49
8.25
Strathmore 100 Series Youth Drawing Paper
(PK-6)
Start budding artists with their first drawing
pad of bright white, medium-weight, lightly
textured paper. This paper by Strathmore will
surely make any colored pencil, pen, or crayon
drawing rock! It comes with two inspirational
projects inside the cover. Paper is acid free
and comes in a tape bound 40 sheet pad or a
200 sheet bulk pack for best value. Made in
the USA.
035229 9" x 12" (40 sheets) . 4.05
3.75
035237 9" x 12" (200 sheets) 8.95
7.50
Strathmore Skills Wirebound Drawing Pads
Perfect for beginning artists to practice drawing
techniques or quick sketches out in the field,
this wire bound pad features 64 lb (104 gsm)
paper that has a soft ivory color and a medium
toothy surface that works nicely for blending
and shading dry graphite or charcoal mediums.
Each sheet is micro perforated for easy removal
and is actual size once removed. The pads contain 30% post-consumer fibers, are acid free,
and have heavy-duty chipboard backings for
extra structure. Made in the USA.
057364 9" x 12" (60 sheets) . 8.59
6.25
057362 11" x 14" (60 sheets) 11.39
7.95
057363 18" x 24" (40 sheets) 21.39 14.95 Windpower Drawing Pads (30 sheets)
Create dynamic artwork that is good for the
Canson Universal Recycled 9 x12 Sketch Pad planet too! These all-purpose, spiral-bound
This all-purpose sketchpad contains 100 sheets (on the long side) pads are the workhorses of
of 9” x 12” smooth-grained 65 lb. white paper. the drawing world. The medium-weight 80
The pad is spiral bound on the left side and fea- lb. paper is ideal for either practice sketching
tures micro perforations for easy removal. The or finished works of art. Paper is bright white
paper erases cleanly, and is ideal for use with with a nice amount of tooth and texture making it a reliable, versatile base for pencil, pen
pencil, pen, charcoal or pastel. ~ Rachel P.
004744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.00
9.50 charcoal, pastels, markers, and even some light
watercolor work or watercolor pencils. These
drawing pads by Strathmore® would also be a
great choice for mixed media projects and have
Sketch Books
These are for the serious artist who wants a micro-perforated pages for easy sheet removal.
sketch book that will last! The 6" x 9" sketch For the eco-concerned artist, they contain 30%
book has 75 sheets of 70#, acid-free, white post-consumer fiber and are certified with a
paper and a black cover. The larger 9" x 12" Green-e® logo, as they’re manufactured using
sketch book has 60 sheets of 70#, acid-free, 100% renewable energy from the wind. 30
white paper and a blue cover. Each sketch book sheets per pad. Made in the USA.
5.95
is spiral bound and has a hard plastic cover on 007849 8.5” x 10” . . . . . . . . 7.39
7.25
the front and back. This will help keep your 007850 9.5” x 12" . . . . . . . . 8.99
sketches safe, and the pages won't fall out
accidentally as they sometimes do in bound Premium Sketchbooks
These sophisticated, hardcover sketchbooks
pads. Great for travel and sketching on the go.
Whether you're using markers, crayons, colored only look expensive. Both include 192 pages
pencils, charcoal, pastels, or soft pencils, these (96 actual sheets) of heavyweight white sketchsketch books will protect and keep your artistic paper bound in between sturdy black covers
that open flat for access. The thick, acid-free
masterpieces for years to come. - elise
034832 6" x 9" (75 sheets) . 14.25
8.95 paper has a fine tooth and works well for dry
034833 9" x 12" (60 sheets) 18.83 11.95 media including: graphite, charcoal, pastel
and conté crayons. A great gift or just a classy
sketchbook or journal for students, artists, or
Reeves Drawing Pad
Amazing quality for the economical price! This anyone else! 86 lb. paper
6.75
9” x 12” pad contains 50 sheets of 70 lb. draw- 019147Small . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
ing paper that has a really nice feel to it with a 019140Large . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 10.25
good tooth to really grab the medium applied,
making graphite or colored pencil drawings Strathmore 400 Series Colored Pencil Pads
Any serious artist working in colored pencils
come alive. The pad is tape-bound at the top
and makes a great starter pad for students and will love these wire bound pads featuring a 100
lb (163 gsm) medium paper that’s also superb
beginner artists. Made in the USA.
007843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29
6.25 for graphite, charcoal, and sketching sticks. The
400 Series Colored Pencil paper by Strathmore
has a nice white toothy surface that’s durable
enough to stand up to multiple layers of appliHardcover Sketch Books
See the endless creative possibilities as you cation, erasing, and reworking. Each sheet is
scan through blank page after blank page. Each micro perforated for easy removal and is actual
Sketch Book comes with a durable, black cover size once removed. The wire bound pad is acid
and pages that are fit to be used with all dry free and has a heavy-duty chipboard backing for
media. All hardbound books contain 110 sheets extra structure. Made in the USA.
9.25
of 75 lb. paper equaling 220 pages. Spiral- 028953 9" x 12" (30 sheets) 11.79
9.95
bound books contain 80 sheets of paper making 028949 11" x 14" (30 sheets) 15.79
Strathmore Skills Sketch Pads
Affordable sketch pads with a high sheet count
that are handy for students looking to practice
quick, dry media techniques like pencil, charcoal, chalk and pastels. The Strathmore Skills
Sketch pads feature a glue bound spine with a
flip-over cover and contain 50 lb (74 gsm) paper
with a lightly textured, fine tooth surface. Each
pad contains 30% post-consumer fibers, is acid
free, and has a heavy-duty chipboard backing
for extra structure. Made in the USA.
057370 5.5" x 8.5" (100 sheets) 5.89 4.25
057371 9" x 12" (100 sheets) . 8.39 6.25
057368 11" x 14" (100 sheets) 12.59 8.95
057369 18" x 24" (50 sheets) 18.99 12.95
Sketch Albums/Journals
Quality sketch pad for all your drawing and
sketching creations. Sheets are 60 lb. paper
with a fine tooth especially for sketching in soft
pencil, charcoal, crayon, and pastels. Books
are spiral bound (on the side) so you can turn
pages over without them coming loose from the
book. Each size includes 100 sheets. "Eco" versions feature a plain kraft chipboard cover ready
to decorate.
027182 5 ½" x 8 ½" . . . . . . . 8.60
4.95
036095 ☼5 ½” x 8 ½" Eco . 10.75
3.95
036098 ☼6" x 6" Eco . . . . . 10.25
3.75
020321 9” x 12” . . . . . . . . 13.90
5.50
036104 ☼8 ½" x 11" Eco . . 17.25
5.50
025090 11” x 14” . . . . . . . 18.30
6.95
Sketch Diaries
These convenient and inexpensive sketch
books are spiral-bound on the left side, contain
heavyweight (60 lb.) drawing paper, and come
in several different sizes. Available in higher
sheet counts with the branded covers from the
manufacturer or with natural chipboard or black
blank covers ready to be customized. Black and
natural covers have lower page counts.
023772 9" x 6" (70 sh) . . . . . . 5.19 4.50
028570 Black 9"x 6" (50 sh) . . 4.09 3.50
028590 Natural 9"x 6" (50 sh) 4.09 3.50
023769 11" x 8.5” (70 sh) . . . . 6.19 4.95
020097 11" x 8.5" Eco (70 sh) 5.89 4.95
Consists of 100% recycled paper.
028559 Black 11x8.5" (50 sh) . 5.19 4.50
028584 Natural 11x8.5" (50 sh) 5.19 4.50
023771 12" x 9" (70 sh) . . . . . 7.09 5.75
1176
Art
for 160 pages. The spiral-bounds also have
perforated edges for the removal of finished
sketches. ~ Tasha
Portrait Sketchbooks:
026476 4" x 6" Hardcover . . . . 5.59 4.75
026485 4" x 6" Spiral-Bound . . . 5.59 4.75
026486 5.5" x 8" Hardcover . . . 9.99 7.95
026497 5.5" x 8" Spiral-Bound . 9.99 7.95
026501 8.5" x 11" Hardcover . 15.49 12.25
026506 8.5" x 11" Spiral-Bound 15.49 12.25
026458 11" x 14" Hardcover 24.99 19.50
026469 11" x 14" Spiral-Bound 24.99 19.50
Landscape Sketchbooks:
026205 11" x 8" Hardcover . 19.99 15.75
026277 11" x 8" Spiral-Bound 19.99 15.75
026381 9" x 6" Hardcover . . 13.49 10.50
026394 9" x 6" Spiral-Bound 13.49 10.50
Square Sketchbooks:
026500 7" x 7" Spiral-Bound . 12.49 9.95
026426 10" x 10" Hardcover 19.99 15.75
026438 10" x 10" Spiral-Bound 19.99 15.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Strathmore Skills Mixed Media Pads
These pads are a must for any student wanting to practice or experiment with wet and dry
media techniques. The Strathmore Skills Mixed
Media pads feature a 75 lb (160 gsm) mediumweight paper with a vellum surface that has
the performance characteristics of a watercolor
paper and a finish like a drawing paper. Each
sheet is micro perforated for easy removal and is
actual size once removed. The wire-bound pads
contain 30% post-consumer fibers, are acid
free, and have a heavy-duty chipboard backing
for extra structure. Made in the USA.
057366 5.5" x 8.5" (60 sheets) . 8.39 6.25
057367 9" x 12" (60 sheets) . 14.59 9.95
057365 11" x 14" (40 sheets) 20.15 13.95
5-in-1 Combo Paper Pad (PK-3)
That's right! Five different types of paper bound
into one 9" x 12" paper pad! There are 25 sheets
of plain white drawing paper, 10 sheets of tracing paper, 25 sheets of picture story paper, 5
sheets of neon colored paper, and 25 sheets of
assorted construction paper.
008816 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
5.75
Doodle Paper Pad
Eighty 9" x 12" newsprint-like papers, so you
can doodle and draw to your heart's content.
023768 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
2.95
Create & Doodle Rolled Art Paper (PK-AD)
These rolls of art paper contain 50 perforated
sheets, each with their own themed top and
bottom border of single-color designs. These
rolls are great for drawings and letters, or leave
a few sheets together and make a banner! The
8.5”x8.75” sheets come on a 35.5’ roll, making
them easy to throw in a bag or art kit. You can
get the rolls separately, or in Travel Sets with 10
colored markers and a zipped pouch. - Laura
EACH ROLL ONLY . . . . . . . . . 6.00
5.50
EACH TRAVEL SET . . . . . . . . 15.00 11.95
Style
Roll Travel Set
Bear March
031731 031752
Dino World
039332031753
Doggie Diary
039352031754
Fox/Woodland
039355031779
Garden Life
031738031824
Ocean
039443
Outer Space
039465031828
Pretty Ballerina
031751031834
☼Canson XL Mix Media Pads
The workhorse of paper,
there’s nothing this 98 lb
(160 gsm) of white mass
can’t handle. Pen and pencil: you got it. Oil pastels or crayons: easy stuff.
Watercolor colored pencils
and ink: no problem. Glue
and collage work; make me
laugh. Markers and acrylic paint: piece of cake.
This fine textured paper is truly versatile and my
“go to” for all art media sketching and practice
work. You get a good blend of value and quality
performance. Now, if you plan to apply a lot of
water and washes, the paper will buckle a bit.
Each spiral bound pad, features perforated pages
for easy tear out and a heavy-duty chipboard
backing for extra structure. 60 sheets per pad.
Create-a-Face/Person Pads (PK-5)
~ Emily
I can think of so many fun activities to do with
060252 7” x 10” . . . . . . . . 10.80
6.95
060253 9” x 12” . . . . . . . . 15.70
9.75 these huge notepads: family trees, multi-cultural
060251 11” x 14” . . . . . . . 21.70 13.75 studies, compare/contrast, genetics, self-portrait
collages, professions, puppets with a moveable
mouth, likes/dislikes collages, famous people
Specialty Drawing Pads/Paper
units, dress them up for holiday parties, put
them in your windows and make your neighbors
Giant Floor Paper Pad
Has your artwork outgrown the desk or table? laugh! Are you inspired yet? Just turn kids loose
If so, this large pad gives you plenty of room to and see what they do with them!
3.95
spread out on the floor. It measures 22” x 16,” EACH PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
contains 30 sheets of white drawing paper, and 034905 Create a Face (11x14)
features a cut-out handle for easy carrying.
034907 Create a Person (11x14)
001494 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95
Art Journal Kits (3-8)
It’s a deceptively simple title for such a unique
Art1st Newsprint Pads (PK-AD)
Inexpensive and perfect for drawing practice product! I would call them “Paper Ingredients
and warm-ups, these are an economical addi- for Unlimited Creativity” myself. At any rate,
tion to your art supply stash. Pads are construct- they are spiral-bound 6.5” x 8” books with foured of standard-grade rough white newsprint teen full-color, illustrated project idea pages, a
paper and are bound at the top. 50 sheets each. variety of decorative handmade papers, artist051271 9”x12” 50 sheets . . . 2.29
1.95 quality sketch paper, pocket folders for storing
051270 12”x18” 50 sheets . . 4.39
3.75 scraps and other odds and ends, and a blank
(but colored) bookboard cover to personalize.
Tru-Ray Chalk Pad Jet Black (40 Shts) (PK-AD) They are available in five different colors, each
029609 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . 3.79
3.25 of which has its own “personality” of decorative
papers. So the hot pink journal is different than
Black Paper Sketch Diaries (PK-AD)
the purple one, etc. The project pages explore
If you or your students love to draw in white different art forms including doodling, drawing,
charcoal, chalk, metallic markers, oil pastels, collage, etc. with some basic how-to informaconstruction paper crayons or gel pens, these tion and ideas for projects. With the eye-popsketch pads are for you! Each spiral-bound ping colors and fun contents, these would make
sketch pad contains 50 sheets of black draw- great gifts too - especially for crafty gals! – Jess
ing paper. That drawing project will take on a EACH JOURNAL . . . . . . . . . 11.69
9.25
completely different twist on black paper! - Jess 052424 Hot Pink
052427Purple
025174 9” x 6” . . . . . . . . . . 4.39
3.75 052425 Lime Green 052428Turquoise
025167 11” x 8½” . . . . . . . . 5.49
4.75 052426Orange
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
NoteSketches
We spent a lot of time and
thought deciding on the type
of sketchbooks to include in
our Handbook of Nature and
Creative Journaling packages.
Bound books seemed too
“stiff” for sketching. Totally
lined journals are great for
writing, but would discourage artwork. We wanted a place to both write
and draw. We wanted books that were spiralbound so they would lay flat or fold over so it
would be easy to use the whole page. After
much searching, we found the NoteSketch.
Available in either horizontal (bottom half of
pages ruled) or vertical (“inside” half of pages
ruled) format, the paper is just right for drawing, doodling, sketching and writing. 64 pgs
per notebook.
020179 Horizon., 5.5” x 8.5” 9.54
5.95
020178 Vertical, 8.5” x 11” 13.81
7.95
019930 Horizon., 8.5” x 11” 13.81
7.95
Young Artists Idea Journal (3-AD)
Similar in format to the 5 ½” x 8 ½” Notesketch,
this Idea Journal offers a similar page layout at
a lower price. It’s a 50-sheet art journal, spiralbound on the left-hand side with pages that are
lined on the bottom half and blank on the top
half. It’s a great format for journaling, nature
journaling, creative writing, designing, doodling
and more. The back cover is not as sturdy as
the Notesketch, however.
051434 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
Tracing Paper
Student Tracing Paper Pad
This pad contains 25 sheets of ultra-thin 9”
x 12” tracing paper. The highly transparent,
parchment-like paper is ideal for sketching, preliminary drawings and overlays, and is suitable
for use with pencils, pens or markers.
043529 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89
3.50
Tracing Paper Pad
Contains 40 sheets of practically transparent,
but sturdy, bleed-proof tracing paper, 9" x 12".
023782 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
2.95
Art1st Tracing Pad (PK-AD)
Transparent tracing paper can be used for
sketches and overlays. Make an overlay of different possible images and try them out on a
background. Draw one jungle animal on a page
and put them over a rainforest background to
find the right positioning. Write a quote from
a book or a favorite poem on a piece of this
paper, lay it over a photograph, frame it and
give as a gift. 9" x 12", 50 sheets. ~ Sara
051264 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.69
3.25
Tracing Paper
"Did you draw that wonderful picture?" To an
extent you did! This tracing paper is of medium
(25-lb) weight, and durable while still very
translucent. Great for use with pencils, pens,
crayons or markers for sketching, drawing, or
overlays. Pads of 50; 3 sizes.
036011 11” x 14” pad . . . . . 9.20
4.50
001571 12” x 18” pad . . . . 12.90
5.75
001576 9” x 12” pad . . . . . . 6.65
3.50
Art
1177
Tagboard / Cardstock
Construction Paper
76# Acid-Free Construction Paper
After repeated requests to carry a quality assortment of construction paper, we conducted some
research, did some price and quality comparisons, held different papers next to each other
while we analyzed the brightness of the colors,
fingered their thicknesses, and finally decided
on these. This thick, durable, acid-free paper
comes in a myriad of colors to create the greenest trees, the reddest hearts, the bluest skies, and
the brightest art projects they can create. Two
sizes are available; 9" x 12", and 12" x 18". Each
package contains 50 sheets. We've included
assortments in two sizes, as well as a selection
of the more popular colors in the 9" x 12" size.
Bright Tag
This tag is light-weight, easily cut with scissors, Colors marked with an (*) are included in the
a good candidate for paper sculptures, and can Assortment packs. - Jess
4.95
be used in your copier or laser printer. Comes 023708 12" x 18" Assortment 5.39
023709 9" x 12" Assortment . 2.80
2.50
in 12 brilliant colors.
021435 Set of 48 . . . . . . . . . 7.49
6.50
2.10
021436 Set of 96 . . . . . . . . 13.99 11.25 EACH PACK BELOW . . . . . . . 2.25
023711Blue*
024367Blue-Green
Array® Card Stock
Create brilliant greeting cards, posters, book- 023714Gray
lets, art projects, displays, and much, much 023716 Holiday Green
more with this sturdy 65#, beautifully colored or 024373 Light Blue*
white cardstock. Each of these cardstock assort- 024375 Light Green
ments measures a standard 8 ½" x 11", contains 024378Lilac
023717Pink*
100 sheets, and is acid-free. - Jess
EACH PACK (except noted) . . 14.29 11.95 023720Violet
023703Marble . . . . . . . . . . 15.39 11.95 024386Yellow*
024387Yellow-Green
Blue, Gray, Cherry, Tan, and Lilac
023704Pastel
EACH PACK BELOW . . . . . . . 2.40
2.20
Pink, Blue, Canary, Green, and Lilac
023710Black*
024374Light Brown
023705Vibrant
024368Brown*
023719Slate Gray
Pumpkin, Lemon Yellow, Rojo Red, Cobalt
024370Dark Blue 024379Magenta
Blue, and Violet
023715Green*
024381Raspberry
020087White
White Tagboard
This smooth, high-quality tagboard can be
used for any number of things. Creating flashcards, signs, charts, paper dolls, cards, games
- the list goes on and on. We've included
tagboard of two weights and sizes here for your
convenience. Packs are 100 sheets unless otherwise noted.
011645 125# 9" x 12" . . . . . 7.69
6.25
011643 125# 12" x 18" . . . . 15.09 11.95
023781 150# 9" x 12" . . . . . 8.59
6.75
028256 150# 12"x18"(50 shts) 8.89
6.95
023780 150# 12" x 18" . . . . 16.69 12.95
Reminiscence™ Card Stock - Pearl Pastels
Another "flavor" of sturdy, attractive card stock.
The pearl cardstock is a neat concept - one side
is pearl coated for a shiny, pearly surface, and
the other side is solidly colored, making this
really neat for paperfolding crafts, cards, and
more. Laser and inkjet printable, pack contains
10 sheets apiece (for 50 total sheets) of pastel
green, yellow, lavender, light blue, and pink.
65# heavyweight, acid and lignin-free.
029948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.09
7.95
Mighty Bright Placemats 24 pk (PK-AD)
These are more than just placemats! Use
these sturdy pieces of cardstock for lapbooks
and other arts and crafts. As placemats, you
can make them seasonal, personalize them for
family and friends, add children’s hand prints or
have people sign them. Fold them in half and
you can make a book to give to grandparents.
Cut out circles for the plate and glass placement, then draw on a fork, knife and spoon to
teach kids how to set the table. Let kids punch
out shapes and layer the colors to show through.
Cut strips and weave them. If you are going to
use them as placemats, you should probably
have them laminated so they can be wiped
clean. The colors are vibrant shades of blue,
green, yellow, pink, orange and red – 2 each of
6 colors, measuring 11” x 17”. ~ Sara
052176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.95
1178
Art
EACH PACK BELOW . . .
024371Dark Brown
023713Dark Green
024380Orange*
024372 Holiday Red
. . . . 2.80
2.50
023718Red*
024384Scarlet
023722White*
025182 12” x 18” Smart Stack (120 sheets) . . . . . . 14.6911.95
Smart Stacks include 10 colors, but with
more sheets of the most popular colors
like white, green, yellow, red and black.
Includes White, Black, Festive Green,
Scarlet, Yellow, Orange, Royal blue, Violet,
Pink, Sky Blue and Warm Brown.
Assortments:
025216 Primary 9”x12” Asst 3.99
3.50
025203 Primary 12”x18” Asst 7.69
6.25
Blue, Festive Green, Scarlet, White and
Yellow. 50 sheets.
023728 Bright 9”x 12” . . . . . 3.99
3.50
023724 Bright 12”x 18” . . . . 7.69
6.25
Brilliant Lime, Festive Green, Festive Red,
Gold, Light Red, Magenta, Pumpkin,
Shocking Pink, Turquoise, Violet
025190 Pastel 9”x12” Asst . . 3.99
3.50
025188 Pastel 12”x18” Asst . 7.69
6.25
White, Light Green, Lilac, Pink, and Sky
Blue. 50 sheets.
051267 Cool 9"x12" Asst. . . . 3.99
3.50
051266 Cool 12"x18" Asst. . . 7.69
6.25
Blue, Brilliant Lime, Dark Green, Festive
Green, Light Green, Lilac, Royal Blue, Sky
Blue, Turquoise, Violet
051269 Warm 9"x12" Asst. . . 3.99
3.50
051268 Warm 12"x18" Asst. . 7.69
6.25
Festive Red, Gold, Holiday Red, Light
Red, Light Yellow, Orange, Pink, Pumpkin,
Shocking Pink, Yellow
028686 Hot Colors (Pad) . . . 4.19
3.75
9"x 12" pad holds 40 sheets of Brilliant
Lime, Shocking Pink, Lively Lemon, Electric
Orange and Atomic Blue.
Single Colors:
EACH PACK BELOW .
023735Lilac
023733 Gray 023736Pink
. . . . . . 2.89
2.75
024402Salmon
024404 Sky Blue
023743White
EACH PACK BELOW . . . . . . . 2.99
024396Light Yellow024406Tan
024409Yellow
2.75
Tru-Ray® Fade-Resistant Construction Paper
EACH PACK BELOW . . . . . . . 3.25
2.85
Not only is this brilliantly-colored, high- 023726Black
024393Hol. Green
quality, sturdy 76# construction paper perfect 023727Blue
024397Magenta
for cutting, pasting, and creating art projects of 023730Dark Green 024400Red
all kinds, but it has undergone a special treat- 023732 Festive Red 023741 Slate Gray
ment process to ensure that it doesn't lose that 024392Gold
023742 Warm Brown
brilliant coloring. When tested against other
construction paper brands, it was found to retain EACH PACK BELOW . . . . . . . 3.60
2.95
its color for much, much longer than the other 024389 Brillnt-Lime 023737Purple
brands. So, go ahead, hang your creations in 024390 Burgundy
023738 Royal Blue
the window, leave them in the sun, whatever 023729 Dark Brown 024403 Scarlet
you want, and they'll still be bright for years to 023731 Festive Grn. 023740 Shocking Pink
come. We've included this paper in two sizes, 023734 Holiday Red 024407 Turquoise
assortments of the larger, 12" x 18" size, as well 024398 Orange
024408Violet
as assortments and a collection of other popu- 024399Pumpkin
lar colors in the standard 9" x 12" size. Each
pack contains 50 sheets of paper, except Smart
Stacks, which include more sheets of the more
popular colors. - Jess
023725 9”x 12” Assortment . 3.60
2.95
023723 12”x 18” Assortment 6.59
5.50
Black, Blue, Dark Brown, Festive Green,
Orange, Pink, Red, Sky Blue, White, Yellow
025187 9” x 12” Smart Stack (240 sheets) . . . . . . 14.6911.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
the same color on each side the other set offers
sheets with different colors on each side. Each
package contains 36 sheets in 10 colors.
DecoPuffs Assorted Colors Tissue Paper
5.50
You will find many uses for these colorful, 001366 2-Color Sheets . . . . . 6.80
3.95
bleed- and fade-resistant tissue paper squares. 051503 Same Color Sheets . . 4.90
Pack contains 300 5 ½” x 5 ½” tissue paper squares
in an assortment of colors. Use these squares for Animal Print Origami Paper
Your origami animals will be much more
papier-mâché, party decorations, collages, float
realistic when you use animal print paper. Just
decorations, or arts and crafts projects. ~ Lisa
046147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.25 imagine how close to life your giraffe, alligator,
and cow will look now! Contains 40 sheets and
five 5 different patterns including giraffe, zebra,
Tissue Circles
These 4-inch tissue circles will benefit your elephant, cow, and snake skin. 5 7/8" squares.
3.95
paper flowers, collages, stained glass windows - 031989 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90
anything you can think of! 480 circles in a pack.
016394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
6.50 Origami Assorted Color Foil Paper
Bring a luminescent shine to origami! This
package includes 36 sheets with 10 different
Tissue Paper - Bleeding
Several of the art project books we carry colors of foil measuring 5 7/8" x 5 7/8".
3.75
require tissue paper. For your convenience, we 031990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20
stock a 100-sheet, 12” x 18” assorted color pack
Metallic Foil Origami Paper
of fancy (bleeding) tissue paper.
Eighteen 5 7/8" x 5 7/8" sheets in 9 different
003392 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.25
shimmering colors. Phyllis
013586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95
4.95
Tissue Paper - Non-Bleeding
These sets of tissue paper offer quality, nonbleeding paper in a variety of different colors. ☼Origami Paper (PK-AD)
Create beautiful designs with these beautiful
Each set contains 20" x 30" tissue paper.
016998 Bright (24 sheets) . . . 3.49
3.25 papers! Each pack contains semi-gloss sheets
(like a nice magazine page: not matte, not
3 each of 8 colors: purple, pink, red, light
too thick or too thin). The back of each sheet
blue, blue, green, yellow, and teal.
016999 Pastel (24 sheets) . . 3.49
3.25 is colored in a matching shade instead of left
blank, allowing for some very pretty finished
3 each of 8 pastel shades.
016994 Pastel (144 sheets) . 24.99 19.50 creations. The designs differ between the different sizes, and styles. Each pack also comes with
light blue, peach, pink, green, tan, and yellow
016995 Primary (144 sheets) 25.99 19.50 directions for several different basic origami
creations. There are several different sizes of
Red, yellow, purple, green, orange, blue.
origami paper below: 6" square, 6.75” square
and 8.25” square. – Laura
Origami Paper
065285 ☼Rainbow Patterns . 6.50
4.95
Includes ninety-six 6" square sheets.
Origami Paper
Economical “refills” for your folding enthusiast 059343 Cherry Blossoms (8.25")
(48 Sheets) . . . . . . . . 6.955.50
to practice with. Each set contains 50 or 100 065288 ☼Kimono Patterns . 19.95 14.50
sheets in assorted colors.
Jumbo pack includes 16 page book and 300
022888 5 7/8” (100 sheets) . . 5.10
4.25
sheets in 3 sizes (6", 6.75", and 8.25").
008470 7” (100 sheets) . . . . . 7.00
5.75
4.95
008477 9” (100 sheets) . . . . 13.39 10.25 EACH 6.75" PK (48 SHEETS) . . 5.95
051502 12” (50 sheets) . . . . 15.00 11.95 059344 Cherry Blossoms
065283 ☼Chiyogami Prints
065284 ☼Flower Patterns
Refill Origami Paper
9.50
Refill packs of high-quality origami paper con- EACH 6" PACK (192 SHEETS) 12.95
065286 ☼Abstract Patterns
tain 24 sheets in 12 different colors.
014600 7” x 7” . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
4.25 065287 ☼Japanese Patterns
014605 9” x 9” . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
5.75
Origami Paper 250 sheets Kimono Patterns &
Assorted Colors (PK-AD)
Economy Origami Paper
Origami fans of all ages and skill levels will 004200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95
find many uses for this set of origami paper.
This set includes 72 sheets of 6 x 6” squares in Mineral Origami Paper (PK-AD)
Yasutomo mineral paper has highly saturated
a multitude of colors, patterns and prints. ~ Lisa
021493 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
6.25 colors, is non-toxic, and easy to fold. Squares
are 5 7/8”. Colors are 2-sided with a light/dark
version of the same color (rainbow shades).
Deluxe Origami Paper Pack (PK-AD)
Literally a brick, this pad holds 1000 sheets of Patterns include stars, hearts, or dots on one
6x6" origami paper in 24 different graphic designs. side and a solid color on the back. White min029010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95 eral paper can be drawn or painted on and then
folded into shapes, essentially designing your
own origami paper! It has a nice body to it and
Double-Sided Origami Paper
Standard origami paper is usually only col- will hold your folded designs well. ~ Sara
3.50
ored on one side, so double-sided papers give EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.70
your origami creations a fun and unique look. 017706 Colors (8 sheets)
Each of these packages of 7” square papers are 017709 Patterns (8 sheets)
colored on both sides, but while one features 017729 White (10 sheets)
Tissue Paper
Economy Construction Paper Pad
Ok, so you've browsed through the descriptions of our construction paper above, but well,
to be honest, you just want something cheaper.
That's ok - we've got you covered. Here we've
included a more economical assortment, acidfree, and with similar colors to those above,
although these may fade a bit faster and be
slightly duller in color. The pad contains 48
sheets of heavier weight 9" x 12" construction
papers, in 8 different colors; red, white, orange,
green, yellow, blue, brown, and black.
023744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.79
2.50
Construction Paper Pad 9" x 9" (40 sheets)
Red, orange, blue, tan, yellow, black… this
square-shaped 9” x 9” construction paper pad
contains 40 sheets in 10 assorted colors. The
smaller dimensions are perfect for simple origami projects or any of your other arts and crafts
needs! ~ Lisa
001383 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.69
1.50
Little Fingers Construction Paper Pad (6” x 9”)
- 72 Sheets (PK-AD)
029522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.65
Family Pak Construction Paper 9" x 12"
A whole huge variety pack of standard weight
construction paper for general purpose use.
Pack contains 200 sheets of acid-free paper in
yellow, orange, red, pink, brown, white, blue,
green, black, and light blue.
034425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39
5.95
Marble Construction Paper Pad
For a special patterned effect, use some of
this marbleized paper in your next craft project.
This pad of 50 sheets contains several different
colors and measures 9" x 12". - Jess
023745 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
3.25
Glitter Construction Paper Pad (PK-AD)
Pad of 50 sheets include white, black, blue,
red and green with silver glitter embedded into
each sheet. Great for making cards or starry
skies! 9" x 11 ½"
028644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.29
4.50
SunWorks Construction Paper
These “smart-stack” assortment packs feature
all-purpose construction paper in 11 different
colors with more sheets of the most popular
colors. The 9” x 12” assortment contains 300
sheets, whereas the 12” x 18” assortment contains 150 sheets. ~ Anh
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.39
8.95
049388 Assortment 9" x 12"
049387 Assortment 12" x 18"
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1179
Scratch Art Paper / Etching Tools
B.
Scratch Magic Paper
These Scratch Art products each contain four
sheets of colorful paper, measuring 5.5” by
8.5” unless otherwise specified. Each set also
contains a wood drawing stylus and a stencil.
EACH SET BELOW . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
009544 Scratch Magic Rainbow Black
C.
This set features black paper that scratches
off to reveal a rainbow of colors.
009543 Scratch Magic Combo 4-Pack
A.
This combo set has 4 assorted Scratch Art
Scratch Art Mini Notes
Sheets: rainbow, rainbow white, silver holoA creative way to leave colorful notes for anygraphic, and light catcher.
one. Just scratch your note into the black surface to leave a rainbow colored message. The
Scratch Art Paper in Solid Colors
The original Scratch-Art paper, these 8.5" x note sheets are 3.5" x 3.5", and come in either
11" sheets feature a black coating over one a package of 8 or a package of 125 each with
solid color. Each package contains six colors a wooden stylus. Great for home or the office.
6.25
of paper, including yellow, blue, green, pink, 020141 125-Sheet Set . . . . . . 7.99
1.45
red, and white. The package of twelve sheets 020140 8-Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . includes a wooden stylus, but the bulk pack of
Scratch-Art Scratch Tool Set
sixty sheets does not.
Now artists can own the complete collection
027693 10 each color . . . . . 25.10 19.50
027694 2 each color . . . . . . 6.30
4.95 of Scratch-Art scratch knives in one easy-to-use
set. Includes an ergonomically-designed, plastic
penholder with seven interchangeable scratch
Scratch-Art Gold & Silver Foil Paper
This unique Scratch-Art paper allows young knives (i.e., straight, curved, wide, and multiple
artists to create dazzling metallic etchings as lines of varying thicknesses). The shape of the
they scratch away the black coating to reveal knife holder provides increased control and betbright gold or silver foil. This pack contains ten ter grip. The penholder is 5 ¼" long.
7.25
8.5" x 11" sheets (five gold and five silver) and 020149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.40
a wooden stylus.
034065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
6.75 Scratch-Art Wooden Sticks
Several different sizes of wooden styli are available to create slightly different etching effects.
Scratch Art Multicolor Paper
The black coating on this paper scratches away 034066 Heavy Duty Wood Sticks
(25pk) . . . . . . . . . . . 3.803.25
to reveal a variegated pattern of solid rainbow Sticks measure about 5 ½" long, are about
colors underneath. Contains twelve 8.5" x 11"
¼" in diameter and feature a pointed end,
sheets and a wooden stylus.
similar to a sharpened pencil.
034070 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20
7.25
034067 Jumbo Wood Sticks (12pk)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40
2.75
Scratch-Art Multicolor Board (3-AD)
Chunky sticks are 3 ½" long and 5/16" diamThe popular Scratch-Art paper is also available
eter, similar to size and shape of a crayon.
in "board" format, which is similar in thickness
2.25
to cardstock. The increased durability of the 034071 Wood Sticks (25pk) . 2.50
These slender sticks are 4 ½" in length and
Scratch-Art board lends itself well to creating
are identical to the styli which come with
cards, crafts, paper jewelry, and more. Each
each pack of Scratch-Art paper.
pack contains 8.5" x 11" sheets of scratchboard,
and many also include a wooden stylus.
Specialty Paper (Colors, Prints, etc.)
034069 Multicolor Board . . 23.90 18.50
Contains thirty 8.5" x 11" sheets of the varieBond Paper (Laser & Inkjet) (PK-AD)
gated paper above, but no stylus.
You asked for it, we added it! Used as inex034072 Scratchboard - Black 6.70
5.25
pensive art paper in some art curricula, this
Contains eight sheets of black-coated white
standard 20-lb. 8.5” x 11” bond paper can also
scratchboard.
be used in a laser printer, inkjet printer or photocopier. Add character, texture and a unique
Scratch Magic Sketchpad
This top spiral bound sketchpad houses 12 look to your compositions, reports, signs, craft
sheets of scratch magic paper: 6 sheets of sil- projects, resumes, design projects, and more
ver holographic and 6 rainbow sheets. It also with these paper assortments. Available in
comes with a stencil holding over 25 fun shapes bright white, pastels (5 assorted colors) or
brights (5 assorted colors). Acid-free.
and a wooden drawing stylus.
020144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.25 050485 White (150 sheets) . . . 5.79 4.95
050486 White (500 sheets) . . 12.29 9.75
023767 Pastel (100 sheets) . . . 8.39 6.75
Scratch Art Doodle
This 5.5" square pad features eight pages each 023702 Bright (100 sheets) . . . 8.39 6.75
of silver holographic and rainbow scratch art 050484 Bright (500 sheets) . . 26.89 20.75
Pumpkin, Rojo Red, Lemon Yellow, paper. The book is spiral bound and includes a
Hot Pink, and Emerald Green
wooden drawing stylus.
020134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95 023766 Parchment (100 shts) . 9.39 7.50
Natural, Gold, Tan, Blue, and Pink
1180
Art
☼Mirror Board (PK-AD)
A mirror board is a sheet of cardstock with
a shiny mylar-like finish on one side and they
are gooorgeous! You cannot actually see your
reflection in them clearly enough to use for a
self-portrait, but they do reflect a fuzzy, recognizable image. Add these to your arts & crafts
supplies and see what your children or students
come up with. They are heavy enough for
card making, mardi-gras masks, rolling into a
kaleidoscope tube, or creating a castle or other
structure. Cuts easily with scissors or a sliding
blade paper cutter. Perfect for your holiday and
seasonal décor! Cut out letters to add to posters
and presentations. Decorate a kid’s room with
their name. Each set has 5 sheets of 8.5” x 11”
mirror board. Multi-color set includes red, royal
blue, purple, kelly green & hot pink. ~ Sara
059494 Multi-Color (A.) . . . . 4.50
3.95
059495Silver . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
3.50
All Kinds of Fabric Paper (200 sheets) (PK-AD)
022704(B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 10.75
Lace Design Paper (package of 24) (PK-AD)
022709(C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
Stained Glass Paper
Stained glass patterns adorn these sheets of
almost transparent paper so that you can create
masterpieces as beautiful as real stained glass.
Includes idea book and 24 sheets of paper in 8
different colors.
016392 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.59
6.25
Color Diffusing Paper
There are a generous 48 shapes in each package of diffusing paper. There are 4 different
butterflies and the sea life pack has 2 fish, a seahorse, and a turtle. Mix your colors then paint
your beautiful butterflies for spring and summer
or you can have a very colorful aquarium of
sea life. Using water colors, washable markers and/or diluted food coloring, sprinkle with
water and watch the blending of your beautiful
colors! Once your project is dry, add some glitter or use crayons, gel pens, markers or color
pencils to add lines for more detail. Finished
projects measure around 9.5” x 5.5”. You can
also discuss the process of diffusion and osmosis
with your children so this could be a scientific
art project. Then decorate windows and walls,
notebooks or make a mobile. There are also
hints and instructions included. ~ Phyllis
036677Butterflies . . . . . . . . 8.29
6.95
024592Flowers . . . . . . . . . . 8.29
6.95
027949Hearts . . . . . . . . . . . 5.79
4.95
021490 Leaves (Pk of 80) . . . 8.29
6.95
036678 Sea Life . . . . . . . . . . 8.29
6.95
Antique Paper (PK-AD)
What can’t you do with this paper collection?
The package of 32 sheets includes four different
double-sided styles, each printed to look like
different types of ancient paper. All are blank
on one side and feature a subtle pattern on the
other. One looks like ancient papyrus, while
others look like various types of old parchment.
I’d indulge in these sheets for special writing
assignments, historical craft projects, invitations
for a themed party or event, drawing treasure
maps, map-making activities for that special history notebook, scrapbooking, etc. Great student
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
incentive too… I bet that report on Jamestown ☼Blank Cards & Envelopes – Pastel (PK-AD)
would look even more impressive on antique
Soft and pretty pastels make a lovely backparchment! – Jess
ground for your hand-made cards. Perfect for
047788 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95 your valentines, baby announcements, thank
you notes or whatever you like. There are 2
Ancient Paper (PK-AD)
each of light pink, buttery yellow, mint green,
This patterned craft paper has photographic qual- light blue and lilac (10 cards & 10 envelopes).
ity images of eight different ancient civilizations Add some printed scrapbook paper and come
begging for your student’s projects and creativity. up with all sorts of original designs. Premium
The paper features designs from Mayan, Indus heavyweight cards are 4.25” x 5.25” - use them
Valley, Greek, Chinese, Indigenous Australian, in either a portrait or a landscape format. ~ Sara
African, Persian and Egyptian backgrounds in 061305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.49
2.95
shades of black, tan, brown, yellow and red.
Four pages of each pattern are included. The ☼Valentine’s Day Card Kit (PK-AD)
paper is about the same size as printer paper, but
Share the love and show someone how you
a bit lighter. 32 sheets.
feel by making them a card from the heart! You
Use these sheets in your dioramas and on your get 36 large (5” x 5” x 6.5”) cardstock cards in
posters. Make a journal about life in an ancient red, white and neon pink, along with 36 paper
culture and use this for the cover. Jazz up a time- heart-shaped doilies (4” x 4”) and 2 sheets of
line with arrows cut from these designs. Use clay heart stickers (red and multicolored). Great
and try to recreate some of the patterns either by option for a classroom party or your friends and
rolling it out and drawing on it with a pencil or family. Add this little set to your arts & craft supby coiling up clay snakes and laying them on a plies and let kids make other types of cards too!
slab of clay to dry and paint like a tile. ~ Sara
Does not include envelopes. ~ Sara
052379 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.59
6.25 061500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.95
Embossed Paper Set (PK-AD)
It’s hard to impress me with
a crafty item since I have
tried just about everything
artsy/crafty there is to try!
These embossed papers are
so cool and different that I
was thinking of all the effects
you could create with them
using chalks, pastels, dry brush, wax shavings,
crayons, watercolor pencils, or pretty much
any media. Embossed means that the design is
raised a little on a heavy paper so you can feel it
when you run your hand over it. All sets (except
Fine Art) come with 24, 6” square cards in 8 different designs (3 of each design). Add these to a
nature study or science lesson for a fun activity.
The Fine Art set has 16 larger cards (8x10”)
with 8 different designs including: Starry Night
(VanGogh), Mona Lisa (DaVinci), American
Gothic (Grant Wood), Three Musicians (Picasso),
Japanese Bridge (Monet), The Scream (Munch),
The Kiss (Klimt) and Dancer II (Degas). ~ Sara
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
4.50
015723 Alphabet Collection
015733 Dinosaur Collection
015735 Fine Art Collection
015749 Insect Collection
015771 Leaf Collection
015772 Snowflake Collection
Blank Cards & Envelopes
☼White Cards & Envelopes 50 sets (PK-AD)
Square cards are so elegant looking! This set
is perfect for making your own greeting cards,
baby announcements, or even wedding invitations. The heavyweight paper is a smooth bright
white. Stamp them; sew on them; add some
glitter glue or practice your calligraphy skills!
Let your child color the front and write thank
you notes inside. A lesson and a keepsake all
in one! Keep them on hand for when you need
an all-occasion card. At this price, if you make
a mistake on one, it’s ok! Cards: 5.5"x 5.5",
envelopes: 5.625" x 5.75". ~ Sara
060830 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.75
Adhesives / Fasteners
Please see Glues/Adhesives section in our
School Supply section for additional options
Handy Art Black Glue (4 oz) (PK-AD)
035755 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23
3.75
Aleene’s Original Tacky Glue (PK-AD)
A staple in our home for years and years!
042755 Squeeze Tube (3oz) . 2.99
1.95
042564 Brush on (4oz) . . . . . 2.99
1.95
042804 Mini 2-Pack Pens . . . 3.99
2.95
Aleene’s Flexible Stretchable Glue (PK-AD)
It’s fabric glue for your t-shirts, sweats and
other stretchy material. Ideal for embellishing
dance costumes and knits. You can even use it
to repair fabrics, getting more use out of them.
Have you ever torn something that was new and
then designated it for yard work? I have. This
stuff would have saved the day! You may hand
wash items after 7-10 days. Lay flat or hang to
dry. Do not soak. Non-toxic. ~ Sara
0144872oz . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99
1.95
0145084oz . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
2.25
Mod Podge
The original decoupage “glue.” Use Mod
Podge to seal, finish and protect plaques, sculptures and collages. It’s perfect for wood, paper,
fabric and other porous surfaces, is quick and
easy to use. As a glue it dries clear, holds tight,
is nontoxic, and easy to clean up with soap and
water. As a sealer, it protects acrylic paints,
stains, decoupage and fabric. Gloss has a
shiny finish, Matte is smooth, but not reflective,
Sparkle adds a glistening finish.
009178 Gloss 8 oz. . . . . . . . 6.14
4.50
009177 Gloss 16 oz. . . . . . . . 9.52
6.50
009180 Matte 8 oz. . . . . . . . 6.14
4.50
009179 Matte 16 oz. . . . . . . 9.52
6.50
009181 Sparkle 8 oz. . . . . . . 8.59
5.75
Mod Podge Hard Coat (PK-AD)
Mod Podge is thick, water-based glue that has
been around for many years. It can be used for
loads of different crafts, but is most well-known
for decoupage. Decoupage is the art of applying a paper image to something and sealing it.
It’s easy to do, but takes practice to do well!
Brush a layer of glue on your surface (wood,
cardboard, plastic, glass), lay on your paper,
smooth out the air bubbles and let dry about 2
hours. To seal, add several coats, letting it dry
for about 20 minutes between. It can be sanded
with fine steel wool for a nice sheen. This one
dries to a particularly hard satin finish making it
a good option for your furniture craft projects! 8
oz. goes a long way! I prefer a smaller container
to reduce the chances of it drying out when the
lid is off. Non-toxic, store at room temperature.
038141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
6.25
Aleene’s® Tacky Spray
When you need to cover a larger area, Tacky
Spray gives you great coverage and stays wet for
about 60 seconds to allow you to arrange everything as you would like before it sets. It works
best on lightweight, flat surfaces like paper,
cardboard and lightweight wood. As with other
spray glues, you probably want to use this one
in a well-ventilated area because of the fumes.
The Crystal Clear dries clear and bonds strongly,
while the Repositionable variety allows you to
apply, let it dry, then affix or move lightweight Paper Mod Podge - Matte (4 oz.) (PK-AD)
065227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67
3.50
materials like paper décor, posters and more.
042611 Crystal Clear (11oz.) . 7.99 6.75
042788 Repositionable (10oz.) 12.99 9.95 Mod Podge Starter Pack (PK-AD)
065225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.42
9.95
Aleene’s Paper Glaze 2 oz. (5-AD)
065698 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
3.50 Outdoor Mod Podge (8 oz.) (3-AD)
065226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.60
5.75
Aleene’s Fabric Fusion Peel & Stick Tape (PK-AD)
No time to hem the kid’s pants? Don’t know Mod Podge Dimensional Magic (2 oz.) (5-AD)
4.50
how to make a hem? Me neither! This is like 065224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
2-sided tape, so no ironing. It’s easy as 1-2-3:
turn garment inside out to expose hem, place
tape into the new hem, then peel off the liner
and press firmly into the fabric. Ta da! You
just hemmed some pants! You can also use it
to adhere items that don’t hold well with traditional glue such as pom-poms, felt, trims, or
any item that you are trying to stick to fabric.
Reach for this instead of a needle and thread to
make a quick costume! The hold is permanent
and washable. Not for use with stretchy fabrics.
014481 1" x 20' . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
5.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1181
Aleene’s Spray Acrylic Sealer (6oz) (PK-AD)
Spray sealer is so easy to use and leaves a lovely, even finish. It protects your projects made
of paper, cardboard, wood, bisque, plaster,
painted surfaces, prints, wood, glass & metal.
Use 2-3 light coats, with drying time between.
Be sure to use with good ventilation. Placing
your object in a large box will keep mess to a
minimum. Six ounces is about half the size of a
standard can of spray paint. Keep out of reach
of children & be sure to read the label carefully
as this is not a water-based product (thus the
durable finish.) ~ Sara
EACH SEALER . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00
5.95
014542Gloss
014545Matte
Aleene’s Collage Pauge Decoupage (PK-AD)
Kid’s love to make collages! It can be for a
science project (weather,) history (an event or
person,) language arts (a favorite book,) geography (country/oceans,) and of course for your art
lessons! Decoupage is a craft that goes back to
Victorian times where you apply glue to a surface, lay a paper image on it, and seal the paper
with the glue. Decoupage glue is thicker than
regular white glue. It dries clear, is water-resistant and acid-free. The paper you use can be
from greeting cards, gift wrap, scrapbook paper,
pretty napkins or tissue, posters, magazines or
regular copy paper. You can apply paper to
wood, canvas, glass, plaster and foam. I have
done a lot of decoupage and have found that if
you apply the image and let it dry, and then seal
it – it lies flatter than if you glue-apply-seal all at
once. You can refurbish yard sale furniture for
the kid’s rooms by gluing on fun paper images!
Do a whole chair from pages of an old dictionary. All kinds of fun stuff! ~ Sara
014447 Glossy (16oz) . . . . . . 9.99
6.95
014458 Glossy (8oz) . . . . . . . 5.99
3.95
014467 Matte (16oz) . . . . . . 9.99
6.95
014469 Matte (8oz) . . . . . . . 5.99
3.95
Tape Works (PK-AD)
This ordinary, functional item gets a makeover
with these colorful, fun patterns! Just because
it's tape it doesn't have to be boring! Each roll
of this tape is brightened up with colors and
patterns that beg to be noticed. Check on our
website to see all the neat designs!
EACH ROLL (except noted) . . . . 2.95
058168Birds
058169 Blue Floral Glitter
058172 Butterflies (Die-cut)
058178Butterflies
058191 Colorful Owls (Accent) . 5.99 5.50
058196Cupcakes
058226Flames
058227 Floral Lace (Die-cut)
058229 Flowers Cheery
058238 Hearts (Die-cut)
058254Ladybugs
058255 Live, Love, Laugh
058258 Multi Floral (Die-cut)
058259 Multicolored Floral
058266 Owls (Die-cut)
058268Owls
058273 Purple Moire Glitter
058279Snowmen
058283 Solid Green Glitter
058287 Stars & Stripes
058310 Waves (Die-cut)
1182
Art
Rulers / Guides / Tools
Stainless Steel Non-slip Ruler 12” (PK-AD)
One of the most useful tools you can have in
your toolbox! This flexible, stainless steel ruler
can be used for more than measuring. With
the gripping foam back placed down, make
precise cuts safely with any utility blade as you
run it along the ruler’s edge. Or make perfectly
straight folds as you guide paper over the ruler’s
edge. Because the non-skid back raises the ruler
off the page slightly, it helps you draw inked
lines that don’t bleed. The ruler face offers
numerical increments of 4 for 32nds on top and
increments of 8 for 64ths on bottom, as well as
the traditional 12 inches for precise measuring.
022890 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.98
1.75
3D Grid Box (3-AD)
My art skills are virtually non-existent. In fact,
there’s only been one methodology that has
ever given me any sense of accomplishment
in terms of reproducing an item so that it looks
anything like it is supposed to. That’s the grid
method where you reproduce square by square
what something looks like and the end result is
actually proportioned similarly to the original.
That’s what this little box is all about. You can
put an item into the box and then draw the item
using the grid method. Ingenious! The box itself
is a clear, acrylic 10 cm cube. On each face of
the cube there is a tactile 1 cm black-line grid
(10 cm x 10 cm) superimposed onto the plastic.
The lid has a 1 cm overlap around the outside
of the box. ~ Janice
049096 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
4.75
Ebony Pencils
I remember these from high school art class!
Round shape, black steel polish. Very black,
large diameter lead, this pencil is soft, smooth,
and strong. Excellent for sketching, they have
an effect between lead and charcoal drawing.
008543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.90
Sketch & Wash Pencil
When used dry, this pencil performs like a
traditional drawing pencil. However, take a
finished sketch made with this pencil, brush on
water and the pencil marks dissolve, giving a
watercolor effect. When dry, the water-brushed
sketch can be colored without smudging as the
graphite will stick to the paper. Very fun! Sold
by the each.
017512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.35
Drawing Pencil Sets
Drawing Pencil Set
This set of classic, black-lead drawing pencils contains four pencils of different hardness,
including HB, 3B, 5B and 6B.
014492 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
Kimberly Graphite Drawing Pencil Sets (K-AD)
Artistic kids of all ages and aspiring artists will love these graphite
drawing pencils which come in
20 degrees of hardness. These
are ideal for those looking for the
harder to find degrees, or wanting
a complete set for their collection.
The Soft Degrees Set includes 3B
through 8B plus a Bonus Layout
☼Bone Folder (3-AD)
pencil and sharpener. The Medium
Smooth plastic tool
Degrees Set includes 2H, H, F, HB, B & 2B plus
for making sharp creases in paper for bookmak- the Bonus Layout pencil and sharpener. The 12
ing, origami, or other paper folding projects.
Assortment Degrees Set includes a complete
065392 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 range from 6B soft to 4H hard. No matter your
preference, you're covered! - Phyllis
038197 Medium (2H-2B) . . . 7.39
6.95
Pencils / Sharpeners / Erasers
038198 Soft (3B-8B) . . . . . . . 7.39
6.95
038199 Assorted (4H-6B) . . 10.49
8.75
Single Drawing Pencils
Prismacolor Scholar Graphite Drawing Set
Student-Quality Sketching Pencils
If you are a student starting out in drawing,
Not as smooth or wide, but perfect for every- design, and drafting, these 9 pieces cover all
day art lessons and field sketching.
your bases in one convenient set. This set allows
EACH PENCIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 you to create depth and dimension in your
003554HB
0085324B
drawings with tools that develop highlights,
0085312B
mid-tones, and shadows. The five graphite pencils have a nice range of lead hardness includTurquoise Drawing Pencils (Prismacolor)
ing: 4H (hardest), 2H, HB, 2B, and 4B (softest)
These black-lead drawing pencils bear the which lend themselves to detailed designs, line
trusted Prismacolor name. They are called work, and shading. The Ebony Graphite pencil
Turquoise Drawing Pencils because they’re fin- is extra smooth and soft, which works great for
ished in an attractive blue-green paint.
shading and drawing in illustrations, portraits,
EACH PENCIL . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.61
1.55 and figure drawings, or for making quick sketch039146HB
0436512H
es. The Black Prismacolor Art Stix offers a bold,
0391454B
wider placement of color, when wide coverage
is needed. In order to make highlights in your
Sketching Pencils (Derwent) (7-AD)
designs and drawings, you must have a way
Professional-quality sketching pencils that are of “lifting” color or graphite. The Prismacolor
perfect for student sketching needs. The leads Scholar eraser is triangular shaped to fit comare made of wide graphite and vary in hardness. fortably in your hand, and the kneaded eraser
HB is the hardest lead, 2B is softer, and 4B is the (flexible - like putty) kneads into any shape for
softest (and will make the darkest marks).
removing unwanted dots, lines, and smears to
EACH PENCIL . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.79
1.65 large areas of graphite. With this set, your draw0084942B
039150HB
ings will take on a life of their own!
0085294B
051845 9-piece Set . . . . . . . 13.49
9.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Derwent Sketching Pencil Set (5-AD)
A professional-quality set of 12 sketching pencils in grades 9B - H. All leads are non-toxic
and made of ultra smooth graphite.
008481 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 15.95
How to Draw Kit (3-AD)
065594 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.49
12.25
General Pencil Drawing/Sketching Pencil Kit
This complete kit holds a variety of drawing tools for any artist. The kit has 10 pastel
pencils, 4 charcoal pencils, 2 flat sketching,
1 layout pencil, 1 Kimberly drawing pencil, 1
kneaded eraser, 1 metal pencil sharpener, and
1 sketch and wash.
007456 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.79 18.50
General Pencil Sketch & Go Drawing Kits
These drawing pencil kits have many of the
same contents, yet each has its own medium
and the projects draw their inspirations from
different places. Each one contains 6-7 art
mediums, a sharpener, eraser, drawing journal,
pencil bag, 7 point protectors, and a project and
techinque booklet that holds 3 projects. Specific
mediums and themes are detailed below.
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 14.25
025938 Charcoal & Carbon
Projects inspired by the Napa Valley
Vineyards. Contains 5 "Original" Charcoal
Pencils, and 1 Charcoal White Pencil.
025947 Kimberly Graphite
Drawing inspiration from a New England
Town, this kit holds 5 Kimberly Graphite
Drawing Pencils, 1 Layout Pencil, and 1
Draughting.
025952 Mixed Media
With projects based on The Grand Canyon
National Park, this set contains 2 "Original"
Drawing Pencils, 1 Charcoal White Pencil,
2 Semi-Hex Graphite Pencils, 1 Layout
Pencil, and 1 Draughting.
025948 Watercolor
Contains 6 Kimberly Watercolor Pencils, 1
Artist Paint Brush, and projects inspired by
the Eastern Seashore.
025957 MultiPastel Chalks
Use the 7 MultiPastel Chalk Pencils to complete traditional still life scenes.
Mars Lumograph® Sketch Set (3-AD)
This 100 premium quality pencil set contains the essential tools for making great artistic sketches and drawings. Pencils are made
of quality, break-resistant graphite that glides
smoothly over paper and of wood from certified,
sustainable managed forests. With this set, you
can make clear, precise lines and subtly differentiated shades of grey and black with the varying degrees of hardness/softness in the pencil
leads. Set includes 2H (harder, soft gray), HB,
B, 2B, 4B, and 6B (especially soft, dark black).
The graphite is easy to erase or lift from your
drawings and the pencils sharpen effortlessly.
Includes one small Mars plastic eraser and one
metal sharpener to keep you sharp and on point!
008554 8-piece set . . . . . . . 13.25 10.25
Prismacolor Scholar Manga Mixed (7-AD)
Everything young artists need to explore
drawing manga characters - and just a nice
all-around drawing set! Includes 10 pieces:
red erasable colored pencil; non-photo blue
erasable colored pencil; black colored pencil;
2H, 2B, 4B and 6B drawing pencils; brush tip
and bullet tip black markers; and black triangular eraser. Also includes booklet on tips and
instructions for drawing manga.
023465 Set of 10 . . . . . . . . 13.18 10.95
Drawing & Sketching Pencil Set (9-AD)
042567 Set of 6 . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
1.95
Design & Drafting Pencil Set (9-AD)
042529 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . 2.75
2.50
Sharpeners
Also see Teaching Tools & Supplies section
of Homeschool Helps for more sharpeners.
Drawing Pencil Sharpener
This sturdy metal dual-pencil sharpener works
for both standard and oversized pencils. The
wedge-shaped sharpener is slightly curved on
the sides, with ridges for easy gripping.
004745 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.80
1.65
Prismacolor Scholar Pencil Sharpener (PK-AD)
Compact; inexpensive, easy to use, and clean;
this pencil sharpener makes sharp points with a
Rembrandt Art Design Drawing Pencils (3-AD) few simple twists. The steel blade works gen064895 Set of 12 in tin . . . . 17.49 12.95 tly on your pencil as it sharpens allowing it to
turn with ease—no need to force! The holding
Drawing Class Essential Tools Kit (3-AD)
container is an added plus for when you are
This kit has it all! From drawdrawing on site and there’s no place to dump
ing pencils to the sharpener, it
your shavings. Portable size (approximately 2”
includes everything needed for
x 2”) makes it fit easily in any school bag, desk
a drawing class or basic mixed
draw, or art box.
media drawing. Kit contains one
051846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51
2.15
each of: HB (#2) graphite drawing pencil, 2B medium graphite
Prismacolor Premier Sharpener (PK-AD)
drawing pencil, 4B soft graphSharpen pencils and crayons in this sturdy
ite drawing pencil, layout-ebony
cylindrical sharpener. Two holes let you choose
black soft drawing pencil, 4B
between a short and sharp point or a long and
soft charcoal pencil, 6B extra
sharp point. Shavings are contained and you
soft charcoal pencil, compressed
can see through the side to know when it is full.
graphite art stick, compressed charcoal stick, Big enough to hang on to as you sharpen, but
sanguine pastel stick (crayon), white pastel stick, not too chunky for little hands to use. Made of
willow (vine) charcoal stick, kneaded eraser and black plastic with metal blades and clear plastic
an All-Art Sharpener. “Art School Approved”, on one side. Measures approx. 2.75” high by
this set is a must for drawing students.
1.5” across. ~ Sara
038196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89 10.25 051838 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.37
5.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Pencil Sharpener – Metal, Single Hole
Small, one-hole pencil sharpener with rigid,
easy grip edges. ~ Tasha
016448 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.78
1.65
Sandpaper Pad
This mini sanding block features 12 strips of
4” x 1” fine-grit sandpaper mounted on a flat
6¾” x 1” fiberboard handle. Use for re-sharpening pencil leads, blunted tortillions and paper
wedge. Also great to use whenever you need
well-controlled fine sanding, such as tight corners on woodworking projects. Use one sheet of
sandpaper until it loses its grit, and then peel it
away to reveal a fresh sheet underneath.
003110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.47
1.25
Erasers
Kneaded Erasers
An eraser you’ll “need” to tackle chalks,
charcoal, and pastels. Kneads into any shape,
removes marks cleanly, leaving surfaces smooth
and bright.
008533Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60
008537Medium . . . . . . . . . . 1.05
002683Large . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45
Magic Rub Eraser (PK-AD)
This soft white eraser won’t tear your paper as
you remove pencil lines. Use this for your pencil drawings to lift color and create highlighting
and dimension. Good for student work and artists alike. 1” x 2.25” ~ Sara
037500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17
0.95
Peel-Off Magic Rub Eraser (PK-AD)
This eraser is one that you un-peel like a grease
pencil, but it is definitely an eraser. White, nonabrasive, non-smudging vinyl is used for erasing
drafting film.
049959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.76
1.40
Mars Plastic Premium Quality Eraser (PK-AD)
This is the Cadillac of erasers!! A must-have
for every professional artist, draftsman, or young
drawer alike. I had several—one in every
art box, supply bag, and portfolio—in design
school. Phthalate and latex free, this erases
with minimal crumbling, is age-resistant, works
with little wear, and leaves your paper in tack.
Being white, it leaves no discoloration on your
artwork. Artists don’t leave home without it.
008466 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.60
1.50
Mars Plastic Stick Eraser (PK-AD)
Same quality eraser as the Large Premium
Quality Eraser, but housed in a convenient,
sturdy blue plastic holder that is equipped with
a core sliding mechanism for extending and
contracting the eraser. Holder also contains a
handy clip. Eraser is around ¼” in diameter and
3 ¾” long. Phthalate and latex free
008467 Holder and Eraser . . 3.75
3.40
008472 One Eraser Refill . . . 1.75
1.65
Magic Black Soft Eraser Latex Free (PK-AD)
065597 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.99
Art
1183
Prismacolor ArtGum Erasers (PK-AD)
A gentle, crumbly eraser particularly suited for
the removal of graphite, but which can be used
with most other dry media as well.
023288 1" Square . . . . . . . . . . 0.80
023291 1" x 1" x 2" . . . . . . . 1.22
1.15
Paper Blending Stomp (Set of 3) (PK-AD)
036108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
3.25
Paper Blending Stomp #8 (⅝ x 6 ¾) (PK-AD)
A large, soft paper blending stump for use with
drawing mediums such as charcoal, graphite,
conte, etc., measuring 5/8” diameter x 6 ¾”
Prismacolor Scholar Eraser (K-AD)
length. Ends are sharpened and when worn
A smooth, triangular eraser measuring 2¾” down can be re-sharpened using sandpaper.
wide made without latex or PVC.
013705 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.07
1.50
023456 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75
Artist Chamois
Prismacolor Scholar Kneaded Eraser (K-AD)
Make blending work in your drawings easier
Kneaded erasers leave no residue or eraser bits with this super soft and pliable genuine chambehind and can be sculpted into any shape for ois. This quality chamois is ideal for creating
fine detailing or for thicker areas of erasure. To smooth gradients of value or color in mediums
clean, simply knead the eraser. These erasers such as charcoal, graphite, and pastels. One 5”
work very well for charcoal, but they also work x 7” chamois per package.
with graphite and other dry media.
007753 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75
4.25
023459 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15
Colored Pencils
Eraser Set (Vinyl, Kneaded & Craft)
The three erasers included in this set are a Sargent Art Triangle Colored Pencils (PK-6)
“must have” for any artist. The Craft eraser is
These thick, chunky, triangular colored pendesigned to crumble while removing unwanted cils are perfect for little hands to grip while
marks from drawing boards and tracings, and they learn the proper way to hold a pencil. 10
it is also great for cleaning writing surfaces. colors are included: white, yellow, orange,
The Kneaded eraser molds into any shape and red, magenta, brown, green, blue, purple, and
is superb for removing and highlighting chalk, black. With big thick, brightly-colored leads in
charcoals, and pastels. The Vinyl eraser is such a tempting, easy-to-hold shape, these are
designed for use on films and art papers and is sure to become a favorite. Sharpener included.
an excellent choice for artists working with mul- 029981 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
4.25
tiple mediums. All of these erasers leave your art
work smooth, bright, and unscarred.
Prang Large Triangular Colored Pencils (PK-6)
013726 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.58
2.25
A vibrant rainbow of color, these twelve supersturdy pencils will quickly become the favorite
Metal Erasing Shield (K-AD)
medium of your little artists. I loved the feel
Need to add a highlight to the pupil of an eye of the large, rounded, triangular pencils in my
or a precise highlight to a 3D metallic object in adult hand when I took them for a “test doodle.”
your graphite drawings? Look no further. This Colors include: red, orange, yellow, green, sky
metal eraser shield is a must for pencil draw- blue, dark blue, violet, magenta, black, brown,
ings, holding stencil shapes that allow the artist gold and silver. Cores are thick - 5.5 mm. A
to lift precise areas of pigment with an eraser special pencil sharpener is included, but they
without disturbing the surrounding areas of the would also fit in a large-hole pencil sharpener.
drawing. The thin, flexible, metal shield will Prang is known for their vibrancy and these pencontour to any shape, measures 2 3/8” x 3 5/8”, cils meet their high standard. ~ Sara
and contains 26 varying shapes and designs 031540 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.46
6.95
including straight lines, dots, and curves.
058510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.35 Crayola® Colored Pencils (PK-AD)
Another classic from
Crayola®, colored pencils
were first introduced in
Blending Tools
1987 and offer rich colTortillions (smudge sticks) (3-AD)
ors with smooth blending
Use these for blending and shading when properties. Not waxy like
sketching with soft pencil or charcoal. They crayons and not as messy as
markers, these vibrantly colored pencils have
come in packs of 12 only.
004172Small . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.40
2.10 a soft lead that makes for great color coverage
004178Medium . . . . . . . . . . 3.10
2.25 and mixing, and they are better suited for more
004186Large . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.30
2.50 detailed techniques in drawing, sketching, and
032445 Set/3 (1 of each) . . . 1.40
1.00 journaling. The quality and smoothness of these
032444 Set/6 (2 of each) . . . 2.30
1.75 colored pencils is amazing for the price, and the
wide range of color options is a blast for artists
Blending Stumps
of all ages and skill levels!
This package contains six sticks of tightly 034728 12 Count . . . . . . . . . 3.20
2.95
wound, spiral-rolled paper with a sharpened tip 034740 24 Count . . . . . . . . . 6.04
4.25
on each end. Use the paper stumps to blend 034766 36 Count . . . . . . . . . 9.20
7.25
chalk, charcoal or other pliable mediums. The 034769 50 Count . . . . . . . . 12.73
8.95
blending stumps are each about 5½” inches 063794 ☼Long 100 count . . 27.44 19.50
long, with circumferences of 1/8”, 3/16” ¼”, 063796 ☼Erasable 36 count 16.78 12.95
5/6”, 3/8”, and 7/16”. Used paper stumps can
Crayola Adult Coloring Colored Pencils (3-AD)
be re-sharpened using a sandpaper block.
9.25
026129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95 063786 50 Count . . . . . . . . 12.89
1184
Art
Color Pep’s Coloured Pencils (PK-AD)
Being a color pencil connoisseur, I was skeptical when I opened up this box. That is, until I
used them. Wow! The colors are vividly rich
and the lead is soft and smooth. I was amazed at
the way the colors softly glided across the paper
with minimal effort. The lead is break resistant
and the pencils are easy to sharpen, plus the
triangular shaped pencils are easy to hold with a
comfortable grip. The wood is from sustainably
grown forests.
This pencil set is also available in flex box
packaging. What an innovative way to store
these pencils! Pop the lid off the container, push
down on the accordion flex box until it snaps
into the base, and “Voilà!” You have a handy
pod that holds your pencils upright for easy
access while coloring. Once collapsed, the pod
measures 2.5” tall, so even when the pencils
have been sharpened down in size, they are still
easy to pick up. Available in assorted colors of
pink/lime or blue/lime.
To make coloring time more enjoyable for
smaller children, the jumbo size of the Maxi
colored pencils is the key for little hands.
Offered in the same vibrant colors and smooth
drawing ability as the standard size, these have
a pencil diameter that’s twice as thick for easier
grip and a wider tip for faster coloring.
036024 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . 2.99
2.75
036021 Set of 12 in Flex Box . . 7.49
6.75
021770 Set of 12 w/ Sharpener 2.95
021727 Maxi, Set of 12 . . . . 4.99
4.65
021774 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . . 5.99
5.50
021790 Set of 36 . . . . . . . . . 8.99
7.95
065859 ☼Set of 48 . . . . . . 11.99 10.25
Color Pep’s Duo Tip Colored Pencils (PK-AD)
065860 12 ct/24 colors . . . . . 3.99
3.70
Cadoozles Mechanical Colored Pencils
(12 pack) (PK-AD)
066093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.40
5.95
Flexcils Twisted Pencils (PK-AD)
065765 Hexagonal Neon 5 Pk . 5.99 4.95
065768 Triangular Asst 5 Pk . . 5.99 4.95
065766 Triangular Asst 10 Pk 9.99 7.95
065767 Triangular Asst 24 Pk 19.99 15.95
Prang Thick Core Colored Pencils (K-AD)
An alternative to high-priced sets, but still of
good quality. Thick cores (3.3mm) provide lots
of pigment.
002223 12-color . . . . . . . . 4.08
3.50
002224 24-color . . . . . . . . 7.58
5.95
034976 36-color . . . . . . . . . 11.05
7.75
03497850-color . . . . . . . . . 15.42 10.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Lyra Giant Colored Pencils (PK-AD)
Lyra has been producing high quality drawing
materials since 1806, and these giant colored
pencils are no exception! Children and adults
alike will enjoy the richly pigmented colors
that glide on creamy smooth and blend with
ease—once you try these, you’ll never want
to use anything else. Offered in two lacquered
pencil shapes—hexagonal-shaped Giants and
triangular-shaped Super Ferby with a comfortable grip (suited for beginners and left-handed
artists)—these colored pencils feature extra
thick, break resistant lead that lasts longer than
most pencils. The larger size lead and pencils
require less sharpening (large pencil size sharpener required) and allow for longer coloring
time with less fatigue.
The Metallic Colors set features a hexagonalshaped, lacquered pencil with smooth, glossy,
metallic lead that looks brilliant on all paper,
even black paper, making art or craft projects
a pleasure to create. Set includes one of each
metallic color: bronze, gold, silver, green,
dusty rose, and lilac. The Waldorf Selection
set includes a specially designed color assortment (lemon, yellow, orange, scarlet, carmine,
violet, light blue, dark blue, green, apple green,
warm brown and dark brown) of unlacquered,
triangular-shaped Super Ferby pencils. With
the natural, unlacquered wood and the closed
end with no lead core exposed, these colored
pencils are great for younger children who like
to put pencils in their mouth.
All pencils are non-toxic, approximately 7” in
length, and feature thick 6.25mm lead cores.
049127 Giants (Set/6) . . . . . . . 11.59 8.25
049126 Giants (Set/12) . . . . . . 23.17 16.95
058404 Metallic Giants, (Set/6)12.80 9.50
040017 Super Ferby (Set/6) . . . 13.37 9.95
040016 Super Ferby (Set/12) . 26.75 18.75
040020 Waldorf (Set/12) . . . . . 26.82 18.75
Rembrandt Polycolor Colored Pencils (K-AD)
064896 (12 in Metal Tin) . . 23.39 16.95
064897 (24 in Metal Tin) . . 46.76 32.50
Prismacolor Colored Pencils
We have used these colored pencils for years.
They are wonderful, with soft thick leads in a
spectrum of vivid, blendable colors. Pencils
work smoothly and colors are lightfast and
waterproof. These are the pencils we prefer for
use with nature or history coloring books or as
a drawing/sketch medium in art. Professional
quality pencils, they are also more expensive
than the hard-leaded colored pencils you may
have used as a child. Once you try them, you’ll
see (and feel) the difference!
007076 12-color set . . . . . . 25.14 17.25
007089 24-color set . . . . . . 50.23 33.95
023408 36-color set . . . . . . 73.99 49.50
007090 48-color set . . . . . . 98.69 64.95
007091 72-color set . . . . . 147.55 94.95
007094 120-color set . . . . 275.24 224.95
023271 Set of 23 (Manga) . . 42.34 34.95
Includes 18 original Prismacolor pencils and
5 Verithin pencils, many in bright colors.
043649 White Pencil only . . . 2.10
1.95
This basic white pencil is useful for general sketching, and is an art resource used
throughout the Artistic Pursuits series.
055622 Black Pencil only . . . . 2.10
055623 Gold Pencil only . . . 2.10
1.95
055624 Silver Pencil only . . . 2.10
1.95
048436 Colorless Blenders . . 4.23
3.95
Set of two colorless pencils designed for
blending colors.
033941 Prismacolor Premier Portrait
Set of 24 . . . . . . . . 50.23 38.50
Contains shades of browns, pinks, yellows,
and other colors for portraits.
023357 Accessory Set . . . . . 19.90 16.50
Ebony graphite drawing pencil, colorless
blender pencil, colorless blender marker,
dual tip marker, kneaded eraser, plastic
eraser, sharpener and pencil extender
Erasable Colored Pencils
I normally have doubts about colored pencils
that are truly erasable, but I can honestly say
that these do work! Each of the twelve pencils
has an eraser on the end, in the color of the
pencil lead, and by erasing firmly, the colored
pencil erases pretty cleanly. - Jess
029982 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . 2.89
2.50
Prismacolor Scholar Pencils
These colored pencil sets have the same pigments and high quality blending attributes as
the Berol Prismacolors but are formulated with
a slightly harder lead to resist breakage.
003475 12-color set . . . . . . 14.03
8.95
010168 24-color set . . . . . . 27.98 17.75
048437 48-color set . . . . . . 55.92 34.95
051843 60-color set . . . . . . 65.33 40.75
Crayola® Erasable Colored Pencils (PK-AD)
Colors go on smoothly with these vibrant
colored pencils and erase like a breeze. Create
fun effects in your drawings by lifting areas of
pigment or erase fun designs into blocks of color
with a stencil. For more than just arts and crafts,
these non-toxic colored pencils work great for
homework, journaling, making reports or coloring maps. No need to start over if a “mistake” is
made, just erase! Each pencil comes sharpened,
Prismacolor Verithin Pencils (3-AD)
with a color-coordinated eraser on the end.
These artist quality colored pencils are great for 034983 12 Count . . . . . . . . . 5.49
4.75
outlining, sketch work, fine detailing, intricate 034985 24 Count . . . . . . . . . 9.51
6.95
designs with edge work, lettering, and adding
final touches to mixed media projects. Since Construction Paper Pencils
these colored pencils are composed of hard,
These spectacular colored pencils have extra
thin lead—similar to graphite H-grade pen- bright pigments, making them more visible on
cils—they sharpen to a fine point and maintain construction paper than the average colored
it longer with extended use as compared to pencil. You can use them with any color
other softer lead pencils. With the same viv- construction paper, although the result is most
idly rich pigment we expect from Prismacolor, striking on black paper. This set comes with 12
these brilliant versatile colors even match other pre-sharpened pencils in brilliant colors includPrismacolor products, allowing you to add more ing: black, white, red, orange, aqua green,
depth and detail to your drawings. These are a yellow-green, dark and light blue, purple, pink,
great addition to any artist’s palette.
peach and yellow. ~ Rachel P.
03394612-count . . . . . . . . 15.28 11.25 042933 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
2.95
03394724-count . . . . . . . . 30.36 22.50
03394836-count . . . . . . . . 45.58 37.50 Crayola® Metallic Colored Pencils (PK-AD)
Looking to add some sparkle to your little
Prismacolor Col-Erase Pencils (3-AD)
ones’ art projects? These metallic pencils add a
An erasable colored pencil with the Prismacolor shimmering effect to any type or color of paper,
seal of approval! Although understandably not including black! Colors are smooth and great
as high-quality as their premier line of colored for blending. Set includes one of each metalpencils, these are quite good for erasables. They lic color: mauve, copper, gold, green, blue,
layer and blend well, are fairly rich, and don’t purple, bronze, and silver.
break easily. And, they do erase! As with most 035100 Set of 8 . . . . . . . . . . 4.31
3.75
normal pencils, there are faint smudges left over
after erasing, but these are mere shadows of Metallic Colored EcoPencils-12 count (PK-AD)
what once was. Each pencil has its own eraser. 064867 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.00
5.75
023349 12 Count . . . . . . . . 15.31
9.95
Vermillion, Brown, Terra Cotta, Tuscan
Modern Metallics Colored Pencils (12 Count)
Red, Blue, Carmine Red, Green, Yellow,
(PK-AD)
Black, Purple, Light Blue, Light Green.
065075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
023350 24 Count . . . . . . . . 30.55 19.75
Vermillion, Brown, Terra Cotta, Tuscan
Gold and Silver Scribe Pencil Set
Red, Blue, Carmine Red, Green, Yellow,
Now you can design and write on light or
Black, Purple, Light Blue, Light Green,
dark paper with metallic gold and silver pencils.
White, Light Peach, Pink, Violet, Light
These two pencils are top quality and come with
Gray, Indigo Blue, Grass Green, Lavender,
a metal pencil sharpener.
Canary Yellow, Orange, Rose, Scarlet Red.
007457 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
3.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1185
Reeves Soft Chalk Pastel Set of 12 (1-AD)
This set contains 12 3/8” x 3/8” x 2½” soft
Charcoal Pencil Kit
chalk pastels in a holding tray. The pastels are
A set of three charcoal pencils - 2B, HB, 2H, brilliantly colored in white, yellow, goldenrod,
plus a charcoal white pencil and small kneaded light orange, red, blue-violet, medium blue,
eraser.
light green, medium green, violet, medium
008484 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89
4.50 brown and black.
043527 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.79
4.75
Original Charcoal Drawing Pencils (K-AD)
This set of charcoals can be used by artists of MultiPastel Chalk Pencils
all ages. There are 5 General Charcoal Pencils These unique pencils contain a core of chalk(6B, 6B, 4B, 2B & 2H) and one Charcoal White like pastel, which allow the artist to create
plus 1 Bonus Carbon Sketch and a bonus All-Art drawings with the brightness and smudge-ability
Sharpener. These are all set in a sturdy, reus- of pastel, with the dryness of chalk, and the
able tray so that artists can take drawing to the preciseness and cleanliness of a colored pencil.
classroom, in the field, or on the go! ~ Phyllis A joy to draw with, the colors are bright, and
038200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79
7.50 they have a different kind of feel to them. The
4-color set holds red, orange, yellow and blue.
Compressed Charcoal Sticks (K-AD)
12-color set contains all basic colors, plus white
This package contains four charcoal sticks and black, and the 24-color set includes a wider
about ¼” x ¼” x 3” for drawing. Charcoal sticks range of shades and tones of the colors, includmay be used as they are, or you may break them ing white and black. - Jess
into smaller pieces for your convenience. Use 027772 White only (set/2) . . . 3.61
3.50
the flat edge for broad strokes, or sand the stick 040144 4-Color Set . . . . . . . 6.20
5.75
to a fine point for detailed work. Create bold 028723 12-Color Set . . . . . . 19.36 14.95
lines, or use a tortillion to smudge and blend. 028724 24-Color Set . . . . . . 38.74 29.75
Erase with an extra soft vinyl or rubber eraser.
043640 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
3.75 Compressed Pastel Crayons (PK-AD)
Add warmth and depth to your drawNatural Willow Charcoal
ings with these pigment-rich pastel crayons
Charcoal produced from willow is very soft by General’s®. Extra smooth and oil-free, this
and produces a deep black color. Sticks are 6” blendable medium is great to smudge with your
in length, width is listed below.
fingers and get dirty. These square sticks are
004495 Assorted Soft . . . . . . . 8.10 5.50 2.75” long. Use the flat edges or sand them to
(30 per box, sizes 1/32”- 7/16”)
fine points for detail work. Blend with a paper
004547 Medium Soft . . . . . . . 8.40 5.75 stub or other soft point. Erase with an extra soft
(25 per box, size 3/16”)
vinyl or rubber eraser. Breakage in the package
007755 Giant Soft 1” (single) . 3.60 2.50 may occur but does not decrease usefulness.
Made in the USA.
Peel & Sketch Charcoal 3 Pencil Set (3-AD)
065598 ☼MultiPastel (2 pcs) . 3.10
065599 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89
4.50 007750 Earth Tone (set of 4) 4.32
3.95
Includes light flesh, sepia, sanguine (brick
red) and brown.
Drawing Chalk / Chalk Pastels / Fixatives
054593 Van Dyke Brown (1 pc)
1.50
022617 Van Dyke Sienna (1 pc)
1.25
Crayola® Drawing Chalk Sticks (PK-AD)
Who said chalk was just for chalkboards? Jackson Assorted Artist Sketch Sticks (4-AD)
These vibrant drawing chalks by Crayola® were These sketch sticks are a cross between pastels,
designed for paper and other surfaces. These are chalks, and crayons. They are similar to comgreat for students who enjoy a hands-on experi- pressed charcoal sticks, but they blend easier.
ence with their artwork, so roll up their sleeves, The sticks are perfect for coloring large flat areas
have them apply colors to paper and then blend or for detailed line work. There are several
with their fingers to produce fun, airy effects. sizes of sets available. Please note that there is
Another fun trick to try, dip the drawing chalks a set of 12 with assorted colors and a set with
in water and then draw on black construction landscape colors.
paper to see amazingly rich colors jump from 021292 Set of 12 (Landscape) 6.95
5.50
the page! Chalk comes with 24 brilliant colors,
Includes white, blue, gray, black and variis non-toxic, and can stain clothing and other
ous shades of browns and greens
surfaces, so use in designated areas.
045489 Set of 12 (Assorted) . 6.95
5.50
034678 24 Count . . . . . . . . . 6.51
5.75 045491 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . . 9.95
7.95
045493 Set of 48 . . . . . . . . 18.95 13.75
Drawing Chalk
045490 Set of 144 . . . . . . . 47.95 33.50
Set of 24 drawing chalks with brilliant colors.
Soft, smooth texture allows for effective blending of colors on dry or wet paper. Non-toxic.
020305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20
4.25
Charcoal / Charcoal Pencils
Prang Pastello Paper Chalk
These are high quality, pastel-like chalks in
bright colors. Easy to blend and with a smooth,
grit-free finish. Chalks measure 2 1/8” x 5/16”.
044977 12 Color Box . . . . . . 8.43
6.75
036795 24 Color Box . . . . . 12.60
8.95
1186
Art
Artists Soft Pastels
Rich in pigment, smooth in texture, these quality square artists pastels will delight you with
their smooth velvet effect. These are made of
pure calcium carbonate and have 30% more
material by weight than other leading brands.
Softer than a pencil or art chalk, more blendable than an oil pastel. Use on paper with
some “tooth” like construction paper. Work
with these directly on paper or cloth or use a
brush to transfer color from stick to plastercraft
or ceramics. Nontoxic.
004168 24-color set . . . . . . 13.05
8.50
007097 48-color set . . . . . . 22.70 13.95
Prismacolor Premier Nupastels
Square, artist-quality hard pastels in a variety of
colors. The pastels are designed to be stronger
than other pastels for less breakage, and the rich,
smooth colors blend easily. Recommended for
use with Artistic Pursuits programs.
008111 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . 21.56 14.50
043648 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . 43.09 28.50
023453 Set of 36 . . . . . . . . 64.66 49.75
Alphacolor Soft Pastels
Artist quality materials make your children’s
art look more… artful. As they graduate from
crayons to colored pencils to pastels, encourage their talent with good quality supplies. This
square, white, chalky pastel is 2.5” long and can
be used in many projects. I asked our resident
graphic designer what the difference is between
this and regular old white chalkboard chalk
and she gasped! Apparently it is a matter of the
fineness of the pressed chalk and the edges and
points you use that makes this completely different and a pleasure to use in your fine art. The
sets of soft pastels have bright, vibrant colors.
Set of 12 includes basic colors, plus light green,
light blue, and peach. Set of 24 includes those
colors with more shades and neutrals.
016142 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . 9.26
8.25
025629 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . 16.26 13.75
054595 White (single piece) . . 1.35
Krylon Fixatives
Spray these fixatives onto your chalk and charcoal drawings to give them a clean, protective
finish. If you would like to be able to (intentionally) change or work on your picture further
after spraying, purchase the workable fixative,
which allows you to tweak your work even after
spraying. 11 oz. each.
001695 Matte Finish Spray . . 11.60 7.75
001689 Crystal Clear Spray . . 11.60 7.75
001705 Workable Fixative . . . 11.80 7.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Oil Pastels
Student Grade Oil Pastels (K-AD)
042998 Jumbo (12 Colors) . . 1.88
043011 12 Color . . . . . . . . . 1.73
043013 18 Color . . . . . . . . . 2.38
043017 24 Colors . . . . . . . . . 3.00
1.75
1.65
2.25
2.75
Sargent Art Oil Pastels
Relatively inexpensive, I was greatly impressed
with the color and the blendability of these pastels in comparison tests with other brands. The
colors are comparable to more expensive pastels, they're not goopy in consistency, and when
layered and blended, they do so smoothly,
without much mess. They come in two sizes,
regular, which is standard oil pastel size, and
jumbo, which is thicker and slightly longer.
022978 Regular 12 pc . . . . . 2.15
1.95
022979 Regular 16 pc . . . . . 2.79
2.25
022981 Regular 25 pc . . . . . 4.28
3.50
022977 Jumbo 12 pc . . . . . . 3.30
2.95
022980 Jumbo 24 pc . . . . . . 7.15
4.95
Pentel Oil Pastels
Budget sets for younger students, these blendable, brilliant colors apply smoothly and are
fade-resistant.
012267 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . 2.25
1.95
015656 Set of 16 . . . . . . . . . 2.99
2.50
007083 Set of 25 . . . . . . . . . 4.69
3.50
007088 Set of 36 . . . . . . . . . 6.69
4.95
012275 Set of 50 . . . . . . . . . 9.39
6.50
Cray Pas Junior Artist Oil Pastels
These creamy, student-quality oil pastels are
favorites of many young artists, and also recommended for use in Artistic Pursuits. The bright
colors are highly blendable and will not crack
or flake.
043528 Set of 25 . . . . . . . . . 4.59
4.25
043645 Set of 50 . . . . . . . . 11.99
9.25
longer and thicker than professional level pastels
and won’t break easily, plus they have an antiroll hexagonal shaped barrel. Soon your home
will be filled with beautiful works of art!
035153 16 Count . . . . . . . . . 3.13
2.95
035154 28 Count . . . . . . . . . 5.16
4.25
Portfolio Series Oil Pastels (PK-AD)
These oil pastels are the bomb—smooth,
creamy, vivid colors that are a joy to use—even
professional artists will love them! And for an
added feature, they are water-soluble, allowing the artist to wet blend with a brush creating
beautiful, flowing watercolor effects. (Note: it’s
a good idea when practicing watercolor techniques to use a heavy watercolor paper.) You
will not find a more versatile oil pastel for the
money. Artists of all levels from beginners to
professionals will enjoy creating their masterpieces with these.
035158 12 Count . . . . . . . . . 5.42
4.75
035161 24 Count . . . . . . . . 10.22
8.95
Pastel / Charcoal Paper
Strathmore Pastel Pad
This special paper is a medium weight (80
lb.) and highly texturized, making it ideal for
drawing with oil pastels, soft or hard dry pastel,
and even chalk. Each pad contains 24 9”x
12” sheets in assorted colors such as eggshell,
cream, buff, oatmeal, periwinkle, and light
sage. ~ Rachel P.
032344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79
6.50
Mi-Teintes Pastel Paper Pad (K-AD)
This pastel pad contains a bit heavier paper
than the Strathmore Pastel Pad (98 lb vs. 80 lb.,)
but features similar texture and colors. This pad
is also 9” x 12” and contains 24 sheets of paper.
Each pad contains a variety of muted colors
I would describe as eggshell, butternut, light
taupe, mustard, medium granite, and medium
dusty blue. ~ Rachel P.
Mungyo Oil Pastels
9.50
A high-quality set of rich, opaque oil pastels 043644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.35
in 25 brilliant colors. With bright, fade-resistant
pigments, these were designed for the profes- Charcoal Paper Pad (K-AD)
sional as well as the student. Use oil pastels This acid-free, medium weight paper makes an
instead of crayons for a richer, more vivid effect. excellent foundation for charcoal sketches. The
These make such a difference - giving art work a spiral bound, vertical 9” x 12” pad contains 32
more professional look. We’ve used oil pastels cream-colored sheets with a subtle texture. This
for years (each child has her/his own set). They paper is also suitable for oil crayon and other
rarely use “regular” wax crayons for art work, dry media. ~ Rachel P.
6.50
opting for the superior color and handling of 043639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
the oils.
Crayons
020306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.02 5.50
Gallery Oil Pastels
Student quality oil pastels in two specialty sets
(flourescent and metallic) of 12.
004336 Flourescent set of 12 . . . 7.39 4.95
004337 Metallic set of 12 . . . . 7.39 4.95
Crayola® Oil Pastels (PK-AD)
If your budding artist is ready to move past
crayons and wants to try a new textural experience, these pastels by Crayola® are it! Oil
pastels offer a smoother, richer feel as you apply
and blend the creamy colors onto the paper.
The quality of the material and the bold colors
are surprisingly nice, as these are considered a
beginner level pastel. These oil pastels are great
for younger students to start with since they are
Crayola® Crayons (PK-AD)
Binney & Smith produced the first Crayola®
box of eight crayons in 1903, making these
crayons a true classic art tool for generations.
Known for their smooth quality, rich colors,
and creative color names, these are a staple for
every household. Fun to use and durable too,
these classic non-toxic crayons are offered in a
variety of color set options beyond the original
1903 colors of the rainbow. Classic crayon size
is 3 5/8” x 5/16”.
034878 8 Count . . . . . . . . . . 1.09
0.99
034844 16 Count . . . . . . . . . 2.11
1.95
034847 24 Count . . . . . . . . . 2.71
2.50
034848 32 Count . . . . . . . . . 3.82
3.50
034860 48 Count . . . . . . . . . 5.20
4.75
034874 64 Count . . . . . . . . . 6.33
4.95
Features a built-in sharpener.
007801 96 count . . . . . . . . . 9.64
6.95
Features a built-in sharpener.
034807 120 Count . . . . . . . 13.64 10.95
An outer box contains two boxes of 48
crayons, a box of 24 crayons and a crayon sharpener. Different crayon colors are
included in each box.
034838 152 Count . . . . . . . 23.07 16.95
Crayons come in an Ultimate Crayon
Case—a multi-tiered, four-sided case for
displaying and organizing, plus a sharpener.
035018 Jumbo 8 Ct . . . . . . . 4.49
3.95
Their largest crayon available at an easy to
hold 5” x 9/16”.
035172 Triangular 16 Ct . . . . 4.51
3.95
Features a triangular-shaped barrel for proper writing grip, 4” x ½”.
Crayola® Washable Crayons (PK-AD)
With brilliant colors that go on smoothly and
blend together seamlessly, kids will have fun
letting their creativity flow, maybe even on
surfaces they shouldn’t. Oops! But no worries,
mom, these non-toxic crayons from Crayola®
are truly formulated to make clean up a breeze
since they easily wash off nonporous surfaces
with a sponge and warm water. The large-sized
crayons measure 4” x 7/16”.
Sargent Art Crayons (PK-AD)
035049 Large 8 Ct . . . . . . . . 2.78
2.50
Kid-tested, mother approved. That's right, I'm 035046 Large 16 Ct . . . . . . . 5.22
4.75
a kid at heart and a mom, so I tested these crayons out myself! They are good quality, without Crayola® Coloring Book Crayons (PK-AD)
that waxy look when you use them. Colors are
Tired of crayons breaking from heavy use
quality. ~ Phyllis
when coloring? Look no further. These non024411 Box of 12 . . . . . . . . 1.74
1.50 toxic crayons from Crayola® offer the same
024412 Box of 16 . . . . . . . . 2.09
1.85 quality, bright colors you expect and feature a
024415 Box of 64 . . . . . . . . 3.45
2.95 double-wrapped barrel for extra strength. Go
ahead, boldly color without fear! Choose from
Prang Crayons
the classic size (3 5/8” x 5/16”) or a larger size
These soy-based crayons contain lots of pig- (4” x 7/16”) washable format that easily cleans
ment for bright, smooth color coverage.
off nonporous surfaces with a sponge and warm
034770 8 Color Set . . . . . . . 1.25
1.00 water. 8 crayons each.
051561 16 Colors Set . . . . . . 2.15
1.85 034774Classic . . . . . . . . . . . 1.09
0.99
034941 24 Colors Set . . . . . . 2.93
2.25 035032 Large Washable . . . . 3.13
2.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1187
Crayola® Construction Paper Crayons (PK-AD)
I wasn’t sure having a separate set of crayons
just for construction paper was necessary…
then I tried them. Wow, the vivid colors feel
like they’re jumping off the page! Now I’m
convinced that any time you are coloring on
darker papers like black construction paper,
brown craft paper, or even paper bags or cardboard boxes from the grocery store, these are a
must have! These non-toxic construction paper
crayons from offer smooth color application and
blending capabilities. There’s only one thing
missing from this incredible box of 16 crayons
- the fun, unique color names that appear on
most Crayola® products. Made in the USA.
034791 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.98
2.75
the same shape, a bit like a rounded triangle
with one longer, narrower side. This side is
held between the fingers and helps to promote
a tripod grip. Used by physical therapists and
early childhood educators, not only are the
crayons easy to hold, but they are also unique
and work very well for coloring. The colors
are bright and the texture is quite smooth when
you write with them. They would also work
very well for crayon rubbings, since they have a
broader surface area. We were quite charmed
with them when we first got our hands on them!
Available in sets of 8, 16 or 32 colors, packaged
in drawstring bags or a set of 64 in a box which
contains 4 individual sets of 16 rocks.
047259 Set of 8 . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
4.25
047258 Set of 16 . . . . . . . . . 9.95
8.95
035256 ☼Set of 32 . . . . . . 15.95 14.95
047260 Set of 64 in box . . . 29.95 28.95
035276 ☼People Pebbles . . . 7.45
6.95
Set of 12 Crayon Rocks in colors especially
for drawing human features (hair, skin, eyes,
etc.) Packaged in a box.
Construction Paper Crayons (PK-AD)
Ooh, la la! These extra-bright crayons are
perfect for drawing on dark construction paper,
brown craft paper, and other non-white surfaces. The colors really “pop” even on black
construction paper, and the black-and-white
wrappers will make them stand out even if you
dump them in the ol’ “crayon bin.” Made in Colorix Silky Crayons
Do you want that smooth and silky look when
the USA.
053365 Set of 8 . . . . . . . . . . 2.29
1.80 you color, draw or create? These crayons come
053364 Set of 16 . . . . . . . . . 1.36
1.25 in chunky tubes like lipstick, so you only turn
up what you need to use. They are pointed at
the tip (like a brand-new crayon), for the more
Faber-Castell Beeswax Crayons (PK-AD)
If you’re looking for beeswax crayons but are demanding artist. The brightly-colored, wateron a budget, consider one of these quality sets based crayon can be used as a pastel, crayon,
from Faber-Castell. The colors are bright and or as a watercolor, by going over what you've
opaque, they color smoothly, and the thick, colored with a wet paintbrush. It's also kind
triangular shape will be a hit with little ones. of like an oil pastel too. It's the crayon of the
Although they have a bit of an oil pastel feel to future!!! It is water soluble, non-toxic and odor
them when you color, they don’t blend or smear free, colors are vivid, and there is no mess or
like a pastel. They also work well on dark con- waste as they twist up. It feels almost satisfyingly "naughty" to color with - every time you
struction paper!
031353 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . 5.50
4.50 twist the crayon up, it's like you're four again
031354 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . . . 11.00 and have gotten a hold of Mom's lipstick... fun!
027917 6-Color Set . . . . . . . 5.25 4.50
027918 8-Color Set . . . . . . . 7.99
6.75
Stockmar Beeswax Crayons (PK-AD)
One of the highest-quality beeswax crayons, 027915 16-Color Set . . . . . . 12.99 11.25
these are “the” beeswax crayons used in many 027916 24-Color Set . . . . . . 19.99 16.75
schools. The nontoxic crayons contain pure
beeswax and pigments, resulting in bright, RainyDayz Gel Crayons
Bring the fun indoors on those rainy or cold
beautiful colors. The crayons are thick and
sturdy for small hands to grasp, but even adults days with this set of 12 gel crayons. Perfect for
will enjoy the unique texture and colors. The drawing designs on windows and mirrors (they
8-piece set in the tin also includes a small plas- wash off easily), and for use on paper, too. You
tic scraper to create interesting scratch patterns can also use these with a paintbrush and water
in layers of color. Compared to the Lyra Giant (not included) for a watercolor effect. Non toxic.
13.99
Wax crayons, these are brighter and more trans- 032433 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lucent, while the Giant Wax crayons are a bit
chalkier and more opaque (almost more pastellike). Made in Germany.
054225 Set of 8 in tin . . . . . . 18.60
Carmine red, Vermilion, Orange, Golden
Yellow, Lemon Yellow, Green, Ultramarine,
and Purple.
004978 Set of 8 Add-On . . . . . 18.60
Grey, Prussian Blue, Cobalt Blue, Yellow Ochre,
Venetian Red, Umber, Olive Green and Pink.
054224 Set of 12 in box . . . . . 22.50
004964 Set of 16 in Tin Case . 31.40
004977 Set of 24 in Wooden Box
68.60
Crayon Rocks (PK-6)
Without a doubt, the most unique crayons
you’ve ever experienced! Each set includes
brightly pigmented, soy wax crayons in the
shape of small smooth pebbles. Each one is
1188
Art
Sketch & Sniff Gel Crayons (Set
039092Disney® Frozen . . . . .
039209Disney/Pixar® Finding
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
039246 Gel Crayons . . . . . . . .
039248Holiday . . . . . . . . . . .
039148Disney® Princess . . . .
039276 Sketch & Sniff Spring .
of 5) (PK-AD)
7.99
Dory
7.99
6.99
6.99
7.99
6.99
Crayola® Twistable Slick Stix (PK-AD)
Instantly apply an intense “pop” of color with
one effortless swipe of a crayon! These Twistable
Slick Stix crayons by Crayola® are creamy like
butter, making them feel more like an oil pastel
but without the mess on your hands. Little ones
will enjoy the ease of color application and
blending, plus they won’t break like traditional
crayons since the pigment is contained in a
sturdy plastic barrel. Colors are very dense and
easily blend together creating unlimited shading
combinations. Another benefit is that there is no
sharpening needed, simply twist and keep coloring. Let your creativity go beyond traditional
paper and explore these super smooth crayons
on foil, cardboard, foam, and even waxed
paper. Coloring has never been so satisfying!
Materials are non-toxic, but could stain, so take
precautions to protect furniture before use and
supervise younger students.
035213 5 Count . . . . . . . . . . 5.24
4.75
035212 12 Count . . . . . . . . 12.71
9.95
Twist Up Crayons
We'd always take twist-up crayons with us on
trips when we were little, but we were often
frustrated because the crayon would break, or
we couldn't twist them up further, or the spring
would break and the crayon "lead" would keep
disappearing back into the shaft of the crayon,
and we'd have to give up on that color. And
that is why I love these twist up crayons. The
colors are brilliant and bright, not dull and light
like other, harder and dryer crayons. Also,
there are no springs involved. Twist them up
and they'll stay at that level, not bounce up and
down when you put pressure on the tip. Welldesigned and colorful - what more could you
ask for in a twist up? - Jess
022982 Set of 8 . . . . . . . . . . 2.94
2.50
024209 Set of 16 . . . . . . . . . 5.85
4.75
Prang Color Wands (PK-AD)
040028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.30
5.50
Crayola® Window Crayons (PK-AD)
Can you imagine the looks on their faces when
you hand your kids these bold, colorful crayons
and say, “Go draw on your bedroom window”?
Priceless! Decorate the car windows for special
occasions and holidays or work out math problems on the kitchen window. Not just limited to
windows, these fun crayons by Crayola® glide
smoothly onto any glass surface, so go to town
on the mirrors too! They easily wash off glass
surfaces (even a dry cloth will work), so you can
have an endless supply of space to put your colorful graffiti on! Crayon pigments are contained
in a plastic barrel with a snap cap, have a twisty
end to push out more pigment, and they won’t
dry out like window markers! Colors include:
blue, green, black, red, and yellow
035426 5 Count . . . . . . . . . . 5.58
4.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Crayon Sharpeners & Rubbing Plates
Wax Crayon Sharpener (K-AD)
This small cylinder-shaped sharpener measures
1.5” tall and 1.75” in diameter. It’s designed
especially for sharpening wax crayons (crayons
.5” in diameter or less). It doesn’t sharpen to a
point but more of a blunt tip, and the shavings
can be collected right in the see-through sharpener (just pull off the lid to empty).
039986 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.84
3.50
Rubbing Plates
These fun, colorful plastic plates come imprinted with various objects. Simply put paper
over the plates and rub crayon, pencil, or even
marker over it. The patterns on the plates will
be transported onto the paper. Many different
plate designs are included, with each set having
its own theme. ~ Rachel S.
EACH 16-PLATE SET . . . . . . . 10.49
8.50
019935 Animal Tracks
006393 Birds of the World
006447Flowers
006535Insects
019965Leaf
029970 Ocean Fish (6 plates) 9.49
7.75
028659 Snowflakes (6 plates) 9.49
7.75
Markers / Pens
Broad / Chisel Tip
Mr. Sketch Markers (PK-AD)
These wonderful, long lasting markers are our
long-time favorites. Each marker has its own
delicious scent, from cinnamon and cherry to
mint and apple. The non-toxic markers have
broad, chisel tips so you can draw fine, medium, or broad lines. The 8-color set includes
primary and basic colors. The 12-color set adds
pink and lighter shades of the primary colors.
008109 8 Color Set . . . . . . . 8.99
6.25
030128 12 Color Set . . . . . 13.03
8.95
037901 12/Set Washable . . . 13.03 10.95
Washable art markers allow you to use them
as a traditional marker or with water and a
paintbrush to dilute the colors and create
watercolor effects. Black, red, green, yellow,
orange, brown, purple, dark blue, turquoise
blue, magenta, peach, and dark green.
Crayola® Classic Markers (PK-AD)
Nostalgic, long-lasting Crayola® markers were
first introduced in 1978 and have been delighting kids of all ages ever since! The brilliantly
colored, broad line markers make any art,
craft, or school project enjoyable and have a
sturdy conical tip that can apply large areas of
color fast. Crayola® also offers this classic in a
fine tip, thinner marker that’s great for smaller
coloring areas, lettering, line work, and adding
precise details to artwork. Inks are high quality,
rich, non-toxic, and water based, but may not
wash out of clothing, so you may want to supervise younger ones when coloring.
015512 Black marker only . . . 0.70
A good basic black marker for young artists.
034596 Broad Assorted 12 Ct 5.18
4.75
036576 Broad Assorted 10 Ct 4.24
3.75
036577 Broad Classic 10 Ct . 4.24
3.75
036727 Fine Classic 10 Ct . . . 4.24
3.75
034598 Broad Bold 8 Ct . . . . 4.11
3.75
034671 Broad Classic 8 Ct . . 4.11
3.75
035011 Fine Classic 8 Ct . . . 4.11
3.75
036606 Broad Fluorescent 6ct 4.11
3.75
Crayola® Washable Markers - sets of 8
Traditional chunky Crayola markers in bright yet
washable colors. Markers are non-toxic and have
either a broad line (conical) , fine, or wedge tip.
Classic sets include brown, purple, red, orange
yellow, green, blue and black. Bold sets include
dark blue, green, magenta, gold, teal, bright
purple, light brown, and indigo.
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33
3.95
035241 Broad Bright
035274 Fine Bold
035258 Broad Tropical
035373 Wedge Tip Classic
001923 Broad Bold
Crayola® eXtreme Markers (PK-AD)
Give your school projects an extreme boost
with ultra-bright neon markers. Set contains
broad line markers that have conical tips, which
make a wider line on the side of the tip and a
thinner line on the tip’s end. The intense, eyepopping colors make a statement on arts and
crafts projects, but may leave a lasting one on
clothes, walls and furniture—so use precautions
with younger artists.
036726 8 Count . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
3.75
Prang Classic Art Markers (PK-AD)
Colorful, bright markers that feature a special
ink that won’t dry out as quickly as other markers, even when the caps are left off for more
than 24 hours. (Oh, the markers I could have
saved!) Markers have a versatile bullet tip that
makes broad or fine lines, great for all art and
crafting projects. Non-toxic and non-washable.
036790 12 Count . . . . . . . . . 6.08
4.75
Prang Washable Marker Set (PK-AD)
Eight chunky markers with bullet tips come in
eight bold colors (red, orange yellow, purple,
green, blue, brown, and black). All the fun of
regular markers - without the mess!
Crayola® Ultra-Clean Washable Markers
4.50
Just like the Classic Crayola® markers but with 002684 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
super powers that moms appreciate—they’re
super washable! These high-quality markers Crayola® Marker Maker (3-AD)
This is every little kid’s dream…to create their
feature ColorMax™—a new innovation by
Crayola® that makes them the brightest, tru- own custom-colored markers! Who else could
est colors yet—and an improved Ultra-Clean make it this much fun other than Crayola®?
formula that washes off skin, clothes, walls, and Everything you need to set up your very own
other household surfaces. Markers are non-toxic marker-making laboratory is included in the
and come in broad line for coloring large areas box. Using the color guide, mix various ink
or fine line for lettering and detail work. So rest colors in the measuring tube to create your own
easy and let their creativity flow, even if it goes custom color. Then use the tweezers to dip
the marker core into your mixture and watch
in places it shouldn’t!
063807 ☼Broad 40 count . . 22.20 16.50 it absorb your custom color. Lastly, use the
036915 Broad 64 Count . . . 30.00 21.25 marker assembling tool to click your marker
035220 Broad Black 12 Ct . . 8.20
6.95 together. Finalize your marker by coloring the
035231 Broad Assorted 12 Ct 8.04
6.25 labels and attaching them to your new personal035238 Fine Assorted 12 Ct . 8.04
6.25 ized marker. Easy to use and a blast to create,
036837 Broad Bold 10 Ct . . . 5.76
4.95 your little one becomes both scientist and artist!
036863 Broad Bright 10 Ct . . 5.76
4.95 Please note the manufacturer does suggest ages
036867 Broad Classic 10 Ct . 5.76
4.95 8+, but younger children could enjoy this with
036872 Broad Tropical 10 Ct 5.76
4.95 adult supervision. Marker Maker contains parts
063808 ☼Fine 40 count . . . 22.20 16.50 (barrels, cores, tips, caps, plugs, labels) for 16
036880 Fine Bold 10 Ct . . . . 5.76
4.95 custom markers, 2 marker boxes, 3 ink bottles
036881 Fine Classic 10 Ct . . . 5.76
4.95 (red, blue, yellow), tweezers, 2 measuring
tubes, a mixing guide, and a storage caddy. A
Refill Pack is available that contains parts (barCrayola® PowerLines Project Markers
POW! The tangy, rich scents from these rels, cores, tips, caps, plugs, labels) for 12 cusmarkers pack a powerful punch—just like the tom markers, 2 marker boxes, and 3 ink bottles
bold, vibrant colors—to arts, crafts, and school (red, blue, yellow). All materials are non-toxic.
projects. Why should your sense of sight have CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
all the fun when coloring? Now your sense 035085 Marker Maker . . . . 35.56 24.75
9.95
of smell can too! These amazingly refreshing 035092 Refill Pack (Primary) 12.22
markers by Crayola® are truly a joy to use with 036757 Refill Pk (Tropi-Cool) 14.44 11.50
unique finger grips on the barrels, juicy colors
that smoothly glide onto paper, and versatile
wedge tips that allow for thick or thin lines. The
washable, scented pigments wash from skin and
most washable clothing, but use caution with
furniture, floors, and walls.
063806 ☼6 count . . . . . . . . . 7.76
6.75
036797 10 Count . . . . . . . . 11.09
9.50
Contains Tropical Punch Magenta, Cherry
Pop Red, Orange Burst, Lemon Zeal Yellow,
Amp’d Green Apple, Sky Blue Breeze, Berry
Fusion Blue, Purple Grape Zing, Root Beer
Blast Brown, and Crispy Marshmallow Black.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1189
Crayola® Adult Coloring Fine Line Markers
063789 Classic 12 count . . . . 5.18
3.95
Staedtler Triplus Fineliner Marker Pens(PK-AD) 063790 Contemporary 12 ct 5.18
3.95
065312 10 Colors . . . . . . . . 18.00 13.95 063788 40 count . . . . . . . . 14.99 13.25
065313 20 Colors . . . . . . . . 36.00 27.75
Colored Marker Set
Prang Fine Line Washable Markers (PK-AD)
36 brilliantly colored fine-tipped markers.
These high-quality markers write in a vivid, These non-toxic, water based markers are quick
thin line. The tips are very durable so lines stay drying and come conveniently stored in a recrisp even after lots of use, and the ink seems sealable vinyl pouch.
to last quite a while (I’m currently reviewing 019929 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90
3.95
a set that’s been sitting on our shelves for 2
years and the colors are still bright and moist). ☼ColorPeps Jungle Innovation (PK-AD)
The sets feature fine line markers in a variety
What a strange looking, genius solution to
of bright and brilliant shades. The markers are losing marker caps! It looks like a bright green
washable, and stored in a cardboard box (or jellyfish with 12 boldly colored markers as
vinyl pouch for 24 color set) for easy clean-up. tentacles. The caps for the markers are incorpoA good value if you’re looking for a basic set of rated right into the innovative green holder. Just
fine-line markers.
flip the holder over and spread it open—like a
000375 8 Color Set . . . . . . . 3.57
2.95 peacock tail—to make a stand that displays a
000367 12 Color Set . . . . . . 5.19
3.95 beautiful array of markers. When you pull out
034768 24 Color Set . . . . . 10.24
7.25 a marker, the cap stays in the holder! What a
034962 36 Color Set . . . . . 15.33
9.95 fun incentive for your little ones to be organized
as they pop their markers in and out! Included
Fine Tip Markers (PK-AD)
markers (felt tip pens) have a medium-sized,
This fine-tipped, non-toxic marker set by conical, soft tip and the ink is washable. ~ Emily
Mindware offers a wide assortment of vibrant 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
colors, giving you a lot of marker for the money. 054994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
6.50
They’re great for coloring books, dot-to-dot
pictures, color-by-number books, and any other Brilliant Brush Markers 12 pk (PK-AD)
coloring activity book. The markers use a waterBrilliant and vibrant, this set of markers will
based ink, so if they start drying out, simply re- provide your young artists with a fun new type
hydrate by placing the tip of the marker in water. of medium. The tip is long as slender, allowing
The colors are washable, making clean up easy. you to fill in larger areas with broad brush-like
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
strokes. If you are very gentle, you can draw
018946 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . . 6.95
6.26 fine lines with the tip, but when you push down
a little these markers make interesting thin and
thicker lines. They have a bit of a calligraphy
look when you write with them, but they are not
the flat, chiseled tip used for formal calligraphy.
The colors are bright and pretty and they come
in a hard plastic case. ~ Sara
052829 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 10.99
Fine Point / Bullet Point / Brush Tip
Crayola® Doodle Scents Markers (PK-AD)
063795 18 Count . . . . . . . . 11.09
9.50
Crayola® Pip-Squeaks Telescoping Marker
Tower 50 count (PK-AD)
063805 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.07 16.95
Crayola® SuperTips Washable Markers (PKAD)
Colorful, thin markers by Crayola® are versatile for all types of crafting, coloring, and art
projects. These are a staple in my household.
The durable tips glide smoothly across the paper
allowing for frustration-free coloring creations!
Use the sides of the marker tip for broad, thick
strokes or the tip on its end for fine, detailed
lines. Markers are 6.75” long and 3/8” in diameter and contain non-toxic pigment designed to
wash off skin and out of washable clothing with
normal laundering. All sets come in a clear,
portable pouch for storage and the 20 and 50
count sets include some Crayola® Silly Scents
markers.
035328 10 Count . . . . . . . . . 2.84
2.75
035333 20 Ct w/ 5 Scented . . 5.22
4.75
035329 50 Ct w/ 12 Scented 11.91
8.95
1190
Art
☼Graph’Peps Fine Point Markers (3-AD)
Get a precise line every time
with these extra-fine 0.4 mm
felt tip markers by Maped®.
The ink glides on smooth
with colorful pigments and
the markers feature a metal
nib-protected tip making
these ideal for running down
rulers and along templates.
Great for note taking, journaling, drafting, crafting, drawing and even detail work on “aged-up” coloring
books. The marker barrel is triangular shaped
making them easy to grip and keeping them
from rolling off the work area. Offered in various assorted color sets, duo connect markers
for twice the coloring fun, and an innovative,
compact carrying case. ~ Emily
036391 4 Bright colors . . . . . 3.19 2.95
036389 10 colors . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 7.75
036387 20 colors . . . . . . . . . 17.99 14.75
036355 Duo Connect (20 colors)13.99 11.50
036380 Compact Case (10 colors) 9.99 8.75
Pentel® Color Pens – Fine Point (3-AD)
This good-quality set of fine point colored
markers fills the gap between “kiddie” markers
and “artist” markers. The colors are bold and
true, and the tips will hold up well to frequent
use. The fine tips and bright colors lend themselves well to card-making, lettering, drawing
and more. Set of 12 includes black, red, blue,
green, yellow, brown, orange, violet, pink, sky
blue, light green and gray.
001619 12 Color Set . . . . . 11.88
7.95
028392 18-Color Set . . . . . . 17.82 10.95
028397 24-Color Set . . . . . 23.76 13.75
028403 36-Color Set . . . . . 35.64 19.95
Sharpie® Ultra-Fine Sets (3-AD)
These aren’t just for art class; in fact, I want to
replace all of my ink pens with these fabulous
colors! Larger set has pastels, darks and brights,
smaller set has rainbow colors, both have black
and brown. These mark on most surfaces and
are slimmer than a regular Sharpie marker. Your
art lovers would have a ball with the quality,
but these are permanent markers, so probably
not for the littles or on thinner paper where
they’ll bleed through. They are fabulous, just
fabulous! ~ Sara
023521 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . 17.89 11.75
023526 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . 35.38 23.25
Color’Peps Brush Felt Tip Markers (PK-AD)
Bright, vivid colors that kids love at an incredible price point that moms will love! These
felt tip markers have a flexible brush tip which
allows for broad strokes that apply lots of coverage or thin lines for fine details, all in one
marker. It feels like painting with a paintbrush,
but it’s a marker. Versatile markers are great
for sketches, illustrations, art projects, stained
glass coloring books, calligraphy, and more!
Plus they contain washable inks that are easy
to clean from most textiles. 10 colors include: Prismacolor® Scholar Art Markers (PK-AD)
These colored markers are ideal for art projblack, brown, green, lime, yellow, orange, red,
ects, journaling, rendering, mixed media, and
magenta, purple, and blue.
009951 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.65 more, or to use in combination with colored
pencils for more dynamic drawings. The colors
are vibrant and beautiful, as expected from a
Crayola® Color Clicks Markers (PK-AD)
You know how children like to uncap several Prismacolor product, while the ink is watermarkers and hold them all in their fist to create based (so it’s very low odor). Available in two
colorful patterns? These innovative thin markers varieties of tips, these markers give you more
by Crayola® offer a special trick, the caps click creative options. The brush tip offers a flexible
and stay together allowing for swirling evenly felt tip that allows you to make varying thick to
spaced multi-line drawings. The washable, sharp, thin lines in one stroke. The bullet tip lets
non-toxic markers can make thick or thin lines you create consistent lines with its durable tip.
and produce vibrant, bold strokes of colors. The Sets come in a durable plastic packaging.
connectable caps also make for easy storage and 051839 Brush Tip 10/set . . . 20.50 16.95
051840 Brush Tip 20/set . . . 36.61 26.50
markers come in a clear storage package.
036705 10 Count . . . . . . . . . 5.22
4.75 051841 Bullet Tip 10/set . . . 20.50 16.95
060793 20 Count . . . . . . . . . 9.98
8.75 051842 Bullet Tip 20/set . . . 36.61 26.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Prismacolor® Premier Illustration Markers
(7-AD)
Does it ever seem like you just can’t find that
lovely, fine-point black pen that you want to use
for doodling, writing out fancy cards, or penand-ink drawings? Perfect for all of those things,
these sets of good-quality markers will give you
the fine nib sizes you want to create the finest
drawings or hand lettering. The archival-quality
ink is a lovely deep black but does not bleed
through paper, and it is smear resistant when
dry. It’s also permanent, light-fast, water-resistant, acid-free and non-toxic. I bet that these
would be really nice when used with watercolors. The quality and the price make these great
sets for artistic upper-level students. – Jess
053342 Set of 6 . . . . . . . . . 22.55 14.95
Includes five fine point markers (005, 01,
03, 05 and 08) and one brush tip marker.
053343 Set of 7 . . . . . . . . 26.24 16.25
Includes five fine point markers (005, 01,
03, 05 and 08), a brush tip marker and a
chisel tip marker.
053344 Set of 8 – Manga . . 29.97 22.95
Four black fine-point markers (005, 03, 05,
08), one black brush tip marker, one black
chisel tip marker, one sepia fine-point marker (005) and one sepia brush tip marker.
Dual Tip
Beary Sweet Scented Markers
These adorable markers make coloring even
more fun. They are double-sided with a chisel
tip on one side and a fine tip on the other, and
each marker sports a tiny little bear on one
end (imagine the bear is wearing the fine tip
as a hat). Each of the 6 colored markers features a different scent (melon sorbet, blueberry
cupcake, grape lollipop, strawberry shortcake,
orange popsicle, and banana split).
032384 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.00
Prismacolor Double-Ended Art Markers (3-AD)
Requested repeatedly by our customers, we
are happy to offer these bright, bold, highquality markers! What Prismacolor pencils are
to the world of colored pencils, Prismacolor
markers are to the rest of the “kids” markers out
there! Like the Prismacolor colored pencils, the
markers are enjoyable to use and lay down a
consistent, steady wash of color. The markers
are also double-ended, with one wide chisel tip
for coloring large areas or creating lines, and a
fine-point tip for drawing small details. Colors
blend smoothly, ink is non-toxic, and the caps
fit tightly to prevent dry-out. Used by artists
and professional illustrators everywhere, these
are a great tool for the serious artists in your
family! – Jess
036738 6-Color Set . . . . . . 38.91 28.95
037579 12-Color Set . . . . . . 77.76 59.50
023252 12 count Manga Set 77.36 56.95
Yellow, eggshell, pale red, beige, brown, red,
pink, lilac, blue, light blue, light green, grey.
037578 24-Color Set . . . . . 155.21 94.95
036737 48-Color Set . . . . . 310.38 179.95
036739 72-Color Set . . . . . 465.56 322.95
Prismacolor® Brush/Fine Art Markers (3-AD)
Wow! These are the best markers I’ve ever
used; I only wish I had these in art school.
Quality, professional markers in ultra rich colors
are a joy to use and extremely versatile with
double-ended tips. The flexible brush tips act
like you’re painting with a paintbrush allowing for thick to thin lines, and the fine tips
work great for details. Containing non-toxic,
dye-based alcohol ink (minor, low odor), these
top-of-the-line markers provide rich color saturation and superior color blendability. Any artist
working on design, fashion, illustrations, mixed
media, or even hobby projects would love these
markers!
003985 Set of 6 . . . . . . . . . 38.91 24.50
Canary Yellow, Crimson Red, Violet,
Ultramarine, Dark Green, and Black.
003952 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . 77.76 56.95
Canary Yellow, Yellowed Orange, Dark
Umber, Carmine Red, Crimson Red, Pink,
Mulberry, Violet, Ultramarine, Dark Green,
Parrot Green, and Black.
003953 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . 155.21 107.95
Canary Yellow, Spanish Orange, Orange,
Poppy Red, Goldenrod, Peach, Sienna
Brown, Crimson Red, Tuscan Red, Pink,
Rhodamine, Mulberry, Violet, Light
Cerulean, True Blue, Violet blue, Indigo
Blue, Blue Slate, True Green, Grass Green,
Mint Cream, Dark Green, Dark Brown, and
Black.
Felt Brushes (PK-AD)
Artists of all ages will love these marker sets
in rich, luxurious colors. Each marker features
a felt tip on one end that allows for varying
line widths; it flexes so softly it feels like you
are painting with a brush. The other end of the
marker has a bullet tip for controlled fine lines
that’s great for detailed work. The impressive Studio Series Dual-Tip Artist’s Markers (1-AD)
artistic quality of these double-ended markers 063911 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.95 29.95
will satisfy all your art rendering and crafting
needs. Have the best of both worlds in one
marker!
EACH (SET OF 10) . . . . . . . . 11.99 11.50
007595 Classic (Blue Box)
Vivid primary colors including a black.
007598 Girl (Pink Box)
Warmer colors in the pinks, reds and purples color families.
007599 New (Green Box)
Cooler colors including a couple of flesh
tones and greys.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Specialty Markers
Jumbo Changing Markers – Set of 10 (PK-AD)
Can your black marker change to a vibrant
pink? Can you color an ominous looking sky
and turn it into a beautiful, sunny day? With the
use of this marker set you will be able to do just
that. All you have to do is color like normal and
when you are ready trace over it with one of
the magic color-changing markers. Kids will be
amazed as colors change right before their eyes.
Set includes 10 non-toxic markers (8 colored
and 2 color-changing). ~ Tasha
042934 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14
3.50
Crayola® Washable Gel Markers (PK-AD)
Like construction paper crayons, these special
markers show up really well on dark or black
paper.
035275 8 Count . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
4.50
Studio Series Metallic Markers (PK-AD)
063912 Fine Point . . . . . . . 17.99 13.50
☼Metallic Markers (PK-AD)
The perfect addition to your arts & craft supplies! These markers are user-friendly too. You
don’t have to push down and wait for the ink
to work its way down (which can make a big
mess). It writes like any other marker only the
colors are shiny & shimmery. Each pack of 6
includes silver, gold, medium blue, grass green,
violet, and a deep pink. Use on dark or light
colored paper, poster board or photo mats.
Address wedding invitations or baby announcements! Decorate your own home-made cards
too. Odorless and non-toxic, these wash easily
from hands with soap & water. ~ Sara
060893 Bullet Tip (6pk) . . . . 6.99
4.50
060894 Fine Point (6pk) . . . . 6.99
4.50
060895 Gold & Silver (2pk) . 2.49
1.95
Metallic Markers
These markers help you make eye-catching
designs on either light or dark, glossy or matte
paper. Whether you’re making signs or posters,
or just doodling around, the finished product
will look wonderful. The packs includes 6
metallic colors - gold, blue, violet, silver, green,
and pink. Each marker pack features the same
six colors but with different tips.
006152Regular . . . . . . . . . . 4.08
3.50
019056 Brush Tip . . . . . . . . . 6.99
4.95
019057 Fine Tip . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
3.50
Crayola® Metallic Markers (PK-AD)
Marker meets metal, and the result is spectacular! I can’t remember the last time I had this
much fun with a marker rendering. Use these
metallic markers by Crayola® on white paper
or even dark construction paper and you’ll be
amazed at the shimmering effects you can create. Coverage is opaque, so whether you use
a dark color on light or vice versa, the shade
you applied “pops” from the page. Add style to
cards, posters, and crafts, or touches of flash to
marker drawing created with regular flat colors.
Offered in a set of 8 shimmery colors (Gold,
Copper, Silver, Black, Blue, Green, Pink, and
Purple), these non-toxic markers of metallic
magic aren’t just for the kids!
035106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
6.95
Art
1191
Sharpie® Metallic Gold/Silver/Bronze (PK-AD)
Gold, silver and bronze markers are musthaves among crafter and artists! Opaque metallic ink is permanent and requires no shaking to
start the flow like other messy paint pens. Dries
quickly and is fade and water-resistant. Stunning
on black or other dark colored paper! You can
even paint dots on top of your fingernail polish
with them! Use these on hardcover blank books
that your children create. ~ Sara
023471 3-Pack Assorted (A.) 8.15
5.75
064602 ☼6-Pack Assorted . . 16.14
9.50
A.
B.
Crayola® Glitter Markers (PK-AD)
Looking to add sparkles and glam to art and
crafting projects without the big mess of glitter
and glue? A glitter marker from Crayola® is the
solution. No waiting for the messy glitter glue to
dry, and there’s no warping of paper since the
rich sparkling liquid dries instantly. Make greeting cards, posters, crafts, and artwork dazzle
with the set of 6 amazing hues - Silver Sparks,
Gold Medal, Violet Glitz, Emerald Zest, Blue
Blazes, and Fire Flecks. The non-toxic colors
are bold and vibrant, plus the amount of glitter
content is phenomenal. Signing greeting cards
at the holidays will be effortlessly fun since the
glittery liquid flows evenly and consistently from
the marker tips.
035014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98
6.95
Blendy Pens (K-5)
Blendy Pens look like a 2-ended marker connected by a silver cylinder. That is where the
magic happens – in the fusion chamber! When
you attach 2 markers to the fusion chamber
(markers are all changeable), hold them vertically and twist for 5 seconds, remove the bottom
pen and that one is now blended. When you
color with it, the top color fades into the bottom color. If you put a red on top of a yellow,
then draw with the yellow, it looks like a flame
blending from red to orange to yellow! When
the red fades away, you can then blend that
yellow marker with another color. Ten markers
offer 45 color combinations! Wouldn’t that be
a fun art lesson! Any colors can be mixed and
matched, but the most dramatic combos have
a dark color on top of a light color. Always
store with 2 Blendy Pens clicked into the fusion
chamber, lying flat. Washes off skin with soap
and water, but may not come out of all fabrics
or surfaces. All of the pages in the various sets
have black backgrounds with white parts to
color. This looks really neat once your child has
filled it in with their pens! ~ Sara
013877 10-Pen Set . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
Pastels plus hot pink, red, yellow, dark
purple and black, w/ 5 fusion chambers.
013882 Fun Frames . . . . . . . 9.99
6.44
10 pens, 5 chambers, two 3x5” frames, two
4x6” frames, 4 die cut shapes, 10 adhesive
squares. Frames have fun patterns to color.
013894 Paper Dolls . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
8 pens, 4 chambers, 3 die-cut figures with 21
tabbed fashion accessories (clothes) and 20
holographic stickers to add to your creations.
1192
Art
Crayola® Marker Airbrush (1-AD)
Take artwork to a whole new level with the
Crayola® Marker Airbrush kit. Create cool,
hip spray art creations like a pro on paper or
on t-shirts, jeans and more! Insert the marker
into the sprayer, pump up the air tank, and hit
the trigger to unleash amazing masterpieces.
Use the airbrush with the included stencils
for even more polished designs. Each stencil
includes patterned edges, so fancy borders
are a snap. The airbrush sprayer works great
with all classic broad line Crayola® markers:
Regular, Washable, Pip-Squeaks, Crystal Effects,
Window, and Bright Fabric. Better yet, it is easy
to set up and no batteries are required! Make
sure to have a covered table set up before the
fun begins to avoid potentially messy situations.
The Marker Airbrush contains one airbrush
sprayer, 8 washable markers, 4 fabric markers, 4 themed stencil sheets (Butterfly, Rocket,
Dragon, Shark), instructions, and 20 sheets
of paper. A Marker and Stencil Pack is available that contains 12 washable markers and 8
themed stencil sheets (Bugs, Dinosaurs, Robots,
Outer Space, Ink Splats, Weather, Ocean Life,
and Geometric Shapes).
035078 Marker Airbrush . . . 29.99 25.85
034595 Markers & Stencils . . 9.99
7.50
Crayola® Washable Window Markers (PK-AD)
What’s smooth, clear, and offers an endless
supply of drawing space? That’s right, your
windows! These non-toxic window markers by
Crayola® glide on any glass surface, including
picture frames, mirrors, and car windows too.
The colors are opaque and coverage is solid.
Have some fun decorating the windows for the
holidays and special occasions, or give a new
math lesson some much needed pizzazz as you
work out an equation on the kitchen window.
Wipe your “canvas” clean with a paper towel or
cloth and water, and then start creating another
fun, colorful design. Made in the USA.
035388 Mega 4 Ct . . . . . . . . 5.58
4.95
Oversized markers in blue, pink, green and
yellow with 3x the ink supply.
034894 8 Count . . . . . . . . . . 5.75
4.25
Same size as the classic broad line marker,
includes classic primary colors as well as
white, gray and brown.
Crystal Effects Window Markers (PK-AD)
Create icy-cool designs on any glass surface
with colors that crystallize before your eyes.
Draw with the markers in a warm, dry place (a
window with sunlight, for example) and wait
a few minutes for the ink to crystallize. You
can speed up the process by fanning air on the
design, but once it starts, it can change really
quickly. Clean-up is as easy as wiping with a
damp cloth, but you may want to use a little
household window spray for any remaining
streaks. Guests will be amazed at your winter
window decorations, but these markers would
be fun year-round!
034910 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
4.95
Studio Series Chalk Magic Liquid Chalk
Markers (K-AD)
063910 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 18.75
Permanent Markers
Sharpie® Xtrafine Black Marker
Multi-purpose black permanent marker with
extra-fine tip.
002682(B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.60
1.40
Sharpie® Brush Tip (1-AD)
031308 4 count (Basic) . . .
031351 4 count (Fashion) .
031420 8 count (asstd) . . .
031273 12 count (asstd) . .
.
.
.
.
. 9.35
. 9.35
18.37
27.57
6.95
6.95
13.95
18.50
Marker & Pen Pads / Bristol Pads
Art1st Marker Pad (PK-AD)
While not super heavy, this smooth white
paper performed beautifully with a variety of
markers, including permanent markers, washable markers from several manufacturers, and
pens. No bleed-through! I also tested watercolor
crayons and water and didn’t have any bleedthrough. I had minimal bleed-through when
wetting down marker drawings to produce a
watercolor effect. What a great, inexpensive
choice for kids who love to draw with markers,
or even for nature journaling with markers and
pens. The 9”x12” pad includes 40 sheets of
bright white paper.
033282 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29
3.75
Crayola® Marker & Watercolor Pad (PK-AD)
Make marker drawings pop with this 50-sheet
drawing pad. While not as thick as watercolor
paper, this pad is designed to work great with
markers and watercolors. Pad measures 10” x
8”. – Laura
035051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11
1.95
Marker Pad – 9 x 12 (40 sheets) (PK-AD)
This perfect bound, 9” x 12” marker pad
contains 40 sheets of smooth white paper. The
paper accepts markers beautifully (no bleedthrough), and its affordable price is perfect for
little ones' art projects. ~ Lisa
001496 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.59
2.50
☼Canson XL Marker Pad (PK-AD)
Markers are truly a dream with the right paper.
This super smooth, translucent 18 lb (70 gsm)
paper is a joy to work with markers, pens and
pencils with no bleed through—even heavily
pigmented alcohol-based markers. Looking to
take rough sketch work to final finished masterpieces, this is the paper for you. Also try
calligraphy practice work with this acid-free
white paper. It holds the ink without bleeding
and you can see your grid lines easily under the
translucent paper. 100 sheets per pad. ~ Emily
000834 9” x 12” . . . . . . . . 15.85
9.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
XL Bristol Pads (PK-AD)
Geared towards students, this superior constructed 96 lb (260 gsm) Bristol paper by Canson
was developed with input by art professionals
and combines quality, performance, and value.
Made from 30% post consumer materials, the
recycled paper is two sided. The front side features vellum with a moderate texture—great for
graphite drawings, charcoal, colored pencils,
chalks, pastels, and crayons. The backside is
smooth—ideal for pen and ink work. Paper is
acid free and has easy removal with the foldover binding of the pad, 25 sheets. Made in
the USA.
Flair Black Ultrafine Pen (PK-AD)
019971 9” x 12” . . . . . . . . . 9.70
7.95
030621 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23
029324 11" x 14" (recycled) 13.30 10.50
Windpower Bristol Pad - 15 sheets (9” x 12”)
To call this quality paper is an understatement!
Any artist who feels the extreme smoothness
of this paper by Strathmore® will immediately want to pick up a pen and start drawing.
Having a quality paper is the key foundation
for any piece of finished fine artwork—look no
further. Offered in a 9” x 12” top-taped bound
pad, this heavy 100 lb. weight paper is ready
for fine artwork in graphite pencil, colored
pencil, charcoal, pen and ink, marker rendering, mixed media, or even collage work. Even
more rewarding, this paper is certified with a
Green-e® logo, meaning it has been manufactured using 100% renewable energy from the
wind—a pollution-free energy source. 15 sheets
per pad. Made in the USA.
007845 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
6.50
Pens / Nibs & Ink
Crayola® Washable Paint Brush Pens - 5 count
(PK-AD)
063812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.80
5.00
Yummy Scented Glitter Gel Pens (PK-AD)
052848 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . . 9.00
Pixie Writers Gel Pens (Set of 5) (PK-AD)
065719 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95
Totally Taffy Pastel Gel Pens (PK-AD)
Write in candy-shop bliss using this set of 6
colorful gel pens! Scented in a variety of fruity
taffy flavors including strawberry, grape, cherry,
apple, lemon, and orange, these bright pens
show well on both white and black paper.
032437 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95
Studio Series Micro-Line Pen Sets (PK-AD)
Versatile pen sets for any illustrator, designer,
artist, or crafter to have in their arsenal of tools.
Great for creating fluid, consistent lines, these
pens can be used for drawings, illustrations,
sketching, mixed media, writing, scrapbooking,
journaling, and more. The archival-quality ink is
waterproof and fade-proof and the fine pen lines
come in six various sizes in the Black set: 005,
01, 02, 03, 04, 05. The Colored set contains
seven pens of different colors, all with size 05
tips. The pens are stored in a reusable, clear
container measuring 4” x 7”.
033802 Black (set of 6) . . . . 14.99 11.50
060035 Colored (set of 7) . . 16.99 12.75
Black, red, blue, green, purple, brown, and
yellow - all with 05 (.45 mm) tips.
Calligraphy Pens & Supplies
Elegant Writer Calligraphy Markers
These are great for students learning calligraphy before they try their hand at pen and ink.
The pens come in a variety of nib widths from
Broad to Fine and sets include a variety of colors. Fine, Medium, Broad and Scroll sets contain 6 Elegant Writers, one each of red, blue,
brown, green, and two blacks. The Calligraphy
Set comes with four black markers (2 fine, 1
medium, 1 broad) and an instructional booklet.
008567 Medium Set . . . . . . 11.24
7.95
008568 Fine Set . . . . . . . . 11.24
7.95
011178 Broad Point Set . . . 11.24
7.95
1.95
017713 Gold Broad . . . . . . . 2.24
1.85
017731 Silver Broad . . . . . . . 2.24
1.85
Lumocolor Nonperm Fine Black Marker (K-AD)
011176 Calligraphy Set . . . . . 8.77
6.50
054597 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
2.35
025123 Special Occasion Set 8.77
6.50
Four pens: green, red, gold and silver.
Pigma Graphic Pen (1-AD)
If you’re looking for a premium marker pen to
Sharpie Calligraphic Assorted 5-Pack (3-AD)
use in your artwork, check out these pens that
When kids are learning to write calligraphy,
use high-quality Pigma ink. Pigma ink is “archia marker makes the process much simpler than
val quality,” meaning it is chemically stable,
using pens, nibs, and ink. Even if you are not
waterproof, and fade resistant. On the vast
studying calligraphy, these make your regular
majority of papers it doesn’t smear, feather, or
cursive look elegant on cards and invitations.
bleed through, and it can even write neatly on
Five colors include black, brown, red, kelly
fine papers like vellum. Great for a wide variety
green and royal blue. Think of your Christmas
of art projects. We offer two styles of the black
and birthday cards you give out and how
pen, a fine point 1 mm tip, and a broader point
memorable it would be to receive in the mail
2 mm tip. Get both for all your fine line, shadwith your name in pretty calligraphy on the
ing, texturing, and coloring needs.
envelope. Water-based ink is acid-neutral on
EACH PEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.89
2.75
acid-free paper. Durable and versatile chisel tip
043646 1 mm Tip
043647 2 mm Tip
is great for thick and thin lines. A set of these
with a “how to” calligraphy book would make a
☼Technical Drawing Pens (PK-AD)
great gift for someone special! ~ Sara
Set of 4 disposable drawing pens in red, green,
0234685-pack . . . . . . . . . . . 9.80
7.25
blue & black are designed for draftsmen, students and artists. Inks are a water based, water
Refillable Calligraphy Markers (7-AD)
resistant, fade proof pigment. The very fine line
Elegant Creapens from J. Herbin take your calis 0.1mm. By Helix. ~ Sara
ligraphy from the beginner slanted-tip marker
062077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 10.25
phase to the more sophisticated pointed tip style
of writing. As you apply pressure, the lines get
Black Magic Ink
thicker. Each instrument has a round, 6” plastic
All-purpose, intense black waterproof ink
handle that feels good in your hand. The brush
provides maximum opacity. The 1 fl. oz. bottle
has very fine synthetic bristles (.5”) with a great
comes with an “eye dropper” twist-off cap. Use
spring back, which is ideal for calligraphy.
in calligraphy pens, technical pens, with a brush
The soft marker comes to a fine point, ideal
or airbrush.
for drawing and writing. Refill directions are
041669 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
4.25
clear and helpful. The ink will stain, because
it’s ink after all, so be careful with that. Both
☼Handy Art Black Velvet India Ink (PK-AD)
the refillable marker and the refillable brush
Rich and smooth, this waterproof India ink is
come with 3 black cartridges. Refill sets have
fun for pen and ink drawing, calligraphy, brush4 cartridges the same size as what are included
work, or mixed media washes. The 2 oz. wide
with the instruments. The ink is very fluid and
lid jar is ideal for dipping pen nibs and practiclight-resistant. ~ Sara
ing your calligraphy. The opaque, permanent
041826 Refillable Marker . . 26.00 22.75
ink goes on strong and works well with techni041816 Refillable Brush . . . 28.00 24.50
cal pens and airbrushes too. Ink is water-based,
EACH REFILL SET . . . . . . . . . . 8.50
7.50
non-toxic and made in the USA. However, use
041743Black
041749Green
with caution, as it does not wash easily off of
041744Blue
041777Purple
hands or out of clothes. ~ Emily
041797Brown
062861 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
3.50
Pen Holder & Nib
This stylish 6½” black penholder works with
the #101 Imperial Pen Nib and is used for calligraphy. The holder has curved indentation for
easy gripping and correct positioning of the pen.
#101 Pen Nib has a fine sharp tip and is flexible
for detailed, ornate calligraphy.
004747 Pen Holder . . . . . . . 1.60
1.50
004835 Pen Nib #101 . . . . . 1.60
1.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1193
Calligraphy Ink Samples (5 asst) (7-AD)
Five colors of ink each in a glass bottle
(approximately .5oz each) ready for you to dip
a pen nib in! Medium blue, red, yellow, black
and white – these inks are pigmented and formulated with coloring agents for exceptional
coverage. Natural resins allow ink to adhere to
a metal nib while still flowing easily and consistently. The calligrapher can write long passages
without constant re-dipping. This is a J. Herbin
product. ~ Sara
041736 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.00 19.25
EACH ACTIVITY BOOK . . . . . . 5.99
014826 Beary Busy Bear
016925 Color Me Nursery Rhymes
002695 Colorful Critters
016926Dinosaurs
005135 Discovering My World
016929 Farm Animals
016930 Mighty Trucks
016931 Picture Me a Princess
014850 Pirates & Buried Treasures
005133 Play and Learn
014856 Playful Puppies & Cuddly Kittens
005136 Rainbow Trail
Calligraphy Brushes
014862 Tales of the Mermaid
In case you’ve had trouble finding these (used 016932 Under the Sea
with Drawing: A Complete Course), we’ve 016933 Who’s in the Zoo?
decided to stock them. Besides, they’re fun
to use! Made of soft goat hair with plain, Do•A•Dot Markers
varnished bamboo handles. Please note that, EACH PACK (except noted) . . . . 15.99
unlike most brushes, the smallest size numbers 005137 6-Pack Rainbow
are the largest brush sizes. Size 1 is the largest,
(red, yellow, blue, green, orange, purple)
size 3 the smallest.
005840 6-Pack Brilliants
008449 Size #1 (large) . . . . . 6.25
3.95
(pink, teal, violet, lime green, sunflower
008451 Size #2 (medium) . . 6.25
3.95
yellow, brown)
001559 Size #3 (small) . . . . . 6.25
3.95 013018 Shimmers 5-Pack
(blue, pink, purple, silver and yellow)
Calligraphy Paper (3-AD)
027591 Tutti Frutti Shimmers 5-Pack
This beautiful parchment paper is a must for
(magenta, lavender, coral, lemon,
any calligrapher! It is suitable for calligraphy
aqua)
markers, pen & ink and brush media. Create 016928 4-Pack Rainbow . . . . 11.49
your own greeting cards, certificates & diplo(red,yellow, blue, green)
mas. This 9” x 12” paper is very professional
looking and comes in packs of 50 in white, Mini Dots & Doodles (PK-6)
antique gold or an assorted color pack (white,
The only difference between the original Dot
gold, blue, pink and gray). We also offer the Markers and these new Mini Dot Markers is
white practice pad printed with rules and slant- the size of the dauber pad. These smaller-sized
ed grid in a 50-sheet 9x12 pad also. – Phyllis
dauber pads are awesome for more detailed
007942 Antique Gold . . . . . . 6.06
5.25 paintings and doodles than is possible with the
007943White . . . . . . . . . . . 5.90
5.25 original Do-A-Dot daubers. These markers pro053511 Assorted Colors . . . . 7.40
6.50 vide children with an opportunity to do original
Five colors include white, yellow/gold,
planning and thinking while creating expressive
gray-blue, pink, and ivory/light gray
art. These markers promote eye-hand coordina007944 Practice Pad . . . . . . . 7.32
6.25 tion skills and color recognition. ~ Alysia
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99
033425 Island Brights
Sea foam, lemon, magenta, coral, turPaint Daubers / Paint Markers
quoise, and cinnamon.
033426 Jewel Tones
Do•A•Dot Art (PK-2)
Pink diamond, ruby red, golden yellow,
So, how long ago did you buy those paint
daubers? Yes, those little plastic bottles with the
emerald green, sapphire blue, and onyx
foamy tops that dot and smear paint all over the
black.
place. Probably, after being used awhile, they
were dismissed to a high shelf because, after
all, what can you really do with them? Tahdah! Do•A•Dot Art has a solution! They’ve
come up with a series of engaging activity books
that use daubers exclusively. Large, simple,
and attractive line drawings include plenty of
just-the-right-size circles in their designs to create a unique look. In Play and Learn, letters,
numbers, and basic shapes are featured to dot
while reinforcing preschool skills and exercising hand-eye coordination and visual recognition skills. Kids dot their way through space,
vehicles, robots, and Indian art and designs in
Creating Adventure. Discovering My World
portrays animals and fish, clowns and teddy
bears. In Rainbow Trail, more complex designs
are included, and students are encouraged to
experiment in color and texture as they complete the designs. So, what are you waiting for?
Get those daubers off the shelf and back into
those eager little hands! - Jess
1194
Art
Painters Markers
My sisters and I ran our Painters
markers into the ground, as I
recall. One Christmas my parents gave us three whole boxes
of assorted wood scraps and a
selection of these markers to do
with as we pleased. We could
hardly contain ourselves at the
time, and of course ran immediately downstairs to the basement to set up "shop," coloring,
gluing, and painting the wood into unique
sculptures that we'd proudly display in the hall.
For the kids whose Mom doesn't have the time
to supervise them with paints and brushes and
all that other paraphernalia, these are terrific.
Filled with real acrylic paint, these high quality (not to mention durable!) markers not only
can they be used to decorate wood, but also
work equally well on pottery, ceramics, glass,
paper, metal, plastic and fabrics. They're also
non-toxic, acid-free and the colors won't fade or
dry quickly, and the points are small enough to
decorate with more detail and control possible
than many younger children can achieve with a
paintbrush. Use them for countless craft projects, scrap booking, card-making, and whatever
else you can dream up. Also keeps kids occupied for hours in the basement as long as you
can find some random wood scraps to toss in
as well. - Jess
EACH 5-PACK . . . . . . . . . . . 17.07
9.95
021270Pearlescent
Includes white, blue, green, pink, and
purple
021272 Brights Fine Tip
Includes black, white, red, blue, and green
021273 Brights Medium Tip
Includes black, white, red, blue, and green
021278 Craft Colors Medium Tip
Includes orange, yellow, brown, violet,
and pink
Poster Paint Markers – 6 Pack (PK-5)
These paints are great for projects, signs, banners, posters, and more. Each marker contains
1.6 fl. oz. of washable paint, which is dispensed
by pressing the marker down on a surface. The
“markers” don’t leak, and the paint is easy to
control with the tip. Contained in the marker
tubes, the paint lasts seven times longer than jar
paint and doesn’t make unwanted messes. This
set includes paint markers in red, yellow, green,
blue, orange, and black contained in a clear
carrying case complete with a handle. ~Rachel
024820 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.00 11.95
Sharpie Paint Markers
Another great product from a name you can
trust. These new oil-based paint markers from
Sharpie can be used for home, school, or work.
Paint pigment resists fading, water, and abrasion
(so you can wash that mug you hand-painted!).
The colors are opaque and brilliant, even on
dark surfaces. Colors lay down smoothly and
vividly on a variety of surfaces, from fabrics to
metals; it even remains permanently on hard-tomark surfaces, such as rubber. Paint markers are
low odor, quick drying, and xylene-free. With
three tip sizes to choose from, there's a size for
every job, from filling in large areas to drawing
fine details. ~ Alysia
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Medium Point
This one has a wider rounded tip, good for
larger details and coloring in spaces. See our
website for other individual colors available.
EACH MEDIUM . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95
2.95
034618Black
034621Gold
034616 5-color Assortment . . 20.00 12.95
Black, red, blue, yellow, and white.
Sharpie Fine Point
A small round tip, good for smaller details.
EACH FINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.73
2.95
034601Aqua
034613 Silver
034602Black
034614 White
034605Gold
034609 Orange
034612Red
034615 Yellow
034600 5-color Assortment . 18.72 11.50
Black, red, blue yellow, and white.
Sharpie® Water-Based Glitter Paint Markers
(PK-AD)
Opaque paint markers are great for scrapbooking, art projects, posters and signs. Waterbased, acid-free ink can be used on glass and
cleaned off. Vibrant colors work on light or
dark surfaces. Extra-fine markers are slimmer
than a regular Sharpie. Kids can decorate your
windows seasonally, or even do math problems
on a sliding glass door! As if this wasn’t cool
enough, they also have glitter in the paint!
023528 Asst Dark (3-pack) . 13.21
9.95
Blue, aqua, dark pink
023536 Asst Light (3-pack) . 13.21
9.95
Light yellow, orange, and pink
023540 Asst Pastel (5-pack) 16.98 13.95
Light blue, aqua, peach, pastel pink, and
lavender
of color and adding highlights and shadings. Let
fabric dry for 24 hours before laundering. Works
best on white or light-colored fabrics. The 14
fabulous rainbow colors come in a plastic package with a hook and loop closure.
058451 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95
Stained Brush Tip Fabric Markers (PK-AD)
We know Sharpies are effective on just about
anything else, so I expected that their fabric
markers would be bold, sharp and juicy. I was
not disappointed; the colors are bright and bold
and the brush tip is versatile for drawing fine
lines or filling in large areas. However, I have
to admit, they don’t seem as “inky” as regular
Sharpies. You should let your designs set for at
least 24 hours before machine washing. – Jess
023541 Assorted (4-Pack) . . 10.88
8.25
Red, green, blue and black.
016554 4 Fashion Colors . . 10.88
7.50
Purple, pink, blue and black.
023543 Assorted (5-Pack) . . 13.61
9.95
Red, green, blue, pink and black.
023544 Assorted (8-Pack) . . 21.38 14.50
Purple, pink, red, orange, yellow, green,
blue and black (orange and yellow are more
like neon shades).
016628Assorted 9-Pack . . . 24.04 16.25
Purple, pink, red, orange, yellow, green,
blue and two black (orange and yellow are
more like neon shades).
Fabric Fun Pastel Dye Sticks (PK-AD)
Do your children like to write their name on
everything they own? I still do! These sticks
make it easy to personalize clothing, aprons,
curtains, towels, and even sheets. You could
do all of these projects and more with one box.
Heat-set the design with an iron and the colors
become permanent and washable. They will
Fabric Paint / Markers / Supplies
want to write on everything, so make sure to
supervise the little guys. Once the ideas get rollFabric Fun Markers
With better control than paint, these fabric ing, they may keep on going! ~ Sara
1.76
markers are specially formulated to be highly 012266 Pack of 7 . . . . . . . . . 2.35
3.50
permanent on cotton, blends, and most syn- 012265 Pack of 15 . . . . . . . . 4.69
thetic fabrics, while AP certified non-toxic, so
they’re safe for children to use. Tips are bullet Tulip Liquid Dye Pens - Bright (8 Pack) (3-AD)
8.75
shaped for easy drawing and lettering. Each set 065699 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
below has 8 different colors.
002826 Primary Assortment . 6.99
4.95
002825 Neon Assortment . . . 6.99
4.95
Scribbles Dual-Tip Fabric Markers (PK-AD)
Easily customize shirts, shoes, bags, jeans, and
more with these fun fabric markers. Each set
comes with 6 markers in either primary or neon
tones. The primary set includes red, yellow,
blue, green, brown, and black, while the neon
set includes fluorescent orange, yellow, green,
blue, pink, and purple. Simply draw, let dry
overnight, and wear! Great for party and small
group activities, too. – Laura
042811 Neon (6 pack) . . . . 19.99 13.95
042848 Primary (6 pack) . . 19.99 13.95
Fabric Crayons 8 Count (PK-AD)
Embellish tees, hoodies, bags, jeans, shoes,
and more with these fabric crayons. Simply
draw your design in reverse on a sheet of white
paper, then iron onto the fabric! Designs can
be machine-washed but should be air dried.
Contains red, orange, yellow, green, blue,
purple, brown, and black. – Laura
☼Tulip® Dual-Tip Fabric Markers (3-AD)
2.75
What a blast! Take your fabric graffiti to a 034986 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.07
whole new level. These dual-tip, permanent
fabric markers do the job of jazzing up a plain Scribbles® 3D Fabric Paint (PK-AD)
These bright paints will embellish t-shirts,
t-shirt with fun designs & pops of color. The
extra fine tip is good for drawing outlines or shoes, jeans, bags, or any other fabric you can
adding fine details, while the brush tip works think up! The range of gloss and glitter colors
like a paintbrush, superbly filling in larger areas gives you endless possibilities for beautiful cusSee page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
tom creations. The bigger packs have twenty
1-oz. bottles, while the 30-pack has thirty 0.27ounce/8 milliliter tubes - Laura
EACH PACK (except noted) . . 21.99 17.95
042868 Shiny 20-Pack
042852 Glitter 20-Pack
04286930-pack . . . . . . . . . 15.99 12.95
Scribbles Fabric Paintbrushes (PK-5)
I am such a fan of having the right tool for the
job. Five different brushes: a .5” wide flat bristled brush, .25” wide flat, a nice round pointed
brush, a .25” bevel w/short bristles (my fave!)
and a fine pointed round brush. The bristles are
even colored to match the acrylic handles; blue,
orange, green, purple & red. The handles are
triangular which helps small hands keep a nice
grip as they paint. Overall length is 6.5”-5.5.”
At such a great price, each student can have
their very own set of artist brushes! ~ Sara
042895 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.49
2.95
Dimensional Fabric Paint (PK-AD)
Can we say recycling is fun? Turn any
plain article of clothing—t-shirts, jeans, jackets,
sweatshirts, tennis shoes, cloth bags and more—
into a wearable masterpiece with permanent
paints from Tulip®. Get creative making fun
3D designs in a variety of colors and finishing
options—Slick, Glitter, Crystal, and Metallic.
Paints are durable, hold up after countless
washings and are great for rewarding school
activities, birthday parties, family get-togethers
or quiet time for a rainy day. 6-pack sets have
1.25 fluid ounces per squeezable bottle and
30-pack mini writers have .23 fluid ounces of
paint in each squeezable tube.
042914 Crystal (6 pack) . . . . 9.99
8.25
042948 Glitter (6 pack) . . . . 9.99
8.25
042959 Metallic (6 pack) . . . 9.99
8.25
042966 Slick Mini-Writers (30 pk)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
042979 Mini-Writers (30 pk) 14.99 11.75
Contains a variety of finishes: Shiny, Neon,
Glitter, and Metallic.
Fabric Spray Paint (PK-AD)
Get ready to have some fun! Turn new or old
stained white t-shirts or canvas shoes and bags
into dynamic works of art. These fabric paints
from Tulip® come in handy spray pump bottles
that are easy to use, and the colors are fantastically rich. We tried out the neon set, and the
fabric paint had plenty of pigment to boldly
cover fabrics and canvas. It was fun making
small splattered effects and heavily sprayed
areas of vibrant colors, plus when layered over
the top of each other, the paints did a great job
maintaining an opaque coverage. Place a piece
of cardboard in the t-shirt or other items to keep
the paint from bleeding through while it dries.
The fabric paints are permanent, so your designs
won’t wash off after repeated washings. Each
set of 7 mini packs contains 7 assorted slender
spray tubes that are .81 fl oz (24mL). Each set
of 9 contains 9 assorted spray bottles that are
1.9 fl oz (56mL
EACH MINI 7-PACK . . . . . . . 13.99 10.25
043124Glitter
043123Rainbow
043043Neon
EACH 9-PACK . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 16.50
043012Metallic
043122Neon
043014 Multi Party
Art
1195
Tulip® Beads in a Bottle (3-AD)
As someone who has done their share of fabric painting over the years, I like the potential
of what it can do, but I get frustrated when it
“looks” like amateur fabric paint. But this twist
on fabric paint totally gets my vote. Basically,
it looks like glitter glue in a tube. Squeeze out
a tiny dab onto a t-shirt, jeans, or anything
else, and it dries into a hard little rounded
ball – despite the fact that it starts off looking
like soft-serve ice cream. We tested this in our
office, dressing up tees, decorating onesies, and
adding flair to the back pockets of jeans (the
paint works great on most fabrics but is not recommended for leather, rubber or plastic). Even
better, the colors resemble metals and jewels, so
when the “beads” dry, they look like rhinestones
or studs. After application, let the project sit flat
for 4 hours, and then you can even wash it after
72 hours. Watch out – with flair this easy to
apply, no tote bag, pair of jeans or blank tee is
safe! Each pack includes four .84 oz. tubes in
different colors. Non-toxic. – Jess
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
058450 Semiprecious (Glittery)
Mica Flakes (clear crystal), Sunstone (copper),
Fools Gold (gold) and Azurite (royal blue)
058447 Gemstone (Glimmery/shiny)
Aquamarine, Garnet, Diamond, Amethyst
058448 Multi Metal (Metallic)
Silver, Gold, Copper and Gunmetal
058449 Pearls (pearlescent)
Blue Pearl, Red Pearl, Purple Pearl, White Pearl
Tempera Paint
Fingerpaint & Paper
☼Crayola® Washable Fingerpaints (PK-3)
Great for all young kids, finger painting is an
important part of early learning and development. Help your little ones build fine motor
skills and develop their creativity, too, with
these bright, quality paints by Crayola® now in
EZ Squeeze, 8 oz. bottles. And no fears mom,
these paints wash easily away from skin and
clothing. Each set contains 3 large bottles of
color: primary (red, blue, yellow) and secondary
(purple, green, orange). ~ Emily
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.64
9.25
060794 Primary 3-pack
060795 Secondary 3-pack
☼Kwik Stix Solid Tempera Paint Sticks (PK-AD)
It looks like a gel crayon, but it’s actually
solid tempera paint in a stick! Is it drawing or
painting? Either way, it goes on paper smoothly,
dries in just 90 seconds so when you touch
it, it doesn’t smudge or come off. The colors
are bold with lots of pigment and you can use
them on paper, poster paper, cardboard, canvas
and even wood. Perfect for those times when
you don’t want to mess with getting out liquid
tempera paint, water, brushes, etc. These are
keepers! Offered in vibrant rainbow colors,
super bright neons and shiny bold metallics.
And remember, these are paints so keep them
capped when not in use. Non-toxic. ~ Emily
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
062630Set/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00
5.25
062629Set/12 . . . . . . . . . . 12.00
9.75
016432 Set/6 Neon . . . . . . . . 6.00
5.25
016473 Set/6 Metallic . . . . . . 6.00
5.25
016430 Set/24 (colors, neon,
metallic . . . . . . . . . 25.00 19.25
019518 Set/3 w/3 tubes glitter 5.00
4.50
019525 Set/6 with paper roll 8.50
6.75
My First Crayola® Fingerpaint Kit (PK-3)
063813 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.42 11.50
Sticky Fabric Stencils (PK-AD)
Add pizzazz and personalization to your fabric
projects with these repositionable, adhesivebacked stencils from Tulip®. The stencils are
easy to place on fabric, peel up, and use again.
They can be used up to three times (perhaps
more depending on use) and work great with
fashion glitter bond and glitter or fabric paints
that are dabbed or sprayed on. Please note that
if you use sprayed on fabric paints, you’ll have
to tape off paper around your stencils to catch
the over spray. Each set contains 4 stencils and
measures 4" x 4" (except for the ABCs).
EACH PACK (except noted) . . . 2.99
2.25
058452 ABC’s Comic Sans . . 2.29
1.95
4 sheets of upper case letters, 2” x 10”.
043220Butterflies
Intricate butterfly designs (4 variations).
043229 Design Basics
Butterfly, flower, heart, & star designs.
043243Safari
Elephant, owl, ladybug, & bird designs.
058453 Small Sport Icons . . . 2.29
1.95
Soccer, basketball, football, & baseball
designs.
058454Stars
Patriotic star designs (4 variations).
043232 Under the Water
Seahorse, whale, fish, & octopus designs.
043234 Zoo Animals
Giraffe, monkey, lion, & elephant designs.
1196
Art
Washable Finger Paint
What if you just need a refill of finger paint?
Here we've included a variety of types of fingerpaints sure to please the pickiest fingerpainter.
022983 2 oz. Set of 4 . . . . . . 4.63
3.75
022984 2 oz. Set of 8 . . . . . 11.16
7.25
Washable Finger Paints – Set of 6 (PK-3)
Comes complete with six basic colors (blue,
yellow, red, green, orange, and purple) that
every child will enjoy using to transfer the
pictures of their imagination to paper. Each
container holds 3.38 ounces of finger paint with
convenient snap-on lids. A white work mat
along with a plastic tool for making different
designs are also included. ~ Tasha
027932 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.50 10.95
Finger Paint Pad
This heavy weight paper (60#) is perfect for
finger painting. The pad is 11” x 14” and has 50
sheets. - Phyllis
007832 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95
Crayola® Giant Fingerpaint Pad (PK-AD)
Large, smooth paper for your kiddos to finger
paint on, they will love the large format! Finger
painting is very sensory for children. Unlike regular paper, the paint slides on the surface rather
than soaking through. Use with washable finger
paints and plan on some tub time after your art
project! Pad of 25 pages, 16”x 12”. ~ Sara
007802 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
3.75
Fingerpaint Paper Roll 18" (PK-AD)
036648 25 Yards . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
Tempera Paints
Quality tempera paints in all the “basic” colors
plus flourescents. These are vividly pigmented
and opaque (you can even thin to stretch, if
desired), and are non-toxic. These are all in
flip-top, 16 oz. or 8 oz. bottles - manufacturer
may vary as we won’t compromise on quality,
but we will shop around for specials to keep our
prices as low as possible. If you’re looking for
a portable or inexpensive set, consider the jar
kits, which contain six .75-oz (22ml) jars. The
jars have twist-off caps and are not connected
together, as in other sets.
EACH 16 OZ. BOTTLE . . . . . . 3.88
3.50
008364Black
008366Peach
008342Blue
008340Red
008365Brown
008352Turquoise
001331Gray
008349Violet
008343Green
008353White
008403Magenta
008341Yellow
008345Orange
EACH 8 OZ. BOTTLE . . . . . . . 3.05
2.50
061399Black
061406Peach
061400Blue
061407Red
061401Brown
061413Turquoise
061402Gray
061414Violet
061403Green
061415White
061404Magenta
061416Yellow
061405Orange
EACH METALLIC 8-OZ. BOTTLE 5.12
4.25
044793Copper
008067Silver
008054Gold
050154 ☼Primary Jar Kit . . . 2.88
2.25
White, black, red, yellow, blue and green
061409 ☼Rainbow Jar Kit . . . 2.88
2.25
Red, orange, yellow, blue, green and violet
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
050113 ☼Neon Jar Kit . . . . . 3.73
3.50
Fluorescent shades of red, pink, yellow,
orange, blue and green
061408 ☼Metallic Jar Kit . . . 3.73
3.50
Gold, treasure gold, silver, bronze, copper
and brass
061410 ☼Primary 2-oz. Kit . 10.95
8.25
White, black, red, yellow, blue and green in
2-oz., flip-top containers
061411 ☼Primary 16-oz. Kit 24.20 18.25
Six 16-oz. bottles (white, black, red, yellow,
green and blue) in a cardboard box
041671 Set of 6 Primary . . . 12.50
5.95
041672 Set of 6 Secondary 12.50
5.95
055434 Set of 8 in Tray . . . 18.95 12.95
Comes in plastic palette/tray with a chubby
paintbrush that fits into the center. Colors
include: red, blue, yellow, white, black,
brown, green and magenta.
028152 Set of 6 - Metallic . 15.95 10.95
Each cake measures 1 5/8” diameter x
5/16” thick in a 5” x 7 ¼” tray. Metallic
colors: Gold, Copper, Mirror (pearly white),
Charcoal, Blue, Orchid.
Washable Tempera
Easily washes off hands and clothes for quick
clean-up and less worry. Of course, they’re nontoxic. Perfect for preschoolers who tend to get
as much on themselves as on the paper! 16-oz.
flip-tops. The washable tempera is also available in an inexpensive set of six, .75-oz (22 ml)
jars. Jars have screw-off caps and are not connected at the base. They are packaged in a box
for easy portability.
EACH 16 OZ. BOTTLE . . . . . . 4.55
3.85
001374Black
001333Peach
001361Blue
001337Red
001372Brown
001363Turquoise
001371Green
001369Violet
001350Magenta
001334White
001336Orange
001335Yellow
050257 ☼Primary Jar Set . . . 2.98
2.25
White, black, red, yellow, blue and green
061412 ☼Primary 16-oz. Kit 28.38 21.50
Six 16-oz. bottles (white, black, red, yellow,
green and blue) in a cardboard box
Rainbow Tempera Poster Paints
This inexpensive set of poster paints contains
all the colors of the rainbow: red, blue, yellow, green, purple, and orange. Each color is
contained in a .75 fl. oz. pot in a sturdy base. Young Artist Learn to Paint Set (K-AD)
Paints are opaque and water-soluble, perfect for This all-in-one kit provides a great introduction
any painting project. - Jess
to painting for young students. The kit includes
029996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16
2.75 five bottles of washable, non-toxic tempera
paint (black, white, red, blue, and yellow),
☼Lil’ Poster Paint Pods & Brush (K-AD)
six easy-to-hold paint brushes, a white plastic
Take your creativity on the road or to the painting palette, ten sheets of paper, and color
backyard with this adorable transparent carry- mixing instructions and techniques. The high
ing case with handle. A set of 12 vibrant paints quality paint brushes cover a range of sizes,
contained in removable circular pods with from small and fine (size 10/0) to large and flat
screw on lids are securely nestled, along with (size 5/8) with several sizes in between. The
a paintbrush, in the sturdy case. The pigment brushes also feature unique, plastic, triangularquality and coverage of the paints is impressive. shaped handles that are easy for smaller hands
When you run out of paint, simply add more to to grasp. Set comes in a sturdy, clear plastic
the reusable pods. The tempera paints are water zip-up tote for easy storage. ~ Lisa
soluble, so they wash off hands and fabric too. 041223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.00
025831 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
Watercolor Paints / Pencils / Paper
Art-Time Tempera Paint (PK-AD)
Powdered paints offer easy storage and flexibility when it comes to mixing colors, shades,
and amounts you need for a project. Each of
these plastic jars is 1 pound of colored tempera
powder which will make about half a gallon of
paint. Temperas clean up with soap and water.
You can add color to white to make paler
shades or add more water to lighten the color.
For best consistency, add 1 part paint to 1 part
water. These should be an art/craft shelf staple
along with blank paper and crayons! Non-toxic.
EACH COLOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.72
3.75
053352Black
053351Red
053353Blue
053355Violet
053354Green
053356White
053350Magenta
053357Yellow
Poster Paint Primary Colors Set (PK-AD)
Kids love paint, and parents love it when it's
washable! These six colors (green, yellow,
blue, red, black, and white) are great for mixing
new colors. This set contains .75 fluid ounces
of each color and each comes in its own individual plastic canister which sits in a handy tray.
The non-toxic paints are safe for young kids and
the consistency is great for use on paper, poster
boards, wood, and papier mache.
031002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16
2.75
Tempera Cakes
These dry cakes of tempera are a great solution
for those times when liquid paints are too messy
or inconvenient. Each cake measures 2 ¼” x
¾” around and sets come in white plastic pans.
You use them just like watercolor pan paints by
wetting a brush and stirring the water on top
of the tempera cake. Unlike watercolor pans
however, tempera cakes aren’t small, plastic-y
or super diluted, so you get bright, fun tempera
paint, and with the large cakes, everyone can
share. Plus, they’re portable and long-lasting as
they don’t dry out or freeze. Tempera cakes are
available in two 6-color sets; primary and secondary. The primary set includes red, yellow,
blue, green, white and black; the secondary set
includes magenta, purple, orange, lime green,
turquoise and indigo. Paint is non-toxic and
washable with soap and water. – Jess
Metallic Tempera Paint
When I first tested out this metallic tempera, I
was amazed by the quality as well as the color.
Unlike other metallic paints, which tend to be
dull, grainy, and semi-glittery instead of metallic, this paint glides on smooth as silk, leaving a
trail of non-mistakable, eye-catching color that
looks like it should. Each is bright and reflective, creating gold crowns that look like finely
mined and purified gold, not like gold crowns
that have been lying in a tomb underground for
a thousand years. Tested against other leading
metallic temperas at our dining room table, I
gave them a huge thumbs-up. My sister's summarizing comment was "That's gold too? It's so
ugly compared to this one!" These are definitely
worth the expense. Your future paintings will
thank you. These work great on posters, wood,
paper, plastic and more. Acid-free, non-toxic.
036742 6-Color Set (3/4oz. ea) 4.52 3.50
022970 6-Color Set (8oz. ea) 33.18 19.95
022975 Gold 8 oz. . . . . . . . . . 4.94 3.95
022968 Gold 16 oz. . . . . . . . . 8.56 5.95
022976 Silver 8oz. . . . . . . . . . 4.94 3.95
022969 Silver 16 oz. . . . . . . . 8.56 5.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Pan Watercolors
Jumbo Watercolors – Set of 12 (PK-3)
With the use of twelve jumbo-sized dry cake
circles and one thick-handled paintbrush your
child will be able to create endless watercolor
masterpieces. All supplies come in a plastic
case that can be used as a paint pallet or a storage container for when not in use. ~ Tasha
027667 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
8.75
Crayola Washable Jumbo 4-Pan Watercolor
Set (PK-AD)
Great big pans of color for your little Picasso!
Red, yellow, blue and green in a white tray with
a clear hinged lid. Each pan of color is an oval
2.25” x 1.75” and you get a chunky handled
brush (6”) with long bristles (1”) to hold water
and color. Washable paints clean easily from
skin and clothing. With only 4 colors, students
learn to mix their own custom shades for a
unique masterpiece. ~ Sara
007834 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.24
4.25
Crayola® Washable Watercolors (PK-AD)
Let the little ones explore the joys of watercolors with no worries, mom! These pan watercolor sets by Crayola® are designed to wash off of
skin and out of washable clothing with normal
laundering. Like most Crayola® products, the
colors are vibrant and offer a nice painting experience for a minimal cost. Offered in a variety of
color sets, each comes in its own container with
one watercolor brush.
0353598-Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.02
2.75
03533616-Pan . . . . . . . . . . . 5.07
4.50
03535224-Pan . . . . . . . . . . . 6.07
4.95
Art
1197
Crayola® Watercolors Mixing Set (PK-AD)
This educational set of pan watercolors by
Crayola® is a great tool to not only expose your
student to watercolors, but also to introduce
them to color mixing and color theory. The
best way to learn is by doing! Instructions are
included so students can first read about primary
and secondary colors and then try to create new
colors themselves. As they mix pigments, colors
will transform in front of them. Explore more
color theory by learning how to add various
amounts of white or black to a color to create
tints and shades. This set includes 8 oval pans
(red-violet, red-orange, 2 primary yellows, turquoise, blue-violet, black, white), 1 quality #7
taklon paintbrush, and a durable plastic carry
case with a lid that can be used as a mixing palette. Paints are non-toxic but contain pigments
that could stain clothing and other surfaces.
035410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.60
4.95
Cotman Sketcher’s Pocket Box Set (K-AD)
This adorable mini set is the perfect size for
taking your watercolor painting on the go.
The 5”x 2½”x ¾” plastic carrying case contains
12 half-pan sized cakes of watercolor paint
in Cadmium Yellow Pale, Cadmium Yellow,
Cadmium Red, Alizarin Crimson, Ultramarine,
Cobalt Blue, Sap Green, Viridian Green, Yellow
Ochre, Burnt Sienna, Burnt Umber and Chinese
White. The set also contains a 4” inch pocketsized round brush and an instruction sheet with
a lot of helpful tips and techniques.
043530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.50 19.75
Liquid Metal Watercolors (K-AD)
It was only a matter of time before Sargent Art
created a line of watercolor paints with the same
vibrant metallics as their Liquid Metal tempera
and acrylics! Each of these single-pan containers contains one metallic watercolor paint color
which can be painted opaquely or transparently,
Prang Watercolors with Brush
depending on the amount of water used. Paints
Highly recommended by Sharon Jeffus (Visual are all acid-free and non-toxic, so they’re safe
Manna) as “the best” solid watercolor set for for use with all paper crafts and kids. If the kids
want metallic colors, they won’t be disappointyoung artists.
0022278-pan . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58
4.60 ed with the boldness and shine of these. – Jess
00223416-pan . . . . . . . . . 12.79
7.95 EACH COLOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
2.95
041673Copper
041675Pearl
041674Gold
041676Silver
Prang Washable Watercolors (PK-AD)
Nearly as vivid in color as the regular Prang
Liquid Watercolors
watercolors, these semi-moist pan sets are now
available in an extremely washable formula for
easier clean up with soap and water. Kids can Pentel Water Colors - 24 Color Set (PK-AD)
dabble with their artistic side and moms can rest 064547 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.50 13.50
easy. Non-toxic pan watercolors and paintbrush
Jackson Tube Watercolor Set
come in a sturdy plastic case.
These are extremely smooth and creamy water0400418-pan . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
2.95
04003516-pan . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
4.75 colors that respond instantly to water. They
use the finest selected pigments to give artists
vibrant colors at a reasonable price. Opaque
Li’l Paint Pods Watercolors and Brush
With 36 various colors and shades, this water- if used directly, add varying amounts of water
color set has a lot of potential. The hinged lid for achieving degree of transparency desired.
conveniently opens flat and doubles as a paint Quick drying, so you can even paint over other
palette, and a paintbrush is included. Paints are colors without mixing. Includes eighteen 12 ml
tubes of watercolors.
washable and non-toxic.
8.50
032417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 008539 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.65
Prang Glitter Watercolors (PK-AD)
Adding glimmering glitter to watercolor paintings creates a whole new effect! This pallet of
eight watercolors (red, orange, yellow, blue,
green, purple, blue-gray, and tan-gold) features
little flecks of multi-colored glitter that show up
lightly on the paper to add a nice sparkle to any
painting. The paints are made out of a washable, semi-moist formula that easily comes off
skin and most clothing. – elise
033358 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50
3.05
Prang Metallic Watercolors (PK-AD)
Your paintings will shimmer and shine with
these metallic watercolors! This pallet has
muted tones of blue, green, yellow, orange,
red, rusty brown, light blue, and gold. Each
stroke of these metallic colors holds a consistent
shimmering effect. The paints are washable and
semi-moist for easy use and clean up. – elise
033359 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50
3.05
1198
Art
Bienfang Watercolor Brush Pens (7-AD)
There’s no doubt that
watercolor is one of the
most relaxing, spontaneous forms of painting,
and it instantly dresses
up cards, scrapbooks,
journals, nature studies
or anywhere else you’d
like a dab of color.
And while the tools are
typically simple, these
Watercolor Brush Pens make it even easier to
watercolor whenever, and wherever you’d like.
The pens are ready to go almost instantly after
you remove the shipping ring and squeeze the
pen to bring the paint to the brush tip. The
colors are bold and bright, and you can use
them with any number of standard wet or dry
watercolor techniques. I think the convenience
factor is especially nice for outdoor painting and
nature journaling… with fewer tools to juggle,
how much more confidently can you capture
that blue jay?
053686 9-Pen Set . . . . . . . . 20.42 11.75
053685 13-Pen Set . . . . . . . 27.64 15.95
Sargent Art Watercolors Aquarelle Tube Set
(3-AD)
Set includes twelve 12-ml. tubes of bright
watercolor paint, ready to dilute with water
and use. Includes burnt sienna, carmine, white,
chrome green, chrome, yellow, black, lemon
yellow, Prussian blue, ultramarine blue, vermillion, viridian, and yellow ochre. I had an
opportunity to try out this set and was very
pleased with the colors and the smoothness of
the paints.
045189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27
4.95
Richeson Gouache Paint Set (3-AD)
Great for beginning artists, this set of opaque
watercolors has 18 bright, quality colors that
mix together well for an affordable price.
Gouache acts more like an acrylic and is heavier than your traditional transparent watercolor
paint. The solid colors dry with a matte finish.
Non-toxic paint, 12 ml tubes.
028155 Set of 18 . . . . . . . . 15.65
8.50
Niji Watercolor Sets (3-AD)
These very reasonably-priced watercolor sets
feature vibrant, smooth, consistent color. Each
set includes 12 or 18 colors, with each color
packaged in a clear 6cc tube, labeled with the
color. The 18-color set includes a larger tube of
white paint and has a built-in palette in the tray.
Excellent quality and beautifully pigmented,
these would be a joy for any student to paint
with! – Jess
044687 12-Color Set . . . . . . 11.25
7.95
044688 18-Color Set . . . . . . 17.25 11.95
Reeves Watercolor 10-Tube Set
Set of ten 22-ml tubes of fine-quality watercolor paints come neatly packaged in a box.
The colors include: Chinese White, Medium
Yellow, Brilliant Red, Crimson, Phthalo blue,
Ultramarine, Sap Green, Yellow Ochre, Burnt
Umber, and Ivory Black.
042666 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.69 12.25
Pelikan Opaque Watercolors (3-AD)
This vibrant set of 12 pan colors comes with
a tube of white paint to add opacity at the level
you choose. Color pods pop in and out which
makes cleaning and sharing a snap. Made in
Germany, these are professional quality paints.
You are getting bright, rainbow colors and natural, earthy tones. ~Sara
007553 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.80 14.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Watercolor Magic Watercolor Paints (3-AD)
Although I loved to watercolor when I was a
kid, I always had a hard time getting those hard,
stubborn solid paints from a pan to mix enough
with my water to create colors as bold as I
wanted to use. Watercolor Magic takes the frustration out of watercoloring though, with unique
liquid watercolors. Amazingly bright and soft
to work with, they can be further watered down
to produce any desired color or effect. Also,
a little goes a long way with these. Stephen
and Janine both clamored to test these out, and
when I set them loose with these and a pan of
watercolors, they overwhelmingly preferred the
liquid watercolors - and then didn't want to stop
using them! These washable, non-toxic paints
can also be used for refilling your rubber stamp
ink pads, art tinting/glazing when using acrylic
varnishes, and dying craft materials such as
paper, wood, glue, acrylic glaze, sand, fabric,
shaving cream, and more. - Jess
022990 1 oz. Sampler (Set/6) 10.25 6.50
022998 8 oz. Set of 10 . . . . . 58.04 34.95
036744 6-Color Metallic Set . 33.56 19.95
Shimmery metallic colors include: silver,
pearl white, antique gold, gold, pirate gold
and copper. Six 8 fl. oz. bottles.
045711 6-Color Glitter Set . . 34.78 20.75
Also available in glitter colors! The same
intense, easy-to-use colors as regular
Watercolor Magic, but with glitter. Glitter
can be rubbed off of dry paint deliberately,
but if untouched adds a delicate sparkle.
Includes six 8 fl. oz. bottles.
Watercolor Pencils / Crayons
Prang Watercolor Pencils
Watercolor pencils are somewhere between
watercolors and colored pencils. You use them
like pencils, but blend them with a brush. You
can create interesting effects with this medium.
This Prang watercolor pencil set has 10 assorted
colors and a blending brush.
002685 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
4.25
Sargent Art Watercolor Pencils
Brightly pigmented and terrific for blending,
detailing, and just having creative fun with,
these watercolor pencils are perfect for creating cool effects in your art work. The set of
12 colors includes white, yellow, orange, red,
magenta, brown, light green, dark green, light
blue, dark blue, violet, and black.
029997 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . 3.89
3.50
029998 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . . 7.60
5.25
Kimberly Watercolor Pencils (K-AD)
065595 12 assorted Colors . 12.59
065596 6 Pencils with Brush &
Sharpener . . . . . . . . 9.49
9.95
7.95
Learn Watercolor Pencil Kit
Learn how to draw well with watercolors. The
kit comes with a 24 page full color book that
takes you through the steps to creating beautiful
watercolor landscapes and other pictures. Also
includes six watercolor pencils, a paintbrush,
pattern pages, and a sharpener. - Melissa
007461 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.49 11.95
Prismacolor Watercolor Pencil Sets
Professional quality, water-soluble colored
pencils that match the colors in the Prismacolor
pencil sets.
009434 12-Color Set . . . . . . 25.27 16.75
009435 24-Color Set . . . . . . 50.33 33.95
009436 36-Color Set . . . . . . 75.41 46.50
into a fluid masterpiece of blended colors with a
wet paintbrush. Add another dimension to your
watercolor paintings and artistic experimentations!
039973 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . 22.21 16.50
039983 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . 51.80 35.25
Neocolor II Water-Soluble Wax Pastels (3-AD)
Imagine crayons that transform into watercolors with just a few drops of water. This wax
pastel set does just that! To test this product, I
scribbled out a rainbow on paper, wet it with
few drops of water, then blended it with my
finger. The colors stayed vibrant, but blended
like magic! Each color softly bled into the
next. The effect would be even more gorgeous
with a brush! These would be fun to use with
our Famous Artist coloring books (especially
Impressionists like Monet). I used them on a
notepad, but they would work better on absorbent watercolor paper so it doesn’t wrinkle as
the water dries. I showed these to our graphic
designer and she now wants a set! Each denselycolored pastel is about 4” long. The set of 10
comes in a tin and includes rainbow colors plus
black, white and brown. ~Sara
007554 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.85 19.50
Derwent Watercolor Pencil Tin
Use these pencils on dry paper and then apply
a light wash with a paintbrush to your finished
project, or apply to wet paper for softer lines
and edges. The colors are: ivory black, copper beach, golden brown, grass green, mineral
green, Prussian blue, spectrum blue, imperial
Watercolor Paper & Tools
purple, crimson lake, deep vermilion, orange
chrome, and deep cadmium. ~ Rachel P.
043641 Set of 12 in tin . . . . 25.99 18.25 Watercolor & Marker Pad (PK-AD)
Although I tested this pad with juicy markers
and watercolor paints and didn't see any bleedWatercolor Crayons
Fake your own great "watercolor works" by through, the real test was when I pulled this out
coloring first in these crayons, and going over for my two-year-old to paint on! Although there
with a wet brush to create watercolor-y effects. was plenty of water involved, the paper stood
up to it! A perfect, inexpensive pad for "little
The set of 12 also includes a brush.
022988 Set of 8 . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
4.95 guys" just learning how to paint. The paper is a
022989 Set of 12 w/ Brush . 10.03
6.50 nice, bright white, and is 9” x 12.”
045113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Prang Watercolor Crayons
Watercolor effects for the very young! This Painting Paper Pad
Paint, watercolor, sponge-paint, fingerpaint,
set of eight crayons can be used in two ways either dip the crayons in water before coloring, and more on these heavy-duty white painting
or color with them first and then go over it with papers. Measuring 12" x 18", this 40-sheet pad
a brush dipped in water. The colors blend like contains paper that has been specially coated to
resist bleeding and keep your paintings sharp.
watercolors.
5.95
034771 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53
7.95 023765 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
Lyra Aquacolor Crayons (3-AD)
Well-pigmented with a great blendability,
these high-quality crayons work beautifully.
Simply draw or sketch with the crayons, then
brush over with water to create watercolor
painting effects. Terrific for drawing outdoors!
- Jess
045520 12 Count . . . . . . . . 19.53 14.95
Colored Pep’s Water Colour Pencils (K-AD)
Amazing quality for the price, these viv- 039992 24 Count . . . . . . . . 39.07 27.25
idly bright watercolor pencils will add another 040015 48 Count . . . . . . . . 78.14 53.95
dimension of fun to any coloring project. Simply
draw and color on paper, moisten the included Lyra Aqua Brush Duo Markers (3-AD)
A wonderful tool for serious artists, designers,
paintbrush with water, and then brush over your
colored areas watching the pencil lines trans- illustrators, and crafters, these quality doubleform into smooth, fluid areas of color. These ended markers produce smooth thick to thin
versatile pencils work great for drawing and brush strokes with the broad end and detailed
painting with smooth break-resistant lead, easy fine lines and dots with the thin end. These are a
sharpening, and a triangular shape for comfort- delight to use as you create beautiful brush-like
able grip. For more versatility, try these pencils effects on your artwork or add vivid detailed
on wet paper too! Each colorful set of pencils work to paintings and mixed media. The ultrarich colors are amazing and match that of other
includes a small round paintbrush.
021795 Set of 12 . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.65 professional level markers; however, the ink is
021793 Set of 24 . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.75 water-soluble, turning your marker brush strokes
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art1st Watercolor Paper Pads
These student-quality pads contain roughly
surfaced and heavyweight watercolor paper,
perfect for all kinds of watercolor painting. 192
gsm, or over 90 lbs. paperweight.
023783 9" x 12" (12 sheets) . 3.99
3.50
027429 11" x 14" (12 sheets) 5.89
4.95
Watercolor Pad
140-lb paper, acid free and cold pressed, this
paper has a beautiful, semi-rough white surface.
9” x 12”, 12 sheets per pad.
008456 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
7.95
Student Watercolor Pads
Keep your painters in good supply of watercolor paper with these student-quality pads. Both
contain 25 sheets of quality, smooth finished,
medium-weight (approx. 90 lb.) acid-free white
paper. These economy-priced pads are great
for anyone just dabbling in watercolor! – elise
036010 9" x 12" (25 sheets) . 5.50
3.95
007841 12" x 18" (25 sheets) 7.80
4.95
Art
1199
Art1st White Watercolor Paper (PK-5)
This medium-weight, 90-lb. watercolor paper
is perfect for young art students. It has a thick,
slightly textured surface, is acid-free and is available in a 9” x 12” and a 12” x 18” size. The
fact that it is packaged, loose sheets of paper
(not bound into a pad) makes it an economical
choice for your art class, regardless of size!
047655 9” x 12” 50 sheets . . 8.39
6.75
001373 9” x 12” 250 sheets 31.89 24.50
047654 12” x 18” 100 sheets 16.79 12.95
XL Watercolor Pads (12" x 18") (PK-AD)
029330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.60 16.95
Windpower Watercolor Paper Pad
Fantastic quality watercolor paper that is beautiful to work on. This natural white, cold press
paper has exceptional texture for wet mediums,
and the heavy 140 lb. weight allows for many
repeated washes of paint without bending or
curling up and also has super lifting properties.
The 9” x 12” spiral-bound (on the short side)
pad is ideal for mastering watercolor techniques
or for finished fine artwork. Plus the paper by
☼Watercolor Paper (11" x 15") (PK-AD)
036112 25 sheets . . . . . . . . 17.30 10.00 Strathmore® is labeled with a Green-e® logo,
meaning it has been manufactured using 100%
renewable energy from the wind. 15 sheets per
Reeves Watercolor Pad (PK-AD)
This affordable 9” x 12” pad contains 35 sheets pad. Made in the USA.
9.25
of 90 lb. watercolor paper that can be used for 007851 9” x 12” pad . . . . . 11.99
practicing techniques of watercolors for students
and beginner artists. It would also make a good Yupo Watercolor Paper (9" x 12") (PK-AD)
Looking for a unique look and experience
pad for watercolor colored pencil artwork where
only small amounts of water are used. The pad with watercolor painting? Try Yupo, a synthetic,
machine-made paper of 100% polypropylene.
is tape-bound at the top. Made in the USA.
007844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.09
6.25 This 74 lb (200gsm) paper is extremely durable,
stain-resistant, and waterproof. Since the surface
is non-absorbent, it resists tearing or buckling
Strathmore Watercolor Pad
This is another great watercolor paper pad. and will lay completely flat while painting withThe spiral-bound pad has 12 sheets of off-white out taping it down. Your results with this paper
9” x 12” heavy, 140 lb. paper. There is a will be stunning and vivid, since the bright
slightly different texture on either side of the white sheet allows pigments of the paints to
paper, so artists can create different looks while remain true in clarity and brightness. Experiment
experimenting with the raised texture or the with painting techniques and realize its incredimore subdued texture on the other side. The ble fluidity—your artwork will have a new life of
pages are not perforated, so if you remove the its own. Yupo is pH-neutral, superbly smooth,
pages, you will need to use a scissor to even the acid free, and also works great with acrylics and
alcohol inks. 10 sheets. Made in the USA.
jagged edge created by the spiral binding.
043652 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29
7.05 020022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.75 16.25
Strathmore Skills Watercolor Pads (PK-AD)
Economical pads of heavyweight, studentgrade paper with an ideal surface for practicing
watercolor or wet media techniques that provides even washes and good lifting of pigment.
The Strathmore Skills Watercolor pads feature
a tape bound spine with a flip-over cover and
contain 140 lb (300 gsm) paper with a coldpressed, slightly textured surface. Each pad
contains 30% post-consumer fibers, is acid free,
and has a heavy-duty chipboard backing for
extra structure. Made in the USA.
057374 9 x 12 (30 sheets) . 10.09
7.25
057372 11 x 15 (30 sheets) 15.29 10.95
057373 18 x 24 (25 sheets) 31.79 19.95
Canson Watercolor Pad
This extra-heavyweight watercolor paper pad
is spiral-bound at the top, with microperforated
pages for easy removal. Paper is 140-lb. coldpressed with a slight texture. The weight and
texture of this off-white paper make it ideal for
all wet techniques, including watercolor paints
and watercolor pencils. Pad contains 12 sheets.
~ Rachel P.
032270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.70
7.50
Canson Watercolor Pad XL 9" x 12"
This colossal watercolor pad contains 30
sheets of heavy 140 lb paper with a canvas-like
texture. Ideal for watercolor enthusiasts, this
paper is suitable for all watercolor paints and
pencils. ~ Rachel P.
043520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80
9.50
1200
Art
Acrylic Paint
Beginning Acrylic Paint Set
One of the components of the Deluxe Art Kit
used with The Book of Many Colors, this product is a good starter set for anyone interested in
dabbling with acrylics. The set contains four 2
oz. squeeze containers of high quality acrylics
in red, blue, yellow, and white, and a set of
brushes (pointed rounds in sizes 1,3,5,7 and 9).
008320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95
Acrylic Paint – Set of 6 (2-AD)
This set of six sturdy, permanently attached
¾-oz. paint pots includes white, black, red, yellow, green and blue. Colors are bright and permanent (smocks required!) and can be diluted
if desired.
045186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.43
3.50
Acrylic Paints
Rich, brilliant colors - all non-toxic - in a convenient 2 oz. size.
001436 Set of 6 . . . . . . . . . 12.38
9.25
titanium white, vermillion, pthalo blue,
chrome yellow, pthalo green, mars black
001437 Set of 10 . . . . . . . . 20.63 15.50
titanium white, vermillion, chrome yellow, burnt sienna, pthalo blue, raw umber,
chrome orange, pthalo green, mars black,
gel medium
Basics Acrylic Color Set (6 tubes) (1-AD)
040481(C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.09 28.25
Acrylic 10 Tube Paint Set (3-AD)
065245(A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
12.50
B.
Watercolor Pad, 11" x 15" - 12 Sheets
032040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.55 10.25
Watercolor Postcards
15 acid-free heavyweight papers with beautiful
white surfaces. We’re sure relatives and friends
would rather hear from you on your own work
of art! Coldpress, 100% rag.
008464 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25
5.95 C.
White Artist’s Tape
This white, paperbacked tape is pH neutral
and repositionable. Great for holding paper
onto drawing boards or labeling, you can mark
on this tape with pencil, pen or marker as well.
½” x 60 yards.
016601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
5.95
Pebeo Drawing Gum (45 ml) (K-AD)
One of the best masking fluids on the market!
This peel-able rubber solution by Pebeo is great
for maintaining white or uncolored areas of your
paper while painting with inks or watercolors.
The low-odor, light blue fluid is easy to apply
with a small paintbrush or flat toothpick and
doesn’t gum up during application. Once on the
paper, the subtle pale blue color of the drawing
gum helps one differentiate where the masking
has been applied. After the painting is dry and
complete, the peel-able masking pulls up easily
with a finger or an eraser and doesn’t leave any
discoloration or damaging of the paper. Pebeo’s
drawing gum can be diluted and easily cleaned
with water.
007838 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
6.75
A.
Sargent Art Acrylic Tube Paint Set (3-AD)
Using paints in a tube just seems so… grownup! This inexpensive set allows even young
artists to enjoy using vibrant, ready-to-use
acrylic paints in tubes. Includes twelve 12-ml
tubes: burnt sienna, Hooker’s (dark) green,
titantium white, cobalt blue, primary yellow,
dark ultramarine, primary magenta, cadmium
green, primary cyan, yellow orange, cadmium
red, Mars black.
045185(B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27
4.95
Jackson Tube Acrylic Set
This inexpensive set features eighteen 12 ml
tubes (same as the watercolor and oil tube sets)
of different colored quality pigments to get you
started into acrylic painting.
023652 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.65
8.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Acrylic Boxed Set (5-AD)
This kit contains everything you need to get
started painting with acrylics: a plastic paint palette, 12 (0.4 fl. oz.) tubes of paint in a variety of
colors, 4 flat brushes of different sizes, 4 round
brushes, 1 fan brush, a sketching pencil, a artist’s eraser, a stylus for tracing pattern outlines, a
plastic knife for mixing paint, a pocketed nylon
“bib” to keep your brushes handy while you
work, and a useful beginners guide. Everything
comes packaged in a 7” x 14” x 2” painted
wooden carrying case with a handle.
022325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.95 38.95
☼Acrylic Color 5 Tube Starter Set (7-AD)
As a painter myself, acrylics are lovely to work
with for their easy use and clean up. However,
the intense colors of oil paints are usually more
rich and vibrant. While these paints are ready
to use out of the tube, they are intensely colored. If you want to paint on fabric, mix them
with a fabric medium. Want to paint on paper
or canvas? Prime your canvas with a gesso and
your paper with a painting medium or varnish to
seal the surface. You get 5 large tubes (2.5 oz.
each) of black, white, cool yellow, cool blue
& cool red. Tube paints will store longer than
bottle paints, which is a plus if you don’t paint
very often. Washes up with soap & water. Some
instructions included; by Chromacryl student
acrylics. ~ Sara
021170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.11 13.95
014970 Light Cinnamon
015067 Pistachio Mint
014989Plum
015190 Sea Aqua
015142 Snow White
014966 Teal Green
015168 True Blue
014950 Ultra Blue Deep
015064 Wild Orchid
Handy Art Acrylic Paint (5 oz tubes) (PK-AD)
EACH PAINT TUBE . . . . . . . . 5.38
4.50
064285 Brite Red
064288 Burnt Sienna
064289 Chrome Orange
064290 Chrome Yellow
064291Magenta
064292 Mars Black
064293 Phthalo Green
064294 Titanium White
064286 Ultramarine Blue
064287Violet
Acrylic Paint Jar Kits (PK-AD)
065010 6 Primary Colors . . . 3.98
065009 6 Metallic Colors . . . 4.98
3.75
4.25
Americana Acrylic Paint – Glow in the Dark
(PK-AD)
Two ounces of water-based craft paint absorbs
light and glows in the dark! Apply 1 or 2
coats to any craft or fabric surface. It would
be fun to paint a pumpkin and have it glow
for Halloween, or paint a skeleton onto black
sweats for a quick and easy costume! How
about painting designs on a t-shirt and playing
flashlight tag in the dark? Paint your house numbers to make it easy to find at night. Let the kids
paint some rocks to glow in the garden. Stencil
stars on a bedroom ceiling! ~ Sara
020018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25
2.50
Niji Splash Ink 4 Color Set (3-AD)
Create any color imaginable from this set of
four ink-like acrylic paints! The paint is a freeflowing acrylic emulsion and can be used like
a liquid watercolor applied with either a brush
or a pen. Four 1-oz. colors are included in the
set: blue, yellow, magenta and black. A “recipe
card” also included provides directions for mixing over 300 colors, or design your own! The
paint is permanent and fade-resistant, but cleans
Oil Paint & Additives
up with soap and water. A very cool art product
for artists young and old!
Sargent Art Oil Colors Tube Paint Set (3-AD)
056884 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.45 24.25
Inexpensive, studio-quality oil paints in twelve
12-ml tubes. The colors are vibrant and conAmericana Acrylic Paint – 2 oz. (PK-AD)
centrated: titantium white, lemon yellow twist,
Make art and crafting projects fun with this cadmium yellow deep, yellow ochre, scarlet
high quality acrylic paint in handy, easy to lake, crimson lake, burnt sienna, cobalt blue,
squeeze bottles. All of the colors are highly Prussian blue, viridian green, sap
green,
pigmented and concentrated for exceptional and ivory black. Please note you will need to
coverage and smooth mixing and blending. Use dilute the oil paints with the oil paint additives
this all-purpose, non-toxic paint on wood, plas- described below.
ter, terra cotta, paper, chipboard, papier-mâché 045187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89
4.95
and more. Americana acrylic paints are waterbased, which makes brushes easy to clean and Richeson Oil Paint Set (3-AD)
washes out of clothing, but I would recommend Have any young artists ready to try oil painting
soaking any idle brushes with paint in water and become the next Monet? This set of quality
until cleaning time. 2 oz./59 ml plastic bottle. oil paints gives the beginning artist a nice variety
EACH BOTTLE (exc noted) . . . . 2.15 of 18 rich colors that blend and mix well at a
029333 ☼Antique Gold . . . . 2.15
1.75 price that’s easy on the pocketbook. Oil paints
015170 Baby Blue
can be used straight out of the tube, but to
015097 Bahama Blue
experience other various painting techniques it
014978 Brilliant Red . . . . . . . 2.66
2.50 is essential to create an “oil painting medium” to
015060 Bright Yellow
mix with the paints out of linseed oil and odor015147 Burgundy Wine
less mineral spirits (OMS). This medium can be
015066 Canyon Orange
used to both thin oil paints and create glazes.
015110 Carousel Pink
Note: clean up after oil painting requires some018769 Dark Chocolate
thing stronger than water, like odorless mineral
015205 Ebony Black
spirits or turpentine, to get paint out of artists’
014977 Hauser Dark Green
brushes. Non-toxic paint, 12 ml tubes.
015196 Kelly Green
028156 Set of 18 . . . . . . . . 15.65
8.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Reeves Water Mixable Oil Color, 10 Tube Set
(7-AD)
Oil paints that clean up with water?? Wake
me up, I must be dreaming! That’s right; you
don’t need to use stinky solvents to clean your
brushes, while still having the high level of
pigmentation and full-bodied consistency of oil
paints. The colors hold up to light well and are
lovely to work with. You can use Reeves water
mixable linseed oil or small amounts of water to
thin your colors as you wish for your painting.
Each tube is 22ml, a good amount to work with.
Colors include: titanium white, lemon yellow,
brilliant red, crimson, pthalo blue, ultramarine,
sap green, yellow ochre, burnt umber and ivory
black. I have done a lot of painting with acrylics because I never wanted to mess with the
clean-up of oil painting, even though I love the
richness of oils. If, like me, the clean-up is what
has been making you resist letting your student
try oil painting, then I’m afraid you now have
no excuse! This is a lot of paint for the price
too. The tubes (not squirt bottles) will make your
students feel like they are real artistes! ~ Sara
021210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.69 12.50
Oil Paint Boxed Set (5-AD)
This attractive painted wooden carrying case
come with everything you need to start oil painting. The 7” x 14” x 2” kit includes 13 tubes
of oil paint in various colors, a small bottle of
refined linseed oil, a plastic palette, a plastic
knife, a sketching pencil, an eraser, a stylus for
tracing, 4 different sized flat brushes, 5 round
brushes, 2 flat brushes with curved bristles, 1
fan brush, one tie-on nylon “bib” with compartments for holding your brushes, and a beginners
guide to oil painting.
022347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.95
Max Grumbacher White Oil Paint
If you have done any painting with oils, then
you already know that you need lots of white
paint to blend with other colors to make lighter
shades. This large, 37ml. (1.25 fl. oz.) tube of
titanium white is perfect for all your blending
needs. Please note that this paint, like many
other oil paints, contains lead and should only
be used with adult supervision. ~ Rachel P.
008610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.55
8.95
☼Gamsol Odorless Mineral Spirits (3-AD)
Looking to enjoy oil painting without the harsh
smells? Gamsol is safe, odorless and allows the
artist to utilize their oil paints without compromise. This mineral spirit was made for products
and processes geared toward cosmetics, hand
cleaners and cleaning equipment for food service industries: making it gentler than other
harsh solvents. Works great for thinning oil
paints or cleaning brushes, palettes and knives.
Also try it on a brush to blend colored pencils
for beautiful effects. ~ Emily
060415 4 oz. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
6.95
060414 16 oz. . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.75
Gesso White (4 ounce) (PK-AD)
Use as a white primer (on canvas, wood, cardboard, etc.) for all painting mediums and colors.
Dries fairly quickly and adds a slight tooth texture, making brushing on paint easier and ensuring the applied paint sticks well to the surface.
008414 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.89
7.75
Art
1201
Canvas Paper / Canvas
Student Canvas Pad 9" x 12"
Less expensive than tacked canvas, these canvas pads are the economical way to begin your
oil painting career. Pads contain 10 sheets of
paper.
008329 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
6.50
040485 ☼12" x 16" . . . . . . 15.59 10.50
040488 ☼16" x 20" . . . . . . 25.79 15.95
Canvas Panels (PK-AD)
Easy to store and useable with all media, this
is a hard board covered in cotton canvas and
primed 3x with acrylic gesso. Each board is
about 4cm thick and very easy for kids to handle. Keep several on hand for spontaneous art
projects or reserve them for formal art instruction. Add a frame or a stand and enjoy the kids’
art for years to come. Sold by the each. ~ Sara
053232 8" x 10" . . . . . . . . . . 2.69
2.50
014840 8" x 10" Black . . . . . 1.62
1.35
053233 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . 3.29
2.95
014842 9" x 12" Black . . . . . 3.59
2.25
Canvas Pad 9" x 12" (K-AD)
Primed in titanium white, these pages are
ideal for oil and acrylic painting. Ten pages are
protected with permanent, acid-free sizing. Use Economy Cotton Stretched Canvas (PK-AD)
this pad for a group or just one or two prolific
Great for practice work, lighter applications,
painters. Ready to go, just add paint! ~ Sara
and students wanting to try traditional canvas,
049443 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.67
4.95 these pure cotton canvases by Art Alternatives
are ideal for acrylics, oil paints and other wet
Young Artists Canvas Pad (10 sheets) (3-AD)
media. The 4 oz. cotton is primed with acid free
Lightweight canvas-textured paper can be used acrylic gesso to a finished weight of 8 oz., then
with acrylics, oils, watercolor or mixed-media. stretched over and back stapled to 5/8” deep,
This affordable alternative to more costly canvas kiln dried solid pine bars, so they’re ready to
would be great for younger students. Let them go for your artists’ masterpieces. Packaged in an
try out their skills on textured paper before hav- economical 2-pack.
ing a go at the real deal. Both sides are textured 019956 8” x 10”, 2-pack . . 13.99
7.50
of this quality paper from Bienfang. ~ Sara
019957 9” x 12”, 2-pack . . 16.49
8.95
053687 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
4.95 019951 11” x 14”, 2-pack . 19.99
9.75
019955 18” x 24”, 2-pack . 41.99 19.75
Canvas Pads (PK-AD)
A less expensive alternative to stretched canvas, these pads include 10 sheets of medium Stick-on Canvas (PK-AD)
texture canvas that has been triple-primed with
Primed and ready for paint, this real artist’s
acrylic gesso. Use the sheets as-is, or stretch canvas has an unexpected feature – peel & stick
and fit on a rigid surface. The sheets are suit- backing! Your young artsy-craftsy ones will love
able for oil or acrylic paints, as well as oil sticks, this new medium. Think of painting a picture
pastels, and most mixed media. Two sizes are and mailing it to Grandma. Let your littles paint
available for you to choose from. ~ Rachel P.
however they choose, then cut out a shape and
026150 Painting - 9" x 12" . 10.99
5.75 put it somewhere to share. I asked for ideas
026144 Painting - 12" x 16" 19.99 12.50 around the office and they did not disappoint!
029312 Painting 16" x 20" . 32.99 25.95 Since the adhesive is repositionable, you can
stick it to your walls. How about cutting out
Canvas Panels (K-AD)
letters, shapes, or fluffy clouds for a child’s
065246 10" x 12" . . . . . . . . . 2.60
2.25 room or nursery? Cut out your family initial for
056395 11" x 14" . . . . . . . . . 3.22
2.75 a family photo wall. Make labels to organize
065247 12" x 18" . . . . . . . . . 5.51
4.50 canisters or other storage containers. Use stencils for lettering or print a favorite saying on your
Canvas Board (3-AD)
computer, enlarge the font and trace it onto the
Canvas boards offer an inexpensive and sturdy canvas. Then paint it for a professional look.
surface for students just starting out with acrylic Tint canvas with a used teabag brushed across it
or oil painting. These particular ones are made for an antique finish. This canvas can be painted
of 100% cotton, feature double acrylic titanium with oils, acrylics and temperas. Acrylics are my
priming and acid-free sizing. The canvas and choice for vivid colors and easy clean up. Each
white paper backing wrap completely around pack has 4 sheets, so this is a good idea for your
thin particle board, making an attractive white groups too! ~Sara
surface just waiting for a loaded brush. Sold by 023893 4" x 4" . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59
1.50
the each and available in several popular sizes. 023896 6" x 6" . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49
2.15
053358 6” x 8” . . . . . . . . . . 0.96
0.85 023911 8" x 10" . . . . . . . . . . 5.45
4.95
053359 8” x 10” . . . . . . . . . 1.83
1.60 023915 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
5.95
053360 9” x 12” . . . . . . . . . 2.23
1.75
Fiberboard Panel 9” x 12” (PK-AD)
Stock up on these for your painting lessons for
the year! Sturdy MDF (medium density fiber)
board has dovetail slots in the back to hang
this right on your gallery wall either vertically
or horizontally. This provides a hard, paintable surface that is strong and water-resistant.
Designed for painting, mounting, or encaustic
(hot wax) painting and other paint mediums,
you could also use one to stretch watercolor
paper or as a drawing board. 3/16” thick with
square corners. ~ Sara
007800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.29
2.95
1202
Art
Paint Brushes
Single Brushes
White Bristle Utility Chip Brush – ½" (K-AD)
Great little (1/2” wide) all-purpose utility brush
that’s inexpensive and can be used for quick
applications or for one-time-use projects.
008441 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.65
Bristle Brush 1” (PK-AD)
This flat, wooden-handled bristle brush measures 1” in diameter and is approx. 7 ¼” long.
046084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.95
Pony Mixture Watercolor Brush #8
First watercolor brush mashed to a mangled
mess by an overeager painter? Well, this 7
1/4” brush has a size 8 rounded tip made out
of a fine pony mixture. This inexpensive tool
will work great with both solid watercolor pans
and liquid watercolors. But, just in case your
new purchase meets the fate of its predecessor,
I would recommend buying two brushes! – elise
015748(A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45
1.25
Dynasty Round Synthetic Watercolor Brushes
Each brush features a sturdy red plastic handle
that measures approx. 7” long, with a width
of approx. ¼” at its thickest point. The round
brushes have white synthetic bristles that taper
to a point. (The #7 brush is used with the How
Great Thou Art program.) ~ Lisa
014568 #10 Brush (B.) . . . . . . 5.50 3.75
014575 #6 Brush . . . . . . . . . 3.60 2.75
022841 #7 Brush . . . . . . . . . . 3.80 2.75
021308 #2 Brush-short handle 2.65 1.95
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Dynasty Golden Taklon Brushes (PK-AD)
Each brush features a sturdy plastic handle
measuring approx. 7” long, with a width of
approx. ¼” at its thickest point. The flat brushes
have white synthetic bristles, and the round
brush has brown bristles that taper to a point.
014593 ½" Flat Brush (C.) . . . 5.10
3.50
014682 ¼" Flat Brush . . . . . . 3.20
2.50
014688 Round Brush #8 . . . . 4.05
2.95
Dynasty Fine Detail Brush #3/0
A super-fine round brush with a pointed tip,
perfect for painting the smallest details.
030712(D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.80
3.25
Oval Mop Brush (1/2”) (K-AD)
Lay in your backgrounds with watercolors or
acrylics using this soft, versatile paintbrush.
With a fuller, blunter end than a traditional,
pointed round watercolor brush, this brush
holds much more water or paint. Rounded tip
with a nice black handle, this will likely become
a favorite art tool.
017508(E.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
2.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Brush Sets
Paint Pals Texture Paint Wands Set of 4 (PK-3)
036018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
3.25
Cushion Grip Paint Brushes (PK-AD)
A great beginner’s set with a variety of brush
widths, these brightly-colored, translucent-handled paint brushes sport a soft, cushiony grip
making them easier for little hands to hold.
This set includes three various widths of flat
brushes and two sizes of round brushes. Use
these brushes for watercolors, tempera paints,
or acrylics. Set of 5 brushes.
015786 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
5.50
Tempera Stubby Brush Sets (PK-3)
Like the brushes we sell with the no-spill cups,
these are short-handled bristle brushes for better
control. Perfect for younger children. The set of
three flats are #8, #10 and #12 widths. The set
of three rounds include #8, #10 and #12 sizes.
008429 Set of 3 Flats . . . . . . 2.97
2.85 Triangle Handled Paint Brushes (PK-AD)
008430 Set of 3 Rounds . . . . 3.02
2.95
Practice your basic painting techniques with
these triangular-shaped, colored translucenthandled paint brushes. The triangle handles
keep the brushes from rolling and makes them
B.
easier to hold for little hands. Set includes a
A.
variety of sizes and brush tips including: a wider
and a narrow flat brush, two angled brushes of
C.
various sizes, and two round detail brushes in
two sizes. These versatile brushes would work
Big Kid’s Choice Toddler Chubby Brush Set
great for watercolors, tempera paints, or acryl(3 piece) (PK-2)
ics. Set of 6 brushes.
030752(A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.50 015788 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
2.30
Wooden Handle Stubby 5 Brush Set (PK-2)
036116(B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15
4.75
Big Kid’s Choice Round and Flat Brush Set
(4 piece) (PK-6)
030746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
Paint Pipettes (package of 8) (PK-AD)
022809(C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.49
5.50
Crayola® Big Paintbrushes (PK-AD)
Any budding artist would love to get their
hands on these versatile, all-purpose paintbrushes by Crayola® that work great for any art
or craft project. The soft white Taklon bristles
are ideal for watercolors, tempera paints, and
acrylic paints. Each set comes with 4 various
sized brushes to create bold, wide strokes to
fine, detailed lines. The flat set measures from
1” wide to ¼” wide and the round set measures
½” in diameter to 1/8” in diameter, with vibrantly colored wooden handles that measure 4.75”
in length. Perfectly sized for little hands and
comfortable to hold, these art tools will build
confidence in your little artists.
036567 Flat, 4 Count . . . . . . 5.13
4.75
036569 Round, 4 Count . . . . 5.31
4.75
Black Bristle Easel Brushes
High-quality, long-lasting brush set made of
pure black hog bristle formed into hand chiseled
edges of extra thick stock. Nickel plated seamless ferrules with long hardwood clear finished
handles. Set of four in 1/4”, 1/2”, 3/4”, and 1”
widths.
008544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64
3.25
General Purpose White Bristle Brush Sets
High-quality pure white hog bristle brushes
that are excellent for oils, acrylics, and tempera
painting. Natural flagged tips, hand cupped to
shape. These have good resiliency and keep
their shapes. Seamless nickel plated ferrules.
The set of 6 flats have medium-length handles
for better control. Width sizes are 1/4”, 5/16”,
3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4" and 15/16” (sizes 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12). The set of 6 rounds have standard-length
handles and are in widths of 1/8”, 3/16”, 1/4”,
5/16”, 3/8”, and 5/8” (sizes 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 12).
008549 Set of 6 Flats . . . . . . 5.94
4.50
008550 Set of 6 Rounds . . . . 5.94 3.95
D.
E.
F.
Hobby Paint Brush Set - 5 count (PK-AD)
064898(D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23
4.50
Big Kid’s Choice Aqua-Flo Brush Set (PK-8)
030725 Set of 3 . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
5.50
Pentel Aquash Water Brush (3 pack) (1-AD)
065961 Fine, med, large (E.) 22.20 14.75
DB Watercolor Brush Sets (3-AD)
Dynasty® watercolor brushes offer a quality
paintbrush for the price. Offered in two bristle
types, these round brush sets have a wide assortment of sizes including #0, #2, #6, #8, and
#10 that any serious artist will need. The larger
sizes work well for covering a broad area of
paper with pigment and applying washes, while
the smaller brushes lend themselves to detail
work. Red sable bristles are natural hair fibers
that offer superior spring, pointing ability, and
supple control while painting. The white nylon
bristles are synthetic alternatives that offer slightly less amount of ability than their natural counterparts, but they are more affordable and more
durable. Each set offers a 5-brush assortment.
021271 Red Sable . . . . . . . . 23.10 14.50
021295 White Nylon . . . . . 17.35 10.95
☼White Taklon Watercolor Brushes (3-AD)
Quality little brushes made of white taklon
(synthetic fibers) have extremely soft bristles
and are luxurious to use. Great for watercolors,
crafting and fine detail work, these hand-crafted
brushes by Dynasty® have durable handles and
seamless metal ferrules providing dependable,
long-lasting performance. Any artist who uses
these will not be disappointed! They come in sets
of 5 and feature short handles, approximately 7
½” long from brush tip to handle end. ~ Emily
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.55 10.95
061357 Flats: 2,4,6,8,10 (F.)
061358 Rounds: 3/0,2/0,1,3,5
061359 Rounds: 0,1,2,4,6
Bristle Brush & Knife Set (9-12)
Like the above set of bristle brushes, these
brushes are also ideal for acrylic or oil painting.
This set comes with four bristle brushes, two flat
Beginner Brushes (PK-2)
brushes size 1 and 2, one round brush size 3,
Beginner Brushes have large, rounded handles and one fan brush size 4. This set also comes
to allow easy grasping for small hands. Set with one painting knife. ~ Alysia
Brush Assortment
contains 3 colorful brushes with bristle endings. 032573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95
6.95
This brush assortment is perfect for young kids
Winner of the Oppenheim Toy Portfolio Special
or older students to use with any kind of paint.
Needs Adaptable Product Award. ~ Tasha
Assorted Triangular Paint Brushes (PK-AD)
The set of 10 brushes features real wood handles
027430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50
5.75
Budding young artists will appreciate this fun and come in a nice assortment of 5 flats (#3, #1,
set of six paint brushes in a variety of sizes and #1/2, #1/4 and #0) and 5 rounds (#6, #5, #4,
Crayola® Paint Brushes (PK-AD)
shapes—including flat, round, and angled—that #2, and #1).
What a great basic starter set! My 4-year-old will help them explore various painting tech- 027406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.72
3.75
uses this set for all his painting and crafting niques. The brush handles are brightly colored,
projects. They are sturdy, versatile little brushes, made of transparent plastic, and are triangular Long Handled Poster Brushes (3-AD)
and believe me they take a lot of abuse. The shaped for easy handling and control. These
It’s all about seeing your work with a little
set of 5 brushes includes a flat brush for broad brushes smoothly apply paints of all types, from distance. Long handles let you view the big
strokes, a flat angled brush for lines and edging, swooshing wide stokes to fine chiseled lines. I picture. Set of 12 brushes has 6 flat-tipped and
and three sizes of round brushes with the larger was amazed at the quality of the bristles and 6 round-tipped in a variety of sizes. Natural
one for washes and the smaller sizes for detail how well they held their shapes. These brushes wood handles feel good in your hand, while soft
work. Paint brushes work well with watercolors, are pleasing to the eye, the pocket book, and nylon bristles can be used with watercolors or
tempera, and acrylic paints.
are a joy to use!
acrylics. ~ Sara
007581 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
3.25 031424 Set of 6 . . . . . . . . . . 7.00
5.75 051988 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99
9.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1203
Acrylic Handle Brushes (5-AD)
Get inspired to create a masterpiece with this
set of 8 paintbrushes. Neon acrylic handles in
orange, yellow, green, and pink are tapered and
rounded for safety and comfort. These can be
used with watercolors, oils or tempera paints.
Each brush has a different style and size bristles
for a variety of strokes from detailed work to
broad backgrounds. This is a nice overall set for
beginners and intermediate artists. ~ Sara
051987 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.50
3.25
Watercolor Brushes (PK-AD)
You want the brush to hold more water when
painting with watercolors versus other kinds of
paints. This set of 12 contains 9 tapered and 3
flat brushes in a variety of sizes. Try different
brushes for different effects like skies and shadows. Each brush is made from soft, synthetic
bristles, aluminum ferrules (the band that holds
the bristles to the handle) and short wooden
handles. Let your kids feel like real artists and try
the right brush for the right job. ~ Sara
051990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70
4.95
Dynasty Brush Sets
Dynasty brushes are good quality paintbrushes, Plastic Brush Storage Tube (PK-AD)
perfect for oil, acrylic, or tempera painting.
Protect your brushes on the go! This round
With the exception of the Kid Dynasty set for translucent case features a telescopic action that
kids, they are generally designed for older users. allows you to adjust the case longer or shorter
030721 Short Handle Camel Hair to accommodate your different brush lengths.
Watercolor Set of 6 . 9.506.50 008431 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95
3.50
Round: 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, and 2
030711 Craft (set of 5) . . . . . 6.95
4.50
Sponges & Rollers
Round: 2, 4; camel hair flat: 1/4," 1/2" and
bristle flat 1/2"
☼Foam Brushes (K-AD)
030713 Fine Detail (set of 4) 5.80
3.95
Assorted foam brushes with 4”wooden handles
Detail brushes: 3/0, 2/0, 0, 1
(6 mm diam.) and beveled tips are perfect for
030714 Fine Nylon (set of 10) 17.65 10.95 painting a large area. I like that they are disposRound: 3/0, 2/0, 0, 1, 3, 5; shader: 2, 6,
able, though you can wash them a couple times
and 10; fine glaze: 5/8"
first. High density foam is not to be used with
030715 Fine Nylon Detail Rounds shellac or lacquer, but it is great for kids using
(set of 4) . . . . . . . . . 6.954.50 acrylic or tempera paints. You can apply stain
Detail rounds: 3/0, 2/0, 0, 1
with them too. The foam is firm but flexible and
030719 Hobby and Craft Brushes will hold a lot of paint. ~ Sara
(set of 10) . . . . . . . 10.406.95 008828 1” Brush . . . . . . . . . . 0.65
Round: 3/0, 2/0, 0, 1, 3, 5; shader: 2, 6,
008855 2” Brush . . . . . . . . . . 0.75
10; glaze: 5/8"
008880 3” Brush . . . . . . . . . . 0.95
030722 White Bristle Flats (set/4) 6.95
4.50 054596 4” Brush . . . . . . . . . . 1.00
Bristle flats: 2, 4, 6, 8
008819 Set of 3 (1", 2" & 3" . . 1.95
030723 White Bristle Rounds (set of 4) . . . . . . . . . 6.954.50 Spouncer Stenciling Sponge (1.75”) (PK-AD)
Bristle rounds: 2, 4, 6, 8
This dense, round foam sponge on a wooden
handle can be used for stenciling with any type
Paint Palette and Brush Assortment Package
of paint. If you are stenciling, tap it a few times
Includes a Paint Palette (#008565), and an on paper towels to remove excess paint, then
assortment of 10 paint brushes (5 flats and 5 dab over the stencil. The chunky handle fits
rounds) (#027406).
comfortably in both big and little hands. ~ Sara
PLTBRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31
4.70 053042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.69
2.15
Deluxe Sable 4-Brush Set
This set of small, round paintbrushes comes
with four brush sizes: #1, #3, #5 and #8. This
set is especially recommended for use with the
How Great Thou Art programs, but are great
for general painting needs as well. The back
of the package features suggestions from Barry
Stebbing on using and caring for your brushes.
023493 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00
7.75
Watercolor Sponges Craft Sack
This set includes a mix of natural and synthetic
sponges in a variety of sizes. The two diskshaped fine pore silk sponges, two synthetic
hydrophilic sponges, and the two coarse sea
sponges come packaged in a nylon mesh baggie. Add wonderful texture to your watercolor
creations with these unique craft sponges.
043525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
Student Bristle Oil Painting Brushes
This high-quality set of 6 brushes comes
from two of the most popular sets from Jack
Richeson’s collections. It includes 3 flat brushes
and 3 round brushes of various sizes and they
are all long-handled. I am sure your aspiring artist would love a set of these. ~ Phyllis
038282 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.70
4.50
Crayola® Paint Pattern Roller (PK-AD)
Add dynamic patterns and borders to drawings, greeting cards, stationary, posters, wrapping paper, and more! Paint Pattern Roller
set by Crayola® includes three different roller
designs—flowers, wavy lines, stars—one handle, and a paint tray. A breeze to use, just attach
a roller to the handle, pour some paint in the
tray, dip your roller in the paint tray, and let
the patterns roll-on. Your little painters will be
delighted as they see colorful patterns running
instantly across the page. The rollers work best
with washable tempera paints and the handle
is easy for little hands to grip while helping to
keep them paint-free. Let the fun keep rollin’ on!
036767 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.64
5.95
Watercolor Brushes (Set of 6)
Fine, imitation red sable with natural tips hand
cupped to a sharp point. Excellent for fine water
color detail. Seamless nickel plated ferrules
with medium length handles. Set of 6 in sizes:
#2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12.
008561 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.03
2.95
1204
Art
Paint Cups / Palettes
No-Spill Paint Cups
These inexpensive paint cups are awesome
– and a must for anyone with young kids that
like to paint! Each paint cup features a twist-off
cap, which contains a funneled area leading
into the cup, and a flip-up lid. When the cap is
screwed on and the lid is down, nothing leaks
out of these puppies (yup, we tested ‘em)! Cups
are clear plastic, and lids are solid-colored plastic. Additional features include: ridged “brush
holders’ on top of lid, an inner rim seal that
prevents paint evaporation, and a suggested “fill
line” on the cup. The inner funnel area in the
cup prevents paint from leaking out if the cup is
tipped over. Cups and lids are sturdy, durable
plastic and should last for years. Available as
single cups (assorted color, no choice) and a set
of 10. – Jess
009928 Single (assorted) . . . . 1.30
1.00
009935 Set of 10 . . . . . . . 11.28
7.25
Includes black, white, brown, aqua, blue,
green, orange, yellow, red, and purple
Paint Palettes
Use for any paints, these heavy plastic circular
trays have 10 wells with a center mixing area
and a snap-tight cover so you can keep paints
from drying out if you have to put aside the project temporarily. We recommend having at least
one per child; we keep several more on hand for
friends (seems like “normal” households don’t
keep a stock of art supplies) when they visit.
008565 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.59
1.95
Plastic 8-Well Palette w/ Brush Recess (PK-6)
This sturdy white palette is perfect for small
kids, especially when they’re all sitting at the
table together, sharing paint! The palette has
two rows of circular wells, which can hold
liquid paint or tempera cakes, which they are
sized perfectly for. A long shallow brush recess
is positioned between the two rows of wells.
045188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49
1.95
Little Palette Tray (12 Well) (PK-AD)
036105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.75
3.50
Mijello Fredi Weber Tray Palette (PK-AD)
032019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 10.95
Painting Clean-up & Accessories
Breathable Smart Smock (PK-2)
This smock is long sleeved and the opening
can be worn in the front or the back. It is cool,
breathable, lightweight and comfortable for
children to wear. It keeps the paint stains out,
but lets the air flow through. So, no more paint
stains on the clothes. Washable. ~ Phyllis
009584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.95
2.50
Cotton Canvas Smock with Ties (PK-4)
Protect your little artist’s clothes with this
durable canvas smock. This off-white apron
loops around the neck and ties in the back.
Washable; 14” x 18.”
034560 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.80
4.95
☼Junior Brush & Smock Set (PK-5)
If you’re looking for a gift for an artsy little
one – boom! - here it is. Packaged in a space-
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
saving tube, you’ll find a good-quality, plain
canvas smock, 8 chubby short-handled brushes
in a variety of sizes, and three nesting paint or
water cups with lids. I love the thickness of the
natural canvas smock, and it includes stitched
pockets to hold all of the brushes in the front
as well. Young artists can use it as-is, or paint
their own custom design on the smock. Just add
some tempera paints and paper and they’ll be
all set. – Jess
062074 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 13.95
Master’s Brush Cleaner - 1 oz (3-AD)
Maintain and even expand the life of your
artist brushes by keeping them clean and conditioned with The Original B&J “The Masters”
Brush Cleaner and Preserver. This brush cleaner
works on oils, acrylics, watercolors, stains, and
varnishes and helps take the effort out of removing even the tiniest particles of paint from your
brushes. Keep bristles soft and preserved by
leaving the clear lather on the brush after washing. Have an old brush with dried-on paint and
hard bristles? No need to throw it away. “The
Masters” brush cleaner will even help restore
those old brushes until they’re like new!
025936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
4.75
Printmaking / Block Printing
BLOCK PRINTING MATERIALS
Ah, the joy of block printing...the carving of
the block, the feel of the squishy ink, the roll
of the brayer, and the infinite number of copies
you can print - even in different colors. No art
experience would be complete without a little
unit on block printing! Design your holiday
greeting cards, plaster the world with your
special message, or put your own rubber stamp
ideas to the block. Better than using potatoes,
sponges, or clay to block print, as your designs
will be permanent, storable, and reusable.
Jr. Kidz Stamp N’ Print Set (PK-AD)
035949 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
Block Printing Rubber Blocks (3-AD)
064738 Circle 2” Diameter . . . 064739 Circle 4” Diameter (A.) 064740 Rectangle 4 x 6 . . . . . 064741 Square 4 x 4 (B.) . . . . 1.75
3.50
2.95
2.45
Easy-to-Cut Linoleum Blocks (5-AD)
These linoleum blocks feature a surface that
is easily cut but still produces beautiful clean
edges for printing. These blocks also have a
long shelf life, so they will stay soft and workable for a longer amount of time.
001710 3” x 4” . . . . . . . . . . 2.35
2.10
001711 4” x 6” . . . . . . . . . . 3.95
3.50
☼Clear Carve Linoleum Blocks (5-AD)
Have your students graduated from drawing
on meat trays with pencils to make block prints?
On the other hand, thick linoleum blocks can
be tough for kids to carve. Here is a fun option
to try! This stuff cuts like butter! Creates clean
edges, soft & flexible, and it can be carved on
either side. Great for making your own stamps,
etching or block printing. I like the transparent
material for layering colors on your prints. Not
intended for children under 12 yrs old. ~ Sara
059856 3” x 4” . . . . . . . . . . . 059857 4” x 6” . . . . . . . . . . . 059858 5” x 7” . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
2.25
3.95
4.50
Foam Printing Plates with Adhesive (PK-AD)
036055 6”x9” 12 sheet pkg . 12.20 9.95
036071 9”x12” 12 sheet pkg . 17.09 14.95
Foam Printing Plates (PK-AD)
For your youngest block printers, these foam
plates offer a unique opportunity to practice
their printing skills without the hazards of cutting into linoleum block or vinyl. Butter soft
foam plates require only the slightest pressure
to create a working impression, eliminating the
need for sharp or pointed tools. You can lightly
sketch a pencil outline, then create your cut
with the same pencil or an even blunter object.
Cut into smaller pieces or use the whole sheet
for a full-page print.
052185 6” x 9” 30-pack . . . . 8.10
6.95
007948 9” x 12” set of 12 . . 6.00
5.25
Natureprint Paper
Melissa and I saw this at the NSSEA convention
and thought it was a really unique, neat idea.
This product produces beautiful, permanent
prints from any flat object. All you do is put an
image on top of the sun-sensitive blue paper,
leave it in direct sunlight for a little while, and
Voila!, an impression is made on the paper,
varying from white to various shades of blue.
You can use the transparencies included in the
kit, or any flat object - try leaves, stencils, and
Block Ink (Water Soluble) (5-AD)
even photographic negatives (without ruining
EACH 5 OZ. TUBE . . . . . . . . . 7.63
6.25 them). The photographic-like image requires
065001Black
065005Red
no inks, presses, photo equipment or chemicals.
065002Blue
065006Silver
Exposure time required is two to three minutes;
065003Gold
065007White
then develop in tapwater in seconds. It’s fast,
065004Green
065008Yellow
safe, and neat! ~ Stephanie
008774 Paper Group Fun Kit 10.50
8.75
Block Printing Ink Set (3-AD)
Includes 80 pieces of 3” x 4.5” sun-sensitive
Set of six 37-cc tubes of block printing inks
paper, 35 different transparency images,
include yellow, red, blue, gold, black, and
instructions, and a frame to hold work-inwhite. Paint is water-based.
progress or the finished product.
001550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.51 17.95 008772 Paper - 15 sheets
(5.5” x 7.5”) . . . . . . 5.49
4.50
Speedball Super Value Block Printing Starter 008773 Paper - 30 sheets
Kit (K-AD)
(5.5” x 7.5”) . . . . . . 9.76
7.95
Get started with block printing with this all-inone economical kit. The kit contains a 4” x 5”
Clay / Modeling Compounds
lino block, lino handle, three cutters (# 1, # 2,
and # 5), 37cc WS block printing ink (black),
Modeling Clay & Dough
4” soft pop-in brayer, foam tray for inking, and
instruction booklet. ~ Lisa
Crayola Modeling Clay (PK-AD)
025270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.57 18.75 063802 Classics Asst-8 count 2.22
1.95
063803 Neutrals Asst-8 count 2.22
1.95
Brayers (3-AD)
063804 Pastels Asst-8 count . 2.22
1.95
Choose a brayer size to fit your block. This is 063800 Deluxe Kit . . . . . . . 16.64 12.95
an economy hard rubber brayer with a “back 063801 Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
6.75
rest” to allow you to lay it down without getting
ink on your surface.
Van Aken Plastelene
001557 2” width . . . . . . . . 13.95
7.25
This oil-based modeling compound is known
001558 4” width (C.) . . . . . 16.95
8.95 for its smooth consistency and brilliant color
range. It is self-adhering, non-toxic, never
Snap Out Soft Rubber Brayer (4”) (3-AD)
hardens, remains pliable and can be used over
036084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20
6.75 and over. It is easily molded by hand or with
tools and can even be melted and poured into a
Bench Hook - Metal (7 X 9 ) (3-AD)
mold! For use by sculptors, model makers, clay
065074(D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30
6.25 animators, and artists of all ages. Assortment
is a 1-lb. pack with ¼-lb. blocks of each color.
Masterpiece Block Printing Paper (PK-AD)
EACH ASSORTMENT . . . . . . . . 3.75
035955 White 12”x18” 100 sht14.15 12.25 008433Variety
036014 White 9”x12” 100 sht 7.89
6.95
Ultra blue, yellow, red, green
008434Hot
D.
Magenta, red, orange, yellow
C.
008435Cool
Green, turquoise, ultra blue, violet
B.
008436Neutral
White, ivory, black, gray
008447Earth
Flesh, terra cotta, brown, dark green
008448Sweetheart
A.
Yellow, pink, blue, green
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1205
EZ Shape Modeling Clay
This pigmented, wax-based modeling clay has
a smooth consistency and a bright range of colors. It is also self-adhering and non-toxic. Each
pack contains 3 ounces of 5 different colors,
unless otherwise noted. Although this modeling clay is from Sculpey (the oven-bake clay
people), this modeling clay is not bakeable and
will not harden with exposure to air. This product is great for kids with allergies; it's gluten/
wheat-free and contains no sulphur, latex, nuts,
dairy, or animal by-products. ~ Phyllis
EACH 5-COLOR PACK . . . . . . 3.74
2.95
008504Bright
Orange, green, yellow, pink, purple
008508Primary
Green, blue, red, white, yellow
027300 20-Color Sampler . . . 3.22
2.50
Contains 13 oz. of clay in 20 bright colors
036953 52-Piece Variety Pack 7.12
5.50
2.16 lbs of modeling clay in 52 colors
Modeling Clay
For use with Hands-On Sculpting or your
art program. A very pliable clay that holds its
shape but does not dry out. Use over and over
again. Colors can be blended to mix. 1 lb.
assortment has 4 oz. each of red, yellow, blue
and green clay. The 5 lb. pack has 1 lb. each of
red, yellow, blue, green, and orange. If you’re
buying clay for more than one child (or if they’re
reluctant to “reuse” their creations), the 5 lb.
pack is a good value.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
019936 1 lb. assortment . . . . 3.22
2.95
020304 5 lb. assortment . . . 15.46 12.95
Permoplast Modeling Clay (K-AD)
If you've seen Gumby and Pokey, you've
seen what this modeling clay can do! So what
would you do with this reusable modeling clay?
Try your hand at sculpting for one thing! Make
molds for another! Of course, you can just let
the kids play and remake and start over again
with it too. Non-toxic, smooth clay and saturated colors will make you feel like a real artist.
The colors blend easily, to make custom shades.
Giving younger children clay to play with helps
develop their small motor skills for writing readiness. I bet you didn’t think of that! I didn’t, but it
makes sense. If your older artists will be making
molds and filling them with silicone rubber, you
will be glad to know that this clay does not contain any sulphur. For best results, store clay in
an airtight container. Single colors and assorted
pack come in 1-lb. (4-stick) packs. ~ Sara
EACH 4-Stick/1Lb. PACK . . . . . 5.95
5.25
043446Cream
055801Red
055798Gray
055802Terra Cotta
043445Assorted . . . . . . . . . 6.20
5.50
Blue, green, yellow and red.
Plast-I-Clay Modeling Clay - 10 Colors
This clay is economically priced, non-toxic,
and it never dries out - a winner for everyone!
Safe for all ages, this plastic modeling clay is
great for quiet time, party favors, or used as
an incentive, plus it helps develop fine motor
skills and creative self-expression. Plast-i-clay
stays soft and pliable (store in a plastic bag) and
comes in an impressive assortment of bright
colors—enough to create a wide range of colorful animals. This ten stick (approximately ½ oz.
1206
Art
each) set includes: red, yellow, blue, green, ¾¾ You can also add to it after baking by
simply roughing up the surface, pressing
gray, brown, black, white, pink, and orange. If
on additional Sculpey, and re-baking.
being used by more than one child, it may be
helpful to order one package per child to ensure
It’s truly a versatile material! We’ve used
there is enough clay for all to enjoy.
other oven-bake clays, and they just don’t stay
055805 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99
1.75 together as well as Sculpey does. You do have
to make sure pieces are not just set on one
Modeling Dough (PK-3)
another, but blended together as they ought
Your little hands-on learners will appreciate to be in sculpting. Otherwise, they may not
you trying something new and different in their adhere well in the baking process. Another plus
lessons! It’s not just play, it’s play-based learn- is that Sculpey is white, not gray, tan, green or
ing when you use the ideas in the activity guide sand-colored, so you can add paint with beautifor letter formation, number sense, pencil grip, ful results. We usually top the acrylic with a
patterns, storytelling, and math concepts. Once clear Sculpey glaze finish as well.
you get going with the ideas in the guide, you 051772 1 lb, white . . . . . . . . 8.24
6.25
will likely come up with even more on your 012912 1.75 lb. white . . . . 13.28
9.95
own! The scented doughs add an extra sen- 017697 1.75 lb Terra Cotta 13.28
9.95
sory component. Sets of 6 come in 16oz. tubs 036972 3.75 lb. white . . . . 27.66 18.95
either unscented or scented: red (cherry) orange 012913 8 lb. white . . . . . . . 55.32 36.50
(orange) yellow (lemon) green (tutti-frutti) blue
(blueberry) purple (grape.) Sets of 3 come in Sculpey Bake Shop Clay Variety Pack (3-AD)
6oz. tubs either unscented or scented: blue If you are going to try Sculpey clay for the first
(blueberry) yellow (lemon) red (cherry) and an time, this kit has all the colors you will need to
activity guide. Non-toxic, these contain food- make pretty much anything you can dream up.
grade ingredients and are ASTM-4236 compli- You get larger blocks of black and white, three
ant. Contains wheat gluten. Does not contain colors that could be considered flesh tones,
nuts, dairy, eggs or shellfish. Keep sealed when and seven bright shades. Use the colors as they
not in use to keep fresh and soft.
are or mix them for custom effects. Like other
058951 6 Tubs UNscented . 19.99 16.75 Sculpey clays, these need to be baked to harden
058954 6 Tubs Scented . . . . 21.99 17.95 and the colors stay true through baking. It is
058952 3 Tubs Scented . . . . . 7.99
7.85 easy to use, but requires some kneading before
058953 3 Tubs UNscented . . 8.99
8.85 it is workable. The modeling tool that comes
with this set is rather like a butter knife only
DaVinci Dough AromaTherapy Dough (PK-3) sharper and smoother. It would be a good idea
Lemon-ginger for clarity & focus or vanilla- to give smaller children an actual plastic butter
orange for calm & harmony, both smell yummy! knife to use on their creations. Lots of ideas for
Imagine that modeling dough we all played with projects are included. Non-toxic. ~ Sara
as kids but, instead of that peculiar odor that is 036971 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50
7.95
so very recognizable, it actually smells pleasant!
Keeping the dough in the airtight container will Sculpey III (K-AD)
preserve the scent and keep your dough soft. Sculpey III bakes to a slightly harder finish than
It will get crumbly if left out and the scent will Sculpey, and has the added dimension of color
fade. Luckily, the 4oz plastic container has a (although it is also availble in white). Therefore
screw top. I liked the smooth feel of the dough. while it doesn’t give you the freedom of a
Students with sensory issues often respond paintbrush or the economy of Sculpey, colored
well to scented things like Smencils & Smens Sculpey III is useful for creating more detailed
(scented pens & pencils) for writing or Scratch n sculptures where painting each part may be difSniff stickers. I think if you like scented candles, ficult. This is also the clay of choice for creating
you would like these. The size is a good handful jewelry and miniatures. We’ve not used Fimo
and they are colored orange or yellow. Made in clay, which costs quite a bit more, but the ad
USA, non-toxic, contains wheat gluten. ~ Sara copy sounds just like Sculpey III. Available in a
EACH JAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
6.85 30-color sampler, in 20-color packs, or white.
017246 Lemon Ginger
Each pack contains 10 different colors, and
017257 Vanilla Orange
there are 2 oz. blocks of each color.
EACH 10-COLOR PACK . . . . 20.08 13.95
Sculpey
036245 Bright Ideas
White, lime, hot pink, atomic orange, turSCULPEY (K-AD)
quoise, French blue, purple, lemon, violet,
We have tried all different clays for sculpting
red hot red. 2 oz. of each color.
at home (i.e. without a kiln to fire them!) and 036246 Classic Collection
we’ve settled on Sculpey.
White, red, black, beige, chocolate, emer¾¾ It’s easy to work with
ald, blue, purple, yellow, just orange.
Includes 2 oz. of each color.
¾¾ It keeps for a long time
036429Naturals
¾¾ It fires in the oven to a durable, permaVanilla crème, pottery, string bean, hazelnent hardness in less than 20 minutes,
nut, granny smith, stonewash, just orange,
without shrinking
tomato red, elephant gray, sunset. Includes
¾¾ It accepts acrylic paint or can be covered
2 oz. of each color.
with clear Sculpey Glaze.
036525 Pearl & Pastel . . . . 13.42
9.95
¾¾ You can use over armatures or combine
Gold, vanilla crème, pearl, ballerina (pink),
with other materials such as paper, plaspink pearl, spring lilac, blue pearl, pale
tic, metal cloth, wood & glass
pistachio, silver, and sunshine. 2 oz. of
¾¾ Once baked, it can be carved, sawed, or
each color.
milled
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
012915 Sampler Pack . . . . . 29.04 18.95
Contains 1-oz. cubes of 30 different colors,
including brights and metallics.
065230 ☼White (8 oz.) . . . . 8.75
6.75
036531 White (1 lb.) . . . . . 17.72 12.95
Premo! Sampler Packs (PK-AD)
Are you a fan of Sculpey clay? I sure am! The
vibrant colors stay true after you bake it in the
oven. You can stamp it or sculpt it; it is a lot of
fun to play with. Premo is a line from Sculpey
that is soft enough to be easy to blend, but firm
enough to hold fine detail. It retains flexibility
after you bake it and is very durable. It won’t
crack if you drop it on a hard surface for example. Use Premo for jewelry making or anything
that will get handled on a regular basis. This clay
can take it. Use it for kids’ projects and let them
handle their creations without worrying about it
breaking easily. The fabulous colors are densely
saturated and come in 1-oz. bars. The product
goes pretty far and stores well. Try it once and
you will likely become a fan too. ~ Sara
051773 Sampler Pack 24 pc. 26.54 17.95
Contains white, pearl, translucent (nice
added to white) ecru, yellows, greens,
orange, pomegranate, purple, turquoise,
3 rich pearl shades, antique gold, copper,
bronze, brown, gray, silver and black.
051774 Classics 6pc. . . . . . 13.84
9.95
White, yellow, green, red, navy and black.
051775 Metallics 6pc. . . . . . 13.84
9.95
Three shades of gold plus bronze, silver and
copper.
051776 Pearls 6pc. . . . . . . . 8.49
6.75
Features luminous shades of white, magenta, purple, green, peacock (teal) and blue.
Sculpey UltraLight Clay (1-AD)
This easy-to-handle clay is extremely lightweight (it’ll even float after baking!) and is a
great starting clay for beginners. The clay turns
hard when baked, so it won’t crack or break,
but when rolled thin it remains flexible. If
you’re a fan of the original Sculpey, give this
a try. It’s just like the original but even more
versatile! ~ Enh
036534 10.3 oz. pack . . . . . 11.82
8.95
Sculpey Pluffy Clay Variety Packs (PK-AD)
Pluffy clay is an extremely lightweight, fluffy
clay that can be used in one of two ways. It
never dries out, so it can be reused again and
again for continuous modeling and play, or
the finished project can be baked and set to a
hard finish. The colors of the clay are vibrant
in themselves, but they can also be paired with
other coloring agents such as acrylic paints and
markers. Each variety pack contains eight 1 oz.
bars of clay and a modeling tool.
EACH VARIETY PACK . . . . . . 11.58
8.95
036973Pastel
Gray, beige, orange, yellow, pink, purple,
and white
036974Primary
Green, blue, yellow,
red, black, brown, and
white
036976Tropical
Yellow, orange, purple,
lime green, aqua, hot
pink, and white
Sculpey Souffle Multipack (PK-AD)
065233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.75
12.25
Glow-in-the-Dark Sculpey (1-AD)
I just love glow-in-the-dark products! I remember as a kid we use to 'light up' our glow-in-thedark toys under our lamps before bed and then
read or play cards under our covers with them
for light so mom and dad wouldn't see our ceiling lights on. You will receive 6 - 1 oz. blocks
of Sculpey: 4 glow-in-the-dark colors of green,
orange, cream and aqua, plus a black and a
white of Sculpey III. So shape it, bake it, expose
it to light, and watch it glow! ~ Phyllis
031886 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18
6.95
Sculpey Amazing Eraser Clay (1-AD)
I was walking through the
warehouse when I noticed
this on the shelf. Noticed?
This product jumped out at
me. I was so excited when
I realized Rainbow had
decided to sell this. My
initial reaction was, “My
siblings are going to love
this!” But not just them...
me too! Imagine a set of
six 1 oz. brightly colored Sculpey clay blocks:
blue, lime, orange, pink, purple, and mango.
You can mold and form this clay into any shape,
then bake it and... voila! You just designed
your own eraser. You can make an eraser to go
on the end of your pencil or a stand alone eraser
to rub out those unwanted pencil marks. The
set comes with two modeling tools, step by step
cooking directions, and photo ideas for some
cool erasers. - Genevieve
014684 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.16
6.25
Air-Dry Clay
Crayola® Model Magic (PK-AD)
Can we say “Fun!”?
Get those little fingers
working and develop
fine motor skills with this
versatile modeling clay
by Crayola® that has the
best texture ever. Kids
will love playing with
this lightweight, spongy material that’s easy
to shape and sticks well to itself as you create
sculptures. Plus, the non-crumbling modeling
clay won’t stick to your hands as you work.
Allow the clay to air dry for keepsake art—it
dries to the touch in 24 hours—or store it in a
re-sealable plastic bag (remove as much air is
possible) and play again later. Offered in fun
variety packs of color, this stuff is hard to put
down and will make for hours of fun. Model
Magic is non-toxic, wheat-free, and made in
the USA. For added fun with Model Magic,
Crayola® offers two 8-page booklets that give
basic techniques for working with the modeling
clay as well as lots of fun, step-by-step project
ideas.
035124 Everyday Creativity Bklt 2.33
2.15
Five basic techniques and 17 projects.
035126 Make & Learn Bklt . . 2.33
2.15
Color blending and techniques plus 16
learning activities.
035119 Bisque 4 oz. Pack . . . 4.44
3.75
035120 Terra Cotta 4 oz. . . 4.44
3.75
035144 Primary Colors Set . . 7.40
6.50
Six .5 oz. pouches (red, yellow, blue, black,
and two white) and an idea booklet.
035146 Secondary Colors Set 7.40
6.50
Six .5 oz. pouches (green, orange, purple,
brown, and two white) and an idea booklet.
035121 Deluxe Variety Pk . 15.58 11.95
Fourteen .5 oz. pouches (two each of white,
red, yellow, green, and blue as well as one
each of orange, purple, brown, and black)
and 10 project cards.
036766 Shimmer 5 Count . . . 7.40
6.50
054619 White (4 oz.) . . . . . . 4.44
3.75
Paintable when dry providing an additional
layer of individual creativity and versatility.
063797 ☼White (2lb Resealable Bucket) . . . . . . . . . 26.6418.95
Sculpey Bake & Bend (1-AD)
You guessed it. This clay remains rubbery
and flexible even after baking! Now kids can
make it, bake it, and play with it. Don’t worry
about hurting it, either; you can drop it, throw
it, even run over it with the car in the driveway.
Available in 1-lb. and 6-oz. assortments.
004113 1 lb. Assortment . . . 18.26 13.25
Package includes eight 2-oz. bars of white,
black, beige, red, yellow, green, blue, and
orange.
022725 6-oz. Assortment . . . 8.16 6.25
Cloud Clay
Includes six 1-oz. bars of red, yellow, blue,
Non-toxic, air-dry clay that feels soft and puffy
black, white, and green. A sculpting tool is
and won’t stick to your hands. Knead the clay to
also included.
soften it, but it is not a hard clay to knead. Mix,
Sculpey Glaze (1-AD) . . . . . . . 3.88
3.25 marble or blend colors. Shape, mold, roll, twist
Apply to baked Sculpey for glossy finish. and pull. Use with armature for large projects
like a desert diorama or planets for a solar sysIntensifies color. 1 oz.
tem. Let projects dry overnight and it will even
012916 Satin finish
bounce! It won’t shrink on you either. Not for
004498 Shiny glaze - more glossy finish
children under 3 years old since they may put
small molded pieces in their mouth. You can
Sculpey Clay Mat (PK-AD)
029917 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
9.95 even go to their website for craft projects and
lesson ideas. Made in USA. ~ Sara
EACH 4-OZ. PACK . . . . . . . . . 4.49
3.95
Sculpey Acrylic Clay Roller (3-AD)
055784Green
065228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.63
6.50 055781Black
055782Blue
EACH ASSORTMENT PACK . . . 4.70
4.25
Sculpey Keepsake Impression Kits (3-AD)
Contains 1 oz. each of 4 different colors
EACH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.70
9.25
055786 Asst #2 (Orange, Purple, White, 065231 Deluxe Handprint Ornament Kit
Yellow)
065232 Deluxe Pawprint Ornament Kit
055787 Asst #3 (Blue, Green, Red, White)
065229 Baby Impression Kit
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1207
Das Air Hardening Modeling Clay (PK-AD)
This is a natural
modeling clay that
air dries to rock-hard
density. It needs
no baking, is break
resistant, and can be
painted or varnished
(you can use acrylics and/or Sculpey glaze). It’s
the perfect consistency for molding and isn’t
very messy so it’s perfect for all kinds of projects. Available in 1.1 and 2.2 lb packages of
white or terra cotta (reddish natural color). 5.3oz. resealable bags of additional colors are also
available. Non-toxic and gluten-free.
013248 Terra Cotta 1.1 lb . . . 4.59
3.95
013268 Terra Cotta 2.2 lb . . . 9.19
7.95
019937 White 1.1 lb . . . . . . 4.59
3.95
013424 White 2.2 lb . . . . . . 9.19
7.95
EACH 5.3 OZ BAG BELOW . . 5.25
4.50
036708Green
036734Red
036718Magenta
Sculpt It! Air-Hardening Sculpting Material
No more dealing with messy clay! This little
re-sealable plastic tub comes with two pounds
of versatile, non-toxic, white sculpting material
that you can sculpt, mold, or shape and then let
air dry overnight. Once dry, it has a ceramichard, durable finish that can be painted, varnished, sanded, or drilled. As an added plus,
this sculpting material resists crumbling and
won’t stain clothing. Great for making jewelry,
figurines, or sculptures with either detailed or
smooth surface finishes. Please note that you
must be careful to store unused portions back
in the air-tight container, as it will dry out if
left uncovered. We’ve tested it and give it two
thumbs because it dries very durably and looks
great! Get ready for the ultimate sculpting experience without the mess. – elise
036743 White (bucket) . . . . 16.16 10.25
029771 6-Color Set . . . . . . 15.65
9.95
Includes six small tubs of Sculpt-It in red,
green, blue, yellow, violet and white.
Colored clay has all the terrific air-hardening properties of white Sculpt-It, and blends
Air Hardening Clay - White (PK-AD)
easily to create even more colors.
Do you like to sculpt but don’t have a kiln?
If so, this air hardening clay is perfect for you!
Clay is white, non toxic and comes ready to use
Modeling, Molding & Carving Tools
right out of the package. All you need to do is
dampen your hands, knead small portions at a ☼Play-Doh Classic Style (PK-AD)
time, and begin to construct your masterpiece. Throwback to the original Play Doh with these
You can use armatures, sculpting supplies and vintage style sets! The Fun Tools contains 8 mini
supports if you wish. Let your finished sculpture tubs of the colorful modeling compound, three
air dry for at least 24 hours and the clay will patterned rolling pins, three stamper cubes, two
fully harden (minimal shrinkage will occur). sculpting knives, a mallet, and a double-sided
When all is finished make sure to consider laminated play mat. The tools are plastic, but
painting or sealing it with a permanent paint. are made with the look and weight of wood.
We offer a 1.1lb and a 2.2lb package. ~ Tasha Everything fits inside the reusable storage can
029768 1.1 lb Package . . . . . 4.69
3.75 for safe keeping. The Fun Factory is the classic
029769 2.2 lb Package . . . . . 8.38
5.75 extruder with 12 plates for selecting your shape,
all of which fit in the slide-out tray for easy
Amaco Air Dry Clay
organization. This set also includes 8 mini tubs
Let’s have some fun and get our hands messy! of doh, a plastic cutting knife, and an inspiration
Ready to use for hand sculpting and modeling or guide. Time to get sculpting! – Laura
on a pottery wheel, this moist clay is lead-free EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99
and versatile. Once you are finished sculpting, 061924 Fun Factory
the pieces can be left to air-dry slowly and then 061925 Fun Tools
decorated with mediums like acrylic paints. To
make your air-dried pieces sturdy and sealed ☼Cut, Sculpt and Roll Kit (PK-3)
from moisture, coat them with shellac. The
These tools add new patterns and textures to
beauty of air-dried clay is that you can break your dough play. Roll over the dough with the
down undecorated, unfired pieces and soak triangle or circle pattern wheels. Flatten your
them in water to rejuvenate the clay and create dough and cut it with the straight plastic scisagain. If you want your pieces to be perma- sors or make fun cuts with the zigzag scissors.
nently hard, bisque fire them in a kiln to Cone Create shapes with the dough cutters or push the
04 (1971°F, 1077°C) then decorate with stains, dough into the dough molding lids and make a
underglazes and glazes. Made in the USA.
fun design such as a teddy bear or a rocket ship.
EACH 10-LB CARTON . . . . . . 9.95
8.50 Small containers of blue, orange, purple, and
055768Gray
055769White
yellow dough are included, but the tools work
025073 ☼Terra Cotta
with any of your favorite doughs.
033758 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
Marblex Self-Hardening Clay (2-AD)
Non-toxic, grey Marblex clay will have your Crayola® Model Magic Tools (PK-3)
imagination running wild at the task of decid- EACH TOOL SET . . . . . . . . . . 4.60
3.95
ing what to create. Whether it’s constructing a 063798 Press ‘n Pop Tools
pyramid for school or molding a bowl for Mom 063799 Shape ‘n Cut Tools
to display, the options seem endless. Clay is
self-hardening so you don't have the hassle Modeling Tools
of using a kiln and can be painted after being You can use your hands for the basic shaping,
air-dried. Keep clay moist by wrapping it in a but it’s easier to do detail work with modeling
damp cloth or sealing it in an airtight bag when tools. This 7-tool set will add enjoyment and
refinement to your sculpting.
not in use. ~ Tasha
2.75
055795 2 lb Box . . . . . . . . . 9.60
8.50 020207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.49
043444 5 lb Box. . . . . . . . . 15.49 12.95
1208
Art
Boxwood Clay Modeling Tools
We’ve heard your cry for better-quality,
wooden modeling tools! For the more serious
sculptor.
001551 Set of 10 . . . . . . . . 19.15
9.50
Clay Roller (1-AD)
Roller is perfect for rolling out clay into a flat,
even surface. It has a metal handle that supports
a 3 ½” wide wooden roller; sturdily built.
046657 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.69
3.50
Dough Tool Set (PK-AD)
Get more play from your modeling clay with
this dough tool set! Made of sturdy plastic, it
comes with 2 tools that resemble pizza cutters,
and one knife/comb tool. Each “pizza cutter”
tool has a long handle and round disc on the
end that will crease or slice as it’s rolled across
the dough. (One tool’s disc is smooth; the other
tool’s disc has pleated edges for a crimping or
zig-zag effect.) The “knife” tool has two ends.
One end has a rectangle with a smooth edge on
one side and a curved edge on the other. The
opposite side of the “knife” has a wide-spaced
comb. This tool can be used to cut, shape,
smooth, or add ridges to dough. A versatile set
that kids will use again and again. ~ Lisa
035101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
3.75
Modeling Dough & Clay Body Parts Accessories
(PK-AD)
Let your kids add these silly parts to their clay
creations and play away. Funny little add-ons
like red shoes, a cowboy hat, alien antennae,
googly-eyes, arms and ears will add loads of
personality to their dough-buddies. Bright colors
in sturdy plastic can be washed and used over
and over. Parts have a peg to stick into the clay.
051989 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
4.50
☼Pottery Wheel for Beginners (2-8)
Anyone can try their hand at throwing clay
using this dual-speed, motorized pottery wheel
w/foot pedal. It will rotate either direction for a
right or left-handed potter. Detailed directions
walk you through the basics. Included are 2#
of air-dry clay, sculpting tools, paints, brush, a
spatter shield & an AC adapter. ~ Sara
028320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.95 71.96
Other Sculpting / Modeling Materials
Perfect Mold Molding Material (K-AD)
032004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.95
Perfect Plaster (K-AD)
032005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
6.50
☼Stockmar Modeling Beeswax (PK-AD)
A harder-to-find alternative to modeling clay,
modeling beeswax offers vibrant, semi-transparent colors, a pleasant beeswax scent, a long
shelf life and is very safe for little ones to sculpt
with. We enjoyed sculpting with beeswax when
we were younger and making lovely, detailed
designs. Unlike modeling clay, you can easily
make fine, delicate points and extremely flat
sheets that hold their shape until re-modeled,
and the texture and colors just look fancier and
more sophisticated than regular modeling clay!
The beeswax does need to be warmed with the
hands a bit to become workable, but the same
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
beeswax can be used again and again. Each set
includes 10 cm x 4 cm sheets of different colors
in a box. - Jess
054223 Set of 6 Colors . . . . . . 19.30
054222 Set of 12 Colors . . . . . 31.40
Bubber Sculpting Compound (PK-AD)
Fun to play with, fun to say! The makers
of Moon Sand now bring you a sculpting and
modeling compound so light, airy, and smooth
you won’t want to let go! At the microscopic
level, Bubber is made up of hollow beads, so it
feels as light as air. However, it sticks together
incredibly well, and like Moon Sand, it never
dries out, so you don’t have to worry if it didn’t
get packed up after play. It’s always soft and
responsive to the touch, so little impatient hands
don’t have to wait for it to warm up either. My
favorite feature is that it holds its shape so you
can sculpt it very easily with modeling tools,
or press items into it and you’ll always get nice
clean lines. I watched a gentleman sculpting
with Bubber at a trade show and it was amazing. He had a rounded knife (almost like a
spreader) and was shaving off bits and pieces
here, smoothing there until he had completed a
lovely angel. Compared to Moon Sand, this is
more of a modeling compound than a sculpting
sand which is best played with in a container of
some sort. Bubber is available in 4 oz. buckets.
There are six colors available, and each is sold
separately. All Moon Sand accessories will also
work with Bubber.
EACH BUBBER BUCKET . . . . 10.95
9.95
020446Blue
020473Purple
020449Green
☼Skwooshi Sand (PK-AD)
My kids love the soft pliability of Play-doh,
but it dries out so quickly when they leave it
out (which is all the time!). They were just as
happy to try out Skwooshi sand, though, which
is also pliable enough for small hands, easy to
shape and mold, and perhaps most importantly,
never dries out. It’s similar to Shape-It Sand, but
it seems to hold together a little bit better and
hold more detail after molding. You can stretch
it, roll it flat, cut out shapes, sculpt, cut, build
and mix the colors. Each set includes a few
2-oz. containers of Skwooshi. – Jess
025842 Activity Set (A.) . . . 12.99 11.95
Includes three 2-oz. containers of Skwooshi
Sand, four cookie cutters, one roller, one
brick-maker, one cutting tool, and one
block mold with small decorative molds on
the outside.
025845 Color Mixer Set . . . . . 9.95
Includes two 2-oz. containers of Skwooshi
Sand, three cookie cutters, and one color
mixer tool which makes round, 2-color
shaped disks.
PlayFoam (PK-AD)
Innovative, crafty, and reusable – PlayFoam
will have kids sculpting for hours! This lightweight, non-toxic, foam bead-based sculpting
material won’t dry out, crumble, or stick to skin
or other surfaces. Mold and re-mold as many
times as you like – the fun colors and sizes are
full of endless creative potential. Each pack
below contains a colorful mix of 2.75” x 4”
x 1.25” bricks of PlayFoam or smaller, round
"pods" of Playfoam (newer packaging).
0157244-Pack . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.95
ShapeIt! Sand (PK-AD)
Four "pods" of PlayFoam including green,
ShapeIt! may remind
purple, blue and yellow.
you of a sandy model015756 Jumbo 8-Pack . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
ing clay. It can be used
Eight "pods" of PlayFoam including orange
for sculpting or just for
(2 shades), blue, green (2 shades), purple,
fun, it never dries out,
yellow, and pink.
and it doesn’t stick or
026953 Combo 20-Pack . . . 22.99 17.75
stain. It comes in 5-lb
Contains 20 pods in eight colors: orange,
bags, is available in
blue, green, purple, sparkle pink, sparkle
many different colors, and expands to twice its
yellow, sparkle green, and sparkle orange.
size unpackaged. It's an irresistible sculpting 026961 Sparkle 4-pack . . . . . 4.99
3.95
medium for anyone who still loves sandcastles!
Contains four pods of the following sparkle
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
colors: orange, green, yellow, and pink.
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 18.50
038739Blue
038737White
Playfoam Themed Sets (PK-AD)
038732Purple
038727Yellow
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
6.95
038736Red
043996 Fairy Tale Friends
044082 Undersea Adventures
Accessories for ShapeIt!, Bubber or Kinetic 043970 Dino Pals
Sand (PK-AD)
044118 Vroom & Zoom
These tools and accessories will work with
ShapeIt! Sand, Bubber or Kinetic Sand.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
038720 Castle Molds . . . . . . 9.95
8.95
Need some help with your castle details?
This set of 8 plastic pieces includes two
knives plus molds for creating cones, staircases, turrets, walls and columns.
020582 Laptop Tray . . . . . . . 9.95
8.95
Measuring 10.8” x 10.8” x 2.4” this sturdy
orange tray is great for individual play.
038740Spoonknife . . . . . . . . . 0.95
This plastic tool is exactly what it sounds
like. One end features a large shallow
spoon and the other end is a knife to help
you with some of your modeling details.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
A.
Wikki Stix
Wikki Stix
Wikki Stix are pieces of wick that are coated
with wax for a safe, bendable, shapable toy that
can be taken anywhere, and won’t break unless
you cut it. Wikki Stix will stick to each other to
make pictures and flat or 3-D objects.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
005644 Original Pack Primary 6.95
5.50
48 Wikki Stix in red, blue, green, and yellow on a bright yellow backing.
005657 Original Pack Neon . 6.95
5.50
48 brightly colored Wikki Stix in hot pink,
green, yellow, orange, and blue on a black
card.
005642 Rainbow Pack . . . . . 4.95
3.95
A set of 24 Wikki Stix in six neon colors
with a sheet of ideas and activities, all in a
bright blue box.
006335 Nature Pack . . . . . . . 6.95
5.95
48 sticks in black, white, brown and 2
shades of green.
062170Doodler . . . . . . . . . . 3.95
3.75
6" portable tube packed with 24 Wikki Stix
005643 Activity Pack . . . . . 17.95 13.25
84 sticks in sixteen different colors PLUS a
write-on wipe-off board, and an idea book,
all in a durable case. Take this kit anywhere
to create Wikki figures!
Wikki Stix Big Count Box (3-AD)
If you can't get enough of Wikki Stix, then you
should get this big box of these one-of-a-kind
creatables. Row after row (for a total of 468) of
Wikki Stix come in this white sturdy cardboard
storage box. The best part about this kit is that
the Wikki Stix come in 13 bright colors! You
can choose from black, white, red, yellow,
light green, forest green, light blue, navy blue,
purple, lavender, pink, yellow, and orange as
you create. These little wax covered wicks are
great for arts and craft activities, class projects,
holiday fun, and much more! They are endlessly reusable and will not crumble, break, or
dry out. They stick to paper or each other with
just the press of a fingertip and they are easy to
peel up and change! A little activity booklet is
included with some great ideas to use the Wikki
Stix. The creative possibilities are endless with
these bendable, flexible creatables! - elise
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
032780 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.95 24.50
Animal Activity Wikki Stix Pak (PK-AD)
065947 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
7.50
WikkiDoodle Fun (PK-AD)
065948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
Art
10.75
1209
Casting / Paper Mache
Plaster of Paris
4.4 lbs. of Plaster of Paris dry powder mix.
Makes enough plaster to cover a 2.25 sq.
ft. area, depending on the thickness desired.
Directions for mixing, application, cleanup and
storage appear on the outside of the box.
043526 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.85
5.50
Claycrete Instant Paper Mache 1 lb. (2-AD)
Replace the old way of doing paper mache
with newspaper and paste with a bag of
Claycrete Instant Paper Mache, a 100% pure
white paper pulp. All you have to do is mix
the mache with water and you are ready to go.
Claycrete adheres to multiple surfaces including
balloons, paper, glass and wood. ~ Tasha
043443 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30
7.75
Rigid Wrap - 4" x 180" Roll
Do you like working with clay and papiermache, but they take too long to dry? For a vast
array of smaller projects, try Rigid Wrap - it's a
roll of plaster gauze perfectly suited to making
masks, jewelry, small sculpture, and much,
much, more. Non-toxic and safe, it can be used
with kids of all ages. For everyone with kidsized patience, it's quick-drying. Pop it in the
microwave for 30 minutes or less to dry - and
then paint or finish with any product you desire.
029458 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.55
Craft Materials - Various
Sequins, pom-poms, pipe cleaners, craft
sticks, feathers, wiggle eyes, and more!
Art Start Kit
A craft store in a box! This kit holds enough
materials to keep your children supplied for a
long time. We always used tons of these art
materials when we were little, not only for
school projects, but also in making valentines,
collages and other projects on our own. I
envision this kit coming in handy to use along
with favorite Klutz books when you've used all
they've supplied. Included are 100 pompoms,
100 chenille stems (pipe cleaners), 4 oz.
spangles, 14 grams feathers, half pound colored
macaroni, half pound bright buttons, 225 sticky
shapes and an idea guide, all contained in a red
plastic container for easy storage. ~ Stephanie
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
016371 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99
24.50
Glitter – Extra Fine (15g)(PK-AD)
Ah glitter, how much do I love thee? Let me
count the ways! Craft projects, school projects,
life – it’s all better with glitter! Small plastic
containers have a shaker top with lid so you
have less waste. This dispenser also makes it
more kid-friendly. Each cylinder holds 14g and
the colors are delightful. If you are a crafter, you
know that Darice makes quality materials. Add
several colors to your kids’ art supplies and see
what they create! ~ Sara
Beads & Cord
EACH CONTAINER . . . . . . . . 2.99
2.25
013446Black
Bucket O' Beads Multi-mix (PK-AD)
013466Blue
Lots of fun here with these buckets. They are 013473 Coffee Brown
filled with beads, beads, and more beads of all 013485 Copper (orange)
shapes, sizes, and colors! String up some beauti- 013516 Deep Purple
ful necklaces and bracelets, glue to art project, 013542Gold
or decorate boxes. Pull these out at a birthday 013573Green
party and let each child make their own jewelry! 013594 Hot Pink
Have fun! ~ Phyllis
013602 Light Blue
013633 Light Purple
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
031818 10 oz bucket . . . . . . 5.99
5.25 013636 Lime Green
013675 Icicle (light aqua)
031819 12 oz bucket w/elastic thread . . . . . . . . . . . 6.995.95 013680 Orange (neon)
013715 Pink (bright)
013735Red
Color-Change Beads (K-6)
These fascinating beads start out clear, but 013740Silver
instantly change when exposed to sunlight to 013746 Snowfall (iridescent white)
reveal several pastel shades. As soon as the 013747White
beads are removed from the light of the sun,
they begin to fade and return to their original ☼Silver Glitter (PK-AD)
If a little glitter goes a long way, then imagine
clear color within minutes. Each small packet
contains 100 round, 8 mm beads that can what a big tube of it can do for your arts and
be made into necklaces, bracelets or earrings crafts projects! Mix it with glue and coat your
(string and other materials are not included). clay creations with it. Coat a ping pong ball in
Large holes through the center of the bead can glue and roll it in silver glitter. BAM! A disco
ball for your dolls! The tube makes it easy to
accommodate yarn or thick string.
002842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95 dispense and store. This glitter is not super-fine,
so the silver really packs a punch. .75 oz. (22
grams) ~ Sara
Hemp Cord (20 lb.)
1.95
Biodegradable and earth-friendly, hemp is a 060826 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19
versatile fiber that can be used in a multitude
of craft projects. These cord refills are great for ☼Washable Glitter Glue 4oz (PK-AD)
The best feature of any glitter glue—for kids
making hemp bracelets – or any other jewelrymaking projects. Available in a spool of natural- and adults—is that it is so much less messy than
colored cord or in a set of four earth-tone colors using white glue and loose glitter. These are
(dark brown, light brown, gray/beige/off-white nice-sized bottles of glitter glue perfect for families, scout groups, Sunday school, classrooms
combination, and natural) with 30' of each.
049125 Natural (400') . . . . 10.99
5.75 or any individual who likes to add a touch of
049124 4 Colors (120' total) . . 5.49
3.95 sparkle to about anything they make. Red is
1210
Art
a bold primary red; blue is bright royal blue
and green is a lovely kelly/emerald green. You
may as well get one of each color! The glitter
particles are fine and stay suspended without
the need to shake the bottle. Making storage a
snap, the glitter comes in plastic squeeze bottles
with an attached, twist-to-open-and-close cap.
Use on cards, posters, clay, wood, masks, glass,
felt and more. Non-toxic, cleans with soap and
water. ~ Sara
EACH BOTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
1.95
061417Blue
061420Red
061418Gold
061421Silver
061419Green
Glitter Glue (PK-AD)
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
042456 Classic 6/pack (20mL)
042610 Neon 6/pack (20mL)
043023 Swirl 4/pack (20mL)
1.95
Sequins and Spangles
A full ounce of eye-catching metallic sequins
and spangles in various glittering colors and
shapes such as flowers, stars, discs, and more!
These will brighten up any artwork project and
are lots of fun to use! - Phyllis
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
007206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.96
2.75
Acrylic Rhinestones Multi-Color (PK-AD)
Bling! Add these bright and
sparkly plastic bits to your arts
and crafts or to bring attention
to points on an informational
poster. Ranging in size from .5”
to 1” in a rainbow of colors,
these are fabulous! Shapes include hearts, ovals,
circles, teardrops, flowers, squares and rectangles. The tops are faceted for more sparkle and
the backs have a smooth finish you can use to
attach them with hot glue, tacky glue or regular
school glue. You are getting a nice variety of
colors and shapes in this packet of 26. ~ Sara
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
054586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
3.50
☼Life Stones - Colored Glass (K-AD)
Glass gems you can use in your concrete stepping stones or in other fun art projects. Each is
softly rounded on top and flat on the bottom so
you can easily attach them with adhesive. Dark
red & deep kelly green are really vibrant, while
the blue & yellow stones are more pastel tones.
The mixed bag (20 of each color) also includes
clear stones and comes with a 6” x 9” cloth
drawstring bag. You could also use these for
counting & sorting as a math manipulative. The
stones are smooth & shiny and measure about
half inch across. Scatter them on a table for a bit
of sparkle at a dinner party or holiday. Use some
for game pieces or have kids create an original
game with them. Teach colors! I have also seen
where you clean up an old bowling ball, sand it,
cover it with these glass gems using construction
adhesive, then grout & seal it for a garden ornament! You could even put your house numbers
into the design! ~ Sara
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
061958 100 Glass (5 colors) 12.00
9.75
EACH SET OF 20 . . . . . . . . . . 2.00
1.75
061959Blue
061961Red
061960Emerald
061962Yellow
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
A.
Pom Poms - Regular and Glitter
Pom poms are sure to make any art project
a little more “warm and fuzzy.” These brightly
colored poms come in a variety of bold colors
and are easily glued. Use the everyday assortment to add noses to masks or tails to puppets,
or try glitter poms to add extra glitz to holiday
or birthday decorations. ~ Rachel D.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
☼Craft Felt Assortments (PK-AD)
Felt is a great crafting medium for so many
things. It’s a great sewing fabric for kids, perfect
for collages, making ornaments, doll clothes,
banners, non-fraying fabric accents for any
craft, and much more. We are happy to now
offer inexpensive and good-quality color assortments of 100% acrylic, brightly colored felt in
both 9” x 12” and 12” x 18” sizes. Assortments
include either 10, 12 or 15 sheets; colors are
listed below.
Basic Colors:
15 sheets total: 1 sheet each of baby blue,
black, blush, brown, dark green, copper,
lavender, orange, pink, light green, red,
royal blue, gray, white and yellow.
056308 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50
056307 12" x 18" . . . . . . . . . 8.99
8.25
038710 Pom Poms Everyday Asstd Bright & Dark Colors:
Sizes (100 pc/pkg) . . 4.293.50
12 sheets total: 1 sheet each of burgundy,
038696 Glitter Pom Poms Assorted bright red, emerald, fuchsia, gold, hunter
Sizes (25 pc/pkg) . . . 2.692.25
green, navy, neon lime, peacock, purple,
029966 Glitter Pom Poms ½” neon pink, and smoke gray.
(80 pc/pkg) . . . . . . . 4.503.95 056309 9" x 12" (A.) . . . . . . . 3.60
3.50
063865 12" x 18" . . . . . . . . . 6.99
6.50
Craft Feathers (1-AD)
Craft feathers make a great addition to any col- Holiday Colors:
lection of art supplies. An assortment of vibrant
12 sheets total: 2 each of antique gold,
colors are sure to make projects “pop.” These
green, red, silver gray, white and yellow.
softies are easy to glue on most materials, and 056311 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
3.50
are ideal for decorating masks, hats, paper-bag 056310 12" x 18" . . . . . . . . . 6.99
6.75
puppets, and more. The “Feather Fun Pack” features brightly colored feathers, while the Natural Neutral Colors:
Feathers are made up of brown, tan, red, and
12 sheets total: 1 sheet each of antique gold,
white feathers. - Rachel D.
beige, black, blush, brown, camel, copper,
038689 Brights (14 grams) . . 2.59
2.25
eggshell, ivory, silver gray, suede and white.
038692 Fun Pack (50 grams) . 5.49
3.75 056313 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
3.50
038709 Naturals (14 grams) . 2.59
2.25 056312 12" x 18" . . . . . . . . . 6.99
6.75
☼Smart-Fab Fabric Sheets (PK-AD)
This innovative and recyclable material straddles the line between felt and construction
paper. In fact, the manufacturer explains that
Smart-Fab “behaves like cloth, [but is] workable like paper.” It’s lightweight, soft yet sturdy,
fade-proof, non-fraying and non-absorbent. The
45-sheets packs aren’t much thicker than a
50-sheet pack of construction paper, and the
possibilities are endless when you consider that
you can paint on it, glue it, sew it, staple it, and
color on it with crayons, markers and more.
And just like paper, when you’re done, you can
recycle it. The lightweight material is great for
flags, banners, simple sewing projects, collage,
set design, doll accessories, craft flowers and
so much more. You can find lesson plans and
ideas for dozens of projects at www.smartfab.
com and their Pinterest page. Each pack below
contains 3 sheets each of 15 colors (including
white and black). - Jess
058939 9" x 12" (pkg/45) . . . . 6.95
058938 12" x 18" (pkg/45) . . . 10.95
Fun Pack Felt Asst Colors 9x12 sheets (25)
Soft, sturdy fabric sheets are easy to cut and
glue or sew as trim, appliqués, or decorations,
and with twenty-five 9 x 12” sheets to a pack,
this great value offers lots of room for experimentation! The array of colors included will
vary, and may be fairly limited from pack to
pack. ~ Rachel D.
038695 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.95
Glitter Colors:
10 sheets total: 2 sheets each of black,
white, royal blue, red and green.
063866 9" x 12" . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
3.50
Wooden Letter & Numbers (PK-3)
These small, 1/16” thick wooden letter and
numbers are great for any creative project you
can come up with. Letters are 1 ½" tall and numbers are 1" tall. Paint them and then use them to
decorate, make a sign, create your own ABC or
1-2-3 magnets, or make your own 3-D alphabet
or number charts for your classroom. The possibilities are endless! – elise
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
010158 Wooden Alphabet (1½")
4.75
010174 Wooden Numbers (1") 1.95
Multi Chenille Stems
Also known as “pipe cleaners,” these bright,
fuzzy, flexible stems are great for jewelry, sculptures, or decorations. Plus, they’re easy and fun
to use! Stems measure 6mm in diameter and
12" long. Package of 100 multicolored pipe
cleaners. ~ Rachel D.
038708 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
2.75
☼Chenille Stems Striped Asst. Colors (PK-AD)
If you’re wanting a little variety in your pipe
cleaners, give these a try! The 6mm x 12” long
stems come in striped colors of purple and
periwinkle-blue, lime and navy, magenta and
yellow, fluorescent orange and yellow, black
and orange, and red and yellow. These would
be really fun for technicolor tigers, psychedelic snakes, crazy caterpillars, and much more!
Comes in a bag of 25. – Laura
060821(B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49
1.25
☼Chenille Stems Assorted Styles (PK-AD)
These would be perfect for a craft party, classroom, or your own supply stock. The 12” long
stems come a variety of colors and metallic,
range from extra fluffy to wavy to shorter fluff,
and even includes some extra skinny ones too!
These would be really fun for flowers, butterflies, animals – the list goes on and on! Comes
in a bag of 350. – Laura
060822 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.09
7.50
Foamies Sheets 6/pkg - Basic Colors (K-AD)
Foamies Sheets are all the fun of Foamies with
even more possibilities! These colorful, lightweight, flexible 9"x12" sheets are easy to cut,
shape, and glue. A free project sheet includes
ideas for a visor, frame, and doorhanger.
038694 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.29
2.75
Tinsel Stems
These stems are sparkly and will add pizzazz
to holiday craft projects. Twist together to make
a beautiful wreath, add some red beads for holly
berries and some leaves for that festive touch.
Glue to paper & make Christmas scenes or make
ornaments to hang on your tree. There are 100
of these 12" stems per package so get those
Craft Sticks
thinking caps on and get creating! ~ Phyllis
Craft sticks are so versatile. When we were 031481 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.49
3.50
younger, I remember all sorts of things we
B.
made: houses, animals, people, and coasters,
just to name a few. We found tons of uses for
them, and not just for crafts. Now you have
even more of a choice; we offer both the natural
wooden craft sticks, or the colored sticks, which
come in six bright colors - red, orange, yellow,
green, blue, and purple. We also offer jumbo
sized craft sticks for larger crafts, which measure
6” long and about 3/4” wide. - Melissa
007836 Natural (Bag of 150) . 2.99 2.25
048122 Natural (Set of 1000) 7.39 5.95
007833 Colored (Box of 500) . 7.99 6.95 Colored Wiggly Eyes
016980 Jumbo Colored (100) . 3.29 2.25
Every home needs wiggly eyes! These come
016981 Jumbo Natural (100) 3.49 2.25 in several sizes and eye appealing colors. Glue
016982 Jumbo Colored (500) 14.99 9.95 them on and watch em wiggle! 100 per pack016983 Jumbo Natural (500) 13.19 7.95 age. - Phyllis
007201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99
2.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Art
1211
Peel and Stick Wiggle Eyes
Give your artwork personality with wiggle
eyes. Wiggle eyes come in assorted sizes ranging from 7mm to 15mm in diameter. Choose
from either black or multicolor. Multicolor
packs include colored pupils of: black, blue,
green, pink, and yellow. Painted wiggle eyes
are further detailed with eyelids and eyelashes
and are available in blue, green, pink, red, yellow, and white. Forget the glue; with Peel and
Stick Wiggle Eyes you simply peel away the
backing. ~ Enh
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
012549 100 pcs. Black . . . . . 4.06
3.50
012550 100 pcs. Multi . . . . . 4.18
3.75
012551 100 pcs. Painted . . . . 5.71
4.95
012552 100 pcs. Black . . . . . 4.18
3.75
012553 125 pcs. Multi . . . . . 4.66
3.95
☼Sticky Back Eyes (PK-AD)
Googly eyes can be a real pain when you have
to glue them on. How many times has it looked
like your little eye was drowning? That’s not a
problem with these guys! Simply peel off the
backing and press – the glue is already applied,
saving you stress and mess. Round black &
white eyes come in a bag of 160 in two different
sizes; approx. 1cm and 7mm. – Laura
060829 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
2.75
B.
A.
People Cut-Outs
The possibilities are bountiful with these sets of
people cut-outs. The figures are cut out of thick
construction paper and are great for decorations, craft projects, and more. Each cut-out is
5.5” tall and is shaped kind of like a gingerbread
man. Each set includes 31 identical cut-outs.
The Manila set has beige colored cutouts while
the Multicultural set has a few each of various
shades of brown, orange, and white.
039779 Manila Color . . . . . . 3.59
3.25
039780Multicultural . . . . . . 3.59
3.25
Cat Paperboard Mask (PK-AD)
Pretend play gets a new life (or maybe 9?)
with these fun masks. Paint and decorate this
sturdy mask any way you choose, then slip the
pre-attached elastic headband over your head.
The mask is big enough to fit an adult, so it
may need some padding to fit the faces of little
ones. A fun play opportunity or costume for any
member of the family. – Laura
034559 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75
Art Yarn (PK-AD)
Brightly colored and thick, Art Yarn is ideal
for all your arts and crafts projects. Each 5 foot
strand of yarn is 4 ply, color fast, allergy free,
and made of 100% acrylic. The 10 strand pack
contains 10 bright colors, and the 1 strand contains an individual bright color. Sorry, no color
choice—if you order multiples, we will try to
assort. ~ Lisa
054598 10 Strand . . . . . . . . 6.79
5.75
054599 1 Strand . . . . . . . . . . 0.75
1212
Art
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.25
043173Alphabet
043205Hearts
☼Essentials Lift Out Tray Box (PK-AD)
043188Butterfly
043208Stars
Looking for a nice sized, not too big, storage 043204Floral
solution for your school supplies, sewing paraphernalia or art supplies? This handy little arts ☼Poseable People Stencils (1-AD)
& crafts box with durable carrying handle and
Getting the correct proportions can be tricky
two snapping latches is the key. Made of sturdy when drawing the human body, but not with
translucent plastic, this tackle box with lift-out this handy little poseable person. Simple pop
tray is the perfect way to keep your supplies out the 16 clear plastic pieces, assemble the
organized and ready to go. Put your smaller stencil, and you’re ready to draw Da Vinci’s
items in the lift out tray and larger, bulkier Vitruvian Man! This poseable 12" person pivots
items down below. This artbox is included in at the neck, arms, legs, waist, hips, elbows,
Rainbow’s Ultimate Art (#063635) and Craft wrists, knees and ankles. Great for creating
(#063636) kits. Made in USA. Measures: 13”W action drawings since you can pose ‘em, then
x 6”D x 5-5/8”H. ~ Emily
trace around the figure with pencil or marker.
019967(A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
8.50 Teacher guide included. ~ Emily
055621(B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
Tidy Trays
Don’t kick yourself and ask why you didn’t
Stickers
invent this! This is one of those simple and Please see our Not Just For Fun section for most
oh-so-obvious helps to all your arts and crafts
of our stickers and sticker activity books.
needs. The Tidy Tray is composed of sturdy
plastic and features a funnel on one end, com- Peel & Stick Gemstone Stickers
plete with a plug to prevent unwanted spillage.
Your little gems will love these easy to peelSimply complete part or all of your craft in the and-stick shimmering gemstones! The creative
tray so all your glitter, beads, embossing pow- possibilities are endless, and the best part is
der, confetti, sand, or any other small loose that you don’t have to use messy glue that takes
objects will stay contained, and when your forever to dry! The flowers and heart gemstones
finished simply remove the stopper and tilt your come in a variety of colors and sizes (hearts
tray back into the original container! The trays range from 1/4” - 1/2” while the flowers range
are available in two different sizes; blue trays from 1/3” - 3/4”). The geometric gemstones are
measure 6" x 10" x 1" and the larger purple tray 1/3” in size and come in a variety of colors and
measures 10" x 14" x 1". A combo pack which shapes (square, circle, heart, and star). With
contains both sizes is also available.
these gemstones on hand, you can expect lots of
017274Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
4.50 homemade crowns, cards, and jewelry coming
017156 Large Purple . . . . . . 9.99
6.95 your way! – elise
017296 Combo Set . . . . . . . 14.99
8.95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Includes items 017274 & 017156
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95
032061 Bright Flowers 2 (81 pcs.)
Stencils
032085 Jewels (88 pcs.)
032096 Large Bright Hearts (37 pcs,)
Stencil-It Paper-9" x 12" (PK-AD)
036086 12 Sheet Pack . . . . . 4.39
3.95 Colorful Bling Jewels (PK-AD)
064653 Self Adhesive (32 pk) 5.99
4.95
Pacon Plastic Art Sheets - 11” x 17” (PK-AD) 050009 Magnetic Jewels (8 pk)8.99
7.25
029607 8 Colors . . . . . . . . . 5.99
4.95
Self-Stick Gems (3-AD)
Stencil Mill
064874 7mm Ice Cream Round . 2.99 2.75
A miniature Stencil Factory. Includes 24 sten- 064875 7mm Periwinkle Round . 2.99 2.75
cil cards made from durable plastic. Great for 064876 Multi Facet Primary . . . 3.29 2.75
creating greeting cards, picture books, signs,
posters, and much more. The stencils come in Xyron 3" Sticker Maker (3-AD)
an assortment of different colors and measure
What’s a sticker maker you ask? Well, it’s a
4.25" x 6", with several cutouts on each sten- fun addition to your art & craft supplies for one
cil. Stencils of animals, flowers, toys, shapes, thing! This plaid, purple sticker maker is about
and much more are included. Organized in a 2x4x3.5” Inside is a roll of sticky paper in the
durable plastic box.
bottom and a roll of clear cellophane in the top.
020804 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95 You simply insert something you would like
to have a sticky back on, pull it out the other
Flexible Stencil Packs (PK-AD)
side and voila! You have made a sticker! You
Add creative designs and patterns to t-shirts, get 20ft of 3” wide stickiness. I put a photo in
canvas shoes, bags, caps, rounded lampshades, and made it into a sticker! Then I went around
curtains and more. Once you get started, you the office asking for anything else I could make
can’t stop! These heavyweight, flexible plastic into a sticker. This can replace tape or glue in
stencils by Tulip® have adhesive backs that many projects. Cut out letters from patterned
work great on flat and rounded surfaces and paper and make your own letter stickers! You
are repositionable. Pair with your favorite fabric can insert items up to about a quarter inch thick
spray paints to give your clothing and acces- like buttons for a scrapbook page. Adhesive is
sories a whole new look. Stencils are stored on permanent (though I repositioned a photo and it
acetate sheets and the adhesive backing can be was still sticky.) There are not refills available at
reactivated with water. Each pack has a design this time, but 20’ goes a long way! ~ Sara
theme and comes with three stencil sheets.
059007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 10.50
Trays / Containers
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
d Rubber Stamps b
d Rubber Stamps b
d Rubber Stamps b
Melissa & Doug Stamp Sets (PK-5)
Each set includes wooden rubber stamps, a
stamp pad and colored pencils. Sets are packaged in a wooden crate with compartments for
storage.
024612Animals . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75
034228 Favorite Phrases . . . . 9.99
7.95
024749Friendship . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
024777Pets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
014517Princess . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
037125 ☼Safari Animals . . . . 9.99
7.95
025099Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.95
Stamp-a-Scene Sets (PK-5)
Stamp a scene, then color it in! Each set
includes 20 rubber-faced, wooden handled
outline stamps; a 2-color washable ink pad;
and 5 colored pencils. Stores in a wooden
box. Great for imaginative storytelling!
EACH SET . . . . . . . 19.99
15.50
007966 Fairy Garden
007969Farm
014464 Rain Forest
Melissa & Doug Mini Stamp Set (PK-3)
Use these stamp sets to spruce up a plain white
envelope or create a colorful border around printer
paper to make your own stationery. Each set
includes 8 different stamps and multiple ink pads in
a convenient wooden storage box.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
024646 Baby Zoo Animals
8 stamps; red, orange, green, and blue ink pads.
024694 Butterfly and
Heart
8 stamps; pink and
purple ink pads.
Note: Due to space limitations, rubber
stamps are not shown actual size or in
proportion. In general, the more expensive
stamps are larger.
Printer's Type Stamp Sets (3-AD)
035717UppercaseAlphabet Set 15.00 12.50
035718 Lowercase Alphabet Set 11.99 9.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Nature Ink & Stamp Set
032509 . . . . . . . . 17.50
Horses Stamp Set & Pads
036266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Art
14.95
7.95
1213
d Rubber Stamps b
d Rubber Stamps b
Jumbo Ink Stampers (PK-AD)
Made of thick, sturdy foam, these stampers are easy for
little hands to hold and use. Each stamp has a clearly
defined image and can be used with stamp pads or washable paint. Available in 6 themed sets. ~ Alysia
EACH SINGLE SET . . . . . . 8.50
6.95
036176Bug (grasshopper, moth, snail, butterfly, bee, fly,
d Rubber Stamps b
B.
C.
ladybug and caterpillar) -(A.)
036178Dinosaur (eight different dinosaurs) -(B.)
036179Farm (tractor, rooster, pig, lamb, two horses, duck
and cow) -(C.)
036194 Sea Life (seahorse, angelfish, walrus, octopus, starfish,
whale, clown fish and penguin)
036197Transportation (race car, boat, train, dump truck,
airplane, bicycle, bus and car)
036198 Wild Animal (monkey, tiger, alligator, giraffe, lion,
elephant and gorilla) -(D.)
JUMBOS Stampers Combo Set
(Includes all six sets above) . . . . . 51.00
36.95
D.
A.
Note: Due to space limitations, rubber stamps are not shown actual size or in
proportion. In general, the more expensive stamps are larger.
☼Rainbow Stamp Pad (PK-3)
037014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
☼Jumbo Multi-Color Stamp Pad (PK-3)
036702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
5.50
Jumbo DoAll Washable Stamp Pad (1-12)
This 5”x6.5” stamp pad features a jumbo
black stamp pad on one side and a color
palette on the other in colors of purple,
orange, red, blue, green, and yellow.
There is also a clear plastic separator
which keeps your colors from blending.
Nontoxic. ~ Phyllis
016536 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
9.95
4.95
X-Y Axis Stamp
Tired of drawing those x,y axis lines on graph paper?
Now, it’ll be easy with this rubber stamp. Children can
stamp right on their work paper - no need for a
separate sheet of graph paper. Stamp features
a 144-block grid with central x/y axis, has a
large, easy-grip handle and measures 3” x 3”.
The size makes it a bit large for a traditionallysized stamp pad. It will work well with a
jumbo stamp pad, such as the large black ink
pad below.
019801 . . . . . . . . . . 6.99
6.50
LARGE INK PAD
For your larger stamps (like the x/y axis stamp), this
black 3” x 6” pad gives you the surface area you need.
000958 . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
4.50
Mega Stamp Pads (PK-AD)
“Mega” is an understatement for these stamp pads! I have
rubber stamped for years and have never seen any this size!
Washable 6-in-1 Dye-Based Stamp Pad
They are a generous 7.25”x5.5”. Great for the little ones
What I really like about this stamp pad is that it is
or if you have large rubber stamps. The ink is washable,
washable ink, which means it comes off fingers, hands,
the colors are vibrant and non-toxic! What more could you
rubber stamps, and MOST hard surfaces and fabrics
ask for? Buy several and let the fun and creativity begin.
using soap and water. This quick drying ink even works
We sell the colors individually or in sets. ~ Phyllis
nicely on glossy paper so their artwork can really shine!
EACH PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.80
5.25
The 2" squares come in bright colors of red, yellow,
036180Black
blue, green, purple and orange. There is no odor as
036181Blue
with other stamp pads, and the felt pad is raised
036182Green
and ink is non-toxic. Instructions are on the bot036183 Hot Pink
tom of the ink pad.
036184Orange
025984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99
12.25
036185Purple
036186Red
036187 Sky Blue
EACH WASHABLE STAMP PAD . . . . 4.99
4.75
036188Teal
For the kids, these 3.5” x 2.5” pads use nontoxic, washable ink. No need to re-ink
036189Yellow
them, either. Just a few drops of water to revive the color.
000916Black
000922Hot Pink
PADBAS Basic Set . . . . . . . . 29.00 24.00
000917Blue
000923Purple
Includes Blue, Green, Orange, Red, and Yellow
000918Brown
000924Red
PADSUP Supplemental Set . . 29.00 24.00
000921Green
000925Turquoise
Includes Black, Hot Pink, Purple, Sky Blue and Teal
035719 Rainbow (3-Color)
PADALL Set of all 10 . . . . . 58.00 42.95
1214
Art
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.